project manual evc mep... · 2014. 4. 16. · s. an . j. osÉ . e. vergreen . c. ommunity . c....

SAN JOSE/EVERGREEN COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT


San Jose, California

PROJECT MANUAL

Bid Document G2010.0048

EVC Mechanical, Electrical & Plumbing Upgrade Package #2, Project #32307-06

Evergreen Valley Community College

Dated: April 11, 2014

Architect: GHD

Bids will be opened at 3:00 p.m., May 13, 2014, in the DISTRICT OFFICES CONFERENCE ROOM NUMBER 9, 4750 San Felipe San Jose, CA 95135

SAN JOSE EVERGREEN COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT

DOCUMENT 00 01 07

SEALS PAGE

Structural Engineer:

04/07/2014 Signature Date Seal

Stephen C. Burns S-4229

Mechanical Engineer:

__________________________ 04/07/2014 Signature Date Seal

Christopher S. Hanzel M-34872

Electrical Engineer:

__________________________ 04/07/2014 Signature Date Seal

Bert N. Braden E-13840

END OF DOCUMENT

Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2

DOCUMENT 00 01 07 - SEALS PAGE

4/11/2014 Page 1

SAN JOSÉ EVERGREEN COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT

Measure G-2010 00 01 10 - TABLE OF CONTENTS Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package 2 04/11/2014 Page 1

00 01 10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME I

Section 00 01 01 Project Title Page Section 00 01 07 Seals Page Section 00 01 10 Table of Contents Section 00 01 15 List of Drawing Sheets Section 00 01 17 Structural Tests

DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS

Section 00 11 15 Notice to Contractors Calling for Bids Section 00 21 13 Instructions to Bidders Section 00 31 05 Contacts/Project Identification Section 00 31 07 Bid Question Form Section 00 31 10 Summary of Sections Included in Bid Package Section 00 41 13 Bid Proposal Section 00 42 13 Small & Disadvantaged Contractor Utilization Form Section 00 42 15 Outreach Program Section 00 43 13 Bid Bond Section 00 43 36 Proposed Subcontractors Form Section 00 45 19 Non-Collusion Declaration Section 00 45 25 Certificate of Workers’ Compensation Insurance Section 00 45 48 Drug-free Workplace Certification Section 00 52 13 Agreement Section 00 61 13.13 Performance Bond Section 00 61 13.16 Labor and Material Payment Bond Section 00 63 20 Request for Utility Shutdown Form Section 00 71 00 Contracting Definitions Section 00 72 12 General Conditions Table of Contents Section 00 72 13 General Conditions Section 00 73 00 Supplemental Conditions Section 00 73 10 Special Conditions Section 00 73 12 Special Conditions Exhibit A Section 00 73 15 Owner Controlled Insurance Program (OCIP) Section 00 73 49 Construction Careers Agreement Section 00 89 00 Guarantee Form

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Section 01 11 00 Summary of Work Section 01 21 00 Allowances Section 01 23 00 Alternates Section 01 26 00 Contract Modification Procedures Section 01 26 13 RFI Procedures Section 01 29 75 Applications and Certifications for Payment Section 01 31 19 Project Meetings Section 01 31 25 Web-Based Project Management System Section 01 32 00 Project Construction Schedule


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Phase- 2 Version: 02/28/2014

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page 2

Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Section 01 41 00 Regulatory Requirements Section 01 42 00 References Section 01 45 00 Quality Control Section 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls Section 01 51 10 Utility Shutdown Section 01 56 10 Dust Control Measures Section 01 57 30 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Section 01 60 00 Product Requirements Section 01 71 23 Field Engineering Section 01 73 00 Safety Program Requirements Section 01 73 20 Demolition Procedures Section 01 73 29 Cutting and Patching Section 01 74 10 Cleaning Section 01 74 17 Site Maintenance and Cleanup Section 01 74 19 Construction Waste Management and Disposal Section 01 77 00 Closeout Procedures Section 01 78 39 Project Record Sections Section 01 91 00 Commissioning

END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS for VOLUME I PROJECT MANUAL

PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME II

Section 00 01 01 Project Title Page Section 00 01 10 Table of Contents

DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS – Not Used

DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE – Not Used

DIVISION 04 - MASONRY – Not Used

DIVISION 05 - METALS

Section 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications

DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES – Not Used

DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION – Not Used

DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS

Section 08 31 13 Access Doors and Frames

DIVISION 09 - FINISHES – Not Used

DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES – Not Used

DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT – Not Used



TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS – Not Used

DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION – Not Used

DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEM – Not Used

DIVISIONS 15 THROUGH 20 - Not Assigned

DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION – Not Used

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING

Section 22 05 03 Pipes and Tubes for Plumbing Piping and Equipment

DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC)

Section 23 05 00 Common Work Results for HVAC Section 23 05 23 General-Duty Valves for HVAC Piping Section 23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC Section 23 07 00 HVAC Insulation Section 23 11 23 Facility Natural-Gas Piping Section 23 23 00 Refrigerant Piping Section 23 31 00 HVAC Ducts Section 23 37 00 Air Outlets and Inlets Section 23 40 00 HVAC Air Cleaning Devices Section 23 73 00 Indoor Central-Station Air-Handling Units

DIVISION 24 - NOT ASSIGNED

DIVISION 25 - INTEGRATED AUTOMATION – Not Used

DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL

Section 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical Section 26 05 19 600-Volt Power Conductors and Cables Section 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems Section 26 05 33 Raceways and Boxes Section 26 05 53 Identification for Electrical Systems Section 26 24 16 600-Volt Rated Panel boards and Circuit Breakers Section 26 27 26 Wiring Devices Section 26 32 13 Engine Generator Unit Section 26 36 00 Transfer Switches

DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS – Not Used

DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY – Not Used




TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page 4

DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK – Not Used

DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS – Not Used

DIVISION 33 - UTILITIES – Not Used

DIVISION 34 - TRANSPORTATION – Not Used

DIVISION 35 - WATERWAY AND MARINE CONSTRUCTION – Not Used



END OF SECTION

of 3

District

Note: All references to the California Building Code (CBC) are to the 2010 edition.

IMPORTANT: This form is only a summary list of structural tests and special inspections required for the project. The actual tests and inspections must be performed as detailed on the DSA approved documents. The project inspector is responsible for providing inspection of all facets of construction, including but not limited to, special inspections not listed on this form such as structural wood framing, high-load wood diaphragms, cold-formed steel framing, anchorage of non-structural components, etc., per Title 24, Part 2, Chapter 17A. NOTE: This form is also available for projects submitted for review under the 2007 CBC.

School Name

INSTRUCTIONS: Click a plus sign (+) before any category or subcategory to reveal additional tests and special inspections. An "X" before a listed test or inspection indicates it is a mandatory requirement. A shaded box indicates a test or special inspection that may be required, depending on the scope of the construction and other issues. A shaded box can be clicked indicating your selection of that test. Note: A minus (-) on a category or subcategory heading indicates that it can be collapsed. However, any selections you may have made will be cleared. Click on the "COMPILE" button to show only the tests finally selected. For more information on use of this form, see DSA-103.INSTR.

REQUIR

ED

TEST OR SPECIAL INSPECTION

TYPE 1

PERFORMED

BY 2CODE REFERENCE AND NOTES

SOILS++ CONCRETE + MASONRY - STEEL++ 18. HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS:- 19. WELDING: DSA IR 17-3, AWS D1.1 and AWS D1.8 (AWS D1.3 for cold formed steel).

x a. Verify weld filler material identification markings per AWS designation listed on the DSA approved documents and the WPS. Periodic SI

x b. Verify weld filler material manufacturer’s certificate of compliance. Periodic SI

x c. Verify WPS, welder qualifications and equipment. Periodic SI See DSA IR 17-3.

- 19.1 SHOP WELDING:x a. Inspect groove, multi-pass, and fillet welds > 5/16" Continuous SI Per AISC 360 (and AISC 341 as applicable). See DSA IR 17-3.x b. Inspect single-pass fillet welds 5/16” Periodic SI Per AISC 360 (and AISC 341 as applicable). See DSA IR 17-3.

c. Inspect welding of stairs and railing systems. Periodic SI 1704A.3.1 Per AISC 360 (and AISC 341 as applicable). See DSA IR 17-3.d. Verification of reinforcing steel weldability Periodic SI 1704A.4.1; verify carbon equivalent reported on mill certificates. See DSA IR 17-3.e. Inspect welding of reinforcing steel. Continuous SI 1704A.3.1.3, 1704A.3.1.4 and Table 1704A.3 Item 5b. AWS D1.4. See DSA IR 17-3.

- 19.2 FIELD WELDING:x a. Inspect groove, multi-pass, and fillet welds > 5/16" Continuous SI Per AISC 360 (and AISC 341 as applicable). See DSA IR 17-3.x b. Inspect single-pass fillet welds 5/16” Periodic SI Per AISC 360 (and AISC 341 as applicable). See DSA IR 17-3.

Table 1704A.4

Table 1704A.5.3

SOILS

Verification of Materials, Equipment, Welders, etc:

Table 1704A.3

17. STRUCTURAL STEEL AND COLD-FORMED STEEL USED FOR STRUCTURAL PURPOSES

INCREMENT # DSA File No.: Application No.:

Date Submitted:Statement of Structural Tests and Special Inspections2010 CBC

FORM DSA-103 rev 1/12 43-C1

Revised:

Revised:9/12/2013

01-113375

DSA-103 (rev 03-19-12) + In the CODE REFERENCE AND NOTES column indicates DSA-SS/CC sections that can be used by community colleges, per 2010 CBC Sec. 1.9.2.2.

of 3




Revised:

Revised:9/12/2013

01-113375

c. Inspect end-welded studs (ASTM A-108) installation (including bend test) Periodic SI Per AISC 360 (and AISC 341 as applicable). See DSA IR 17-3.

d. Inspect floor and roof deck welds Periodic SI Per AISC 360 (and AISC 341 as applicable). See DSA IR 17-3.

e. Inspect welding of structural cold-formed steel Periodic SI* * May be performed by the project inspector when approved by DSA. See DSA IR 17-3.1704A.3.1.2 and 1704A.3.1.4

f. Inspect welding of stairs and railing systems Periodic SI* * May be performed by the project inspector when approved by DSA. See DSA IR 17-3. 1704A.3.1.2 and 1704A.3.1.4

g. Verification of reinforcing steel weldability Periodic SI 1704A.4.1; verify carbon equivalent reported on mill certificates.h. Inspect welding of reinforcing steel. Continuous SI 1704A.3.1.3, 1704A.3.1.4 and Table 1704A.3 Item 5b. AWS D1.4

+ 20. NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING:+ 21. STEEL JOISTS AND TRUSSES:+ 22. SPRAY APPLIED FIRE-PROOFING:++ 23. OTHER STEEL:++

WOODOTHER Section 1704A.15


of 3




Revised:

Revised:9/12/2013

01-113375

Summary of Verified Reports Required:

KEY to Columns

(Note: The difference between “tests” and “special inspections” is addressed in IR 17-4)

PRINT

Name of Architect or Engineer in general responsible charge

Architect or Structural Engineer Stamp

2 Performed By - 1 Type -

Signature of Architect or Structural Engineer

(Note that reassignment of responsibility is permitted only with the written approval of DSA)

GE – Indicates that the special inspection is to be performed by a registered geotechnical engineer or his or her authorized representativeLab – Indicates that the test is to be performed by a testing laboratory accepted in the DSA laboratory Evaluation and Acceptance (LEA) Program

PI – Indicates that the special inspection is to be performed by the project inspector

Periodic – Indicates that a periodic special inspection is required

Test – Indicates that a test is required

SI – Indicates that the special inspection is to be performed by a special inspector

Name of Structural Engineer (When structural design has been delegated)

Note: Project Inspector, contractor, architect and engineer verified reports are always required (Form DSA-6 or DSA-6A/E as applicable).

Continuous – Indicates that a continuous special inspection is required

IDENTIFICATION STAMPDIV OF THE STATE ARCHITECT APP. #_____________________

AC__N/A____ F/LS__N/A___ SS_______

DATE____________________date

COMPILE



Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 DOCUMENT 00 21 13 - INSTRUCTIONS TO

BIDDERS

04/11/2014 Page 1

DOCUMENT 00 21 13

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

1. Preparation and Submittal of Bid Proposal.

1.1 Bid Proposal Preparation. All information required by the bid forms must be completely and accurately provided. Numbers shall be stated in both words and figures where so indicated in the bid forms; conflicts between a number stated in words and in figures are governed by the words. Partially completed Bid Proposals or Bid Proposals submitted on other than the bid forms included herein are non-responsive and will be rejected. Bid Proposals not conforming to these Instructions for Bidders and the Notice to Contractors Calling for Bids (“Call for Bids”) may be deemed non-responsive and rejected.

1.2 Bid Proposal Submittal. Bid Proposals shall be submitted at the place designated in the Call for Bids in sealed envelopes bearing on the outside the Bidder’s name and address along with an identification of the Work for which the Bid Proposal is submitted. Bidders are solely responsible for timely submission of Bid Proposals to the District at the place designated in the Call for Bids.

1.3 Date and Time of Bid Proposal Submittal. The District will place a date/time stamp machine in a conspicuous location at the place designated for submittal of Bid Proposals. A Bid Proposal is submitted only if the outer envelope containing the Bid Proposal is stamped by the District’s date/time stamp machine. Bid Proposals not so stamped as timely submitted will be rejected and returned to the Bidder unopened. The date/time stamp is controlling and determinative as to the date and time of the Bidder’s submittal of its Bid Proposal. The foregoing notwithstanding, whether or not Bid Proposals are opened exactly at the time fixed in the Call for Bids, no Bid Proposals shall be received or considered by the District after it has commenced the public opening and reading of Bid Proposals; Bid Proposals submitted after such time are non-responsive and will be returned to the Bidder unopened.

2. Bid Security. Each Bid Proposal shall be accompanied by Bid Security in the form of: a) acertified or cashier's check made payable to the District or b) a Bid Bond, in the form and contentattached hereto, in favor of the District executed by the Bidder as a principal and a Surety assurety (the “Bid Security”) in an amount not less than (10%) ten percent of the maximum amountof the Bid Proposal. Any Bid Proposal submitted without the required Bid Security is non-responsive and will be rejected. If the Bid Security is in the form of a Bid Bond, the Bidder's BidProposal shall be deemed responsive only if the Bid Bond is in the form and content includedherein and the Surety is an Admitted Surety Insurer under Code of Civil Procedure §995.120.

3. Documents Accompanying Bid Proposal; Signatures. The Bid Proposal must be submittedwith: (a) Bid Security, (b) Proposed Subcontractors Form, (c) Non-Collusion Declaration, (d) theConstruction Careers Agreement’s Appendix A – “Agreement to be Bound” and Appendix B –Construction Technology Program “Agreement of Contractors”, and (e) the Small/DisadvantagedBusiness Utilization Form. The Bid Proposal and the Non-Collusion Declaration shall be executedby an individual duly authorized to execute the same on behalf of the Bidder. Any Bid Proposalnot conforming to the foregoing may be rejected as being non-responsive.

4. Modifications. Changes to the bid forms which are not specifically called for or permitted mayresult in the District's rejection of the Bid Proposal as being non-responsive. No oral ortelephonic modification of any submitted Bid Proposal will be considered. A written modification

SAN JOSE / EVERGREEN COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT

Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 MEP Upgrade Package #2 DOCUMENT 00 11 15 - NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS

CALLING FOR BIDS

04/11/2014 Page 1

DOCUMENT 00 11 15

NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS CALLING FOR BIDS

DISTRICT: SAN JOSE / EVERGREEN COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT

PROJECT DESCRIPTION: BID #G2010.0048 EVC Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing Upgrade Package 2, Project #32307-06

LAST DATE/TIME FOR 3:00 P.M. SUBMITTAL OF May 13, 2014 BID PROPOSAL:

PLACE FOR SUBMITTAL OF SAN JOSE EVERGREEN COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT BID PROPOSALS: 4750 SAN FELIPE ROAD, DISTRICT OFFICES,

BUILDING 7 - PURCHASING SAN JOSE, CA 95135

BID AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AVAILABLE AT:

SJECCD PURCHASING DEPARTMENT WEBSITE: http://www.sjeccd.edu/district-services/fiscal-services/purchasing-bids.

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the above-named California Community College District, acting by and through its Board of Trustees, hereinafter the “District” will receive up to, but not later than the above-stated date and time, sealed Bid Proposals for the Contract for the Work generally described as BID #G2010.0048 EVC Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing Upgrade Package 2, Project #32307-06

1 Summary of Work. The project entails Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing and structural upgrades of multiple existing buildings on the Evergreen Valley College campus. No new square footage or modifications to building assemblies are being added to any of the buildings. The work performed is maintenance in nature with the addition of points of connection for a new back-up generator at the Sequoia and Gullo Buildings, natural gas shutoff valves in the Sequoia Building Classroom-Labs, and above-ceiling mechanical unit maintenance in the PE building. . Contractor must coordinate their work with a scheduled power shut-down, as well as ongoing day-to-day operations of an active school site.

2 Submittal of Bid Proposals. All Bid Proposals shall be submitted on forms furnished by the District and are contained herein. Bid Proposals must conform with, and be responsive to, the Bid and Contract Documents, copies of which may be obtained from the District as set forth above. Only ‘sealed” Bid Proposals with the Bid # G2010.0048 on the outside of the envelope, submitted to the District at or prior to the date and time set forth above for the public opening and reading of Bid Proposals shall be considered.

http://www.sjeccd.edu/district-services/fiscal-services/purchasing-bids



CALLING FOR BIDS

04/11/2014 Page 2

3 Bid and Contract Documents. Electronic versions of the Bid and Contract Documents are available at the location stated above. The Bid and Contract Documents can also be viewed at most Bay Area Builders Exchanges. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any printing and reproduction costs of the Bid and Contract Documents.

4 Documents Accompanying Bid Proposal. Each Bid Proposal shall be accompanied by: (a) the required Bid Security; (b) Proposed Subcontractors Form; (c) Non-Collusion Declaration; (d) the “Agreement to be Bound” and the “Agreement of Contractors”; and (e) Small/ Disadvantaged Business Utilization Form. All information or responses of a Bidder in its Bid Proposal and other documents accompanying the Bid Proposal shall be complete, accurate and true; incomplete, inaccurate or untrue responses or information provided therein by a Bidder shall be grounds for the District to reject such Bidder’s Bid Proposal for non-responsiveness.

5 Prevailing Wage Rates. Pursuant to California Labor Code §1773, the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations of the State of California has determined the generally prevailing rates of wages in the locality in which the Work is to be performed. Copies of these determinations, entitled “PREVAILING WAGE SCALE”, are maintained at the District’s Offices located at 4750 San Felipe Road, San Jose, California 95135, and are available to any interested party upon request. The Contractor awarded the Contract for the Work shall post a copy of all applicable prevailing wage rates for the Work at conspicuous locations at the Site of the Work. The Contractor and all Subcontractors performing any portion of the Work shall pay not less than the applicable prevailing wage rate for the classification of labor provided by their respective workers in prosecution and execution of the Work. 5465

6 Contractors License Classification. In accordance with the provisions of California Public Contract Code §3300, the District requires that Bidders possess the following classification(s) of California Contractors License at the time that the Contract for the Work is awarded: License Classification B or C20. Any Bidder not so duly and properly licensed shall be subject to all penalties imposed by law. No payment shall be made for work, labor, materials or services provided under the Contract for the Work unless and until the Registrar of Contractors verifies to the District that the Bidder awarded the Contract is properly and duly licensed to perform the Work.

7 Contract Time. Substantial Completion of the Work shall be achieved by (120) calendar days after the date for commencement of the Work as set forth in the Notice to Proceed issued by the District. Failure to achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time will result in the assessment of Liquidated Damages as detailed in Document 00 73 10 Special Conditions.

8 Owner Controlled Insurance Program (“OCIP”). The District has elected to implement an Owner Controlled Insurance Program (“OCIP”) under the Statewide Educational Wrap Up Program (“SEWUP”) in connection with construction of the Project. The SEWUP Joint Powers Authority (“JPA”) will be providing the OCIP on behalf of the District. Subject to meeting underwriter and other requirements of the OCIP, the JPA will provide Workers’ Compensation, Employer’s Liability, General Liability, Contractors’ Pollution Liability, and Builders Risk insurance for the Contractor (along with Enrolled Subcontractors) and other designated parties for Work performed at the Site. The District will pay all premiums associated with the OCIP, unless otherwise in the Contract Documents. Insurance coverage provided under the OCIP is limited in scope and specific to Work performed after the inception date of enrollment into the OCIP. Labor and operations relating to the Work conducted away from the Site (“Offsite Operations”) are not covered by the OCIP; the Contractor and Subcontractors shall obtain insurance for Offsite Operations as required by the Contract Documents. In addition to any insurance provided by the District through the OCIP, the Contractor and Subcontractors are responsible for obtaining insurance coverages required by



CALLING FOR BIDS

04/11/2014 Page 3

General Conditions, Article 5. The District encourages Bidders to carefully review provisions of the Contract Documents relating to the OCIP and other insurance required to be maintained by the successful Bidder and to discuss insurance requirements with their insurance agents, brokers or insurance consultants to assure that all required insurance policies and minimum coverage amounts are maintained during the Work.

9 Bid Security. Each Bid Proposal shall be accompanied by Bid Security in an amount not less than ten percent (10%) of the maximum amount of the Bid Proposal. Failure of any Bid Proposal to be accompanied by Bid Security in the form and in the amount required shall render such Bid Proposal to be non-responsive and rejected by the District.

10 No Withdrawal of Bid Proposals. Bid Proposals shall not be withdrawn by any Bidder for a period of ninety (90) days after the opening of Bid Proposals. During this time, all Bidders shall guarantee prices quoted in their respected Bid Proposals.

11 Job-Walk. The District will conduct a mandatory job walk for all contractors to perform the Work. The Job-Walk will be conducted beginning at:

9:00 am ON April 30, 2014

Bidders are to meet at the Gilbane Conference Room A located on the Evergreen Valley College Campus at 3095 Yerba Buena Road San Jose, CA, 95135 at the above date and time for the Job Walk. It is the Bidder’s responsibility to place their name on the sign-in sheet at proof of attendance. Late arrivals may be prevented from attending at the sole discretion of the District. All attendees should park in adjacent parking lots and bring money for purchase a temporary parking permit.

12 Process and deadline for Bid Questions: All questions must be emailed to the District’s Project Engineer at [email protected], with a copy to [email protected] , as well as to Purchasing at [email protected]. The deadline to submit questions is 12:00 PM on May 5, 2014. A question form is included herein, see Bid Document, 00 31 07. If you do not use the question form, you must still include the same details in your question that are requested by the form. The District will issue written response(s) to the bid questions as Amendments to the bid documents. Do not direct questions to any other person associated with this project; such action will only slow the District’s ability to respond to your inquiry.

13 Substitute Security. In accordance with the provisions of California Public Contract Code §22300, substitution of eligible and equivalent securities for any monies withheld by the District toensure the Contractor’s performance under the Contract will be permitted at the request and expense of the Contractor and in conformity with California Public Contract Code §22300. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Bidder to whom the Contract is awarded shall have ten (10) days following action by the District’s Board of Trustees to award the Contract to such Bidder to its written request to the District to permit the substitution of securities for retention under California Public Contract Code §22300. The failure of such Bidder to make such written request to the District within said ten (10) day period shall be deemed a waiver of the Bidder’s rights under California Public Contract Code §22300.

14 Waiver of Irregularities. The District reserves the right to reject any or all Bid Proposals or to waive any irregularities or informalities in any Bid Proposal or in the bidding.

15 Award of Contract. If the Bidder submitting this Bid Proposal is awarded the Contract, the undersigned will execute and deliver to the District the Agreement in the form attached hereto

mailto:[email protected]





CALLING FOR BIDS

04/11/2014 Page 4

within (5) calendar days days after notification of award of the Contract. Concurrently with delivery of the executed Agreement to the District, the Bidder awarded the Contract shall deliver to the District: (i) OCIP Enrollment Forms for the Bidders and its Subcontractors; (ii) Certificates of Insurance evidencing all insurance coverages the Bidder and its Subcontractors are required to obtain under the Contract Documents; (iii) Performance Bond; (iv) Labor and Material Payment Bond; (v) Certificate of Workers’ Compensation Insurance; and (vi) Drug-Free Workplace Certificate. Failure of the Bidder awarded the Contract to strictly comply with the preceding may result in the District’s rescinding award of the Contract and/or forfeiture of the Bidder’s Bid Security. In such event, the District may, in its sole and exclusive discretion elect to award the Contract to the responsible Bidder submitting the next lowest priced Bid Proposal or to reject all Bid Proposals.

16 Construction Estimate (Base Bid Only) – Approximately $500,000.

17 Construction Careers Agreement. General Contractors submitting bids must provide evidence of acceptance of the terms and conditions of the Construction Careers Agreement (PSA) between San Jose / Evergreen Community College District and the Santa Clara & San Benito Counties Building and Construction Trades Council at the time of bid. Therefore, prequalified contractors must submit the completed and signed “Agreement to Be Bound” and the completed and signed “Agreement of Contractors” with their bid. Additionally, all contractors and subcontractors of any tier on this project will be subject to, and will also be required to be bound by the PSA. The PSA can be found at:

http://www.sjeccd.edu/Bids/Documents/Construction%20Careers%20Agreement%20w%20all%20Docs%206-25-13.pdf

18 Small and Disadvantaged Business Enterprises. The District has set a goal of 15% combined utilization of small and disadvantaged contractors & suppliers on all projects unless otherwise noted.

A. The District recognizes small and disadvantaged contractor and supplier certifications granted to firms by any of the following agencies:

Department of General Services Bureau of Minority & Women Business Opportunities (DGS BMWBO) Federal Department of Transportation National Minority Development Council (NMSDC) or its affiliates Women Business Enterprise National Counsel (WBENC) National Women Business Owners Corporation (NWBOC) Minority Business Enterprise Council (MBEC) State of California San Francisco Human Rights Commission City of Oakland City of San Jose County of Santa Clara County of Alameda County of San Mateo The District reserves the right to revise this list at its own discretion

B. The Small and Disadvantaged Contractor/Supplier Utilization Form, Section 00 42 13, is required to be submitted with each bid.





CALLING FOR BIDS

04/11/2014 Page 5

C. If there is no anticipated participation of small and disadvantaged businesses on this project, a justification letter must be submitted with the bid for SJECCD’s review. If the District, in its sole discretion, determines that the contractor has provided reasonable justification of the contractor’s failure to attain the anticipated level of participation, then the contractor will not be subject to sanctions including removal from a SJECCD Prequalified Bidder’s List, if applicable.

END OF DOCUMENT



BIDDERS

04/11/2014 Page 2

may be considered only if actually received by the District prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of Bid Proposals and the public opening thereof.

5. Erasures; Inconsistent or Illegible Bid Proposals. Bid Proposals must not contain anyerasures, interlineations or other corrections unless the same are suitably authenticated byaffixing in the margin immediately opposite such erasure, interlineations or correction thesurname(s) of the person(s) signing the Bid Proposal. Any Bid Proposal not conforming with theforegoing may be deemed by the District to be non-responsive. If any Bid Proposal or portionsthereof, is determined by the District to be illegible, ambiguous or inconsistent, whether by virtueof any erasures, interlineations, corrections or otherwise, the District may reject such a BidProposal as being non-responsive.

6. Examination of Site and Contract Documents. Each Bidder shall, at its sole cost andexpense, inspect the Site to become fully acquainted with the Contract Documents and conditionsaffecting the Work. The failure of a Bidder to receive or examine any of the Contract Documentsor to inspect the Site shall not relieve such Bidder from any obligation with respect to the BidProposal, the Contract or the Work required under the Contract Documents. The Districtassumes no responsibility or liability to any Bidder for, nor shall the District be bound by, anyunderstandings, representations or agreements of the District's agents, employees or officersconcerning the Contract Documents or the Work made prior to execution of the Contract. Thesubmission of a Bid Proposal shall be deemed prima facie evidence of the Bidder's fullcompliance with the requirements of this section.

7. Withdrawal of Bid Proposal. Any Bidder may withdraw its Bid Proposal by either writtenrequest actually received by the District prior to the scheduled closing time for the receipt of BidProposals and the District's public opening and reading of Bid Proposals. A written notice ofwithdrawal of a submitted Bid Proposal received after the scheduled closing time for receipt of BidProposals or the District's public opening and reading of Bid Proposals shall not be considered bythe District nor be effective to withdraw such Bid Proposal.

8. Agreement and Bonds. The Agreement which the successful Bidder, as Contractor, will berequired to execute along with the forms and amounts of the Labor and Material Payment Bond,Performance Bond and other documents and instruments which will be required to be furnishedare included in the Contract Documents and shall be carefully examined by the Bidder. Therequired number of executed copies of the Agreement and the form and content of thePerformance Bond and the Labor and Material Payment Bond and other documents orinstruments required at the time of execution of the Agreement are specified in the ContractDocuments.

9. Interpretation of Drawings, Specifications or Contract Documents. Any Bidder in doubt as tothe true meaning of any part of the Contract Documents; finds discrepancies, errors or omissionstherein; or finds variances in any of the Contract Documents with applicable rules, regulations,ordinances and/or laws, a written request for an interpretation or correction thereof may besubmitted to the District. It is the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Bidder to submit suchrequest not less than seven (7) days prior to the scheduled closing for the receipt of BidProposals, unless otherwise specified in Document 00 11 15 of the Contract Documents.Interpretations or corrections of the Contract Documents will be by written addendum issued bythe District or the Architect. A copy of any such addendum will be mailed or delivered to eachBidder receiving a set of the Contract Documents. No person is authorized to render an oralinterpretation or correction of any portion of the Contract Documents to any Bidder, and no Bidderis authorized to rely on any such oral interpretation or correction. Failure to request interpretationor clarification of any portion of the Contract Documents pursuant to the foregoing is a waiver of



BIDDERS

04/11/2014 Page 3

any discrepancy, defect or conflict therein.

10. District's Right to Modify Contract Documents. Before the public opening and reading of BidProposals, the District may modify the Work, the Contract Documents, or any portion(s) thereofby the issuance of written amendments disseminated to all Bidders who have obtained a copy ofthe Specifications, Drawings and Contract Documents pursuant to the Call for Bids. If the Districtissues any amendments during the bidding, the failure of any Bidder to acknowledge suchamendments in its Bid Proposal will render the Bid Proposal non-responsive and rejected.

11. Bidders Interested in More Than One Bid Proposal; Non-Collusion Declaration. No person,firm, corporation or other entity shall submit or be interested in more than one Bid Proposal forthe same Work; provided, however, that a person, firm or corporation that has submitted a subproposal to a Bidder or who has quoted prices for materials to a Bidder is not thereby disqualifiedfrom submitting a sub proposal, quoting prices to other Bidders or submitting a Bid Proposal forthe proposed Work to the District.

12. Award of Contract.

12.1 Waiver of Irregularities or Informalities. The District reserves the right to reject anyand all Bid Proposals or to waive any irregularities or informalities in any Bid Proposal or in the bidding.

12.2 Award to Lowest Responsive Responsible Bidder. The award of the Contract, if made by the District through action of its Board of Trustees, will be to the responsible Bidder submitting the lowest responsive Bid Proposal. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 20103.8(a), the lowest bid shall be the lowest bid price on the base contract without consideration of the prices on the additive or deductive items.

12.3 Alternate Bid Items Not Included in Award of Contract. Bidders are referred to the provisions of the Contract Documents permitting the District, during performance of the Work, to add or delete from the scope of the Work Alternate Bid Items with the cost or credit of the same being the amount(s) set forth by in the Alternate Bid Items Proposal.

12.4 Responsive Bid Proposal. A responsive Bid Proposal shall mean a Bid Proposal which conforms, in all material respects, with the Bid and Contract Documents.

12.5 Responsible Bidder. A responsible Bidder is a Bidder who has the capability in all respects, to perform fully the requirements of the Contract Documents and the moral and business integrity and reliability which will assure good faith performance. In determining responsibility, the following criteria will be considered: (i) the ability, capacity and skill of the Bidder to perform the Work of the Contract Documents; (ii) whether the Bidder can perform the Work promptly and within the time specified, without delay or interference; (iii) the character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience and efficiency of the Bidder; (iv) the quality of performance of the Bidder on previous contracts, by way of example only, the following information will be considered: (a) the administrative, consultant or other cost overruns incurred by the District on previous contracts with the Bidder; (b) the Bidder's compliance record with contract general conditions on other projects; (c) the submittal by the Bidder of excessive and/or unsubstantiated extra cost proposals and claims on other projects; (d) the Bidder's record for completion of work within the contract time and the Bidder's compliance with the scheduling and coordination requirements on other projects; (e) the Bidder's demonstrated cooperation with the District and other contractors on previous contracts; (f) whether the work performed and materials



BIDDERS

04/11/2014 Page 4

furnished on previous contracts was in accordance with the Contract Documents; (v) the previous and existing compliance by the Bidder with laws and ordinances relating to contracts; (vi) the sufficiency of the financial resources and ability of the Bidder to perform the work of the Contract Documents; (vii) the quality, availability and adaptability of the goods or services to the particular use required; (viii) the ability of the Bidder to provide future maintenance and service for the warranty period of the Contract; (ix) whether the Bidder is in arrears on debt or contract or is a defaulter on any surety bond; (x) such other information as may be secured by the District having a bearing on the decision to award the Contract, to include without limitation the ability, experience and commitment of the Bidder to properly and reasonably plan, schedule, coordinate and execute the Work of the Contract Documents and whether the Bidder has ever been debarred from bidding or found ineligible for bidding on any other projects. The ability of a Bidder to provide the required bonds will not of itself demonstrate responsibility of the Bidder.

13. Subcontractors.

13.1 Designation of Subcontractors; Subcontractors List. Each Bidder shall submit a list of its proposed Subcontractors for the proposed Work as required by the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act (California Public Contract Code §§4100 et seq.) on the form furnished. The failure of any Bid Proposal to include all information required by the Subcontractors List will result in rejection of the Bid Proposal for non-responsiveness.

13.2 Work of Subcontractors. All Bidders are referred to the Contract Documents and the notation therein that all Contract Documents are intended to be complimentary and that the organization or arrangements of the Specifications and Drawings shall not limit the extent of the Work of the Contract Documents. Accordingly, all Bidders are encouraged to disseminate all of the Specifications, Drawings and other Contract Documents to all persons or entities submitting sub-bids to the Bidder. The omission of any portion or item of Work from the Bid Proposal or from the sub-bidders' sub-bids which is/are necessary to produce the intended results and/or which are reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents is not a basis for adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Time.

13.3 Subcontractor Bonds. In accordance with California Public Contract Code §4108, if a Bidder requires a bond or bonds of its Subcontractor(s), whether the expense of procuring such bond or bonds are to be borne by the Bidder or the Subcontractor(s), such requirements shall be specified in the Bidder's written or published request for sub-bids. Failure of the Bidder to comply with these requirements shall preclude the Bidder from imposing bonding requirements upon its Subcontractor(s) or rejection of a Subcontractor's bid under California Public Contract Code §4108(b).

14. Owner Controlled Insurance Program (OCIP)

14.1 General. Pursuant to Government Code §4420.5, Labor Code §§6300, et seq. and Title 8 of the California Code of Regulations, the District has implemented an OCIP for the Work as more particularly set forth herein and in the Contract Documents. Pursuant to the OCIP, the District shall purchase, provide and maintain for the benefit of the Contractor and its Subcontractors and Sub-Subcontractors, certain insurance for Workers’ Compensation/Employer’s Liability, General Liability, and Contractor’s Pollution Liability as more particularly set forth in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to Article 5 of the General Conditions. Notwithstanding insurance coverages provided under the OCIP, the Contractor and its Subcontractors, Sub-Subcontractors and others



BIDDERS

04/11/2014 Page 5

shall purchase, provide and maintain certain other insurance coverage’s not provided for under the OCIP as set forth in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to

Article 5 of the General Conditions.

14.2 Bid Proposals Exclusion of Contractor/Subcontractor Insurance Costs. Bidders’ pricing proposals in their Bid Proposals shall be exclusive of premium and other costs of the Bidder and its Subcontractors for the insurance coverages provided under the OCIP. The price proposal in each Bidder’s Bid Proposal shall be inclusive of premium and other costs for obtaining and maintaining insurance coverages required by the Contract Documents, but not included in the scope of coverages afforded under the OCIP. Excluded insurance costs shall include self-funded insurance coverages, coverages requiring large deductibles and costs for any coverage above the self-funded or deductible portions. The foregoing notwithstanding, the District may require the Bidder and its Subcontractors propose pricing for obtaining insurance coverages similar to those provided by the OCIP as an Alternate Bid Item.

14.3 Minimum Safety Requirements; Responsive Bid Proposal. In addition to other standards and requirements set forth herein relating to responsive Bid Proposals, a Bid Proposal will be deemed non-responsive and rejected by the District if the Minimum Safety Requirements under the OCIP are not met or exceeded. Pursuant to Government Code §4420.5, the District has established the Minimum Safety Requirements set forth below. The Bidder and each of the Bidder’s Subcontractors who are identified on the Bidder’s Subcontractors List must meet the Minimum Safety Requirements. The Bid Proposal will be rejected for non-responsiveness if the Bidder does not meet the Minimum Safety Requirements.

i. No Cal-OSHA Violations deemed Serious and Willful. No (zero) violationsdeemed serious and willful, or repeat under Labor Code §§6300 et seq. within the past five (5) years.

ii. Injury and Illness Prevention Program (“IIPP”). The Bidder and all listedSubcontractors of the Bidder shall have a current IIPP conforming to Labor Code§3201.5 or Labor Code §6401.7.

iii. Workers Compensation Insurance EMR. The Bidder and the Bidder’s listedSubcontractors shall have a current Workers Compensation InsuranceExperience Modification Rating (“EMR”) of no more than 1.25.

15. Workers' Compensation Insurance. Pursuant to California Labor Code §3700, the successfulBidder shall secure Workers' Compensation Insurance for its employees engaged in the Work ofthe Contract. The successful bidder shall sign and deliver to the District the following certificateprior to performing any of the Work under the Contract:

"I am aware of the provisions of §3700 of the California Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for worker's compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that Code and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the Work of the Contract."

The form of such Certificate is included as part of the Contract Documents.

16. Bid Security Return. The Bid Security of three or more low Bidders, the number being solely atthe discretion of the District, will be held by the District for ten (10) days after the period for whichBid Proposals must be held open (which is set forth in the Call for Bids) or until posting by thesuccessful Bidder(s) of the bonds, certificates of insurance required and return of executed



BIDDERS

04/11/2014 Page 6

copies of the Agreement, whichever first occurs, at which time the Bid Security of such other Bidders will be returned to them.

17. Forfeiture of Bid Security. If the Bidder awarded the Contract fails or refuses to execute theAgreement within five (5) calendar days from the date of receiving notification that it is the Bidderto whom the Contract has been awarded, the District may declare the Bidder's Bid Securityforfeited as damages caused by the failure of the Bidder to enter into the Contract and maythereupon award the Contract for the Work to the responsible Bidder submitting the next lowestBid Proposal or may call for new bids, in its sole and exclusive discretion.

18. Contractor's License. No Bid Proposal will be considered from a Bidder who, at the time BidProposals are opened, is not licensed to perform the Work of the Contract Documents, inaccordance with the Contractors License Law, California Business & Professions Code §§7000 etseq. This requirement is not a mere formality and will not be waived by the District or its Board ofTrustees. The required California Contractor's License classification(s) for the Work is set forth inthe Call for Bids.

19. Anti-Discrimination. It is the policy of the District that there be no discrimination against anyprospective or active employee engaged in the Work because of race, color, ancestry, nationalorigin, religious creed, sex, age or marital status. All Bidders agree to comply with the District’santi-discrimination policy and all applicable Federal and California anti-discrimination lawsincluding but not limited to the California Fair Employment & Housing Act beginning withCalifornia Government Code §§12940 et seq. and California Labor Code §1735. In addition, allBidders agree to require like compliance by any Subcontractor employed by them on the Work ofthe Contract.

20. Job Walk.

19.1 District Conduct of Job-Walk. The District will conduct a Job-Walk at the time andplace designated in the Call for Bids. The District may, in its sole and exclusive discretion, elect to conduct one or more Job-Walk(s) in addition to that set forth in the Call for Bids, in which event the District shall notify all Bidders who have theretofore obtained the Contract Documents pursuant to the Call for Bids of any such additional Job-Walk. If the District elects to conduct any job-Walk in addition to that set forth in the Call for Bids, the District shall, in its notice of any such additional Job-Walk(s), indicate whether Bidders' attendance at such additional Job-Walk(s) is mandatory.

19.2 Mandatory Job-Walk. The failure of any Bidder to have its authorized representative present at the Mandatory Job-Walk will render the Bid Proposal of such Bidder to be non-responsive. Where the Job-Walk is mandatory, a Bidder may have more than one authorized representative and/or representatives of its Subcontractors present at the Job-Walk; provided, however that attendance by representatives of the Bidder's Subcontractors without attendance by a representative of the Bidder shall not be sufficient to meet the Bidder's obligations hereunder and will render the Bid Proposal of such Bidder to be non-responsive. The District will reject the Bid Proposal of a Bidder who obtains the Bid and Contract Documents after the date of the mandatory Job-Walk unless a Job-Walk is requested by such Bidder and a Job-Walk is conducted by the District in accordance with the following provisions. The District may, in its sole and exclusive discretion, conduct such requested Job-Walk taking into consideration factors such as the time remaining prior to the scheduled opening at Bid Proposals. Any such requested Job-Walk will be conducted only upon the requesting Bidder’s agreement to reimburse the District for the actual and/or reasonable costs for the District staff and its



BIDDERS

04/11/2014 Page 7

agents and representatives in arranging for and conducting such additional Job-Walk(s).

20. Public Records. Bid Proposals and other documents responding to the Call for Bids become theexclusive property of the District upon submittal to the District. At such time as the District issuesthe Notice of Intent to award the Contract pursuant to these Instructions for Bidders, all BidProposals and other documents submitted in response to the Call for Bids become a matter ofpublic record and shall be thereupon be considered public records, except for informationcontained in such Bid Proposals deemed to be Trade Secrets (as defined in California Civil Code§3426.1) and information provided in response to the District’s Pre-Qualification Questionnaire. ABidder that indiscriminately marks all or most of its Bid Proposal as exempt from disclosure as a public record, whether by the notations of "Trade Secret," "Confidential," "Proprietary," or otherwise, may result render the Bid Proposal non-responsive and rejected. The District is not liable or responsible for the disclosure of such records, including those exempt from disclosure if disclosure is deemed required by law, by an order of a Court of competent jurisdiction, or which occurs through inadvertence, mistake or negligence on the part of the District or its officers, employees or agents. At such time as Bid Proposals are deemed a matter of public record, pursuant to the above, any Bidder or other party shall be afforded access for inspection and/or copying of such Bid Proposals, by request made to the District in conformity with the California Access to Public Records Act, California Government Code §§6250, et. seq. If the District is required to defend or otherwise respond to any action or proceeding wherein request is made for the disclosure of the contents of any portion of a Bid Proposal deemed exempt from disclosure hereunder, the Bidder submitting the materials sought by such action or proceeding agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the District in any action or proceeding from and against any liability, including without limitation attorneys' fees arising therefrom. The party submitting materials sought by any other party shall be solely responsible for the cost and defense in any action or proceeding seeking to compel disclosure of such materials; the District's sole involvement in any such action shall be that of a stakeholder, retaining the requested materials until otherwise ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction.

21. Drug Free Workplace Certificate. In accordance with California Government Code §§8350 etseq., the Drug Free Workplace Act of 1990, the successful Bidder will be required to execute aDrug Free Workplace Certificate concurrently with execution of the Agreement. The successfulBidder will be required to implement and take the affirmative measures outlined in the Drug FreeWorkplace Certificate and in California Government Code §§8350 et seq. Failure of thesuccessful Bidder to comply with the measures outlined in the Drug Free Workplace Certificateand in California Government Code §§8350 et seq. may result in penalties, including withoutlimitation, the termination of the Agreement, the suspension of any payment of the Contract Priceotherwise due under the Contract Documents and/or debarment of the successful Bidder.

22. Compliance with Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986. The Bidder is solely andexclusively responsible for employment of individuals for the Work of the Contract in conformitywith the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, 8 USC §1101 et seq. (the “IRCA"); thesuccessful Bidder shall also require that any person or entity employing labor in connection withany of the Work of the Contract shall so similarly comply with the IRCA.

23. Substitution of Specified Items. Pursuant to Public Contract Code §3400(a), any bidder whohas timely submitted a Bid Proposal may submit data to the District to substantiate a request tosubstitute an “or equal” item for any item specified in the Contract Documents ("SubstitutionSubstantiation Data"). Substitution Substantiation Data may be submitted to the District at anytime up to twenty (20) days after the award of contract by the successful bidder. SubstitutionSubstantiation Data submitted by any Bidder with its Bid Proposal will not be consideredby the District nor be deemed a submission of Substitution Substantiation Data.



BIDDERS

04/11/2014 Page 8

Notwithstanding the submission of any Substitution Substantiation Data by any Bidder pursuant to the foregoing, no action will be taken in connection with any Substitution Substantiation Data or request of any Bidder to substitute an "or equal" item for an item specified in the Contract Documents until after the District's Board of Trustees has taken action to award the Contract without any conditions or reservations.

24. Notice of Intent to Award Contract. Following the public opening and reading of Bid Proposals,the District will issue a Notice of Intent to Award the Contract, identifying the Bidder to whom theDistrict intends to award the Contract and the date/time/place of the District’s Board of Trusteesmeeting at which award of the Contract will be considered.

25. Bid Protest. Any Bidder submitting a Bid Proposal to the District may file a protest of theDistrict's intent to award the Contract provided that each and all of the following are compliedwith:

(i) The bid protest is in writing;

(ii) The bid protest is filed and received by the District’s Manager of Purchasing Services not more than five (5) calendar days following the date of issuance of the District's Notice of Intent to Award the Contract; and

(iii) The written bid protest sets forth, in detail, all grounds for the bid protest, including without limitation all facts, supporting documentation, legal authorities and argument in support of the grounds for the bid protest; any matters not set forth in the written bid protest shall be deemed waived. All factual contentions must be supported by competent, admissible and creditable evidence.

Any bid protest not conforming with the foregoing shall be rejected by the District as invalid. Provided that a bid protest is filed in strict conformity with the foregoing, the District’s Vice President, Business Services or such individual(s) as may be designated by him/her, shall review and evaluate the basis of the bid protest. Either, the District’s Vice President, Business Services or other individual designated by him/her shall provide the bidder submitting the bid protest with a written statement concurring with or denying the bid protest. The District’s Board of Trustees will render a final determination and disposition of a bid protest by taking action to adopt, modify or reject the disposition of a bid protest as reflected in the written statement of the Vice President, Business Services or his/her designee. Action by the District’s Board of Trustees relative to a bid protest shall be final and not subject to appeal or reconsideration by the District, any employee or officer of the District or the District’s Board of Trustees. The rendition of a written statement by the Vice President, Business Services (or his/her designee) and action by the District’s Board of Trustees to adopt, modify or reject the disposition of the bid protest reflected in such written statement shall be express conditions precedent to the institution of any legal or equitable proceedings relative to the bidding process, the District’s intent to award the Contract, the District’s disposition of any bid protest or the District’s decision to reject all Bid Proposals. In the event that any such legal or equitable proceedings are instituted and the District is named as a party thereto, the prevailing party(ies) shall recover from the other party(ies), as costs, all attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with any such proceeding, including any appeal arising therefrom.

END OF DOCUMENT

SAN JOSÈ EVERGREEN COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT

Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 DOCUMENT 00 31 05 - CONTACTS / PROJECT

IDENTIFICATION

04/11/2014 Page 1

DOCUMENT 00 31 05

CONTACTS / PROJECT IDENTIFICATION

Owner: San Jose-Evergreen Community College District 4750 San Felipe Rd. San Jose, CA 95135

Owner's Representative: Henry Gee Vice President Evergreen Valley College

Owner’s Program Manager: Gilbane Building Company G2010 Offices 4750 San Felipe Road San Jose, CA 95135

Site Location: Evergreen Valley College 3095 Yerba Buena Road. San Jose, CA 95128

Contractor: To be identified in the Agreement as the party selected to perform the Work of the Contract.

Architect: GHD 417 Montgomery St. Suite 700 San Francisco, CA 94104

NOTE: Inquiries during the bidding process shall be in accordance with the instructions in the Notice to Contractors Calling for Bids, Document 00 11 15. Written response(s) will be issued as Amendments to the Bid Documents. Do not direct questions to any other person associated with this project; such action will only slow the District’s ability to respond to your inquiry.

END OF DOCUMENT


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade package #2

DOCUMENT 00 31 07 BID QUESTION FORM

04/11/2014

To: San Jose Evergreen Community College District 4750 San Felipe Road San Jose, CA 95135

Attention: Antonio Thomas Email : [email protected]

[email protected] [email protected]

Bid Package #G2010.0048 EVC Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing Upgrade Package 2, Project #32307-06

Bid Question

From : Company

Attention:

Date: Re:

Reference Drawing No.

Reference Detail(s) :

Reference Spec. Section

Reference Paragraph(s) :

Question:

Answer:

Answered By:

Firm:

Date:

Question Included in Addendum No. to Bid Package No. By: Date:

Last Date and Time questions can be received is Date: May 5, 2014 Time: 12:00 PM





Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Package #2 DOCUMENT 00 31 10 - SUMMARY OF

DOCUMENTS INCLUDED IN BID PACKAGE

04/11/2014 Page 1

DOCUMENT 00 31 10

SUMMARY OF DOCUMENTS INCLUDED IN BID PACKAGE

• Project Manual dated April 11,2014

• Project Technical Specifications dated September 12, 2013

• Contract Bid Set Drawings date February 28, 2014 Reference 00 01 15 for List of DrawingSheets)

Documents available for Contractor review at the Gilbane Building Company, District Office, 4750 San Felipe Road, Building 4, San Jose, CA 95135 for contractor review.

END OF DOCUMENT


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Package #2 DOCUMENT 00 41 13 - BID PROPOSAL

04/11/2014 Page 1 of 4

DOCUMENT 00 41 13

BID PROPOSAL

TO: SAN JOSE / EVERGREEN COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT, a California Community College District, acting by and through its Board of Trustees ("the District").

FROM: _____________________________________________ (Name of Bidder)

_____________________________________________ (Address)

_____________________________________________ (City, State, Zip Code)

_____________________________________________ (Federal Tax I. D.)

_____________________________________________ (Telephone/Fax)

_____________________________________________ [E-Mail Address of Bidder’s Representative(s)] _____________________________________________

[Name(s) of Bidder's Authorized Representative(s)]

1. Bid Proposal

1.1 Acknowledgment of Bid Allowances. The Bidder confirms that the BidProposal amount shown in paragraph 1.2 below, incorporates and is inclusive of all Allowances detailed in Section 01 21 00 for added work at Owner’s request.

Allowance #1 (Unforeseen Conditions) $30,000.00 Allowance #2 (Non-Standard Work Hours) $20,000.00

Total Schedule of Allowances $50,000.00

1.2 Base Bid Proposal Amount. The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees to perform the Contract including, without limitation, providing and furnishing any and all of the labor, materials, tools, equipment and services necessary to perform the contract & complete the EVC Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing Upgrade Package #2, Project 32307-06 for the sum of:

Dollars

$____________________________________________________________.

The Bidder confirms that it has checked all of the above figures and that the Bid Proposal amount includes the allowances described in Paragraph 1.1 above. Furthermore, the Bidder understands that neither the District nor any of its agents, employees or representatives shall be responsible for any errors or omissions on the part of the undersigned Bidder in preparing and submitting this Bid Proposal. The contract award will be pursuant to Document 00 21 13, Instructions to Bidders, Paragraph 12.3, in accordance with Public Contract Code Section 20103.8(a), the lowest bid shall be the lowest bid price on the base



04/11/2014 Page 2 of 4

contract without consideration of the prices on the additive or deductive items described in Paragraph 1.3 below.

1.3 Bid Alternates. There are no bid alternates associated with this project.

1.4 Acknowledgment of Bid Addenda. The Bidder confirms that this Bid Proposal incorporates, and is inclusive of, all items or other matters contained in Addenda issued by or on behalf of the District.

Addenda # ___ to the Bid Documents has been received & acknowledged. ____ (initial)




2. Documents Accompanying Bid. The Bidder has submitted with this Bid Proposal thefollowing: (a) Bid Security; (b) Proposed Subcontractors Form; (c) Non-CollusionDeclaration; (d) Construction Careers Agreement To Be Bound and Construction CareersProgram Agreement of Contractors and (e) Small/Disadvantaged Business UtilizationForm. The Bidder acknowledges that if this Bid Proposal and the foregoing documentsare not fully in compliance with applicable requirements set forth in the Notice toContractors Calling for Bids, the Instructions to Bidders and in each of the foregoingdocuments, the Bid Proposal may be rejected as non-responsive.

3. Award of Contract. If the Bidder submitting this Bid Proposal is awarded the Contract,the undersigned will execute and deliver to the District the Agreement in the formattached hereto within five (5) working days after notification of award of the Contract.Concurrently with delivery of the executed Agreement to the District, the Bidder awardedthe Contract shall deliver to the District: (a) OCIP Enrollment Forms for the Bidders andits subcontractors (b) Certificates of Insurance evidencing all insurance coveragesrequired under the Contract Documents; (c) the Performance Bond; (d) the Labor andMaterial Payment Bond; (e) the Certificate of Workers’ Compensation Insurance; and (f)the Drug-Free Workplace Certificate. Failure of the Bidder awarded the Contract tostrictly comply with the preceding may result in the District’s rescission of the award ofthe Contract and forfeiture of the Bidder’s Bid Security. In such event, the District may, inits sole and exclusive discretion elect to award the Contract to the responsible Biddersubmitting the next lowest Bid Proposal, or to reject all Bid Proposals.

4. Contractor's License. The undersigned Bidder is currently and duly licensed inaccordance with the California Contractors License Law, California Business &Professions Code §§7000 et seq., under the following classification “_B or C20_”bearing License Number__________________, with expiration date of ____________.The Bidder certifies that: (a) it is duly licensed, in the necessary class(es), for performingthe Work of the Contract Documents; (b) that such license shall be in full force and effectthroughout the duration of the performance of the Work under the Contract Documents;and (c) that all Subcontractors providing or performing any portion of the Work shall be soproperly licensed to perform or provide such portion of the Work.



04/11/2014 Page 3 of 4

5. Acknowledgment and Confirmation. The undersigned Bidder acknowledges itsreceipt, review and understanding of the Drawings, the Specifications and other ContractDocuments pertaining to the proposed Work. The undersigned Bidder certifies that theContract Documents are, in its opinion, adequate, feasible and complete for providing,performing and constructing the Work in a sound and suitable manner for the usespecified and intended by the Contract Documents. The undersigned Bidder certifies thatit has, or has available, all necessary equipment, personnel, materials, facilities andtechnical and financial ability to complete the Work for the amount bid herein within theContract Time and in accordance with the Contract Documents.

6. Unit Pricing: Unit pricing is not required as part of this bid document.

By: ______________________________________ (Signature)

(Corporate Seal) _________________________________________

(Typed or Printed Name)

Title: _________________________________________

END OF DOCUMENT


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College

DOCUMENT 00 42 13 – SMALL & DISADVANTAGED CONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER UTILIZATION FORM

G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 04/11/2014 Page 1

DOCUMENT 00 42 13

SMALL AND DISADVANTAGED CONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER UTILIZATION FORM

TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID

Contractor Name ____________________________________________________

Project Name EVC Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing Upgrade

Package #2, Project #32307-06

Bid No. G2010.0048__________________________________________

Sub/Supplier, Contact Name, & Phone MBE

WBE

DVBE

SBE

Describe Work Contract Amount

Sub/Supplier:___________________________

Contact Name: _________________________

Phone: _______________________________

Sub/Supplier:___________________________

Contact Name: _________________________

Phone: _______________________________

Sub/Supplier:___________________________

Contact Name: _________________________

Phone: _______________________________

Sub/Supplier:___________________________

Contact Name: _________________________

Phone: _______________________________





Sub/Supplier:___________________________

Contact Name: _________________________

Phone: _______________________________

Sub/Supplier:___________________________

Contact Name: _________________________

Phone: _______________________________

Sub/Supplier:___________________________

Contact Name: _________________________

Phone: _______________________________

Sub/Supplier:___________________________

Contact Name: _________________________

Phone: _______________________________

Sub/Supplier:___________________________

Contact Name: _________________________

Phone: _______________________________

Sub/Supplier:___________________________

Contact Name: _________________________

Phone: _______________________________

Sub/Supplier:___________________________

Contact Name: _________________________

Phone: _______________________________

Sub/Supplier:___________________________

Contact Name: _________________________

Phone: _______________________________





Sub/Supplier:___________________________

Contact Name: _________________________

Phone: _______________________________

Sub/Supplier:___________________________

Contact Name: _________________________

Phone: _______________________________

TOTAL M/W/DV/SBE Contract Amount $ ____________________

TOTAL BASE BID Amount $ ____________________

% M/W/DV/SBE Contract Amount of ___________________% BASE BID

□ JUSTIFICATION LETTER ATTACHED (No small & disadvantaged participation is anticipated)

(Signature) (Address)

(Name Printed or Typed) (City, State)

( ) (Area Code and Telephone Number)

END OF DOCUMENT

of 10 Document 00 42 15 Outreach Program

LOCAL BUSINESS OUTREACH PROGRAM FOR

MINORITY-OWNED, WOMEN-OWNED & SMALL BUSINESS

SEPTEMBER 2011

PROGRAM AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT BY:


TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. Overview

2. Mission

3. Minority-Owned, Woman-Owned and Small Business Qualifications

4. Strategic Diversity Initiatives

a. Outreach and Education

b. Approach for Design-Bid-Build Projects

c. Construction Management Projects

5. Small & Disadvantaged Business Participation Tracking

6. Enforcement

7. Key Performance Measures

8. Definitions

Attachments:

Document 00 42 13 Small & Disadvantaged Contractor Utilization Form

Document 00 42 19 Final Small & Disadvantaged Contractor Utilization Report


MINORITY-OWNED, WOMAN-OWNED & SMALL BUSINESS PROGRAM

1. OVERVIEW The District’s Measure G-2010 Small and Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program reaffirms the District’s commitment to increase the opportunities for and participation of small and disadvantaged businesses in its procurement of goods and services related to Construction Projects for The San Jose`/Evergreen Community College District Measure G-2010 Bond Program. The District recognizes the importance of supplier diversity and by creating sound business relationships, seeks to strengthen the economic development and viability for minority/women businesses. Through value-added strategic initiatives, the District expects increased competition and additional opportunities. The Small and Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program has instituted a variety of initiatives to identify and encourage small and disadvantaged businesses to participate in the District's procurement/bidding process in an effort to ensure continued growth of business opportunities for those business enterprises. This program performs a key role by providing outreach, training, and educational programs. The Small and Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program forms a connecting link between the District and the local small business community. 2. MISSION Our mission is to deliver the best valued and highest quality products and services by encouraging competition among all contractors and suppliers. The District recognizes supplier diversity as an important component of its overall construction effort and will continue to foster relationships with small and disadvantaged business enterprises to increase their utilization in construction and construction related projects. 3. MINORITY OWNED, WOMAN OWNED, & SMALL BUSINESS QUALIFICATIONS The San Jose Evergreen Community College District is not in the business of certifying companies for small or disadvantaged business enterprise status. In order to be considered as such by SJECCD, the company must be at least 51 percent (51%) owned, controlled and managed (proven & demonstrated) by a U.S. citizen(s) and must be certified by one of the following agencies: Department of General Services Bureau of Minority & Women Business Opportunities (DGS BMWBO) Federal Department of Transportation National Minority Development Council (NMSDC) or its affiliates Women Business Enterprise National Council (WBENC) National Women Business Owners Corporation (NWBOC)


Minority Business Enterprise Council (MBEC) State of California San Francisco Human Rights Commission City of Oakland City of San Jose County of Santa Clara County of Alameda County of San Mateo

Only Contractors and Suppliers certified by the agencies listed above are acceptable toward Small and Disadvantaged Business Participation. The District reserves the right to revise this list at its own discretion.

4. STRATEGIC DIVERSITY INITIATIVES

The Small and Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program’s intent is to ensure that small and disadvantaged businesses have optimum accessibility to procurement and contracting opportunities. SJECCD will proactively work to create mutually beneficial business relationships with small and disadvantaged contractors and suppliers. In support of our mission we have outlined strategic initiatives that will be implemented to support the success of this effort within the G-2010 Bond Program. Please refer to Figure 1, Program Strategic Initiatives, which outlines the four key initiatives. A description of each initiative is detailed further below in this program statement.

Figure 1. Program Strategic Initiatives

Minority-Owned, Woman-Owned & Small Business Program

• Community Outreach and Educationo Partnering with appropriate groupso One-on-Ones with small and disadvantaged firmso Targeted Advertisingo Business Seminars

• SJECCD Internal Coordinationo Partnering with Purchasing Dept.o Goal of bidders lists to include 15% small and disadvantaged firmso Bid documents given to MBE/WBE firms

• Design-Bid-Build Projectso 15% Participation Goal for overall project (5% minimum participation expected)o Impact on Contractor Evaluationo Data submission requirement


• Construction Manager Projectso 15% Goalo Work Packaging focuso Increased solicitation requirementso Contractor Open Houseo Small and Disadvantaged Business Workshop(s)o Standard written procedure

A. OUTREACH and EDUCATION

The Outreach Coordinator will actively seek qualified small and disadvantaged contractors and suppliers through certification consortiums, business develop organizations, business trade shows, conferences, and seminars. The Outreach Coordinator will also focus on the education of the SJECCD internal community outlining the benefits of the Small and Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program. Internal and external outreach focus areas are outlined below.

Internal Outreach SJECCD Diversity Partnering: The Outreach Coordinator will partner with the SJECCD Purchasing Department on training efforts inside and outside The District.

Project Manager Education: The Outreach Coordinator will educate the SJECCD community on the benefits of procuring goods and services from small and disadvantaged contractors and suppliers. A key component of this program will be the internal education of all Project Managers who will be instrumental in making this program a success. Early internal outreach efforts will center around communicating this program to the Project Managers.

External Outreach Training:

1. Perform a minimum of two “How To Do Business With The District” seminars andcontinue to work with local outreach organizations on training/educational endeavors thatbenefit the small and disadvantaged community.

2. Develop a series of short classes for the benefit of small and disadvantaged businesses toassist them in understanding how to support their efforts to obtain work overall and inworking for larger contractors. Topics would include Accounting, Bidding, Contracts,Insurance and Bonding, and Project Execution.

One-on-Ones: Arrange one-on-one meetings with promising small and disadvantaged firms.

Organizational Involvement: Forge relationships with small and disadvantaged organizations & groups to establish benchmarking opportunities and attend informational meetings and conferences.

Targeted Advertising: Advertise projects in designated small and disadvantaged agencies and organization publications.


Project Document Issuance: Upon request for a specific project, the District shall provide, free of charge, one set of drawings and specifications (and addenda when issued) to small and disadvantaged organizations/associations. A review of the bid activity by an association’s members may be initiated to justify continuation of this service.

Although it is not always practical or feasible to establish a business relationship with every contractor/supplier, we are firmly committed to creating the means by which these businesses are given due consideration and a fair opportunity to participate in construction and construction related projects.

B. Approach for Design-Bid-Build Projects

Contract documents will establish an expected commitment towards small and disadvantaged business participation on all lump-sum bid projects. The contract documents will incorporate definitive language towards small and disadvantaged participation in an effort to increase participation. A 15% goal will be established for combined small and disadvantaged participation. For projects that include prequalification, the contractor evaluation process will include a section regarding evidence of performance related to small and disadvantaged business participation. If the 15% combined goal is not reached the Project Manager will indicate a below average score in regards to participation. For projects that do not prequalify, a Participation Sheet will be required as part of the Bid Submission to indicate the Bidder’s intended small and disadvantaged business participation and will be considered in the award of the work. Further, the level of small and disadvantaged business participation will be tracked as the project progresses, and if contractors consistently miss the 15% combined goal and are unable to provide reasonable justification, appropriate steps will be taken relative to the contractor’s status within the District. Please refer to the sample contract language below.

Sample Language

“Notice to Bidders

SMALL AND DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES

A. The District has set a goal of 15% combined utilization of small and disadvantaged contractors & suppliers on all projects unless otherwise noted.

B. The District recognizes small and disadvantaged contractor and supplier certifications granted to firms by any of the following agencies:

Department of General Services Bureau of Minority & Women Business Opportunities (DGS BMWBO) Federal Department of Transportation


National Minority Development Council (NMSDC) or its affiliates Women Business Enterprise National Counsel (WBENC) National Women Business Owners Corporation (NWBOC) Minority Business Enterprise Council (MBEC) State of California San Francisco Human Rights Commission City of Oakland City of San Jose County of Santa Clara County of Alameda County of San Mateo

The District reserves the right to revise this list at its own discretion

C. Document 00 42 13 - Small and Disadvantaged Contractor/Supplier Utilization Form (attached) is required to be submitted with each bid.

E. If there is less than 15% or no anticipated participation of small and disadvantaged businesses on this project, a Justification Letter must be submitted with the bid for SJECCD’s review.

Statement within the Form of Proposal

“We, the undersigned, agree to provide small and disadvantaged business participation on this project to the extent practical and have submitted the Small and Disadvantaged Contractor/Supplier Utilization Form with our bid. If no small and disadvantaged participation is anticipated, we agree to write a Justification Letter and submit it along with our bid for SJECCD’s review. Immediately following substantial completion of this project we agree to submit to the Outreach Coordinator Document 00 42 19 - Final Small and Disadvantaged Contractor/Supplier Utilization Report. It is understood that final payment on this contract will not be processed until Document 00 42 19 - Final Small and Disadvantaged Contractor/Supplier Utilization Report is received by SJECCD. If a Justification Letter is not submitted at time of bid, anticipated small and disadvantaged participation will be expected.”


C. Construction Management Projects

Projects utilizing a Construction Manager delivery method (such as CM At Risk and Design-Build) will adhere to the following:

1. It is anticipated that the CM will attain a 15% combined utilization of small anddisadvantaged contractors & suppliers for the project.

2. The Outreach Coordinator and Project Manager shall work with the project’sarchitect, along with any other individuals who could provide assistance, to determinesmall and disadvantaged capacity for the work required, appropriate bid packages,and expected small and disadvantaged participation for each specific bid package.

3. For each bid package, consideration should be given to maximize small anddisadvantaged participation wherever possible. This would include a review andanalysis of the potential known certified small and disadvantaged firms capable ofperforming the work as prime contractors, subcontractors and/or suppliers for eachspecific bid package.

4. The Outreach Coordinator shall track and monitor the small and disadvantagedparticipation and shall submit quarterly updates throughout the project. At projectcompletion, the Outreach Coordinator shall submit a final report detailing the namesof each small and disadvantaged contractor & supplier, contact information, originalcontract amount , change orders, and the participation percentage for the final projectconstruction cost(s).

5. The Construction Management Firm is required to hold a project Open House whichshall cover the project schedule, construction package information, bidding scheduleand requirements, small and disadvantaged participation goals and any other specificSJECCD/CM requirements. Small and disadvantaged businesses are to be targeted forattendance at this initial networking event. The Outreach Coordinator is required todocument the attendee list with small and disadvantaged businesses noted.

6. Following the Open House, the Construction Management firm is required to conducta “workshop” specifically for small and disadvantaged companies to assist them withany issues that may specifically impact their ability to bid or contract on the project.All potential prime trade subcontractors shall also be invited to attend for networkingpurposes. The Outreach Coordinator is required to document the attendee list withsmall and disadvantaged businesses noted.

7. The Construction Management Firm is required to notify designated small anddisadvantaged agencies and organizations identified by the owner regarding therelease of project packages for bid.

8. The Construction Management firm is to continue follow-up with all potential smalland disadvantaged businesses throughout the bidding process.


5. MBE/WBE PARTICIPATION TRACKING

A. The Outreach Coordinator shall maintain all small and disadvantaged participation data required for this program. These records shall include by project:

(a) The contractor report submitted at the completion of the project; (b) The type of work performed; (c) The actual dollar value of the work, services, supplies or equipment; and (d) The percentage of the total contract.

B. The Outreach Coordinator shall track and monitor participation for all construction related projects and maintain such records as are necessary to confirm compliance with its small and disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program goals.

C. Please refer to attached Final Small and Disadvantaged Contractor/Supplier Utilization Report. This report will be required to be submitted on all Contract Administration projects.

6. ENFORCEMENT

A. The Outreach Coordinator shall verify that the certified small and disadvantaged businesses listed in the Final Small and Disadvantaged Business Contractor/Supplier Utilization Report have actually performed the work and have been paid in full. At a minimum, (3) projects shall be randomly selected for review each year.

B. The Outreach Coordinator and/or designated representative will conduct reviews as deemed necessary to confirm program compliance and monitor progress towards increasing the small and disadvantaged business participation with emphasis on continuous improvement and reporting those findings to District management.

C. The Outreach Coordinator shall solicit feedback from contractors/suppliers and internal employees on program satisfaction and continually look for creative methods to improve the small and disadvantaged business participation including (but not limited to) advertising, business development mentoring, contractor monitoring, and designing bid packaging to promote rather than discourage small and disadvantaged business participation.

7. KEY PERFORMANCE MEASURES

Performance measures have been established to help to monitor outreach efforts and participation levels. The following five (5) performance measures will be updated quarterly by the Outreach Coordinator throughout the year.

1. Number of small and disadvantaged businesses pre-qualified.2. Number of small and disadvantaged businesses attending conferences, workshop, and

seminars.


3. Number of One-on-One’s with small and disadvantaged businesses.4. Number of small and disadvantaged businesses bidding projects as primes.5. Overall small and disadvantaged business project participation (prime contractors,

subcontractors, and vendors).

The results of measurements above will be reviewed quarterly with District management to assess the program. Additional details on all measures above will accompany the next program update.

8. DEFINITIONS

Small and Disadvantaged BusinessFor the purposes of this program a small or disadvantaged business enterprise is a “Small Business”, a “Minority Business Enterprise”, a “Woman-Owned Business Enterprise” or a “Disabled Veteran Business Enterprise” recognized as such by one or more of the following agencies:

Department of General Services Bureau of Minority & Women Business Opportunities (DGS BMWBO) Federal Department of Transportation National Minority Development Council (NMSDC) or its affiliates Women Business Enterprise National Counsel (WBENC) National Women Business Owners Corporation (NWBOC) Minority Business Enterprise Council (MBEC) State of California San Francisco Human Rights Commission City of Oakland City of San Jose County of Santa Clara County of Alameda County of San Mateo

Outreach Coordinator Gilbane Employee designated to administer the Small and Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program.

Project Manager Gilbane Employee designated to manage the project. They shall be an advocate for the Small and Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program and shall be responsible for explaining the Program documentation and its relationship to the bidder’s responsiveness in the absence of the Outreach Coordinator.

END OF DOCUMENT


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 DOCUMENT 00 43 13 - BID BOND

04/11/2014 Page 1

DOCUMENT 00 43 13

BID BOND

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,

That we, ___________________________________________________, as Principal, and ______________________________________________________________, as Surety, are held and firmly bound, along with our respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, unto SAN JOSE / EVERGREEN COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT, hereinafter “Obligee,” for payment of the penal sum hereof in lawful money of the United States, as more particularly set forth herein.

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT:

WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted the accompanying Bid Proposal for the Work commonly described as EVC Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing Upgrade Package #2, Project #32307-06, and the Bid Proposal must be accompanied by Bid Security.

WHEREAS, subject to the terms of this Bond, the Surety is firmly bound unto the Obligee in the penal sum of Ten Percent (10%) of the maximum amount of the Bid Proposal submitted by the Principal to the Obligee, as set forth above, inclusive of additive alternate bid items, if any.

NOW THEREFORE, if the Principal shall not withdraw said Bid Proposal within the period specified therein after the opening of the same, or, if no period be specified, for sixty (60) days after opening of said Bid Proposal; and if the Principal is awarded the Contract, and shall within the period specified therefore, or if no period be specified, within five (5) days after the prescribed forms are presented to him for signature, enter into a written contract with the Obligee, in accordance with the Bid Proposal as accepted, and give such bond(s) with good and sufficient surety or sureties, as may be required, for the faithful performance and proper fulfillment of such Contract and for the payment for labor and materials used for the performance of the Contract, or in the event of the withdrawal of said Bid Proposal within the period specified for the holding open of the Bid Proposal or the failure of the Principal to enter into such Contract and give such bonds within the time specified, if the Principal shall pay the Obligee the difference between the amount specified in said Bid Proposal and the amount for which the Obligee may procure the required Work and/or supplies, if the latter amount be in excess of the former, together with all costs incurred by the Obligee in again calling for Bids or otherwise procuring said Work or supplies, then the above obligation shall be void and of no effect, otherwise to remain in full force and effect.

Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or the Call for Bids, the Work to be performed thereunder, the Drawings or the Specifications accompanying the same, or any other portion of the Contract Documents shall in any way affect its obligations under this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of said Contract, the Call for Bids, the Work, the Drawings or the Specifications, or any other portion of the Contract Documents.

In the event that suit or other proceeding is brought upon this Bond by the Obligee, the Surety shall pay to the Obligee all costs, expenses and fees incurred by the Obligee in connection therewith, including without limitation, attorneys’ fees.


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 DOCUMENT 00 43 13 - BID BOND

04/11/2014 Page 2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have executed this instrument this ________ day of __________, 201__, by their duly authorized agents or representatives.

_________________________________________ (Corporate Seal) (Principal Name)

By:______________________________________

_________________________________________ (Typed or Printed Name)

Title: ____________________________________

_________________________________________ (Corporate Seal) (Surety Name)

By:______________________________________ (Signature of Attorney-in-Fact for Surety)

_________________________________________ (Attach Attorney-in-Fact Certificate) (Typed or Printed Name)

( ) __________________________________ (Area Code and Telephone Number of Surety)

END OF DOCUMENT


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 DOCUMENT 00 43 36 – PROPOSED

SUBCONTRACTORS FORM

04/11/2014 Page 1

DOCUMENT 00 43 36

PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM

Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 4104 (a) (1), list “the name and the location of the place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvement, or a subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid”.

All contractors and subcontractors of any tier on this project will be subject to, and will be required to be bound by the Construction Careers Agreement (PSA) between San Jose / Evergreen Community College District and the Santa Clara & San Benito Counties Building and Construction Trades Council. The PSA can be found at:

http://www.sjeccd.edu/facilities/MeasureG/G-2010/Pages/ProgramDocuments.aspx

Bidder: ________________________________

Address:________________________________

Telephone:______________________________

Facsimile:______________________________

Bidder's Authorized Representative(s): _______________________________

PROJECT: EVC Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing Upgrade Package 2, Project #32307-06

TRADE OR PORTION OF THE WORK

NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR BUSINESS LOCATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 DOCUMENT 00 43 36 – PROPOSED

SUBCONTRACTORS FORM

04/11/2014 Page 2

TRADE OR PORTION OF THE WORK

NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR BUSINESS LOCATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR

END OF DOCUMENT


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 DOCUMENT 00 45 19 - NON-COLLUSION

DECLARATION

Version:04/11/2014 Page 1

DOCUMENT 00 45 19

NON-COLLUSION DECLARATION

NON-COLLUSION DECLARATION TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID

The undersigned declares:

I am the of , the party making the foregoing bid. The bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation. The bid is genuine and not collusive or sham. The bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid. The bidder has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or to refrain from bidding. The bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder. All statements contained in the bid are true. The bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, to any corporation, partnership, company, association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof, to effectuate a collusive or sham bid, and has not paid, and will not pay, any person or entity for such purpose. Any person executing this declaration on behalf of a bidder that is a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or any other entity, hereby represents that he or she has full power to execute, and does execute, this declaration on behalf of the bidder.

I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct and that this declaration is executed on ,

(Date)

at , . (City) (State)

(Signature) (Address)

(Name Printed or Typed) (City, State)

( ) (Area Code and Telephone Number)

END OF DOCUMENT


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 DOCUMENT 00 45 26 - CERTIFICATE OF

WORKERS’ COMPENSATION INSURANCE

04/11/2014 Page 1

DOCUMENT 00 45 25

CERTIFICATE OF WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE

I, the ___________________________________________ (Name) (Title)

of ,declare, state and certify that: (Contractor Name)

1. I am aware that California Labor Code §3700(a) and (b) provides:

"Every employer except the state shall secure the payment of compensation in one or more of the following ways:

(a) By being insured against liability to pay compensation in one or more insurers duly authorized to write compensation insurance in this state.

(b) By securing from the Director of Industrial Relations a certificate of consent to self-insure either as an individual employer, or one employer in a group of employers, which may be given upon furnishing proof satisfactory to the Director of Industrial Relations of ability to self-insure and to pay any compensation that may become due to his or her employees."

2. I am aware that the provisions of California Labor Code §3700 require every employer tobe insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of this Contract.

________________________________________ (Contractor Name)

By:______________________________________ (Signature)

_________________________________________ (Typed or printed name)

_________________________________________ (Date)

END OF DOCUMENT


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 DOCUMENT 00 45 48 - DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE

CERTIFICATION

04/11/2014 Page 1

DOCUMENT 00 45 48

DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE CERTIFICATION

I,__________________________________, am the __________________________ of (Print Name) (Title)

. I declare, state and certify to all of the following: (Contractor Name)

1. I am aware of the provisions and requirements of California Government Code§§ 8350 etseq., the Drug Free Workplace Act of 1990.

2. I am authorized to certify, and do certify, on behalf of Contractor that a drug freeworkplace will be provided by Contractor by doing all of the following:

A. Publishing a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensation, possession or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in Contractor's workplace and specifying actions which will be taken against employees for violation of the prohibition;

B. Establishing a drug-free awareness program to inform employees about all of the following:

(i) The dangers of drug abuse in the workplace;

(ii) Contractor's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace;

(iii) The availability of drug counseling, rehabilitation and employee-assistance programs; and

(iv) The penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations;

C. Requiring that each employee engaged in the performance of the Contract be given a copy of the statement required by subdivision (A), above, and that as a condition of employment by Contractor in connection with the Work of the Contract, the employee agrees to abide by the terms of the statement.

3. Contractor agrees to fulfill and discharge all of Contractor's obligations under the termsand requirements of California Government Code §8355 by, inter alia, publishing astatement notifying employees concerning: (a) the prohibition of any controlled substancein the workplace, (b) establishing a drug-free awareness program, and (c) requiring thateach employee engaged in the performance of the Work of the Contract be given a copyof the statement required by California Government Code §8355(a) and requiring that theemployee agree to abide by the terms of that statement.

4. Contractor and I understand that if the District determines that Contractor has either: (a)made a false certification herein, or (b) violated this certification by failing to carry out andto implement the requirements of California Government Code §8355, the Contract


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 DOCUMENT 00 45 48 - DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE

CERTIFICATION

04/11/2014 Page 2

awarded herein is subject to termination, suspension of payments, or both. Contractor and I further understand that, should Contractor violate the terms of the Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1990, Contractor may be subject to debarment in accordance with the provisions of California Government Code §§8350, et seq.

5. Contractor and I acknowledge that Contractor and I are aware of the provisions ofCalifornia Government Code §§8350, et seq. and hereby certify that Contractor and I willadhere to, fulfill, satisfy and discharge all provisions of and obligations under the Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1990.

I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that all of the foregoing is true and correct.

Executed at __________________________________________ (City and State)

this ___ day of __________________, 201__.

__________________________________ (Signature)

___________________________________ (Handwritten or Typed Name)

END OF DOCUMENT


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 DOCUMENT 00 52 13 - AGREEMENT

04/11/2014 Page 1

DOCUMENT 00 52 13

AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made this ____ day of __________, 2014, in the City of San Jose, County of Santa Clara, State of California, by and between SAN JOSE EVERGREEN COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT, a California Community College District hereinafter “District” and ___________________________________________________________, (“Contractor”).

WITNESSETH, that the District and the Contractor in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein agree as follows:

1. The Work. Within the Contract Time and for the Contract Price, subject to adjustmentsthereto pursuant to the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall perform and provide all necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment, utilities, services and transportation to complete in a workmanlike manner all of the Work required in connection with the work of improvement commonly referred to as EVC Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing Upgrade Package 2, Project #32307-06. Contractor shall complete all Work covered by the Contract Documents, including without limitation, the Drawings and Specifications prepared by the Architect, GHD, and other Contract Documents enumerated in Article 5 below, along with all modifications and amendments thereto issued in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Contract Time. The Contractor shall commence performance of the Work on the date statedin the District’s Notice to Proceed and the Contractor shall achieve Baseline Substantial Completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, within _______ calendar days or by _______, 2014, whichever comes first.

3. Contract Price. The District shall pay the Contractor as full consideration for the Contractor’sfull, complete and faithful performance of the Contractor’s obligations under the Contract Documents, subject to any additions or deduction as provided for in the Contract Documents, the Contract Price of ______________________________________________ Dollars ($_________________________). The Contract Price is based upon the Contractor’s Base Bid Proposal. There are no Bid Alternates associated with this Contract. The District’s payment of the Contract Price shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents.

4. Liquidated Damages. In the event of the failure or refusal of the Contractor to achieveSubstantial Completion of the Work of the Contract Documents within the Contract Time, as adjusted, the Contractor shall be subject to assessment of Liquidated Damages in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall be subject to assessment of Liquidated Damages for failure to achieve Substantial Completion by the above stated substantial completion date at the per diem rate of Two Thousand Dollars, ($2,000), until Substantial Completion is achieved. The per diem assessment of Liquidated Damages for delayed completion of Punchlist items noted upon Substantial Completion is One Hundred Dollars, ($100) per item, per day, until all Punchlist items are completed.

5. The Contract Documents. The documents forming a part of the Contract Documents consistof the following, all of which are component parts of the Contract Documents. Conflicts, inconsistencies or ambiguities in the Contract Documents shall be resolved consistently with the General Conditions, Contracting Definitions Section 11.1.3: Conflict in Contract Documents.

Notice to Contractors Calling for Bids Performance Bond Instructions for Bidders Labor and Material Payment Bond Bid Proposal Certificate of Workers Compensation Subcontractors List General Conditions


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 DOCUMENT 00 52 13 - AGREEMENT

04/11/2014 Page 2

Statement of Bidder’s Qualifications Special Conditions Bid Bond Supplemental Conditions, if any Non-Collusion Affidavit Specifications Bid Amendments Drawings Agreement Guarantee Drug-Free Workplace Certification Construction Careers Agreement

6. Authority to Execute. The individual(s) executing this Agreement on behalf of the Contractoris/are duly and fully authorized to execute this Agreement on behalf of Contractor and to bind the Contractor to each and every term, condition and covenant of the Contract Documents.

CONTRACTORS ARE REQUIRED BY LAW TO BE LICENSED AND REGULATED BY THE CONTRACTORS’ STATE LICENSE BOARD. ANY QUESTIONS CONCERNING A CONTRACTOR MAY BE REFER-RED TO THE REGISTRAR, CONTRACTORS’ STATE LICENSE BOARD, P.O. BOX 2600, SACRAMENTO, CALIFORNIA 95826

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the District and the Contractor as of the date set forth above.

“DISTRICT” “CONTRACTOR” SAN JOSE / EVERGREEN COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT, ________________________________

a California Community College District

By:___________________________ By:______________________________________ __________________________

Title:_ ______________________________________ Title: ________________________________

________________________

(CORPORATE SEAL)

PM Review: DATE:

END OF DOCUMENT


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 DOCUMENT 00 61 13.13 - PERFORMANCE BOND

04/11/2014 Page 1

DOCUMENT 00 61 13.13

PERFORMANCE BOND


That we, , as Principal, and ___________________________________, as Surety, are held and firmly bound, along with our respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, unto SAN JOSE / EVERGREEN COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT hereinafter “Obligee", for payment of the penal sum of ____________________________________________Dollars ($ ___________________ ) in lawful money of the United States, as more particularly set forth herein.


WHEREAS, the Obligee, by resolution of its Board of Trustees passed on_________, 20____ has awarded to the Principal a Contract for the Work commonly described as EVC Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing Upgrade Package 2, Project #32307-06.

WHEREAS, the Principal, on or about ____________, 20____, entered into a contract with the Obligee for performance of the Work; the Agreement and all other Contract Documents set forth therein are incorporated herein and made a part hereof by this reference.

WHEREAS, by the terms of the Contract Documents, the Principal is required to furnish a bond ensuring the Principal’s prompt, full and faithful performance of the Work of the Contract Documents.

NOW THEREFORE, if the Principal shall promptly, fully and faithfully perform each and all of the obligations and things to be done and performed by the Principal in strict accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents as they may be modified or amended from time to time; and if the Principal shall indemnify and save harmless the Obligee and all of its officers, agents and employees from any and all losses, liability and damages, claims, judgments, liens, costs, and fees of every description, which may be incurred by the Obligee by reason of the failure or default on the part of the Principal in the performance of any or all of the terms or the obligations of the Contract Documents, including all modifications, and amendments, thereto, and any warranties or guarantees required thereunder; then this obligation shall be void; otherwise, it shall be, and remain, in full force and effect.

The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, adjustment of the Contract Time, adjustment of the Contract Price, alterations, deletions, additions, or any other modifications to the terms of the Contract Documents, the Work to be performed thereunder, or to the Specifications or the Drawings shall limit, restrict or otherwise impair Surety’s obligations or Obligee’s rights hereunder; Surety hereby waives notice from the Obligee of any such changes, adjustments of Contract Time, adjustments of Contract Price, alterations, deletions, additions or other modifications to the Contract Documents, the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents, or the Drawings or the Specifications.

In the event of the Obligee’s termination of the Contract due to the Principal’s breach or default of the Contract Documents, within twenty (20) days after written notice from the Obligee to the Surety of the Principal’s breach or default of the Contract Documents and Obligee’s termination of the Contract, the Surety shall notify Obligee in writing of Surety’s assumption of obligations hereunder by its election to either remedy the default or breach of the Principal or to take charge of the Work of the Contract Documents and complete the Work at its own expense (“Notice of Election”); provided, however, that the procedure by which the Surety undertakes to discharge its obligations under this Bond shall be subject to


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 DOCUMENT 00 61 13.13 - PERFORMANCE BOND

04/11/2014 Page 2

the advance written approval of the Obligee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, limited or restricted. The insolvency of the Principal or the Principal’s mere denial of a failure of performance or default under the Contract Documents shall not by itself, without the Surety’s prompt, diligent inquiry and investigation of such denial, be justification for Surety’s failure to give the Notice of Election or for its failure to promptly remedy the failure of performance or default of the Principal or to complete the Work.

In the event the Surety shall fail to issue its Notice of Election to Obligee within the time provided for hereinabove, the Obligee may thereafter cause the cure or remedy of the Principal's failure of performance or default or to complete the Work. The Principal and the Surety shall be each jointly and severally liable to the Obligee for all damages and costs sustained by the Obligee as a result of the Principal’s failure of performance under the Contract Documents or default in its performance of obligations thereunder, including without limitation the costs of cure or completion exceeding the then remaining balance of the Contract Price; provided that the Surety’s liability hereunder for the costs of performance, damages and other costs sustained by the Obligee upon the Principal’s failure of performance under or default under the Contract Documents shall be limited to the penal sum hereof, which shall be deemed to include the costs or value of any Changes of any Work which increases the Contract Price.

In the event that suit or other proceeding is brought upon this Bond by the Obligee, the Surety shall pay to the Obligee all costs, expenses and fees incurred by the Obligee in connection therewith, including without limitation, attorneys’ fees.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have executed this instrument this ________ day of __________, 20____ by their duly authorized agents or representatives.

_________________________________________ (Corporate Seal) (Principal Name)

By:______________________________________

_________________________________________ (Typed or Printed Name)

(Corporate Seal) Title: __________________________________

________________________________________ (Surety Name)


_________________________________________ (Attach Attorney-in-Fact Certificate) (Typed or Printed Name)

(_____) __________________________________ (Area Code and Telephone Number)

END OF DOCUMENT


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 DOCUMENT 00 61 13.16 - LABOR AND MATERIAL

PAYMENT BOND

04/11/2014 Page 1

DOCUMENT 00 61 13.16

LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND


That we, , as Principal, and as Surety, are held and firmly bound, along with our respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, unto SAN JOSE / EVERGREEN COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT, hereinafter "Obligee", for payment of the penal sum of ______________________________________________________ Dollars ($___________________) in lawful money of the United States, as more particularly set forth herein.


WHEREAS, the Obligee, by resolution of its Board of Trustees passed on , 20 , has awarded to the Principal a Contract for the Work commonly described as EVC Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing Upgrade Package 2, Project #32307-06.

WHEREAS, the Principal, on or about _________________, 20 , entered into a Contract with the Obligee for performance of the Work; the Agreement and all other Contract Documents set forth therein are incorporated herein and made a part hereof by this reference.

WHEREAS, by the terms of the Contract Documents, the Principal is required to furnish a bond for the prompt, full and faithful payment to any Claimant, as hereinafter defined, for all labor, materials or services used, or reasonably required for use, in the performance of the Work.

NOW THEREFORE, if the Principal shall promptly, fully and faithfully make payment to any Claimant for all labor, materials or services used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Work, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise, it shall be, and remain, in full force and effect.

The term "Claimant" shall refer to any person, corporation, partnership, proprietorship or other entity including without limitation, all persons and entities described in California Civil Code §3181, providing or furnishing labor, materials or services used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Work under the Contract Documents, without regard for whether such labor, materials or services were sold, leased or rented. This Bond shall inure to the benefit of all Claimants so as to give them, or their assigns and successors, a right of action upon this Bond.

In the event that suit is brought on this Bond by any Claimant for amounts due such Claimant for labor, materials or services provided or furnished by such Claimant, the Surety shall pay for the same and reasonable attorneys’ fees pursuant to California Civil Code §3250.

The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration, deletion, addition, or any other modification to the terms of the Contract Documents, the Work to be performed thereunder, the Specifications or the Drawings, or any other portion of the Contract Documents, shall in any way limit, restrict or otherwise affect its obligations under this Bond; the Surety hereby waives notice from the Obligee of any such change, extension of time, alteration, deletion, addition or other modification to the Contract Documents, the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents, the Drawings or the Specifications of any other portion of the Contract Documents.


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 DOCUMENT 00 61 13.16 - LABOR AND MATERIAL

PAYMENT BOND

04/11/2014 Page 2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have executed this instrument this ________ day of __________, 20___ by their duly authorized agents or representatives.

________________________________________ (Corporate Seal) (Principal Name)

By:_____________________________________ (Signature)

________________________________________ (Typed or Printed Name)

Title: ____________________________________

________________________________________ (Corporate Seal) (Surety Name)


_________________________________________ (Attach Attorney-in-Fact Certificate) (Typed or Printed Name of Attorney-in-Fact)

( ) ____________________________ (Area Code and Telephone Number of Surety)

END OF DOCUMENT



DOCUMENT 00 63 20 – REQUEST FOR UTILITY SHUTDOWN FORM

04/11/2014 Page 1

DOCUMENT 00 63 20

REQUEST FOR UTILITY SHUTDOWN FORM: 72-HOUR NOTICE

San Jose / Evergreen Community College District

END OF DOCUMENT

Project No. / Contract No.: Sub-Contractor: Campus:

Project Name: Building / Room No.:

Prime Contractor: Depts. Affected:

Shutdown requested by :

(Print Name)________________________Contractor Signature:___________________________ _____________ Date

To: SJECCD / Facilities Management Date of Request :

Shutdown of Service

Date:

Time: Duration:

Restoration of Service

Date:

Time:

SHUTDOWN TYPE Safety Note: Observe all “Lock-Out, Tag-Out” procedures when applicable!

MECHANICAL PLUMBING ELECTRICAL FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

APPROVED Signature: Gilbane _________________________________ Date

REJECTED Campus____________________________________

Date

ITSS________________________________________ Date

DISTRICT___________________________________ COMMENTS: (Attach additional sheet if required.)

Date


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 DOCUMENT 00 71 00 – CONTRACTING

DEFINITIONS

04/11/2014 Page 1

DOCUMENT 00 71 00

CONTRACTING DEFINITIONS

1. District. The "District" refers to San Jose / Evergreen Community College District andunless otherwise stated, includes the District's authorized representatives, including theProgram Manager, if a Program Manager is designated, the District's Board of Trustees andthe District’s officers, employees, agents and representatives.

2. Contractor. The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement;references to "Contractor" include the Contractor's authorized representative.

3. Architect. The Architect is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement;references to the "Architect" includes the Architect's authorized representative.

4. The Work. The "Work" is the construction and services required by the ContractDocuments, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor,materials, equipment or services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill theContractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. The Work may constitute the wholeor a part of the Project.

5. The Project. The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed by theContractor under the Contract Documents which may be the whole or a part of the Projectand which may include construction by the District or by separate contractors.

6. Surety. The Surety is the person or entity that executes, as surety, the Contractor's Laborand Material Payment Bond and/or Performance Bond.

7. Subcontractors; Sub-Subcontractors. A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has adirect contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work. "Subcontractor" doesnot include a separate contractor to the District or subcontractors of any separate contractor.A Sub-Subcontractor is a person or entity of any tier, who has a direct or indirect contractwith a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site.

8. Material Supplier. A Material Supplier is any person or entity who only furnishes materials,equipment or supplies for the Work without fabricating, installing or consuming them in theWork.

9. Drawings and Specifications. The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of theContract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, showing generally, the design,location and dimensions of the Work and may include without limitation, plans, elevations,sections, details, schedules or diagrams. The Specifications are that portion of the ContractDocuments consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment, constructionsystems, standards, criteria and workmanship for the Work and related services. TheDrawings and Specifications are intended to delineate and describe the Work and itscomponent parts so as to permit skilled and competent contractors to bid upon the Work andprosecute the same to completion.

10. Special Conditions; Supplemental Conditions. If made a part of the ContractDocuments, Special Conditions and Supplemental Conditions are special or supplementalprovisions, not otherwise provided for in the Agreement or the General Conditions.



DEFINITIONS

04/11/2014 Page 2

11. Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between theDistrict and the Contractor, Conditions of the Contract (whether General, Special,Supplemental or otherwise), Project Manual, Drawings, Specifications, and reports includingamendments and addenda thereto issued prior to execution of the Agreement and any otherdocuments listed in the Agreement. The Contract Documents shall include modificationsissued after execution of the Agreement. The Contract Documents form the Contract forConstruction.

11.1 Intent and Correlation of Contract Documents

11.1.1 Work of the Contract Documents. The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all; performance by the Contractor shall be required to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable therefrom as being necessary to produce the intended results. Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections or articles, and the arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. Where any portion of the Contract Documents is silent and information appears elsewhere in the Contract Documents, such other portions of the Contract Documents shall control.

11.1.2 Technical Terms. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words or terms which have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings.

11.1.3 Conflict in Contract Documents. The Contract Documents are complementary and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all. Conflicts, inconsistencies or ambiguities in the Contract Documents shall be resolved by the Architect in accordance with Article 3.1.9 of the General Conditions; where conflicts or inconsistencies arise between the Drawings and the Specifications, in resolving such conflicts or inconsistencies, the Architect will be governed generally by the following standards: the Special Conditions shall control over the General Conditions, the General Conditions shall control over the Specifications, the Drawings are intended to describe matters relating to placement, quantity and the like; the Specifications are intended to describe matters relating to quality, materials, compositions, manufacturers and the like. For conflicts in the Drawings, larger scale drawings shall have precedence over smaller scale drawings and figured dimensions shall have precedence over scaled measurements. The drawings are integrated and should be taken as a whole.

12. Shop Drawings; Samples; Product Data (“Submittals”). Shop Drawings are diagrams,schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or aSubcontractor, Sub-Subcontractor, manufacturer, Material Supplier, or distributor to illustratesome portion of the Work. Samples are physical examples of materials, equipment orworkmanship forming a part of, or to be incorporated into the Work. Product Data areillustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams andother information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for someportion of the Work. Shop Drawings, Samples and Product Data prepared or furnished by



DEFINITIONS

04/11/2014 Page 3

the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors or Material Suppliers are collectively referred to as “Submittals”.

13. Division of State Architect ("DSA") The DSA is the California Division of the StateArchitect including without limitation the DSA's Office of Construction Services, Office ofDesign Services and the Office of Regulation Services; references to the DSA in theContract Documents shall mean the DSA, its offices and its authorized employees andagents. The authority of the DSA over the Work and the performance thereof shall be as setforth in the Contract Documents and Title 24 of the California Code of Regulations.

14. District's Inspector. The District's Inspector is the individual designated and employed bythe District in accordance with the requirements of Title 24 of the California Code ofRegulations. The District's Inspector shall be authorized to act on behalf of the District asprovided for in the Contract Documents and in Title 24 of the California Code of Regulations,as the same may be amended from time to time. The District authorizes facilities personnelto inspect MEP systems. Any discrepancy between specified systems with facilitiespersonnel guidance shall require a Request for Information from the Contractor submitted tothe Architect and copied to the Program Manager.

15. Contract Document Terms. The term "provide" means "provide complete in place" or to"furnish and install" such item. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, theterms "approved;" "directed;" "satisfactory;" "accepted;" "acceptable;" "proper;" "required;""necessary" and "equal" shall mean as approved, directed, satisfactory, accepted,acceptable, proper, required, necessary and equal, in the opinion of the Architect. The term"typical" as used in the Drawings shall require the installation or furnishing of such item(s) ofthe Work designated as "typical" in all other areas of similar nature unless noted otherwise;Work in such other areas shall conform to that shown as "typical" or as reasonably inferabletherefrom.

16. Contractor's Superintendent. The Contractor's Superintendent is the individual employedby the Contractor whose principal responsibility shall be the supervision and coordination ofthe Work; the Contractor's Superintendent shall not perform routine construction labor.

17. Record Drawings. The Record Drawings are a set of the Drawings marked by theContractor during the performance of the Work to indicate completely and accurately theactual as-built condition of the Work. The Record Drawings shall be sufficient for a capableand qualified draftsman to modify the Drawings to reflect and indicate the Work actually inplace at Final Completion of the Work.

18. Program Manager. The Program Manager is an independent contractor retained by theDistrict authorized and empowered to act on behalf of the District as set forth in the ContractDocuments. In the event that a Program Manager is not designated, the District reserves theright to designate a Program Manager at any time during Contractor's performance of theWork. The District reserves the right to remove or replace the Program Manager duringContractor's performance of the Work. The designation of a Program Manager or theremoval or replacement of the designated Program Manager shall not result in adjustment ofthe Contract Price or the Contract Time or otherwise affect, limit or restrict Contractor'sobligations hereunder.

19. Construction Equipment. "Construction Equipment" is equipment utilized for theperformance of any portion of the Work, but which is not incorporated into the Work.



DEFINITIONS

04/11/2014 Page 4

20. Site. The Site is the physical area designated in the Contract Documents for Contractor’sperformance, construction and installation of the Work.

21. Architect’s Supplemental Instructions and Bulletins. A written or graphic documentconsisting of supplementary details, instructions or information issued on behalf of theDistrict which clarifies or supplements the Contract Documents and which becomes a part ofthe Contract Documents upon issuance. Architect’s Supplemental Instructions (ASI) andBulletins do not constitute an adjustment of the Contract Time or the Contract Price, unless aChange Order relating to them is authorized and issued under the Contract Documents.

22. Defective or Non-Conforming Work. Defective or non-conforming Work is any Workwhich is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient by: (a) not conforming to the requirements of theContract Documents; (b) not conforming to the standards of workmanship of the applicabletrade or industry; (c) not being in compliance with the requirements of any inspection,reference, standard, test, or approval required by the Contract Documents; or (d) damageoccurring prior to Final Completion of all of the Work.

23. Delivery. The term “delivery” used in conjunction with any item or materials to beincorporated into the Work shall mean the unloading and storage in a protected conditionpending incorporation into the Work.

24. Notice to Proceed. The Notice to Proceed is the written notice issued by or on behalf of theDistrict to the Contractor authorizing the Contractor to proceed with commencement of theWork or portions thereof and which establishes the date for commencement of the ContractTime.

25. Daily Reports. Daily Reports are written reports prepared by the Contractor and submitteddaily to the Program Manager in the form and content as required by the ContractDocuments. A material obligation of the Contractor is the timely preparation and submissionof complete and accurate Daily Reports.

26. Phrases and Terms. Certain phrases and terms used in the Contract Documents shall bedefined as set forth herein, unless otherwise expressly defined in a different mannerelsewhere in the Contract Documents. The terms “as directed” “as permitted” or similarterms or phrases shall mean as directed or permitted by the District, the District’srepresentatives and/or governmental agencies with jurisdiction over the Work. The terms“sufficient” “necessary” “proper” or similar terms or phrases shall mean sufficient, necessaryor proper in the judgment of the District or the District’s representatives in connection withthe Work, including without limitation, the Architect, the Program Manager, the District’sInspector(s) and the person or entity performing tests/inspections of the Work.

27. Owner. See “District”.

27.1 Owner’s Representative. Where the contract documents refer to coordination of anyaspect of the Work with the District or its agents, the Owner’s Representative shall be the Program Manager. For executing or changing the Contract, the Owner’s Representative shall be the District’s Executive Director of Facilities and Operations as coordinated through the Program Manager.

28. College. Refers to either the San Jose City Campus or the Evergreen Valley Campuswhichever is applicable to the specific project as indicated in the contract documents.

END OF DOCUMENT



DOCUMENT 00 72 12 – GENERAL CONDITIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS 04/11/2014 Page 1

DOCUMENT 00 72 12

GENERAL CONDITIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE 1: DISTRICT 1.1 Information Required of District 1.2 District's Right to Stop the Work 1.3 Partial Occupancy or Use 1.4 The District's Inspector

ARTICLE 2: ARCHITECT 2.1 Architect's Administration of the Contract 2.2 Communications; Architect’s and Program Manager’s Role

ARTICLE 3: THE CONTRACTOR 3.1 Contractor Review of Contract Documents 3.2 Site Investigation; Subsurface Conditions 3.3 Supervision and Construction Procedures 3.4 Labor and Materials 3.5 Taxes 3.6 Permits, Fees and Notices; Compliance With Laws 3.7 Submittals 3.8 Materials and Equipment 3.9 Safety 3.10 Maintenance of Documents 3.11 Use of Site 3.12 Clean-Up 3.13 Access to the Work 3.14 Facilities and Information for the District's Inspector 3.15 Patents and Royalties 3.16 Cutting and Patching 3.17 Encountering of Hazardous Materials 3.18 Wage Rates; Employment of Labor 3.19 Assignment of Antitrust Claims

ARTICLE 4: SUBCONTRACTORS 4.1 Subcontracts 4.2 Substitution of Listed Subcontractor

ARTICLE 5: INSURANCE; INDEMNITY; BONDS

5.1 A Owner Controlled Insurance Program (“OCIP”). 5.2 Contractor Obligations.

5.2.1 Compliance With OCIP Requirements 5.2.2 Contractor Furnishing of Information 5.2.3 No Violation of OCIP Insurance Policy Conditions 5.2.4 District Rights 5.2.5 Withholding of Progress Payments/Final Payment.

5.3 Contractor/Subcontractor Provided Insurance Requirements 5.4 Payment Bond; Performance Bond.





5.5 Contractor indemnity

RTICLE 6: CONTRACT TIME 6.1 Substantial Completion of the Work Within Contract Time 6.2 Progress and Completion of the Work 6.3 Progress Schedule 6.4 Adjustment of Contract Time 6.5 Liquidated Damages

ARTICLE 7: CONTRACT PRICE 7.1 Contract Price 7.2 Cost Breakdown 7.3 Progress Payments 7.4 Final Payment 7.5 Withholding of Payments 7.6 Payments to Subcontractors

ARTICLE 8: CHANGES 8.1 Changes in the Work 8.2 Contractor Submittal of Data 8.3 Adjustment to Contract Price and Contract Time on Account of Changes

to the Work 8.4 Change Orders 8.5 Contractor Notice of Changes 8.6 Disputed Changes 8.7 Emergencies 8.8 Minor Changes in the Work 8.9 Unauthorized Changes

ARTICLE 9: SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 9.1 District's Right to Award Separate Contracts 9.2 District's Coordination of Separate Contractors 9.3 Mutual Responsibility 9.4 Discrepancies or Defects

ARTICLE 10: TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 10.1 Tests; Inspections; Observations 10.2 Delivery of Certificates 10.3 Timeliness of Tests, Inspections and Approvals

ARTICLE 11: UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 11.1 Inspection of the Work 11.2 Uncovering of Work 11.3 Rejection of Work 11.4 Correction of Work 11.5 Removal of Non-Conforming or Defective Work 11.6 Failure of Contractor to Correct Work 11.7 Acceptance of Defective or Non-Conforming Work

ARTICLE 12: WARRANTIES 12.1 Workmanship and Materials 12.2 Warranty Work 12.3 Guarantee 12.4 Survival of Warranties





ARTICLE 13: SUSPENSION OF WORK 13.1 District's Right to Suspend Work 13.2 Adjustments to Contract Price and Contract Time

ARTICLE 14: TERMINATION 14.1 Termination for Cause 14.2 Termination for Convenience of the District 14.3 Disputes; Continuation of Work 14.4 Dispute Resolution; Arbitration 14.5 Capitalized Terms 14.6 Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted 14.7 Days

ARTICLE 15: MISCELLANEOUS 15.1 Governing Law 15.2 Marginal Headings; Interpretations 15.3 Successors and Assigns 15.4 Cumulative Rights and Remedies; No Waiver 15.5 Severability 15.6 No Assignment by Contractor 15.7 Gender and Number 15.8 Independent Contractor Status 15.9 Notices 15.10 Attorneys Fees 15.11 Entire Agreement

ARTICLE 16: CLAIMS SUBMISSION 16.1 Procedure 16.2 California False Claims Act Compliance

ARTICLE 17: RECORDS ACCESS 17.1 District’s Right to Audit and Access to Contractor’s Records

END OF DOCUMENT


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 DOCUMENT 00 72 13 – GENERAL CONDITIONS

Version: 04/11/2014 Page 1

DOCUMENT 00 72 13

GENERAL CONDITIONS

ARTICLE 1: DISTRICT

1.1 Information Required of District

1.1.1 Surveys; Site Information. Information, if any, concerning physical characteristics of the Site, including without limitation, surveys, soils reports, and utility locations, to be provided by the District are set forth in the Contract Documents. Information not provided by the District or necessary information in addition to that provided by the District concerning physical characteristics of the Site which is required shall be obtained by Contractor without adjustment to the Contract Price or the Contract Time.

1.1.2 Permits; Fees. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the District shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, easements, assessments and charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities which relate to the Work of the Contractor under the Contract Documents. If permits and fees are designated as the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for obtaining the same; the cost of such permits or fees and any costs incurred by the Contractor in obtaining such permits shall be included within the Contract Price.

1.1.3 Drawings and Specifications. Except as otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents, the District shall furnish the Contractor, free of charge, the number of copies of the Drawings and the Specifications as set forth in the Special Conditions. All of the Drawings and the Specifications provided by the District to the Contractor remain the property of the District; the Contractor shall not use any of the Contract Documents for any purpose other than construction of the Work of the Project.

1.1.4 Notice of Receipt of Third-Party Claim Relating to the Contract. In accordance with provisions in §9201 of the Public Contracting Code, the District shall provide timely notification to the Contractor of the receipt of any third-party claim relating to the Contract. The District shall be entitled to recover its reasonable costs incurred in providing this notification.

1.1.5 Furnishing of Information. Information or services to be provided by the District under the Contract Documents shall be furnished by the District with reasonable promptness to avoid delay in the orderly progress of the Work. Information about existing conditions furnished by the District under the Contract Documents is obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but the District neither guarantees nor warrants that such information is complete and accurate. The Contractor shall verify all information provided by the District. To the extent that the Contract Documents depict existing conditions on or about the Site, or the Work involves the renovation, removal or remodeling of existing improvements, or the Work involves any tie-in or other connection with any existing improvements, the conditions and/or existing improvements depicted in the Contract Documents are as they are believed to exist.




Contractor shall bear the risk of any variations between conditions or existing improvements depicted in the Contract Documents and those conditions or existing improvements actually encountered in the performance of the Work. The existence of any variations between conditions or existing improvements depicted in the Contract Documents and those actually encountered in the performance of the Work shall not result in any District liability therefore, nor shall any such variations result in an adjustment of the Contract Time or the Contract Price.

1.2 District's Right to Stop the Work. In addition to the District's right to suspend the Work or terminate the Contract pursuant to the Contract Documents, the District, may, by written order, direct the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such stop work order has been eliminated if the Contractor: (i) fails to correct Work which is not in conformity and in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, (ii) otherwise fails to carry out the Work in conformity and accordance with the Contract Documents, or (iii) contractor’s failure to comply with safety protocols. The right of the District to stop the Work hereunder shall not be deemed a duty on the part of the District to exercise such right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity, nor shall the District's exercise of such right waive or limit the exercise of any other right or remedy of the District under the Contract Documents or at law.

1.3 Partial Occupancy or Use

1.3.1 District's Right to Partial Occupancy. The District may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work, provided that: (i) the District has obtained the consent of, or is otherwise authorized by, public authorities with jurisdiction thereof, to so occupy or use such portion of the Work and (ii) the District and the Contractor have accepted, in writing, the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, retainage, if any, security, maintenance, utilities, damage to the Work, insurance and the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents for such portion of the Work partially used or occupied by the District. If the Contractor and the District are unable to agree upon the matters set forth in (ii) above, the District may nevertheless use or occupy any portion of the Work, with the responsibility for such matters subject to resolution in accordance with the Contract Documents. Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use of the Work, or portions thereof, the Program Manager, the District's Inspector, the Contractor and the Architect shall jointly inspect the portions of the Work to be occupied or to be used to determine and record: (a) the condition of the Work; (b) identify punchlist items in the portion of the Work to be used or occupied by the District for subsequent correction or completion by the Contractors; and (c) time for the Contractor’s completion of the punchlist. The District’s use or occupancy of the Work or portions thereof pursuant to the preceding shall not be deemed “completion” of the Work as that term is used in Public Contract Code §7107.

1.3.2 No Acceptance of Defective or Nonconforming Work. Unless otherwise expressly agreed upon by the District and the Contractor, the District's partial occupancy or use of the Work or any portion thereof, shall not constitute the District's acceptance of the Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents or which is otherwise defective.

1.4 The District's Inspector. In addition to the authority and rights of the District's Inspector as provided for elsewhere in the Contract Documents, all of the Work shall be performed under the observation of the District's Inspector. The District's Inspector shall




have access to all parts of the Work at any time, wherever located and whether partially or completely fabricated, manufactured, furnished or installed. The performance of the duties of the District's Inspector under the Contract Documents shall not relieve or limit the Contractor's performance of its obligations under the Contract Documents.

ARTICLE 2: ARCHITECT

2.1 Architect's Administration of the Contract

2.1.1 Administration of the Contract. The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents, and will be one of the District's representatives during construction until the time that Final Payment is due the Contractor under the Contract Documents. The Architect will advise and consult with the District, the Program Manager and the District's Inspector with respect to the administration of the Contract and the Work. The Architect is authorized to act on behalf of the District to the extent provided for in the Contract Documents; and shall have the responsibilities and powers established by law, including Title 24 of the California Code of Regulations.

2.1.2 Periodic Site Inspections. The Architect will visit the Site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the completed Work and to determine, in general, if the Work is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous site inspections to check quality or quantity of the Work. On the basis of Site observations as an architect, the Architect will keep the District informed of the progress of the Work, and will endeavor to guard the District against defects and deficiencies in the Work.

2.1.3 Contractor Responsibility for Construction Means, Methods and Sequences. The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, these being solely the Contractor's responsibility. The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or of any other persons performing portions of the Work.

2.1.4 Verification of Applications for Payment. In accordance with Article 7 hereof, the Architect will review the Contractor's Applications in consultation with the Program Manager for Progress Payments and for Final Payment, verify the extent of Work performed and the amount properly due the Contractor on such Application for Payment.

2.1.5 Rejection of Work. The Architect is authorized to reject Work, which is defective or does not conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable, for implementation of the intent of the Contract Documents, the Architect will have authority to require additional inspections or testing of the Work, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or completed. Neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith by the Architect to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, Material Suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons performing portions of the



G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 DOCUMENT 00 72 13 – GENERAL CONDITIONS Version: 04/11/2014 Page 4

Work.

2.1.6 Submittals.

2.1.6.1 Architect’s Review. The Architect will review and accept or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's Submittals, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Review of Submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. The Architect's review of the Contractor's Submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of its obligations under the Contract Documents. The Architect's review of Submittals shall not constitute approval of safety measures, programs or precautions or, unless otherwise specifically stated by the Architect, of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. The Architect's acceptance of a specific item in a Submittal shall not indicate acceptance of an assembly of which the item is a component until the Submittal(s) required and relating to such assembly have been reviewed and accepted by the Architect.

2.1.6.2 Time for Architect’s Review. The Architect’s review of Submittals will be conducted promptly so as not to delay or hinder the progress of the Work or the activities of the Contractor, the District or the District’s separate contractors while allowing sufficient time, in the Architect’s reasonable professional judgment, to permit adequate review of Submittals. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Architect’s review and return of Submittals will conform to the time limits and other conditions, if any, set forth in the Specifications or the Submittal Schedule if the Submittal Schedule is required by other provisions of the Contract Documents.

2.1.7 Changes to the Work; Change Orders. The Program Manager will prepare Change Orders, on behalf of the District, as set forth in Article 8.4 of these General Conditions. The Architect is not authorized to direct changes to the Work, other than minor Changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Price or Contract Time as set forth in Article 8.8 of these General Conditions. The Architect will, however, participate in evaluation of data submitted by the Contractor with a Proposal Request directing a Change in the Work to the extent set forth in Articles 8.3 and 8.4 of these General Conditions. All applicable structural, fire, life/safety and accessibility related Change Orders shall be submitted by the Architect to DSA for approval prior to commencement of the work shown thereon pursuant to Section 4-338, Part 1, Title 24 of the California Code of Regulations.

2.1.8 Completion. The Architect will conduct observations to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of Final Completion in consultation with the Program Manager, will receive and forward to the District, for the District's review and records, written warranties and related documents required by the Contract Documents and assembled by the Contractor, and will verify that the Contractor has complied with all requirements of the Contract Documents and is entitled to receipt of Final Payment.




2.1.9 Interpretation of Contract Documents. The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents on written request of either the District or the Contractor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made with reasonable promptness and within the time limits agreed upon, if any. If no agreement is reached establishing the time for the Architect’s review and response to requests under this Article 2.1.9, the Architect shall be afforded a fifteen (15) day period after receipt of such request to review and respond thereto. Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations and decisions, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both the District and the Contractor, will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions so rendered in good faith. The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents.

2.1.10 Request for Information. If the Contractor encounters any condition which the Contractor believes, in good faith and with reasonable basis, is the result of an ambiguity, conflict, error or omission in the Contract Documents (collectively “the Conditions”), it shall be affirmative obligation of the Contractor to timely notify the Architect, in writing, of the Conditions encountered and to request information from the Architect necessary to address and resolve the Conditions before proceeding with any portion of the Work affected or which may be affected by the Conditions. If the Contractor fails to timely notify the Architect in writing of any Conditions encountered and the Contractor proceeds to perform any portion of the Work containing or affected by such Conditions the Contractor shall bear all costs associated with or required to correct, remove, or otherwise remedy any portion of the Work affected thereby without adjustment of the Contract Time or the Contract Price. In requesting information of the Architect to address and resolve any Conditions, the Contractor shall act with promptness in submitting any such written request so as to allow the Architect a reasonable period of time to review, evaluate and respond to any such request, taking into account the then current status of the progress and completion of the Work and the actual or potential impact of any such Conditions upon the completion of the Work within the Contract Time. The Contract Time shall not be subject to adjustment in the event that the Contractor shall fail to timely request information from the Architect. The Architect's responses to any such Contractor request for information shall conform to the standards and time frame set forth in Article 2.1.9 of these General Conditions. The Contractor shall not submit a Request for Information as 1.) a Request for Substitution, 2.) a Submittal, or 3.) a discovery of a discrepancy or omission in the Conditions without a thorough review of the Conditions, or with the assumption that specific portions of the Conditions are excluded or by taking an isolated portion of the Conditions in part rather than as the whole. The foregoing provisions notwithstanding, in the event that the Architect reasonably determines that any of Contractor's request(s) for information: (i) does not reflect adequate or competent supervision or coordination by the Contractor or any Subcontractor; or (ii) does not reflect the Contractor's adequate or competent knowledge of the requirements of the Work or the Contract Documents; or (iii) is not justified for any other reason, Contractor shall be liable to the District for all costs incurred by the District associated with the processing, reviewing, evaluating and responding to any such request for information, including without limitation, fees of the Architect and any other design consultant to the Architect or the District. In responding to any of Contractor's request(s) for information, the Architect shall, in the response,




indicate if the Architect has made the determination pursuant to the preceding sentence and, if so, the amount of costs to be borne by the Contractor for the processing, review, evaluation and response to the request for information. Thereafter, the District is authorized to deduct such amount from any portion of the Contract Price then or thereafter due the Contractor.

2.2 Communications; Architect’s and Program Manager’s Roles. All communications regarding the Work, the performance thereof, or the Contract Documents shall be in writing; verbal communications shall be reduced to writing. Communications between the Contractor and the District shall be through the Program Manager. Communications between separate contractors, if any, shall be through the Program Manager. All written communications between the Contractor and any Subcontractor, Material Supplier or others directly or indirectly engaged by the Contractor to perform or provide any portion of the Work shall be available to the District, the Program Manager and the Architect for review, inspection and reproduction as may be requested from time to time. Failure or refusal of the Contractor to permit the District, the Program Manager or Architect to review, inspect or reproduce such written communications may be deemed a default of Contractor hereunder. All written communication directly sent to the Architect shall be copied to the Program Manager by the Contractor. All communications with the Architect’s design consultants shall be made directly through the Architect, unless otherwise agreed upon between the Architect, the Program Manager and the Contractor.

ARTICLE 3: THE CONTRACTOR

3.1 Contractor Review of Contract Documents

3.1.1 Examination of Contract Documents. The Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents with each other and with information furnished by the District pursuant to the Contract Documents and shall at once report to the Architect any errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered. If the Contractor performs any Work knowing, or with reasonable diligence should have known that, it involves an error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract Documents without prior notice to the Architect of the same, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for such performance and shall bear all attributable costs for correction of the same.

3.1.2 Field Measurements. Prior to commencement of the Work, or portions thereof, the Contractor shall take field measurements and verify field conditions at the Site and shall carefully compare such field measurements and conditions and other information known to the Contractor with information provided in the Contract Documents. Errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered shall be immediately reported to the Architect.

3.1.3 Dimensions; Layouts and Field Engineering. Dimensions indicated in the Drawings are intended for reference only. The Drawings are intended to be diagrammatic and schematic in nature; the Contractor shall be solely responsible for dimensioning and coordinating the Work of the Contract Documents. All field engineering required for laying out the Work and establishing grades for earthwork operations shall be by the Contractor at its expense. Any field engineering or other engineering to be provided or performed by the Contractor under the Contract Documents and required or necessary for the proper execution or installation of the Work shall be provided and performed by an engineer duly registered under the laws of the State of California in the engineering discipline for such portion of the Work.




3.1.4 Work in Accordance With Contract Documents. The Contractor shall perform all of the Work in strict conformity with the Contract Documents, which have been reviewed and accepted by the Architect.

3.2 Site Investigation; Subsurface Conditions

3.2.1 Contractor Investigation. The Contractor shall be responsible for, and by executing the Agreement acknowledges, that it has carefully examined the Site and has taken all steps it deems reasonably necessary to ascertain all conditions which may affect the Work, or the cost thereof, including, without limitation, conditions bearing upon transportation, disposal, handling or storage of materials; availability of labor or utilities; access to the Site; and the physical conditions and the character of equipment, materials, labor and services necessary to perform the Work. Any failure of the Contractor to do so will not relieve it from the responsibility for fully and completely performing all Work without adjustment to the Contract Price or the Contract Time. The District assumes no responsibility to the Contractor for any understandings or representations concerning conditions or characteristics of the Site, or the Work, made by any of its officers, employees or agents prior to the execution of the Agreement, unless such understandings or representations are expressly set forth in the Agreement.

3.2.2 Subsurface Data. By executing the Agreement, the Contractor acknowledges that it has examined the boring data and other subsurface data available and satisfied itself as to the character, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials, including without limitation, obstacles which may be encountered in performance of the Work, insofar as this information is reasonably ascertainable from an inspection of the Site including the immediate adjacent area, review of available subsurface data and analysis of information furnished by the District under the Contract Documents. Information contained in such data or report regarding subsurface conditions, elevations of existing grade, or below grade elevations are approximate only and is neither guaranteed nor warranted by the District to be complete and accurate.

3.2.3 Subsurface Conditions. If the Work under the Contract Documents involves digging trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than four feet below the surface, the Contractor shall promptly, and before the following conditions are disturbed, notify the District and the District's Inspector, in writing, of any: (i) material that the Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste, as defined in California Health and Safety Code §25117, that is required to be removed to a Class I or Class II or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law; (ii) subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated by information about the site made available to bidders prior to the deadline for submitting bids; (iii) unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract. The District will promptly investigate the conditions, and if it finds that the conditions do materially so differ, or do involve hazardous waste, and cause a decrease or increase in the contractor’s cost of, or the time required for, performance of any part of the work shall issue a change in accordance with Article 9 of these Construction Provisions. In the event that a dispute arises between the District and the Contractor whether the conditions materially differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in the Contractors cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, the Contractor shall not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided for in the Contract, but shall proceed with all work to be performed under




the Contract. The Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided either by contract or by law which pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the contracting parties.

3.3 Supervision and Construction Procedures

3.3.1 Supervision of the Work. The Contractor shall supervise and direct performance of the Work, using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for, and have control over, construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract Documents, unless Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters. The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of completed or partially completed portions of Work to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. The Contractor’s Site Supervisor shall be present on site at all times while work by the contractor, subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor is taking place and shall submit Daily Reports to the Program Manager on a daily basis.

3.3.2 Responsibility for the Work. The Contractor shall be responsible to the District for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and all other persons performing any portion of the Work under a contract with the Contractor. The Contractor shall not be relieved of the obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Program Manager, District's Inspector or the Architect in the Architect's administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons other than the Contractor.

3.3.3 Surveys. The Contractor shall prepare or cause to be prepared all detailed surveys necessary for performance of the Work, including without limitation, slope stakes, points, lines and elevations. The Contractor shall be responsible for the establishment, location, maintenance and preservation of all benchmarks, reference points and stakes for the Work. The cost of any surveys and the establishment, location, maintenance and preservation of benchmarks, reference points and stakes shall be included within the Contract Price. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for all loss or costs resulting from the loss, destruction, disturbance or damage of benchmarks, reference points or stakes.

3.3.4 Construction Utilities. The District will provide, without charge to the Contractor, water and electrical services necessary to complete the Work, provided that the Contractor shall be responsible, without adjustment of the Contract Time or the Contract Price to install and maintain all necessary temporary distributions of water and electricity to the Site as necessary to perform the Work and to remove the same upon completion of the Work. The foregoing notwithstanding, if the District reasonably determines that the Contractor or any of the Subcontractors are misusing or wasting electrical or water service provided by the District, the District may discontinue providing such service and thereupon, the Contractor shall be responsible for arranging for the furnishing of the service discontinued by the District. Except as expressly provided for herein, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for obtaining all other utility services necessary for performance and completion of the Work.




3.3.5 Existing Utilities; Removal, Relocation and Protection. In accordance with California Government Code §4215, the District shall assume the responsibility for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of existing main or trunk line utility facilities located on the Site, which are not identified in the Drawings, Specifications or other Contract Documents. Contractor shall be compensated for the costs of locating, repairing damage not due to the Contractor's failure to exercise reasonable care, and removing or relocating such utility facilities not indicated in the Drawings, Specifications and other Contract Documents with reasonable accuracy, and for equipment on the Site necessarily idled during such work. Contractor shall not be assessed Liquidated Damages for delay in completion of the Work when such delay is caused by the failure of the District or the District of the utility to provide for removal or relocation of such utility facilities. Nothing in this Article 3.3.5 shall be deemed to require the District to indicate the presence of existing service laterals or appurtenances whenever the presence of such utilities on the Site can be inferred from the presence of other visible facilities, such as buildings, meters and junction boxes, on or adjacent to the Site. If the Contractor encounters utility facilities not identified by the District in the Drawings, Specifications, or other Contract Documents, the Contractor shall immediately notify, in writing, the District, the District's inspector, the Architect, the Program Manager and the utility owner. In the event that such utility facilities are owned by a public utility, the public utility shall have the sole discretion to perform repairs or relocation work or permit the Contractor to do such repairs or relocation work at a reasonable price.

3.4 Labor and Materials

3.4.1 Payment for Labor, Materials and Services. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, Construction Equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated in the Work.

3.4.2 Employee Discipline. The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees, the employees of any Subcontractor or Sub- subcontractor, and all other persons performing any part of the Work at the Site. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. The Contractor shall remove from the site and direct any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor to remove from the site any person deemed by the District to be unfit or incompetent to perform Work and thereafter, the Contractor shall not employ nor permit the employment of such person for performance of any part of the Work without the prior written consent of the District, which consent may be withheld in the reasonable discretion of the District.




3.4.3 Contractor's Staff. The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and all necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Site at all times during performance of the Work. The Project Manager and superintendent shall represent the Contractor and communications given to the superintendent or the Contractor’s Project Manager shall be binding as if given to the Contractor. The Contractor shall remove the Superintendent, Project Manager or their respective assistants if they are deemed, in the sole reasonable judgment of the District, to be unfit, incompetent or incapable of performing the functions assigned to them. In such event, the District shall have the right to approve of the replacement Project Manager, superintendent or assistant.

3.4.4 Prohibition on Harassment.

3.4.4.1 District's Policy Prohibiting Harassment. The District is committed to providing a campus and workplace free of sexual harassment and harassment based on factors such as race, color, religion, national origin, ancestry, age, medical condition, marital status, disability or veteran status. Harassment includes without limitation, verbal, physical or visual conduct which creates an intimidating, offensive or hostile environment such as racial slurs; ethnic jokes; posting of offensive statements, posters or cartoons or similar conduct. Sexual harassment includes without limitation the solicitation of sexual favors, unwelcome sexual advances, or other verbal, visual or physical conduct of a sexual nature.

3.4.4.2 Contractor's Adoption of Anti-Harassment Policy. Contractor shall adopt and implement all appropriate and necessary policies prohibiting any form of discrimination in the workplace, including without limitation harassment on the basis of any classification protected under local, state or federal law, regulation or policy. Contractor shall take all reasonable steps to prevent harassment from occurring, including without limitation affirmatively raising the subject of harassment among its employees, expressing strong disapproval of any form of harassment, developing appropriate sanctions, informing employees of their right to raise and how to raise the issue of harassment and informing complainants of the outcome of an investigation into a harassment claim. Contractor shall require that any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor performing any portion of the Work to adopt and implement policies in conformity with this Article 3.4.4.

3.4.4.3 Prohibition on Harassment at the Site. Contractor shall not permit any person, whether employed by Contractor, a Subcontractor, Sub- subcontractor, or any other person or entity, performing any Work at or about the Site to engage in any prohibited form of harassment. Any such person engaging in a prohibited form of harassment directed to any individual performing or providing any portion of the Work at or about the Site shall be subject to appropriate sanctions in accordance with the anti-harassment policy adopted and implemented pursuant to Article 3.4.4.2 above. Any person, performing or providing Work on or about the Site engaging in a prohibited form of harassment directed to any student, faculty member or staff of the District or directed to any other person on or about the Site shall be subject to immediate removal and shall be prohibited thereafter from providing or performing any portion of the Work. Upon the District's receipt of any notice or complaint that any person employed directly or indirectly by Contractor in performing or providing the Work has engaged in a prohibited form of harassment, the District will promptly undertake an investigation of such notice




or complaint. In the event that the District, after such investigation, reasonably determines that a prohibited form of harassment has occurred, the District shall promptly notify the Contractor of the same and direct that the person engaging in such conduct be immediately removed from the Site. Unless the District's determination that a prohibited form of harassment has occurred is grossly negligent or without reasonable cause, District shall have no liability for directing the removal of any person determined to have engaged in a prohibited form of harassment nor shall the Contract Price or the Contract Time be adjusted on account thereof. Contractor and the Surety shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the District and its employees, officers, board of trustees, agents, and representatives from any and all claims, liabilities, judgments, awards, actions or causes of actions, including without limitation, attorneys' fees, which arise out of, or pertain in any manner to: (i) the assertion by any person dismissed from performing or providing work at the direction of the District pursuant to this Article 3.4.4.3; or (ii) the assertion by any person that any person directly or indirectly under the employment or direction of the Contractor has engaged in a prohibited form of harassment directed to or affecting such person. The obligations of the Contractor and the Surety under the preceding sentence are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other obligation of defense, indemnity and hold harmless whether arising under the Contract Documents, at law or otherwise; these obligations survive completion of the Work or the termination of the Contract.

3.5 Taxes. The Contractor shall pay, without adjustment of the Contract Price, all sales, consumer, use and other taxes for the Work or portions thereof provided by the Contractor under the Contract Documents.

3.6 Permits, Fees and Notices; Compliance with Laws

3.6.1 Payment of Permits, Fees. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the District shall secure and pay for the necessary approvals, easements, assessments and charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities which relate to the Work of the Contractor under the Contract Documents. If permits and fees are designated as the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for obtaining the same; the cost of such permits or fees and any costs incurred by the Contractor in obtaining such permits shall be included within the Contract Price.

3.6.2 Compliance with Laws. The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and other orders of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work.

3.6.3 Notice of Variation from Laws. If the Contractor knows, or has reason to believe, that any portion of the Contract Documents are at variance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, regulations or rules, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Program Manager, the Architect and the District's Inspector, in writing, of the same. If the Contractor performs Work knowing, or with reasonable diligence should have known, it to be contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, rules or regulations applicable to the Work without such notice to the Architect and the District's Inspector, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for such Work and shall bear the attributable costs arising or associated there from, including without limitation, the removal, replacement or correction of the same.




3.7 Submittals

3.7.1 Purpose of Submittals. The purpose for submission of Submittals is to demonstrate, for those portions of the Work for which Submittals are required, the manner in which the Contractor proposes to provide or incorporate such item of the Work in conformity with the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents.

3.7.2 Contractor's Submittals.

3.7.2.1 Prompt Submittals. The Contractor shall review, approve and submit to the Architect or such other person or entity designated by the District, the number of copies of Submittals required by the Contract Documents. All submittals sent to the Architect shall be copied to the Program Manager by the Contractor. All Submittals required by the Contract Documents shall be prepared, assembled and submitted by the Contractor to the Architect within the time frames set forth in the Submittal Schedule incorporated and made a part of the Approved Construction Schedule prepared and submitted by the Contractor pursuant to Article 6 of these General Conditions. Contractor’s submission of Submittals in conformity with the Submittal Schedule is a material consideration of the Contract. Contractor and District acknowledge and agree that if Contractor shall fail to deliver Submittals in accordance with the Submittal Schedule, the District may incur costs and expenses not contemplated by the Contract Documents, the exact amount of which are difficult to ascertain and fix. Contractor and the District acknowledge and agree that the per diem assessment for delayed submission of Submittals if set forth in the Special Conditions represents a reasonable estimate of costs and expenses the District may incur as a result of delayed submission of Submittals and that the same is not a penalty. Notwithstanding Contractor's submission of all required Submittals in accordance with the Submittal Schedule, in the event that the District, Program Manager or the Architect reasonably determines that all or any portion of such resubmittals fail to comply with the requirements of Articles 3.7.2.2, 3.7.2.3 and 3.7.2.4 of these General Conditions and/or such resubmittals are not otherwise complete and accurate so as to require a second re-submission, Contractor shall bear all costs associated with the review and approval of resubmitted Submittals, including without limitation Architect's fees incurred in connection therewith; provided that such costs are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any per diem assessments imposed under this Article 3.7.2.1 for Contractor's delayed submission of Submittals. In the event of the District's imposition of the per diem assessments due to the Contractor's delayed submission of Submittals or in the event of the District's assessment of costs and expenses incurred to review incomplete or inaccurate Submittals, the District may deduct the same from any portion the Contract Price then or thereafter due the Contractor. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents or which do not otherwise conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents may be returned without action. No adjustment to the Contract Time or the Contract Price shall be granted to the Contractor on account of its failure to make timely submission of any Submittal.

3.7.2.2 Approval of Subcontractor Submittals. All Submittals prepared by Subcontractors, of any tier, Material Suppliers, manufacturers or distributors shall bear the written approval of the Contractor thereto prior to submission to the Architect for review. Any Submittal not bearing the Contractor's written approval shall be subject to return to the Contractor for re-submittal in conformity herewith,




with the same being deemed to not have been submitted. Any delay, impact or cost associated therewith shall be the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Contractor without adjustment to the Contract Time or the Contract Price.

3.7.2.3 Verification of Submittal Information. By approving and submission of Submittals, the Contractor represents to the District and Architect that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements, field construction criteria, catalog numbers and similar data related thereto and has checked and coordinated the information contained within such Submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents.

3.7.2.4 Information Included in Submittals. All Submittals shall be accompanied by a written transmittal or other writing by the Contractor providing an identification of the portion of the Drawings or the Specifications pertaining to the Submittal, with Specification Section and applicable paragraphs identified for ease of reference along with the following information: (i) date of submission; (ii) project name; (iii) name of submitting Subcontractor; and (iv) if applicable, the revision number. The foregoing information is in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other information required for the Architect's review, evaluation and acceptance of the Contractor's Submittals.

3.7.2.5 Contractor Responsibility for Deviations. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for correcting deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's acceptance of Submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submission of the Submittal and the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Submittals by the Architect's acceptance thereof.

3.7.2.6 No Performance of Work Without Approval. The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work requiring the Architect’s review and acceptance of Submittals until the Architect has completed its review and indicated acceptance of such Submittal. The Contractor shall not perform any portion of the Work forming a part of a Submittal or which is affected by a related Submittal until the entirety of the Submittal or other related Submittal has been fully approved. Such Work shall be in accordance with approved Submittals and other applicable portions of the Contract Documents.

3.7.3 Architect Review of Submittals. The purpose of the Architect’s review of Submittals and the time for the Architect’s return of Submittals to the Contractor shall be as set forth elsewhere in the Contract Documents. If the Architect returns a Submittal as rejected or requiring correction(s) and re-submission, the Contractor, so as not to delay the progress of the Work, shall promptly thereafter resubmit a Submittal conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents; the resubmitted Submittal shall indicate the portions thereof modified in order to obtain the Architect's acceptance. When professional certification of performance criteria of materials, systems or equipment is required by the Contract Documents, the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the accuracy and completeness of such calculations and certifications accompanying Submittals. The Architect's review of the Submittals is for the limited purposes described in the Contract Documents.

3.7.4 Deferred Approval Items. In the event that any portion of the Work is designated in the Contract Documents as a "Deferred Approval" item, Contractor shall




be solely and exclusively responsible for the preparation of Submittals for such item(s) in a timely manner so as not to delay or hinder the completion of the Work within the Contract Time.

3.8 Materials and Equipment 3.8.1 Specified Materials, Equipment. References in the Contract Documents to any specific article, device, equipment, product, material, fixture, patented process, form, method or type of construction, by name, make, trade name, or catalog number, with or without the words "or equal" shall be deemed to establish a minimum standard of quality or performance, and shall not be construed as limiting competition.




3.8.2 Approval of Substitutions or Alternatives. Public Contract Code Section 3400 states: “(a) The Legislature finds and declares that it is the intent of this section to encourage contractors and manufacturers to develop and implement new and ingenious materials, products, and services that function as well, in all essential respects, as materials, products, and services that are required by a contract, but at a lower cost to taxpayers. (b) No agency of the state nor any political subdivision, municipal corporation, or district, nor any public officer or person charged with the letting of contracts for the construction, alteration, or repair of public works, shall draft or cause to be drafted specifications for bids, in connection with the construction, alteration, or repair of public works, (1) in a manner that limits the bidding, directly or indirectly, to any one specific concern, or (2) calling for a designated material, product, thing, or service by specific brand or trade name unless the specification is followed by the words “or equal” so that bidders may furnish any equal material, product, thing or service. In applying this section, the specifying agency shall, if aware of an equal product manufactured in this state, name that product in the specification. Specifications shall provide a period of time prior to or after, or prior to and after, the award of the contract for submission of data substantiating a request for a substitution of “an equal” item. If no time period is specified, data may be submitted any time within thirty-five (35) days after the award of the contract. (c) Subdivision (b) is not applicable if the awarding authority, or its designee, makes a finding that is described in the invitation for bids or request for proposals that a particular material, product, thing, or service is designated by specific brand or trade name for either of the following purposes: (1) In order that a field test or experiment may be made to determine that product’s suitability for future use; (2) In order to match other products in use on a particular public improvement either completed or in the course of completion; (3) In order to obtain a necessary item that is only available from one source; (4) (A) In order to respond to an emergency declared by a local agency, but only if the declaration is approved by a four-fifths vote of the governing board of the local agency issuing the invitation for bid or request for proposals. (B) In order to respond to an emergency declared by the state, a state agency, or political subdivision of the state, but only if the facts setting forth the reasons for the finding of the emergency are contained in the public records of the authority issuing the invitation for bid or request for proposals.” Unless otherwise specified the Contractor may propose to furnish alternatives or substitutes for a particular item specified in the Contract Documents, provided that the Contractor provides advance written notice to the District, Program Manager and the Architect of such proposed substitution or alternative and certifies to the District and Architect that the quality, performance capability and functionality (including visual and/or aesthetic effect) of the proposed alternative or substitute will meet or exceed the quality, performance capability and functionality of the item or process specified, and must demonstrate to the District and Architect that the use of the substitution or alternative is appropriate and will not delay completion of the Work or result in an increase to the Contract Price. The Contractor shall submit engineering, construction, dimension, visual, aesthetic and performance data to the District and Architect to permit its proper evaluation of the proposed substitution or alternative. If requested by the District or Architect, Contractor shall promptly furnish any additional information or data regarding a proposed substitution or alternative which the District or Architect deems reasonably necessary for the evaluation of the proposed substitution or alternative. The Contractor shall not provide, furnish or install any substitution or alternative without the District’s and Architect's prior approval of the same; any alternative or substitution installed or incorporated into the Work without first obtaining the District’s and Architect's approval of the same shall be subject to removal pursuant to Article 11 hereof. The District’s and Architect's decision shall be final regarding the approval or disapproval of the Contractor's




proposed substitutions or alternatives. The District’s and Architect's approval of Contractor’s proposed substitutions or alternatives shall not otherwise relieve the Contractor from complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Neither the Contract Time nor the Contract Price shall be increased on account of any substitution or alternative proposed by the Contractor and which is approved by the District and Architect; provided, however, that in the event a substitution or alternative is approved by the District and Architect and purchase, fabrication and/or installation or such approved substitution or alternative shall be less expensive than the originally specified item, the Contract Price shall be reduced by the actual cost savings realized by the Contractor's furnishing and/or installation of such approved substitution or alternative. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for all costs and fees of the District, the Architect, of the Architect's consultant(s) and/or governmental agencies to review and/or approve any proposed substitution or alternative. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any increase in the cost of any approved substitution or alternative or any Work affected by such alternative or substitution. The foregoing notwithstanding, all requests for the District’s and Architect's review and approval of any proposed substitution or alternative and all engineering, construction, dimension and performance data substantiating the equivalency of the proposed substitution or alternative shall be submitted by Contractor in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders; any request for approval of proposed alternatives or substitutions submitted thereafter may be rejected summarily. The foregoing process and time limits shall apply to any proposed substitution or alternative regardless of whether the substitute or alternate item is to be provided, furnished or installed by Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Sub-Subcontractor, Material Supplier or Manufacturer.

3.8.3 Placement of Material and Equipment Orders. Contractor shall, after award of the Contract, promptly and timely place all orders for materials and/or equipment necessary for completion of the Work so that delivery of the same shall be made without delay or interruption to the timely completion of the Work. Contractor shall require that any Subcontractor or Sub-Subcontractor performing any portion of the Work similarly place orders for all materials and/or equipment to be furnished by any such Subcontractor or Sub-Subcontractor in a prompt and timely manner so that delivery of the same shall be made without delay or interruption to the timely completion of the Work. Upon request of the Program Manager, the Contractor shall furnish reasonably satisfactory written evidence of the placement of orders for materials and/or equipment necessary for completion of the Work, including without limitation, purchase orders for materials and/or equipment to be provided, furnished or installed by any Subcontractor or Sub-Subcontractor.

3.8.4 District's Right to Place Orders for Materials and/or Equipment. Notw ithstanding any other provision of the Contract Documents, in the event that the Contractor shall, upon request of the Program Manager, fail or refuse, for any reason, to provide reasonably satisfactory written evidence of the placement of orders for materials and/or equipment necessary for completion of the Work, or should the District determine, in its sole and reasonable discretion, that any orders for materials and/or equipment have not been placed in a manner so that such materials and/or equipment will be delivered to the Site so the Work can be completed without delay or interruption, the District shall have the right, but not the obligation, to place such orders on behalf of the Contractor. In the event that the District shall exercise the right to place orders for materials and/or equipment pursuant to the foregoing, the District's conduct in that regard shall not be deemed to be an exercise, by the District, of any control over the means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures for completion of the Work, all of which remain the responsibility and




obligation of the Contractor. Notwithstanding the right of the District to place orders for materials and/or equipment pursuant to the foregoing, the election of the District to exercise, or not to exercise, such right shall not relieve the Contractor from any of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents, including without limitation, completion of the Work within the Contract Time and for the Contract Price. If the District exercises the right hereunder to place orders for materials and/or equipment on behalf of Contractor pursuant to the foregoing, Contractor shall reimburse the District for all costs and fees incurred by the District in placing such orders; such costs and fees may be deducted by the District from the Contract Price then or thereafter due the Contractor.

3.9 Safety

3.9.1 Safety Programs. Prior to commencement of the Work at the site, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Program Manager, for review, a written safety plan. The Contractor shall revise the safety plan as necessary to obtain the Program Manager’s acceptance of the plan for record purposes only. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety programs required by applicable law, ordinance, regulation or governmental orders in connection with the performance of the Contract, or otherwise required by the type or nature of the Work. The Contractor's safety program shall include all actions and programs necessary for compliance with California or federally statutorily mandated workplace safety programs, including without limitation, compliance with the California Drug Free Workplace Act of 1990 (California Government Code §§8350 et seq.). Without limiting or relieving the Contractor of its obligations hereunder, the Contractor shall require that its Subcontractors similarly initiate and maintain all appropriate or required safety programs.

3.9.2 Safety Precautions. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating and maintaining reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i) employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; (ii) the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under care, custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors; and (iii) other property or items at the site of the Work, or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction.

3.9.3 Safety Signs, Barricades. The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and conditions resulting from performance of the Contract, reasonable safeguards for safety and protection of property and persons, including, without limitation, posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities.

3.9.4 Safety Notices. The Contractor shall give or post all notices required by applicable law and comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage, injury or loss.




3.9.5 Safety Coordinator. The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the Site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents and the implementation and maintenance safety precautions and programs. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the District's Inspector, Program Manager and the Architect.

3.9.6 Emergencies. In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss.

3.9.7 Hazardous Materials.

3.9.7.1 Use of Hazardous Materials. In the event that the Contractor, any Subcontractor or anyone employed directly or indirectly by them shall use, at the Site, or incorporate into the Work, any material or substance deemed to be hazardous or toxic under any law, rule, ordinance, regulation or interpretation thereof (collectively "Hazardous Materials"), the Contractor shall comply with all laws, rules, ordinances or regulations applicable thereto and shall exercise all necessary safety precautions relating to the use, storage or disposal thereof.

3.9.7.2 Prohibition on Use of Asbestos Construction Building Materials (“ACBM”). Notwithstanding any provision of the Drawings or the Specifications to the contrary, it is the intent of the District that ACBM not be used or incorporated into any portion of the Work. In the event that any portion of the Work depicted in the Drawings or the Specifications shall require materials or products which the Contractor knows, or should have known with reasonably diligent investigation, to contain ACBM, Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect, the Program Manager and the District's Inspector of the same so that an appropriate alternative can be made in a timely manner so as not to delay the progress of the Work. Contractor warrants to the District that there are no materials or products used or incorporated into the Work which contain ACBM. Whether before or after completion of the Work, if it is discovered that any product or material forming a part of the Work or incorporated into the Work contains ACBM, the Contractor shall at its sole cost and expense remove such product or material in accordance with any laws, rules, procedures and regulations applicable to the handling, removal and disposal of ACBM and to replace such product or material with non-ACBM products or materials and to return the affected portion(s) of the Work to the finish condition depicted in the Drawings and Specifications relating to such portion(s) of the Work. Contractor's obligations under the preceding sentence shall survive the termination of the Contract, the warranty period provided under the Contract Documents, the Contractor's completion of the Work or the District's acceptance of the Work. In the event that the Contractor shall fail or refuse, for any reason, to commence the removal and replacement of any material or product containing ACBM forming a part of, or incorporated into the Work, within ten (10) days of the date of the District's written notice to the Contractor of the existence of ACBM materials or products in the Work, the District may thereafter proceed to cause the removal and replacement of such materials or products in any manner which the District determines to be reasonably necessary and appropriate; all costs, expenses and fees, including without limitation fees and costs of consultants and attorneys, incurred by the District in connection with such removal and replacement shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and the Contractor's Performance Bond Surety.




3.9.7.3 Disposal of Hazardous Materials. Contractor shall be solely and exclusively responsible for the disposal of any Hazardous Materials on or about the Contractor's obligations hereunder shall include without limitation, the transportation and disposal of any Hazardous Materials in strict conformity with any and all applicable laws, regulations, orders, procedures or ordinances.

3.10 Maintenance of Documents

3.10.1 Documents at Site. The Contractor shall maintain at the Site: (i) one record copy of the Drawings, Specifications and all amendments thereto; (ii) Change Orders approved by the District and all other modifications to the Contract Documents; (iii) Submittals reviewed by the Architect; (iv) Record Drawings; (v) Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) accompanying any materials, equipment or products delivered or stored at the Site or incorporated into the Work; and (vi) all building and other codes or regulations applicable to the Work, including without limitation, Title 24, Parts 1 and 2 of the California Code of Regulations. During performance of the Work, all documents maintained by Contractor at the Site shall be available to the District, the Program Manager, the Architect, the District’s Inspector and DSA for review, inspection or reproduction. Upon completion of the Work, all documents maintained at the Site by the Contractor pursuant to the foregoing shall be assembled and transmitted to the Architect for delivery to the District.

3.10.2 Maintenance of Record Drawings. During its performance of the Work, the Contractor shall maintain Record Drawings consisting of a set of the Drawings which are marked to indicate all field changes made to adapt the Work depicted in the Drawings to field conditions, changes resulting from Change Orders, substitutions, and all concealed or buried installations, including without limitation, piping, conduit and utility services. All buried or concealed items of Work shall be completely and accurately marked and located on the Record Drawings. The Record Drawings shall be clean and all changes, corrections and dimensions shall be marked in a neat and legible manner in a contrasting color. Record Drawings relating to the Structural, Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing portions of the Work shall indicate without limitation, circuiting, wiring sizes, equipment/member sizing and shall depict the entirety of the as built conditions of such portions of the Work. The Record Drawings shall be continuously maintained by the Contractor during the performance of the Work. At any time during the Contractor's performance of the Work, upon the request of the District, the Program Manager or the Architect, the Contractor shall make the Record Drawings maintained here under available for the District's review and inspection. Review and inspection of the Record Drawings during the Contractor's performance of the Work, pursuant to the preceding, shall be only for the purpose of generally verifying that Contractor is continuously maintaining the Record Drawings in a complete and accurate manner; any such inspection or review shall not be deemed to be the District's approval or verification of the completeness or accuracy thereof. The failure or refusal of the Contractor to continuously maintain complete and accurate Record Drawings or to make available the Record Drawings for inspection and review by the District may be deemed by the District to be Contractor's default of a material obligation hereunder. Without waiving, restricting or limiting any other right or remedy of the District for the Contractor's failure or refusal to continuously maintain the Record Drawings, the District may, upon reasonably determining that the Contractor has not, or is not, continuously maintaining the Record Drawings in a complete and accurate manner, take appropriate action to cause the continuous maintenance of complete and accurate Record Drawings, in which event all fees and costs incurred or associated with such action shall be charged to the Contractor and the District may deduct the amount of




such fees and costs from any portion of the Contract Price then or thereafter due the Contractor. The Contractor shall first deliver the Record Drawings to the Architect for review. Once they are accepted the Drawings are to be delivered to the District. In accordance with Article 7.4.2 of these General Conditions, prior to receipt of the Final Payment, the Record Drawings are to be received by the District.

3.11 Use of Site. The Contractor shall confine operations at the Site to areas permitted by law, ordinances or permits, subject to any restrictions or limitations set forth in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not unreasonably encumber the Site or adjoining areas with materials or equipment. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for providing security at the Site with all such costs included in the Contract Price. The District shall at all times have access to the Site.

3.12 Clean-Up. The Contractor shall at all times keep the Site and all adjoining areas free from the accumulation of any waste material or rubbish caused or generated by performance of the Work. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Contractor shall maintain the Site in a "rake-clean" standard on a daily basis. In the event that the Work of the Contract Documents includes painting and/or the installation of floor covering, prior to commencement of any painting operations or the installation of any flooring covering, the area and adjoining areas of the Site where paint is to be applied or floor covering is to be installed shall be in a "broom-clean" condition. Prior to completion of the Work, Contractor shall remove from the Site all rubbish, waste material, excess excavated material, tools, Construction Equipment, machinery, surplus material and any other items which are not the property of the District under the Contract Documents. Upon completion of the Work, the Site and all adjoining areas shall be left in a neat and broom clean condition satisfactory to District. The District's Inspector or Program Manager shall be authorized to direct the Contractor's clean-up obligations hereunder. If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided for in the Contract Documents, the District may do so, and all costs incurred in connection therewith shall be charged to the Contractor; the District may deduct such costs from any portion of the Contract Price then or thereafter due the Contractor.

3.13 Access to the Work. The Contractor shall provide the DSA, the District, the Program Manager, the District's Inspector, the Architect and the Architect's consultant(s) with access to the Work, whether in place, preparation and progress and wherever located.

3.14 Facilities and Information for the District's Inspector

3.14.1 Information to District's Inspector. The Contractor shall furnish the District's Inspector access to the Work for obtaining such information as may be necessary to keep the District's Inspector fully informed respecting the progress, quality and character of the Work and materials, equipment or other items incorporated therein.

3.15 Patents and Royalties. The Contractor and the Surety shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the District and its agents, employees and officers from any claim, demand or legal proceeding arising out of or pertaining, in any manner, to any actual or claimed infringement of patent rights in connection with performance of the Work under the Contract Documents.

3.16 Cutting and Patching. The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to make the component parts thereof fit together properly. The Contractor shall not damage or endanger any portion of the Work, or the fully




or partially completed construction of the District or separate contractors by cutting, patching, excavation or other alteration. The Contractor shall not cut, patch or otherwise alter the construction by the District or separate contractor without the prior written consent of the District or separate contractor thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold consent to the request of the District or separate contractor to cut, patch or otherwise alter the Work.

3.17 Encountering of Hazardous Materials. In the event the Contractor encounters Hazardous Materials at the Site which have not been rendered harmless or for which there is no provision in the Contract Documents for containment, removal, abatement or handling of such Hazardous Materials, the Contractor shall immediately stop the Work in the affected area, but shall diligently proceed with the Work in all other unaffected areas. Upon encountering such Hazardous Materials, the Contractor shall immediately notify the District's Inspector and Program Manager, in writing, of such condition. The Contractor shall proceed with the Work in such affected area only after such Hazardous Materials have been rendered harmless, contained, removed or abated. In the event such Hazardous Materials are encountered, the Contractor shall be entitled to an adjustment of the Contract Time to the extent that the Work is stopped and Substantial Completion of the Work is affected thereby. In no event shall there be an adjustment to the Contract Price solely on account of the Contractor encountering such Hazardous Materials.

3.18 Wage Rates; Employment of Labor

3.18.1 Determination of Prevailing Rates. Pursuant to the provisions of Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2 of the California Labor Code at §§1770 et seq., the District has obtained from the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations the general prevailing rate of per diem wages and the prevailing rate for holiday and overtime work in the locality in which the Work is to be performed. Holidays shall be as defined in the collective bargaining agreement applicable to each particular craft, classification or type of worker employed under the Contract. Per diem wages include employer payments for health and welfare, pensions, vacation, travel time and subsistence pay as provided in California Labor Code §1773.8, apprenticeship or other training programs authorized by California Labor Code §3093, and similar purposes when the term "per diem wages" is used herein. Holiday and overtime work, when permitted by law, shall be paid for at the rate of at least one and one-half (1 1/2) times the above specified rate of per diem wages, unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall post, at appropriate and conspicuous locations on the Site, a schedule showing all determined general prevailing wage rates.

3.18.2 Payment of Prevailing Rates. There shall be paid each worker of the Contractor, or any Subcontractor, of any tier, engaged in the Work, not less than the general prevailing wage rate, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the Contractor or any Subcontractor, of any tier, and such worker.

3.18.3 Prevailing Rate Penalty. The Contractor shall, as a penalty, forfeit to the District Two Hundred Dollars ($200.00), or Forty Dollars ($40.00) in the event of a “good faith mistake” promptly and voluntarily corrected, for each calendar day or portion thereof, for each worker paid less than the prevailing rates as determined by the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations for such work or craft in which such worker is employed for the Work by the Contractor or by any Subcontractor, of any tier, in connection with the Work. Pursuant to California Labor Code §1775, the difference between prevailing wage rates and the amount paid to




each worker each calendar day, or portion thereof, for which each worker paid less than the prevailing wage rate, shall be paid to each worker by the Contractor. The penalty shall be no less than Eighty Dollars ($80.00) for each calendar day if the Contractor was assessed penalties within the previous three years for failing to meets its prevailing wage obligations on a separate contract, unless those penalties were subsequently withdrawn or overturned. If the Labor Commissioner determines that the violation was “willful” as defined under subdivision (c) of Section 1771.1 the penalty shall be One Hundred Twenty Dollars ($120) per calendar day.

3.18.4 Payroll Records. Pursuant to California Labor Code §1776, the Contractor and each Subcontractor, of any tier, shall keep an accurate payroll record, showing the name, address, social security number, work classification, straight time and overtime hours worked each day and week, and the actual per diem wages paid to each person employed for the Work. The payroll records shall be certified and available for inspection at all reasonable hours at the principal office of the Contractor on the following basis: (i) a certified copy of an employee's payroll record shall be made available for inspection or furnished to such employee or his/her authorized representative on request; (ii) a certified copy of all payroll records shall be made available for inspection or furnished upon request to the District, the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement and the Division of Apprenticeship Standards of the Department of Industrial Relations; (iii) a certified copy of payroll records shall be made available upon request to the public for inspection or copies thereof made; provided, however, that a request by the public shall be made through either the District, the Division of Apprenticeship Standards, or the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement. If the requested payroll records have not been provided, the requesting party shall, prior to being provided the records, reimburse the cost of preparation by the Contractor, Subcontractors and the entity through which the request was made; the public shall not be given access to such records at the principal office of the Contractor; (iv) the Contractor shall file a certified copy of the payroll records with the entity that requested such records within ten (10) days after receipt of a written request; (v) any copy of records made available for inspection as copies and furnished upon request to the public or any public agency by the District, the Division of Apprenticeship Standards or the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement shall be marked or obliterated in such a manner as to prevent disclosure of an individual's name, address and social security number. The name and address of the Contractor or any Subcontractor, of any tier, performing a part of the Work shall not be marked or obliterated. The Contractor shall inform the District of the location of payroll records, including the street address, city and county and shall, within five (5) working days, provide a notice of a change or location and address. In the event of noncompliance with the requirements of this Article 3.18.4, the Contractor shall have ten (10) days in which to comply, subsequent to receipt of written notice specifying in what respects the Contractor must comply herewith. Should noncompliance still be evident after such 10-day period, the Contractor shall, as a penalty to the District, forfeit One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker, until strict compliance is effectuated. Upon the request of the Division of Apprenticeship Standards or the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement, such penalties shall be withheld from any portion of the Contract Price then or thereafter due the Contractor. A Contractor is not subject to a penalty assessment pursuant to this section due to failure of a subcontractor to comply with this section.

3.18.5 Hours of Work.

3.18.5.1 Limits on Hours of Work. Pursuant to California Labor Code




§1810, eight (8) hours of labor shall constitute a legal day's work. Pursuant toCalifornia Labor Code §1811, the time of service of any worker employed at any time by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor, of any tier, upon the Work or upon any part of the Work, is limited and restricted to eight (8) hours during any one calendar day and forty (40) hours during any one calendar week, except as hereafter provided. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, Work performed by employees of Contractor or any Subcontractor, of any tier, in excess of eight (8) hours per day and forty (40) hours during any one week, shall be permitted upon compensation for all hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day at not less than one and one-half (1-1/2) times the basic rate of pay.

3.18.5.2 Penalty for Excess Hours. The Contractor shall pay to the District a penalty of Twenty-five Dollars ($25.00) for each worker employed on the Work by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, of any tier, for each calendar day during which such worker is required or permitted to work more than eight (8) hours in any calendar day and forty (40) hours in any one calendar week, in violation of the provisions of the California Labor Code, unless compensation to the worker so employed by the Contractor is not less than one and one-half (1-1/2) times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day.

3.18.5.3 Contractor Responsibility Any Work performed by workers after regular working hours or on Sundays or other holidays shall be performed without adjustment to the Contract Price or any other additional expense to the District.

3.18.6 Apprentices.

3.18.6.1 Employment of Apprentices. Any apprentices employed to perform any of the Work shall be paid the standard wage paid to apprentices under the regulations of the craft or trade for which such apprentice is employed, and such individual shall be employed only for the work of the craft or trade to which such individual is registered. Only apprentices, as defined in California Labor Code §3077 who are in training under apprenticeship standards and writtenapprenticeship agreements under California Labor Code §§3070 et seq. are eligible to be employed for the Work. The employment and training of each apprentice shall be in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship standards and apprentice agreements under which such apprentice is training.

3.18.6.2 Apprenticeship Certificate. When the Contractor or any Subcontractor, of any tier, in performing any of the Work employs workers in any Apprentice-able Craft or Trade, the Contractor and such Subcontractor shall apply to the Joint Apprenticeship Committee administering the apprenticeship standards of the craft or trade in the area of the site of the Work for a certificate approving the Contractor or such Subcontractor under the apprenticeship standards for the employment and training of apprentices in the area or industry affected, provided, however, that the approval as established by the Joint Apprenticeship Committee or Committees shall be subject to the approval of the Administrator of Apprenticeship. The Joint Apprenticeship Committee or Committees, subsequent to approving the Contractor or Subcontractor, shall arrange for the dispatch of apprentices to the Contractor or such Subcontractor in order to comply with California Labor Code §1777.5. The Contractor and Subcontractors shall submit contract award information to the applicable Joint Apprenticeship Committee, which shall include an estimate of journeyman hours to be performed under the Contract, the number of apprentices to be employed,




and the approximate dates the apprentices will be employed. There shall be an affirmative duty upon the Joint Apprenticeship Committee or Committees, administering the apprenticeship standards of the crafts or trades in the area of the site of the Work, to ensure equal employment and affirmative action and apprenticeship for women and minorities. Contractors or Subcontractors shall not be required to submit individual applications for approval to local Joint Apprenticeship Committees provided they are already covered by the local apprenticeship standards.

3.18.6.3 Ratio of Apprentices to Journeymen. The ratio of Work performed by apprentices to journeymen, who shall be employed in the Work, may be the ratio stipulated in the apprenticeship standards under which the Joint Apprenticeship Committee operates, but in no case shall the ratio be less than one hour of apprentice work for each five hours of labor performed by a journeyman, except as otherwise provided in California Labor Code §1777.5. The minimum ratio for the land surveyor classification shall not be less than one apprentice for each five journeymen. Any ratio shall apply during any day or portion of a day when any journeyman, or the higher standard stipulated by the Joint Apprenticeship Committee, is employed at the site of the Work and shall be computed on the basis of the hours worked during the day by journeymen so employed, except for the land surveyor classification. The Contractor shall employ apprentices for the number of hours computed as above before the completion of the Work. The Contractor shall, however, endeavor, to the greatest extent possible, to employ apprentices during the same time period that the journeymen in the same craft or trade are employed at the Site. Where an hourly apprenticeship ratio is not feasible for a particular craft or trade, the Division of Apprenticeship Standards, upon application of a Joint Apprenticeship Committee, may order a minimum ratio of not less than one apprentice for each five journeymen in a craft or trade classification. The Contractor or any Subcontractor covered by this Article and California Labor Code §1777.5, upon the issuance of the approval certificate, or if it has been previously approved in such craft or trade, shall employ the number of apprentices or the ratio of apprentices to journeymen stipulated in the apprenticeship standards. Upon proper showing by the Contractor that it employs apprentices in such craft or trade in the State of California on all of its contracts on an annual average of not less than one apprentice to each five journeymen, the Division of Apprenticeship Standards may grant a certificate exempting the Contractor from the 1-to-5 ratio as set forth in this Article and California Labor Code §1777.5. This Article shall not apply to contracts of general contractors, or to contracts of specialty contractors not bidding for work through a general or prime contractor, involving less than Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000.00) or twenty (20) working days. The term "Apprentice-able Craft or Trade," as used herein shall mean a craft or trade determined as an Apprentice-able occupation in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed by the Apprenticeship Council.

3.18.6.4 Exemption from Ratios. The Joint Apprenticeship Committee shall have the discretion to grant a certificate, which shall be subject to the approval of the Administrator of Apprenticeship, exempting the Contractor from the 1-to-5 ratio set forth in this Article when it finds that any one of the following conditions are met: (i) unemployment for the previous three-month period in such area exceeds an average of fifteen percent (15%) or; (ii) the number of apprentices in training in such area exceeds a ratio of 1-to-5 in relation to journeymen, or; (iii) the Apprentice-able Craft or Trade is replacing at least one-thirtieth (1/30) of its journeymen annually through apprenticeship training, either on a statewide basis




or on a local basis, or; (iv) if assignment of an apprentice to any Work performed under the Contract Documents would create a condition which would jeopardize such apprentice's life or the life, safety or property of fellow employees or the public at large, or if the specific task to which the apprentice is to be assigned is of such a nature that training cannot be provided by a journeyman. When such exemptions from the 1-to-5 ratio between apprentices and journeymen are granted to an organization which represents contractors in a specific trade on a local or statewide basis, the member contractors will not be required to submit individual applications for approval to local Joint Apprenticeship Committees, provided they are already covered by the local apprenticeship standards.

3.18.6.5 Contributions to Trust Funds. The Contractor or any Subcontractor, of any tier, who, performs any of the Work by employment of journeymen or apprentices in any Apprentice-able Craft or Trade and who is not contributing to a fund or funds to administer and conduct the apprenticeship program in any such craft or trade in the area of the site of the Work, to which fund or funds other contractors in the area of the site of the Work are contributing, shall contribute to the fund or funds in each craft or trade in which it employs journeymen or apprentices in the same amount or upon the same basis and in the same manner as the other contractors do, but where the trust fund administrators are unable to accept such funds, contractors not signatory to the trust agreement shall pay a like amount to the California Apprenticeship Council. The Division of Labor Standards Enforcement is authorized to enforce the payment of such contributions to such fund(s) as set forth in California Labor Code §227. Such contributions shall not result in an increase in the Contract Price.

3.18.6.6 Contractor's Compliance. The responsibility of compliance with this Article for all Apprentice-able Trades or Crafts is solely and exclusively that of the Contractor. All decisions of the Joint Apprenticeship Committee(s) under this Article are subject to the provisions of California Labor Code §3081. In the event the Contractor willfully fails to comply with the provisions of this Article and California Labor Code §1777.5, pursuant to California Labor Code §1777.7, the Contractor shall: (i) be denied the right to bid on any public works contract for a period of one (1) year from the date the determination of non-compliance is made by the Administrator of Apprenticeship; and (ii) forfeit, as a civil penalty, Fifty Dollars ($50.00) for each calendar day of noncompliance. Notwithstanding the provisions of California Labor Code §1727, upon receipt of such determination, the District shall withhold such amount from the Contract Price then due or to become due. Any such determination shall be issued after a full investigation, a fair and impartial hearing, and reasonable notice thereof in accordance with reasonable rules and procedures prescribed by the California Apprenticeship Council. Any funds withheld by the District pursuant to this Article shall be deposited in the General Fund or other similar fund of the District. The interpretation and enforcement of California Labor Code §§1777.5 and 1777.7 shall be in accordance with the rules and procedures of the California Apprenticeship Council.

3.18.7 Employment of Independent Contractors. Pursuant to California Labor Code §1021.5, Contractor shall not willingly and knowingly enter into any agreement with any person, as an independent contractor, to provide any services in connection with the Work where the services provided or to be provided requires that such person hold a valid contractor’s license issued pursuant to California Business and Professions Code §§7000 et seq. and such person does not meet the burden of proof of his/her independent contractor status pursuant to California




Labor Code §2750.5. In the event that Contractor shall employ any person in violation of the foregoing, Contractor shall be subject to the civil penalties under California Labor Code §1021.5 and any other penalty provided by law. In addition to the penalties provided under California Labor Code §1021.5, Contractor's violation of this Article or the provisions of California Labor Code §1021.5 shall be deemed an event of Contractor's default under Article 14.1 of these General Conditions. The Contractor shall require any Subcontractor or Sub- Subcontractor performing or providing any portion of the Work to adhere to and comply with the foregoing provisions.

3.19 Assignment of Antitrust Claims. Pursuant to California Government Code §4550, the Contractor and its Subcontractor(s), of any tier, hereby offers and agrees to assign to the District all rights, title and interest in and to all causes of action they may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act, (15 U.S.C. §15) or under the Cartwright Act (California Business and Professions Code §§16700 et seq.), arising from purchases of goods, services or materials hereunder or any Subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the District tenders Final Payment to the Contractor, without further acknowledgment by the parties. If the District receives, either through judgment or settlement, a monetary recovery in connection with a cause of action assigned under California Government Code §§4550 et seq., the assignor thereof shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for actual legal costs incurred and may, upon demand, recover from the District any portion of the recovery, including treble damages, attributable to overcharges that were paid by the assignor but were not paid by the District as part of the Contract Price, less the expenses incurred by the District in obtaining that portion of the recovery. Upon demand in writing by the assignor, the District shall, within one year from such demand, reassign the cause of action assigned pursuant to this Article if the assignor has been or may have been injured by the violation of law for which the cause of action arose: and (i) the District has not been injured thereby; or (ii) the District declines to file a court action for the cause of action.

ARTICLE 4: SUBCONTRACTORS

4.1 Subcontracts. Any Work performed for the Contractor by a Subcontractor shall be pursuant to a written agreement between the Contractor and such Subcontractor which specifically incorporates by reference the Contract Documents and which specifically binds the Subcontractor to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including without limitation, the policies of insurance required under Article 5 of these General Conditions and obligates the Subcontractor to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities of the Contractor which by the Contract Documents the Contractor assumes toward the District and the Architect. The foregoing notwithstanding, no contractual relationship shall exist, or be deemed to exist, between any Subcontractor and the District, unless the Contract is terminated and the District, in writing, elects to assume the Subcontract. Each Subcontract for a portion of the Work shall provide that such Subcontract may be assigned to the District if the Contract is terminated by the District pursuant to Article 14.1 hereof, subject to the prior rights of the Surety obligated under a bond relating to the Contract. During performance of the Work, the Contractor shall, from time to time, as and when requested by the District, the Architect or the Program Manager provide the District with copies of any and all Subcontracts or Purchase Orders relating to the Work and all modifications thereto. The Contractor's failure or refusal, for any reason, to provide copies of such Subcontracts or Purchase Orders in accordance with the two preceding sentences is Contractor's default of a material term of the Contract Documents.




4.2 Substitution of Listed Subcontractor

4.2.1 Substitution Process. Any request of the Contractor to substitute a listed Subcontractor will be considered only if such request is in strict conformity with this Article 4.2 and California Public Contract Code §4107. All costs incurred by the District, including without limitation, costs of the District's Inspector, the Architect, the Program Manager, or attorneys fees in the review and evaluation of a request to substitute a listed Subcontractor shall be borne by the Contractor; such costs may be deducted by the District from the Contract Price then or thereafter due the Contractor.

4.2.2 Responsibilities of Contractor upon Substitution of Subcontractor. The District's consent to Contractor's substitution of a listed Subcontractor shall not relieve Contractor from its obligation to complete the Work within the Contract Time and for the Contract Price. The substitution of a listed Subcontractor shall not, under any circumstance, result in, or give rise to any increase of the Contract Price or the Contract Time on account of such substitution. In the event of the District's consent to the substitution of a listed Subcontractor, the Architect shall determine the extent to which, if any, revised or additional Submittals will be required of the newly substituted Subcontractor. In the event that the Architect determines that revised or additional Submittals are required of the newly substituted Subcontractor, the Architect shall promptly notify the Contractor, in writing, of such requirement. In such event, revised or additional Submittals shall be submitted to Architect not later than thirty (30) days following the date of the Architect's written notice to the Contractor pursuant to the foregoing sentence; provided that if in the reasonable and good faith judgment of the Architect, the progress of the Work or completion of the Work requires submission of additional or revised Submittals by the newly substituted Subcontractor in less than thirty (30) days, the Architect shall so state in its written notice to the Contractor. In the event that the revised or additional Submittals are not submitted by Contractor within thirty (30) days, or such earlier time as determined by the Architect pursuant to the preceding sentence, following the Architect's written notice of the requirement for revised or additional Submittals, Contractor shall be subject to the per diem assessments for late Submittals as set forth in Article 3.7.2.1 of these General Conditions. Any revised or additional Submittals required pursuant to this Article 4.2.2 shall conform with the requirements of Article 3.7 of these General Conditions. Contractor shall reimburse the District for all fees and costs, including without limitation fees of the Architect or any design consultant to the Architect or the District and DSA fees, incurred or associated with the processing, review and evaluation of any revised or additional Submittals required pursuant to this Article 4.2.2; the District may deduct such fees and costs from any portion of the Contract Price then or thereafter due the Contractor. In the event that additional or revised Submittals are required pursuant to this Article 4.2.2, such requirement shall not result in an increase to the Contract Time or the Contract Price.

ARTICLE 5: INSURANCE; INDEMNITY; BONDS

5.1 Controlled Insurance Program (“OCIP”). The District has elected, at its sole discretion, to implement an Owner Controlled Insurance Program (“OCIP”) under the Statewide Educational Wrap Up Program (“SEWUP”). The SEWUP Joint Powers Authority (“JPA”) will be providing the OCIP on behalf of the District. The requirements for enrollment in the OCIP, OCIP forms, OCIP coverages and other OCIP requirements are set forth in the OCIP Program description incorporated in Section 00 73 15 Owner Controlled Insurance Program.




5.2 Contractor OCIP Obligations. 5.2.1 Compliance With OCIP Requirements. Contractor agrees to comply with any and all terms and conditions of the policies of insurance provided by the District and to comply with any and all claims handling procedures, loss prevention programs and other programs required by or related to the District’s OCIP as set forth herein. Contractor shall require Subcontractors and Sub-Subcontractor and all others covered by the District’s OCIP insurance policies to so comply. 5.2.2 Contractor Furnishing of Information. Contractor, its Subcontractor and Sub-Subcontractors shall furnish to the District, the Architect, the OCIP Administrator, its designees or the insurers under the OCIP policies, all information and documentation that such entity may require from time to time in connection with the issuance of policies under this Contract or the administration of the OCIP in such form and substance as such entity may prescribe and promptly comply with the recommendations of the OCIP insurers. 5.2.3 No Violation of OCIP Insurance Policy Conditions. Contractor shall not violate, or knowingly permit to be violated; any conditions of the policies of insurance provided by the District hereunder and shall at all times satisfy the requirements of the insurers issuing them. Contractor shall assure that all OCIP requirements imposed upon, assumed and performed by each Subcontractor and Sub-Subcontractor. 5.2.4 District Rights. If the Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub- Subcontractors, or Excluded Parties should fail to comply with the Non-OCIP Insurance requirements, the District may withhold payment due to the Contractor or suspend the Work at the Contractors’ sole expense and without adjustment of the Contract Price or Contract Time until such time as the Contractor, its Subcontractor, Sub-Subcontractors, and/or Excluded Parties have performed such obligations to the reasonable satisfaction of the District. 5.2.5Withholding of Progress Payments/Final Payment. In addition to the rights of the District to withhold all or portions of Progress Payments or the Final Payment set forth elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the District may withhold Progress Payments or the Final Payment for the failure or refusal of the Contractor to comply with OCIP requirements, including without limitation, the reporting requirements set forth in the OCIP Program description or the OCIP insurance policies. Amounts withheld by the District pursuant to the preceding will be released only after the Contractor and/or Subcontractors’ compliance with OCIP requirements, less costs and expenses incurred by the District in securing such compliance.

5.3 Contractor/Subcontractor Provided Insurance Requirements. The Contractor and Subcontractors shall obtain and maintain for the duration of the Work each of the Contractor/Subcontractor Provided insurance policies as set forth in the OCIP Program description.

5.4 Payment Bond; Performance Bond. Prior to commencement of the Work, the Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond as security for Contractor’s faithful performance of the Contract and a Labor and Material Payment Bond as security for payment of persons or entities performing work, labor or furnishing materials in




connection with Contractor’s performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Special Conditions, the amounts of the

Performance Bond and the Payment Bond required hereunder shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract Price. Said Labor and Material Payment Bond and Performance Bond shall be in the form and content set forth in the

Contract Documents. The failure

or refusal of the Contractor to furnish either the Performance Bond or the Labor and Material Payment Bond in strict conformity with this Article 6.24 may be deemed by the District as a default by the Contractor of a material obligation hereunder. Upon request of the Contractor, the District may consider and accept, but is not obligated to do so, multiple sureties on such bonds. The Surety on any bond required under the Contract Documents shall be: (i) an Admitted Surety Insurer as that term is defined in California Code of Civil Procedure §995.120; and (ii) A.M. Best rated A-/VII or better.

5.5 Contractor Indemnity. Unless arising solely out of the active negligence, gross negligence or willful misconduct the Indemnified Parties, the Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties who are: (i) the District and its Board of Trustees, officers, employees, agents and representatives (including the Project Inspector); (ii) the Architect and its agents and employees; (iii) if one is designated by the District for the Work, the Construction Manager and its agents and employees; (iv) the Project Inspector; and (v) the OCIP Administrator. The Contractor’s obligations hereunder includes indemnity, defense and hold harmless of the Indemnified Parties from and against any and all damages, losses, claims, demands or liabilities whether for damages, losses or other relief, including, without limitation attorneys fees and costs which arise, in whole or in part, from the Work, the Contract Documents or the negligent, grossly negligent, reckless or willful acts, omissions or other conduct of the Contractor, any Subcontractor or any person or entity engaged by them for the Work. The Contractor’s obligations under the foregoing include without limitation: (i) injuries to or death of persons; (ii) damage to property; or (iii) theft or loss of property; (iv) Stop Notice claims asserted by any person or entity in connection with the Work; and (v) other losses, liabilities, damages or costs resulting from, in whole or part, any acts, omissions or other conduct of Contractor, any of Contractor’s Subcontractors, of any tier, or any other person or entity employed directly or indirectly by Contractor in connection with the Work and their respective agents, officers or employees. If any action or proceeding, whether judicial, administrative, arbitration or otherwise, shall be commenced on account of any claim, demand or liability subject to Contractor’s obligations hereunder, and such action or proceeding names any of the Indemnified Parties as a party thereto, the Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, defend the named Indemnified Parties in such action or proceeding with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the named Indemnified Parties. In the event that there shall be any judgment, award, ruling, settlement, or other relief arising out of any such action or proceeding to which any of the Indemnified Parties are bound by, Contractor shall pay, satisfy or otherwise discharge any such judgment, award, ruling, settlement or relief; Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties from any and all liability or responsibility arising out of any such judgment, award, ruling, settlement or relief. The Contractor’s obligations hereunder are binding upon Contractor’s Performance Bond Surety and these obligations shall survive notwithstanding Contractor’s completion of the Work or the termination of the Contract.




ARTICLE 6: CONTRACT TIME

6.1 Substantial Completion of the Work within Contract Time. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, the Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments thereto, allotted in the Contract Documents for achieving Substantial Completion of the Work. The date for commencement of the Work is the date established by the Notice to Proceed issued by the District pursuant to the Agreement, which shall not be postponed by the failure to act of the Contractor or of persons or entities for which the Contractor is responsible. The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect, Program Manager and the District's Inspector as such in accordance with the Contract Documents.

6.2 Progress and Completion of the Work

6.2.1 Time of Essence. Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence. By executing the Agreement, the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing and achieving Substantial Completion of the Work. The Contractor shall employ and supply a sufficient force of workers, material and equipment, and prosecute the Work with diligence so as to maintain progress, to prevent Work stoppage and to achieve Substantial Completion of the Work within the Contract Time.

6.2.2 Project Milestones. If Project Milestones are identified in the Special Conditions, the work associated with each Project Milestone shall be completed on or before the defined Milestone Date/s or the number of calendar days identified. Completion of Project Milestones shall be determined by the Architect, the Program Manager and the District's Inspector upon request by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. The good faith and reasonable determination of completion of each Project Milestone by the District's Inspector, Program Manager, and the Architect shall be controlling and final.

6.2.3 Substantial Completion. Substantial Completion is that stage in the progress of the Work when the Work is complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so the District can occupy or use the Work for its intended purpose. For building projects, this shall include submission of Test and Balance Reports as described in the Specifications and approval of building occupancy by authorities having jurisdiction. Substantial Completion shall be determined by the Architect, the Program Manager and the District's Inspector upon request by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. The good faith and reasonable determination of Substantial Completion by the District's Inspector, Program Manager, and the Architect shall be controlling and final.

6.2.4 Correction or Completion of the Work after Substantial Completion.

6.2.4.1 Punchlist. Upon achieving Substantial Completion of the Work, the District, the District's Inspector, the Program Manager, the Architect and the Contractor shall jointly inspect the Work and prepare a comprehensive list of items of the Work to be corrected or completed by the Contractor (“the Punchlist”). The exclusion of, or failure to include, any item on the Punchlist shall not alter or limit the obligation of the Contractor to complete or correct any portion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Items remaining on any Notice of Non-Compliance issued during construction will be added to the Punchlist.




6.2.4.2 Time for Completing Punchlist Items. In addition to setting forth items for correction or completion pursuant to Article 6.2.4.1, the Program Manager, Contractor and Architect shall, after the joint inspection, establish a reasonable time for Contractor's completion of all Punchlist items. If mutual agreement is not reached for the Contractor's completion of Punchlist items, the Program Manager and District in consultation with the Architect shall determine such time, and in such event, the time determined by the Architect shall be final and binding upon the District and Contractor so long as the Architect's determination is made in good faith. The Contractor shall promptly and diligently proceed to complete all Punchlist items within the time established. In the event that the Contractor shall fail or refuse, for any reason, to complete all Punchlist items within the time established, Contractor shall be subject to assessment of Liquidated Damages in accordance with Article 6.5 hereof. The foregoing notwithstanding, if the Contractor fails or refuses to complete all Punchlist items, the District may, in its sole and exclusive discretion and without further notice to Contractor, elect to cause the completion of all remaining Punchlist items provided, however, that such election by the District is in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other right or remedy of the District under the Contract Documents or at law. If the District elects to complete Punchlist items of the Work, pursuant to the foregoing, Contractor shall be responsible for all costs incurred by the District in connection therewith and the District may deduct such costs from the Contract Price then or thereafter due the Contractor; if these costs exceed the remaining Contract Price due to the Contractor, the Contractor and the Performance Bond Surety are liable to District for any such excess costs.

6.2.5 Final Completion. Final Completion is that stage of the Work when all Work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, including without limitation, the performance of all Punchlist items noted upon Substantial Completion, and all other Contractor obligations under the Contract Documents have been fully performed by the Contractor. Final Completion shall be determined by the Architect, the District's Inspector, and the Program Manager upon request of the Contractor. The good faith and reasonable determination of Final Completion by the District's Inspector, the Program Manager and the Architect shall be controlling and final. The commencement date of any warranty or guarantee period under the Contract Documents shall be the date upon which the Architect, the District's Inspector, the Program Manager approves the Final Completion of the Work, or as otherwise agreed in accordance with Article 1.3.1.

6.2.6 Contractor Responsibility for Multiple Inspections. In the event the Contractor shall request determination of Substantial Completion or Final Completion by the Program Manager, the District's Inspector and the Architect and it is then determined by the Program Manager, the District's Inspector and the Architect that the Work does not justify certification of Substantial Completion or Final Completion and re-inspection is required at a subsequent time to make such determination, the Contractor shall be responsible for all costs of such re-inspection, including without limitation, the fees of the Architect, Program Manager and District's Inspector. The District may deduct such costs from the Contract Price then due or thereafter due to the Contractor.




6.3 Progress Schedule

6.3.1 Submittal of Preliminary Construction Schedule. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the District, the Program Manager and the Architect the construction schedules required by the Contract Documents. Schedules shall be submitted within the time durations stated in the Contract Documents. The purpose of the construction schedule is to assure adequate planning and execution of the Work so that it is completed within the Contract Time, and to permit evaluation of the progress of the Work. The District's enforcement of schedule requirements of the Contract Documents shall not be deemed District control over or assumption of construction means, methods or sequences by the District, all of which remain the Contractor’s responsibility. The Contractor may submit schedules depicting completion of the Work in a duration shorter than the Contract Time; provided that such schedules shall not be a basis for adjustment to the Contract Price in the event that completion of the Work shall occur after the time depicted therein, nor shall such schedule be the basis for any extension of the Contract Time. The Contractor's entitlement to any extension of the Contract Time shall be based upon the Contract Time and not on any shorter duration which may be depicted in the Contractor's schedule. Float time, if any, in the Approved Construction Schedule shall not be for the benefit of the District or the Contractor; float time is for the benefit of the Work. As used herein, "float time" shall be deemed to refer to the time between the earliest start date and the latest start date, or between the earliest finish date and the latest finish date of each activity shown on the construction schedule. Since float time within the schedule is jointly owned, no time extensions will be granted nor delay damages paid until a delay occurs which extends the work beyond the Contract completion date. Since float time within the construction schedule is jointly owned, it is acknowledged that District caused delays on the project may be offset by District caused time savings (i.e. critical path submittals returned in less time than allowed by the Contract, approval of substitution requests which result in a savings of time to the Contractor, etc.). In such an event, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive a time extension or delay damages until all District caused time savings are exceeded and the Contract completion date is also exceeded.

6.3.2 Review of Preliminary Construction Schedule. The District, the Program Manager, and the Architect will review the construction schedules submitted by the Contractor pursuant to Article 6.3.1 above for conformity with the requirements of the Contract Documents and will provide comments to the schedules within the durations stated in the Construction Documents. Review of the schedules and any comments thereto by the District, the Program Manager or the Architect shall not be deemed to be the assumption or direction of construction means, methods or sequences, all of which remain the Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents.

6.3.3 Preparation and Submittal of Contract Construction Schedule; Upon the District's acceptance of the form and content of a finalized construction schedule, the same shall be deemed the "Approved Construction Schedule." The District's approval of a Construction Schedule shall be for the sole and limited purpose of determining conformity with the requirements of the Contract Documents. By the Approved Construction Schedule, the District shall not be deemed to have exercised control over, or approval of, construction means, methods or sequences, all of which remain the responsibility and obligation of the Contractor in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents. Further, the Approved Construction Schedule shall not operate to limit or restrict any of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents nor relieve the Contractor from the full, faithful and timely




performance of such obligations in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents. The activities, commencement and completion dates of activities, and the sequencing of activities depicted on the Approved Construction Schedule shall not be modified or revised by the Contractor without the prior consent, or direction, of the District, Program Manager and the Architect. Updates to the Approved Construction Schedule pursuant to Article 6.3.5 below shall not be deemed revisions to the Approved Construction Schedule. If the Approved Construction Schedule depicts completion of the Work in a duration shorter than the Contract Time, the same shall not be a basis for an adjustment of the Contract Time or the Contract Price if actual completion of the Work occurs after the time depicted in such an Approved Construction Schedule. In such event, the Contract Price shall not be subject to adjustment on account of any additional costs incurred by the Contractor to complete the Work prior to the Contract Time, as adjusted in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents. Any adjustment of the Contract Time or the Contract Price shall be based upon the Contract Time set forth in the Contract Documents and not any shorter duration, which may be depicted in the Approved Construction Schedule.

6.3.4 Revisions to Approved Construction Schedule. If progress of the Work or the sequencing of the activities of the Work materially differs from that indicated in the Approved Construction Schedule, as determined by the District in its reasonable discretion and judgment, the District may direct the Contractor to revise the Approved Construction Schedule; within ten (10) days of the District's direction, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Program Manager a revised Approved Construction Schedule, for review and approval by the District. The Contractor may also request consent of the District to revise the Approved Construction Schedule. Any such request shall be considered by the District only if in writing setting forth the Contractor's proposed revision(s) to the Approved Construction Schedule and the reason(s) there from. The District may consent to, or deny, any such request of the Contractor to revise the Approved Construction Schedule in its reasonable discretion.

6.3.5 Updates to Approved Construction Schedule. The Contractor shall monitor and update the Approved Construction Schedule on a monthly basis and submit with each monthly Payment Application, or more frequently as required by the conditions or progress of the Work, or as may be requested by the District. The Contractor shall provide the District, the Program Manager and the Architect with updated Approved Construction Schedules indicating progress achieved and activities commenced or completed within the prior updated Approved Construction Schedule. Updates to the Approved Construction Schedule shall not include any revisions to the activities, commencement and completion dates of activities or the sequencing of activities depicted on the Approved Construction Schedule. Any such revisions to the Approved Construction Schedule shall result in the District's rejection of such update, the Contractor shall, within five (5) days of the District's rejection of such update, submit to the Architect and the Program Manager an Updated Approved Construction Schedule which does not incorporate any such revisions. If requested by the District, the Contractor shall also submit, with its updates to the Approved Construction Schedule a narrative statement including a description of current and anticipated problem areas of the Work, delaying factors and their impact, and an explanation of corrective action taken or proposed by the Contractor. If the progress of the Work is behind the Approved Construction Schedule, the Contractor shall indicate what measures will be taken to place the Work back on schedule. The District may, from time to time, and in the District's sole and exclusive discretion, transmit to the Contractor's Performance Bond Surety the Approved Construction Schedule, any updates thereof and the narrative statement described




hereinabove. The District's election to transmit, or not to transmit such information, to the Contractor's Performance Bond Surety shall not limit the Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents.

6.3.5.1 Contractor Time Schedule Recovery Plan. If at any time during the project the Contractor fails to complete any activity by its latest scheduled completion date, which late completion will impact the end date of the work past the contract completion date, the Contractor shall, within five (5) working days, submit to the District a written statement as to how and when the Contractor will reorganize its work force to return to the current Contractor’s Approved Construction Schedule. Whenever it becomes apparent from the current monthly progress evaluation and updated Construction Schedule data that any milestone date(s) or the Contract completion date will not be met, the Contractor shall take some or all of the following actions:

1) Increase construction staff in such quantities and crafts as shall substantially eliminate the backlog of work and meet the current Contract completion date.

2) Increase the number of working hours per shift, the number of shifts per day, the number of work days per week, or the amount of construction equipment, or any combination of the foregoing sufficient to substantially eliminate the backlog of work.

3) Reschedule work items to achieve concurrent accomplishment of work activities.

Under no circumstances will the addition of equipment or construction forces, increasing the working hours, or any other method, manner, or procedure to return to the contractually required completion date be considered justification for additional cost to the District or treated as an acceleration, unless specifically directed by the District as set forth in Paragraph 6.3.5.2.

6.3.5.2 District Requested Contractor Acceleration. The District reserves the right to accelerate the work of the Contract. In the event that the District directs acceleration, such directive will be only in written form. The Contractor shall keep cost and other project records related to the acceleration directive separately from normal project costs and shall provide a written record of acceleration cost to the District on a daily basis.

In the event that the Contractor believes that some action or inaction on the part of the District constitutes an acceleration directive, the Contractor shall immediately notify the District in writing that the Contractor considers the actions an acceleration directive. This written notification shall detail the circumstances of the acceleration directive. The Contractor shall not accelerate its work efforts until the District responds to the written notification. If acceleration is then directed or required by the District, all cost records referred to above shall be maintained by the Contractor and provided to the District on a daily basis.

In order to recover additional costs due to acceleration, the Contractor must document that additional expenses were incurred and paid by the Contractor. Labor costs recoverable will be only overtime or shift premium costs or the cost of additional workers brought to the site to accomplish the accelerated work effort. Equipment costs recoverable will be only the cost of added equipment




mobilized to the site to accomplish the accelerated work effort.

6.3.6 Contractor Responsibility for Construction Schedule. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preparation, submittal and maintenance of the Construction Schedules required by the Contract Documents, and any failure of the Contractor to do so may be deemed by the District as the Contractor's default in the performance of a material obligation under the Contract Documents. Any and all costs or expenses required or incurred to prepare, submit, maintain, and update the Construction Schedule shall be solely that of the Contractor and no such cost or expense shall be charged to the District. The Contract Price shall not be subject to adjustment on account of costs, fees or expenses incurred or associated with the Contractor's preparation, submittal, maintenance, or updating of the Construction Schedules.

6.4 Adjustment of Contract Time. If Substantial Completion of the Work or completion of a Project Milestone is delayed, adjustment, if any, to the Contract Time on account of such delay shall be in accordance with this Article 6.4.

6.4.1 Excusable Delays. If Substantial Completion of the Work or completion of a Project Milestone is delayed by Excusable Delays, the Contract Time shall be subject to adjustment for such reasonable period of time as determined by the Architect. Excusable Delays shall not result in any increase in the Contract Price. Excusable Delays refer to unforeseeable and unavoidable casualties or other unforeseen causes beyond the control, and without fault or neglect, of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, Material Supplier or other person directly or indirectly engaged by the Contractor any Subcontractor or Material Supplier in performance of any portion of the Work. Excusable Delays include unanticipated and unavoidable labor disputes, unusual and unanticipated delays in transportation of equipment, materials or Construction Equipment reasonably necessary for completion and proper execution of the Work, and unanticipated unusually severe weather conditions. Neither the financial resources of the Contractor any Subcontractor or Material Supplier, or any person or entity directly or indirectly engaged by the Contractor in performance of any portion of the Work shall be deemed conditions beyond the control of the Contractor. If an event of Excusable Delay occurs, the Contract Time shall be subject to adjustment hereunder only if the Contractor establishes: (i) full compliance with all applicable provisions of the Contract Documents relative to the method, manner and time for Contractor’s notice and request for adjustment of the Contract Time; (ii) that the event(s) forming the basis for Contractor’s request to adjust the Contract Time are outside the reasonable control and without any fault or neglect of the Contractor or any person or entity directly or indirectly engaged by Contractor in performance of any portion of the Work; and (iii) that the event(s) forming the basis for Contractor’s request to adjust the Contract Time directly and adversely impacted the progress of the Work as indicated in the Approved Construction Schedule or the most recent updated Approved Construction Schedule relative to the date(s) of the claimed event(s) of Excusable Delay. The foregoing provisions notwithstanding, if the Special Conditions set forth a number of “Rain Days” to be anticipated during performance of the Work, the Contract Time shall not be adjusted for rain related unusually severe weather conditions until and unless the actual number of Rain Days during performance of the Work shall exceed those noted in the Special Conditions and such additional Rain Days shall have directly and adversely impacted the progress of the Work with respect to the Critical Path, as depicted in the Approved Construction Schedule or the most recent updated Approved Construction Schedule relative to the date(s) of such additional Rain Days.




When delays are experienced by the Contractor and a time extension is requested, the Contractor shall submit to the District a written Time Impact Analysis illustrating the influence of all changes or all delays on the current project completion date. The time impact analysis shall be constructed on an As-Built Schedule Analysis approach. The As-Built Schedule that is created shall incorporate all actual start and finish dates, actual durations of activities, and actual sequences of construction (referred to as the As-Built Logic) current as of the time the Time Impact Analysis is performed. This Time Impact Analysis shall incorporate all delays (including District, Contractor and third party delays without exception) in the time frame that they actually occurred with actual logic ties. The As-Built Schedule data shall be obtained from the most recent approved monthly schedule update. The As-Built Schedule shall be created as an early start schedule with the actual start and finish dates coinciding with the early start and finish dates from the most recent approved monthly schedule update. The As-Built Schedule shall show the original activity durations equal to the actual duration and the actual logic driving all activities. The time extension will be based solely upon the cumulative duration of all District and third party caused delays (as set forth in the Delay Clause of these Contract Documents) which are on the critical path. Any time extensions to the project’s Interim Milestone Dates, if any, shall be non-compensable time extensions only.

Each Time Impact Analysis shall demonstrate the estimated time impact based on the events of delay, the date that direction was given to the Contractor, the status of construction at that point in time, and the event time computation of all activities affected by the change or delay. The event times used in the analysis shall be those included in the latest Approved Project Schedule update in effect at the time the change or delay was encountered.

6.4.2 Compensable Delays. If Substantial Completion of the Work or completion of a Project Milestone is delayed and such delay is caused by the acts or omissions of the District, the Architect, or a separate contractor employed by the District (collectively “Compensable Delays”), upon Contractor’s request and notice, in strict conformity with Articles 6 and 8 of these General Conditions, the Contract Time will be adjusted by Change Order for such reasonable period of time as determined by the Architect and the District. In accordance with California Public Contract Code §7102, if the Contractor’s progress is delayed by any of the events described in the preceding sentence, Contractor shall not be precluded from the recovery of damages directly and proximately resulting therefrom, provided that the District is liable for the delay, the delay is unreasonable under the circumstances involved and the delay was not within the reasonable contemplation of the District and the Contractor at the time of execution of the Agreement. In such event, Contractor’s damages, if any, shall be limited to direct, actual and unavoidable additional costs of labor, materials or construction equipment directly resulting from such delay, and shall exclude indirect or other consequential damages. Except as expressly provided for herein, Contractor shall not have any other claim, demand or right to adjustment of the Contract Price arising out of delay, interruption, hindrance or disruption to the progress of the Work. Adjustments to the Contract Price and the Contract Time, if any, on account of Changes to the Work or Suspension of the Work shall be governed by the applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, including without limitation, Articles 8 and 13 of these General Conditions.

6.4.3 Unexcusable Delays. Unexcusable Delays refer to any delay to the progress of the Work caused by events or factors other than those specifically identified in Article 6.4.1 and 6.4.2 above. Neither the Contract Price nor the Contract




Time shall be adjusted on account of Unexcusable Delays.

6.4.4 Procedure for Adjustment of Contract Time. The Contract Time shall be subject to adjustment only in strict conformity with applicable provisions of the Contract Documents. Failure of Contractor to request adjustment(s) of the Contract Time in strict conformity with applicable provisions of the Contract Documents shall be deemed Contractor’s waiver of the same.

6.4.5 Limitations upon Adjustment of Contract Time on Account of Delays. Any adjustment of the Contract Time on account of an Excusable Delay or a Compensable Delay shall be limited as set forth herein. If an Excusable Delay and a Compensable Delay occur concurrently, the maximum extension of the Contract Time shall be the number of days from the commencement of the first delay to the cessation of the delay which ends last. If an Unexcusable Delay occurs concurrently with either an Excusable Delay or a Compensable Delay, the maximum extension of the Contract Time shall be the number of days, if any, which the Excusable Delay or the Compensable Delay exceeds the period of time of the Unexcusable Delay. In addition to the foregoing limitations upon extension of the Contract Time, no adjustment of the Contract Time shall be made on account of any Excusable Delays or Compensable Delays unless such delay(s) actually and directly impact Work or Work activities on the critical path of the then current and updated Approved Construction Schedule as of the date on which such delay first occurs. The District shall not be deemed in breach of, or otherwise in default of any obligation hereunder, if the District shall deny any request by the Contractor for an adjustment of the Contract Time for any delay which does not actually and directly impact Work or Work activities on the then current and updated Approved Construction Schedule.

6.5 Liquidated Damages. Should the Contractor neglect, fail or refuse to achieve Substantial Completion of the Work or completion of a Project Milestone within the Contract Time, as adjusted, the Contractor agrees to pay to the District the amount of per diem Liquidated Damages set forth in the Special Conditions, not as a penalty but as Liquidated Damages, for every day beyond the Contract Time, as adjusted, until Substantial Completion of the Work is achieved. The Liquidated Damages amount set forth in the Special Conditions is agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the District because of the difficulty of fixing the District's actual damages in the event of delayed Substantial Completion of the Work or delayed completion of a Project Milestone. The Contractor and the District specifically agree that said amount is a reasonable estimate of the District's damage in such event, and that such amount does not constitute a penalty. Liquidated Damages may be deducted from the Contract Price then or thereafter due the Contractor. The Contractor and the Surety shall be liable to the District for any Liquidated Damages exceeding any amount of the Contract Price then held or retained by the District. Notwithstanding achievement of Substantial Completion of the Work or achievement of any Project Milestone, if the Contractor fails or refuses, for any reason, to promptly and diligently commence performance of all Punchlist items noted upon Substantial Completion and to complete the same within a reasonable time, as determined in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall be liable to the District for the per diem Liquidated Damages set forth in the Special Conditions from the date that such items should have been corrected or completed until the date that all such items are actually corrected or completed. If the Contractor fails or refuses to correct or complete Punchlist items noted upon Substantial Completion and the District elects to exercise its right to cause completion or correction of such items, the District's assessment of Liquidated Damages pursuant to the foregoing shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the District's right to charge Contractor with the cost of completing or correcting such items of the Work. The




Contractor and the District acknowledge and agree that the provisions of this Article 6.5 are reasonable under the circumstances existing at the time of the Contractor's execution of the Agreement.

The Contractor will not be provided with any further notice or warning that the District shall assess liquidated damages for delay in completion of punch list items, and the first punch list issued (not subsequent iterations) will be the controlling document for purposes of tracking and computing incomplete punch list items and liquidated damages associated therewith.

ARTICLE 7: CONTRACT PRICE

7.1 Contract Price. The Contract Price is the amount stated in the Agreement as such, and subject to any authorized adjustments thereto in accordance with the Contract Documents, is the total amount payable by the District to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. The District's payment of the Contract Price to the Contractor shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents.

7.2 Schedule of Values (Cost Breakdown). Within fifteen (15) days of the execution of the Agreement by Contractor, Contractor shall furnish to the Program Manager and Architect, on forms provided by the District, a detailed estimate and a complete Schedule of Values of the Contract Price. The Schedule of Values shall be subject to the review and approval of the form and content thereof by the District, Program Manager and Architect. If there are objections to any portion of the Schedule of Values, within ten (10) days of the Contractor’s submission of the Schedule of Values, the Contractor will be notified, of objection(s) to the Schedule of Values. Within five (5) days of the date of the written objection(s), Contractor shall submit a revised Schedule of Values for review and approval. The foregoing procedure for the preparation, review and approval of the Schedule of Values shall continue until the entirety of the Schedule of Values has been approved. Once the Schedule of Values is approved, the Schedule of Values shall not be thereafter modified or amended by the Contractor without the prior consent and approval of the District, which may be granted or withheld in the sole reasonable discretion of the District. Notwithstanding any provision of the Contract Documents to the contrary, payment of the Contractor's overhead, supervision/general conditions costs and profit, as the costs for such items are reflected in the Schedule of Values, shall be made by the District in equal installments with its disbursements of Progress Payments and the Final Payment with the amount of each such installment equal to the aggregate amount of such items as reflected in the Schedule of Values divided by the number of months of the Contract Time. In addition to the requirements of the Schedule of Values set forth in Article 7.2, the Schedule of Values prepared by the Contractor must reflect the costs of labor, materials and equipment for each of the portions of the Work identified in the Bid Proposal.

7.3 Progress Payments

7.3.1 Applications for Progress Payments. During the Contractor's performance of the Work, the Contractor shall submit monthly, a draft copy of the Application for Progress Payment to the Program Manager on the 25th of each month. During the last construction meeting of the month, the Contractor and Program Manager will review the percentages complete for each item on the Schedule of Values and come to an agreement on the earned value for the Contract projected to the final day of the month, as well as, the Change Orders that will be credited to the current Application. The Contractor will make the agreed-upon changes and will submit the final copy of the Application on the first working day of




each month to the Program Manager. Applications for Progress Payments are to be submitted on AIA forms G702 and G703, setting forth an itemized estimate of Work completed in the preceding month for the purpose of the District's making of Progress Payments thereon. Values utilized in the Applications for Progress Payments shall be based upon the District approved Schedule of Values pursuant to Article 7.2 above and such values shall be only for determining the basis of Progress Payments to Contractor, and shall not be considered as fixing a basis for adjustments, whether additive or deductive, to the Contract Price, or for determining the extent of Work actually completed.

7.3.2 District's Review of Applications for Progress Payments. In accordance with Public Contract Code §20104.50, upon receipt of an Application for Progress Payment, the District shall cause the same to be reviewed by the District's Inspector, the Program Manager, if one is designated by the District, and the Architect, as soon as is practicable after receipt of such Application for Progress Payment. Such review shall be for the purpose of determining that the Application for Progress Payment is a proper Progress Payment request. For purposes of this Article 7.3.2, an Application for Progress Payment shall be deemed "proper" only if it is submitted on the form approved by the District, with all of the requested information of such form of Application for Progress Payment completely and accurately provided by the Contractor and such completed Application for Progress Payment is accompanied by: (i) duly completed and executed forms of Conditional Waiver and Release of Rights Upon Progress Payment in accordance with California Civil Code §3262 of the Contractor, all Subcontractors of any tier, and Material Suppliers covering the Progress Payment requested; (ii) duly completed and executed forms of Unconditional Waiver and Release of Rights upon Progress Payment in accordance with California Civil Code §3262 of the Contractor, all Subcontractors of any tier, and Material Suppliers covering the Progress Payment received by the Contractor under the prior Application for Progress Payment; (iii) update of the Approved Construction Schedule; (iv) if applicable, a current union statement reflecting that the Contractor and any Subcontractor of any tier, are current in the payment of any supplemental fringe benefits required pursuant to any collective bargaining agreement to which the Contractor or any such Subcontractor is a party to or is otherwise bound by; and (v) a certification by the Contractor that it has continuously maintained, or caused to be maintained, the Record Drawings reflecting the actual as-built conditions of the Work performed for which the Progress Payment is requested, it being understood that such certification is subject to verification by the District, Architect or the Program Manager prior to disbursement of the Progress Payment. In accordance with Public Contract Code §20104.50, an Application for Progress Payment determined by the District not to be a proper Application for Progress Payment shall be returned by the District to the Contractor as soon as is practicable after receipt of the same from the Contractor, but in no event not more than seven (7) days after the District's receipt thereof. The District's return of any Application for Progress Payment pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be accompanied by a written document setting forth the reason(s) why the Application for Progress Payment is not proper or complete.

7.3.3 Review of Applications for Progress Payments. Upon receipt of an Application for Progress Payment, the Architect, Program Manager and the District's Inspector shall inspect and verify the Work to determine whether it has been performed in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents and to determine the portion of the Application for Progress Payment which is properly due to the Contractor under the terms of the Contract Documents.




7.3.4 District's Disbursement of Progress Payments.

7.3.4.1 Timely Disbursement of Progress Payments. In accordance with Public Contract Code §20104.50, within thirty (30) days after the District's receipt of a proper Application for Progress Payment, there shall be paid, by District, to Contractor a sum equal to ninety-five percent (95%) of the value of the Work indicated in the Application for Progress Payment which is actually in place as of the date of the Application for Progress Payment and as verified and approved by the District's Inspector, Program Manager and the Architect and the pro rata portion of the Contractor's overhead, supervision and general conditions costs and profit for that month; provided, however, that the District's obligation to disburse any Progress Payment shall be subject to the District's receipt of all documents set forth in Article 7.3.2 above, each and all of which are conditions precedent to the District's obligation to disburse Progress Payments. The District may, at its discretion, allow for retention from the original contractor, by the original contractor from any subcontractor, and by any subcontractor from any subcontractor thereunder, to retain more than five (5%) percent on specific projects where the District has made a finding prior to the bid that the project is substantially complex and therefore requires a higher retention amount in the bid documents. Should such a determination be made, the contractor will be informed accordingly as noted in the bid documents. If an Application for Progress Payment is determined not to be proper due to the failure or refusal of the Contractor to submit documents with the Application for Progress Payment, as required by Article 7.3.2, or incompleteness or inaccuracies in any such documents submitted or if it is reasonably determined that the Record Drawings have not been continuously maintained to reflect the actual as built conditions of the Work completed in the period for which the Progress Payment is requested, the thirty (30) day period hereunder for the District’s timely disbursement of a Progress Payment shall be deemed to commence on the date that the District is actually in receipt of documents not submitted with the Application for Progress Payment, or corrections to documents with the Application for Progress Payment so as to render them complete and accurate, or the date upon which the Contractor accurately and fully completes preparation of the Record Drawings relating to the Work for which the Progress Payment is requested.

7.3.4.2 Untimely Disbursement of Progress Payments. In accordance with Public Contract Code §20104.50, in the event that the District shall fail to make any Progress Payment within thirty (30) days after receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted Application for Progress Payment, the District shall pay the Contractor interest on the undisputed amount of such Application for Progress Payment equal to the legal rate of interest set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure §685.010(a). The foregoing notwithstanding, in the event that the District shall determine that any Application for Progress Payment is not proper, pursuant to Article 7.3.2 above, and the District does not return such Application for Progress Payment within the seven (7) day period provided for in Article 7.3.2, the period of time for the District's disbursement of the Progress Payment on such Application for Progress Payment without incurring the interest liability shall be reduced by the number of days exceeding the seven (7) day return period.

7.3.4.3 District's Right to Disburse Payments by Joint Checks. Provided that the District is in receipt of the applicable Subcontract or Purchase Order, the District, may in its sole discretion, issue joint checks to the Contractor and such Subcontractor or Material Supplier in satisfaction of its obligation to make




Progress Payments or the Final Payment due hereunder.

7.3.4.4 No Waiver of Defective or Non-Conforming Work. The approval of any Application for Progress Payment or the disbursement of any Progress Payment to the Contractor shall not be deemed nor constitute acceptance of defective Work or Work not in conformity with the Contract Documents.

7.3.5 Progress Payments for Changed Work. The Contractor's Applications for Progress Payment may include requests for payment on account of Changes in the Work which have been properly authorized and approved by the Program Manager, the Architect and all other governmental agencies with jurisdiction over such Change in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents and for which a Change Order has been issued. Except as provided for herein, no other payment shall be made by the District for Changes in the Work.

7.3.6 Materials or Equipment Not Incorporated Into the Work.

7.3.6.1 Limitations upon Payment. Except as expressly provided for herein, no payments shall be made by the District on account of any item of the Work, including without limitation, materials or equipment which, at the time of the Contractor's submittal of an Application for Progress Payment, has/have not been incorporated into and made a part of the Work.

7.3.6.2 Materials or Equipment Delivered and Stored at the Site. The District may, in its sole and exclusive discretion, make payment for materials or equipment not yet incorporated into the Work if, at or prior to the time of the Contractor's submittal of a an Application for Progress Payment incorporating therein a request for payment of such materials or equipment if all of the following are complied with: (a) the materials or equipment have been delivered to the Site; (b) adequate arrangements, reasonably satisfactory to the District, have been made by the Contractor to store and protect such materials or equipment at the Site including without limitation, insurance reasonably satisfactory to the District, covering and protecting against the risk of loss, destruction, theft or other damage to such materials or equipment while in storage; and (c) the establishment of procedures reasonably satisfactory to the District by which title to such materials or equipment will be vested in the District upon the District's payment therefor. The Contractor acknowledges that the discretion to make, or not to make, payment for materials or equipment delivered or stored at the site of the Work pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be exercised exclusively by the District; the District's exercise of discretion not to make payment for materials or equipment delivered or stored at the Site, but not yet incorporated into the Work shall not be deemed the District's default hereunder. In the event that the District shall elect to make payment for materials or equipment delivered and stored at the Site, the costs and expenses incurred to comply with the requirements of (b) and (c) of this Article 7.3.6.2 shall be borne solely and exclusively by the Contractor and no payment shall be made by the District on account of such costs and expenses.

7.3.6.3 Materials or Equipment Not Delivered or Stored at the Site. The District may, in its sole and exclusive discretion, elect to make payment for materials or equipment not incorporated into the Work and which are not delivered or stored at the Site at or prior to the time of the Contractor's submittal of an Application for Progress Payment.




Payment for stored materials: Materials, equipment and associated components that are in compliance with the approved submittals and will be incorporated into the Work, may be taken into consideration in computing payment requests, provided the material is properly stored in a warehouse, storage yard or similar suitable place as may be approved by the Program Manager. The retention on stored materials, equipment, and associated components may be increased from 5% to 10% on specific projects where the District has approved a finding prior to the bid that the project is substantially complex and therefore requires a higher retention amount in the bid documents. Should such a determination be made, the contractor will be informed accordingly as noted in the bid documents. The Contractor shall remain responsible for all such stored materials.

1) Payment for materials, equipment and associated components stored

on-site will be 85% of valid invoice, indicating the unit of quantity, description of the material or equipment and cost.

2) Payment for materials, equipment and associated components stored

off-site will be 85% - less 5% retention of valid invoice, indicating the unit of quantity, description of material or equipment or costs. Before such payment is made the Contractor shall furnish District with a certified statement giving the exact location of the material or equipment, stating that such material or equipment is properly fabricated, stored and protected, and that it will not be diverted for use or installation at a different project. The Contractor will furnish the District with copies of material or equipment invoices, properly executed bills of sale and a certificate of insurance coverage for material upon which payment is being made.

All material and work covered by payments made will thereupon become the sole property of the District.

The Contractor shall provide arrangements for the District’s Program Manager to inspect the stored materials and shall ensure that all materials are clearly marked “Property of San Jose Evergreen Community College District.”

7.3.6.4 Materials or Equipment in Fabrication or Transit. The provisions of this Article 7.3.6 notwithstanding, the District shall not make any payment on account of any materials or equipment which are in the process of being fabricated or in transit to the Site.

7.3.7 Exclusions from Progress Payments. In addition to the District's right to withhold disbursement of any Progress Payment provided for in the Contract Documents, neither the Contractor's Application for Progress Payment shall include, nor shall the District be obligated to disburse any portion of the Contract Price for amounts which the Contractor does not intend to pay any Subcontractor, of any tier, or Material Supplier because of a dispute or any other reason.

7.3.8 Title to Work. The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Progress Payment will pass to the District no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Progress Payment, all Work for which a Progress Payment has been previously issued and the Contractor has received payment from the District therefore shall, to




the best of the Contractor's knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, stop notices, security interests or encumbrances in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, Material Suppliers or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the Work.

7.3.9 Substitute Security for Retention. In accordance with the provisions of California Public Contract Code §22300, eligible and equivalent securities may be substituted for any monies withheld by the District to ensure the Contractor's performance under the Contract Documents at the request and expense of the Contractor and in conformity with the provisions of California Public Contract Code §22300. The foregoing and the provisions of California Public Contract Code §22300 notwithstanding, failure of the Contractor to request the substitution of eligible and equivalent securities for monies to be withheld by the District within ten (10) days following award of the Contract to Contractor shall be deemed a waiver of such right.

7.4 Final Payment

7.4.1 Application for Final Payment. When the Contractor has achieved Final Completion of the Work and has otherwise fully performed its obligations under the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall submit an Application for Final Payment on such form as approved by the District. Thereupon, the Architect and the District's Inspector will promptly make a final inspection of the Work and when the Architect, Program Manager and the District's Inspector find the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and that the Contract has been fully performed by the Contractor, the Architect and the District's Inspector will thereupon promptly approve the Application for Final Payment, stating that to the best their knowledge, information and belief, the Work has been completed in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents. The Final Payment shall include the remaining balance of the Contract Price and any retention from Progress Payments previously withheld by the District.

7.4.2 Conditions Precedent to Disbursement of Final Payment. Neither Final Payment nor any remaining Contract Price shall become due until the Contractor submits to the District each and all of the following, the submittal of which are conditions precedent to the District's obligation to disburse the Final Payment: (i) an affidavit or certification by the Contractor that payrolls, bills for materials and other indebtedness incurred in connection with the Work for which the District or the District's property may or might be responsible or encumbered have been paid or otherwise satisfied; (ii) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after the Contractor's receipt of Final Payment is currently in effect; (iii) a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover any period following Final Payment as required by the Contract Documents; (iv) consent of the Surety on the Labor and Material Payment Bond and Performance Bond, to Final Payment if required; (v) duly completed and executed forms of Conditional or Unconditional Waivers and Releases of rights upon Final Payment of the Contractor, Subcontractors of any tier and Material Suppliers in accordance with California Civil Code §3262, with each of the same stating that there are, or will be, no claims for additional compensation after disbursement of the Final Payment; (vi) Operations and Maintenance manuals and separate warranties provided by any manufacturer or distributor of any materials or equipment incorporated into the Work;




(vii) the Record Drawings; (viii) the form of Guarantee included in the Contract Documents duly executed by an authorized representative of the Contractor; (ix) any and all other items or documents required by the Contract Documents to be delivered to the District upon completion of the Work; and (x) if required by the District, such other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, stop notices, claims, security interest or encumbrances arising out of the Contract to the extent and in such form as may be required by the District.

7.4.3 Disbursement of Final Payment. Provided that the District is then in receipt of all documents and other items in Article 7.4.2 above as conditions precedent to the District’s obligation to disburse Final Payment, not later than sixty (60) days following Final Completion, the District shall disburse the Final Payment to the Contractor. Pursuant to California Public Contract Code §7107, if there is any dispute between the District and the Contractor at the time that disbursement of the Final Payment is due, the District may withhold from disbursement of the Final Payment an amount not to exceed one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the amount in dispute.

7.4.4 Waiver of Claims. The Contractor's acceptance of the Final Payment is a waiver and release by the Contractor of any and all claims against the District for compensation or otherwise in connection with the Contractor's performance of the Contract.

7.4.5 Claims Asserted After Final Payment. Any lien, stop notice or other claim filed or asserted after the Contractor's acceptance of the Final Payment by any Subcontractor, of any tier, laborer, Material Supplier or others in connection with or for Work performed under the Contract Documents shall be the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Contractor who further agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the District and its officers, agents, representatives and employees from and against any claims, demands or judgments arising or associated therewith, including without limitation attorneys fees incurred by the District in connection therewith. In the event any lien, stop notice or other claim of any Subcontractor, Laborer, Material Supplier or others performing Work under the Contract Documents remain unsatisfied after Final Payment is made, Contractor shall refund to District all monies that the District may pay or be compelled to pay in discharging any lien, stop notice or other claim, including, without limitation all costs and reasonable attorneys fees incurred by District in connection therewith.

7.5 Withholding of Payments. The District may withhold any Progress Payment or the Final Payment, in whole or in part, to the extent it may deem advisable to protect the District on account of: (i) defective Work or Work not in conformity with the requirements of the Contract Documents which is not remedied; (ii) failure of the Contractor to make payments when due Subcontractors or Material Suppliers for materials or labor; (iii) claims filed or reasonable evidence of the probable filing of claims by Subcontractors, laborers, Material Suppliers, or others performing any portion of the Work under the Contract Documents for which the District may be liable or responsible including, without limitation, Stop Notice Claims filed with the District pursuant to California Civil Code §3179 et seq.; (iv) a reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the thenunpaid balance of the Contract Price; (v) tax demands filed in accordance with California Government Code §12419.4; (vi) other claims, penalties and/or forfeitures for which the District is required or authorized to retain funds otherwise due the Contractor; (vii) any amounts due from the Contractor to the District under the terms of the Contract Documents, including but not limited to assessed liquidated damages in delay of completion; or (viii) the Contractor's failure to perform any of its obligations under the Contract Documents or its




default under the Contract Documents or its failure to maintain adequate progress of the Work. In addition to the foregoing, the District shall not be obligated to process any Application for Progress Payment or Final Payment, nor shall Contractor be entitled to any Progress Payment or Final Payment so long as any lawful or proper direction concerning the Work or the performance thereof or any portion thereof, given by the District, the District's Inspector, the Program Manager, the Architect or any public authority having jurisdiction over the Work, or any portion thereof, shall not be fully and completely complied with by the Contractor. When the District is reasonably satisfied that the Contractor has remedied any such deficiency, payment shall be made of the amount withheld.

7.6 Payments to Subcontractors. The Contractor shall pay all Subcontractors for and on account of Work of the Contract performed by such Subcontractors in accordance with the terms of their respective subcontracts and as provided for pursuant to California Public Contract Code §10262 no later than seven (7) days after receipt of each progress payment, the provisions of which are deemed incorporated herein by this reference. In the event of the Contractor's failure to make payment to Subcontractors in conformity with California Public Contract Code §10262, the provisions of California Public Contract Code §10253 shall apply; by this reference, the provisions of California Public Contract Code §10253 are incorporated herein in its entirety, except that the references in said Section 10253 to "the director" shall be deemed to refer to the District.

ARTICLE 8: CHANGES

8.1 Changes in the Work. The District, at any time, by Construction Change Directive or Change Order, may make Changes within the general scope of the Work under the Contract Documents or issue additional instructions require additional Work or direct deletion of Work. The Contractor shall not proceed with any Change involving an increase or decrease in the Contract Price or the Contract Time without prior written authorization from the District and governmental agencies with jurisdiction over the Work or the Change, including without limitation, DSA. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Contractor shall promptly commence and diligently complete any authorized Change to the Work; the Contractor shall not be relieved or excused from its prompt commencement and diligent completion of any authorized Change by virtue of the absence or inability of the Contractor and the District to agree upon the extent of any adjustment to the Contract Time or the Contract Price on account of such Change. The issuance of a Change Order pursuant to this Article 8 in connection with any Change authorized by the District under this Article 8.1 shall not be deemed a condition precedent to Contractor's obligation to promptly commence and diligently complete an authorized Change. The District's right to make Changes shall not invalidate the Contract nor relieve the Contractor of any liability or other obligations under the Contract Documents. Any requirement of notice of Changes in the scope of Work to the Surety shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Changes to the Work depicted or described in the Drawings or the Specifications shall be subject to DSA approval. The District may make Changes to bring the Work or the Project into compliance with environmental requirements or standards established by state or federal statutes and regulations enacted after award of the Contract.

8.2 Contractor Submittal of Data. Within ten (10) days after receipt of a Proposal Request directing a Change in the Work, the Contractor shall submit to the Program Manager a detailed written statement setting forth the general nature of the Change, the amount of any adjustment to the Contract Price on account thereof, properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation in the opinion of the Program Manager or the Architect of the same, and the extent of adjustment




of the Contract Time, if any, required by such Change. No claim or adjustment to the Contract Price or the Contract Time shall be allowed if not asserted by the Contractor in strict conformity herewith or if asserted after Final Payment is made under the Contract Documents.

8.3 Adjustment to Contract Price and Contract Time on Account of Changes to the Work

8.3.1 Adjustment to Contract Price. Adjustments to the Contract Price due to Changes in the Work shall be determined by application of one of the following methods, in the following order of priority:

8.3.1.1 Mutual Agreement. By negotiation and mutual agreement, on a lump sum basis, between the District, Program Manager and the Contractor on the basis of the estimate of the actual and direct increase or decrease in costs on account of the Change. Upon request of the District, Program Manager or the Architect, the Contractor shall provide a detailed estimate of increase or decrease in costs directly associated with performance of the Change along with Schedule of Values of the components of the Change and supporting data and documentation. The Contractor's estimate of increase or decrease in costs pursuant to the foregoing, if requested, shall be in sufficient detail and in such form as to allow the District, Program Manager and the Architect to review and assess the completeness and accuracy thereof. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any additional costs or additional time arising out of, or related in any manner to, its failure to provide the estimate of costs within the time specified in the request of the District, Program Manager or the Architect for such estimate.

8.3.1.2 Time and Material. The District may elect to direct the Contractor to proceed with work and perform on a time and material basis. The guidelines established in 8.3.2 shall be the basis of that submitted. Time and material slips shall be submitted and signed by the Program Manager on the same day the work in question is performed. Slips shall be made in duplicate, one copy to be retained by the Program Manager following that day’s Work, one copy to be returned to the Contractor. The final copy is to be submitted by the Contractor with an invoice once the work is complete.

8.3.1.3 Unit Prices. If any item or component of the Work was bid as a Unit Price Item, adjustment of the Contract Price for quantity variations of Unit Price Items will be based upon prices proposed by the Contractor, unless the District reasonably determines that the price proposed for a Unit Price Item does not reasonably reflect marketplace costs, in which event the adjustment of the Contract Price will be based upon reasonable cost. Unless otherwise expressly provided, prices for Unit Price Items are inclusive of all direct, indirect and administration costs as well as profit.

8.3.1.4 Determination by the District. Changes are determined by the District, whether or not negotiations are initiated pursuant to Article 8.3.1.1 above, based upon actual and necessary costs incurred by the Contractor as determined by the District on the basis of the Contractor's records. In the event that the procedure set forth in this Article 8.3.1.4 is utilized to determine the extent of adjustment to the Contract Price on account of Changes to the Work, promptly upon determining the extent of adjustment to the Contract Price, the District shall notify the Contractor in writing of the same; the Contractor shall be




deemed to have accepted the District's determination of the amount of adjustment to the Contract Price on account of a Change to the Work unless Contractor shall notify the District, the Program Manager, the Architect and the District's Inspector, in writing, not more than fifteen (15) days from the date of the District's written notice, of any objection to the District's determination. Failure of the Contractor to timely notify the District, the Program Manager, the Architect and the District's Inspector of Contractor's objections to the District's determination of the extent of adjustment to the Contract Price shall be deemed Contractor's acceptance of the District's determination and a waiver of any right or basis of the Contractor to thereafter protest or otherwise object to the District's determination. Notwithstanding any objection of the Contractor to the District's determination of the extent of any adjustment to the Contract Price pursuant to this Article 8.3.1.2, Contractor shall, pursuant to Article 8.6 below, diligently proceed to perform and complete any such Change.

8.3.2 Basis for Adjustment of Contract Price. If Changes in the Work require an adjustment of the Contract Price pursuant to Articles 8.3.1.1, 8.3.1.2 or 8.3.1.4 above, the basis for adjustment of the Contract Price shall be as follows:

8.3.2.1 Labor. Contractor shall be compensated for the costs of labor actually and directly utilized in the performance of the Change. Such labor costs shall be limited to field labor for which there is a prevailing wage rate classification. Wage rates for labor shall not exceed the prevailing wage rates in the locality of the Site and shall be in the labor classification(s) necessary for the performance of the Change. Use of a labor classification, which would increase labor costs associated with any Change, shall not be permitted. Labor costs shall exclude costs incurred by the Contractor in preparing estimate(s) of the costs of the Change, in the maintenance of records relating to the costs of the Change, coordination and assembly of materials and information relating to the Change or performance thereof, or the supervision and other overhead and general conditions costs associated with the Change or performance thereof.

8.3.2.2 Materials and Equipment. Contractor shall be compensated for the costs of materials and equipment necessarily and actually used or consumed in connection with the performance of Changes. Costs of materials and equipment may include reasonable costs of transportation from a source closest to the site of the Work and delivery to the Site. If discounts by Material Suppliers are available for materials necessarily used in the performance of Changes, they shall be credited to the District. If materials and/or equipment necessarily used in the performance of Changes are obtained from a supplier or source owned in whole or in part by the Contractor, compensation therefore shall not exceed the current wholesale price for such materials or equipment. If, in the reasonable opinion of the District, the costs asserted by the Contractor for materials and/or equipment in connection with any Change is excessive, or if the Contractor fails to provide satisfactory evidence of the actual costs of such materials and/or equipment from its supplier or vendor of the same, the costs of such materials and/or equipment and the District's obligation for payment of the same shall be limited to the then lowest wholesale price at which similar materials and/or equipment are available in the quantities required to perform the Change. The District may elect to furnish materials and/or equipment for Changes to the Work, in which event the Contractor shall not be compensated for the costs of furnishing such materials and/or equipment or any mark-up thereon.




8.3.2.3 Construction Equipment. Contractor shall be compensated for the actual cost of the necessary and direct use of Construction Equipment in the performance of Changes to the Work. Use of such Construction Equipment in the performance of Changes to the Work shall be compensated in increments of fifteen (15) minutes. Rental time for Construction Equipment moved by its own power shall include time required to move such Construction Equipment to the site of the Work from the nearest available rental source of the same. If Construction Equipment is not moved to the Site by its own power, Contractor will be compensated for the loading and transportation costs in lieu of rental time. The foregoing notwithstanding, neither moving time or loading and transportation time shall be allowed if the Construction Equipment is used for performance of any portion of the Work other than Changes to the Work. Unless prior approval in writing is obtained by the Contractor from the District's Inspector, Program Manager and the District, no costs or compensation shall be allowed for time while Construction Equipment is inoperative, idle or on standby, for any reason. The Contractor shall not be entitled to an allowance or any other compensation for Construction Equipment or tools used in the performance of Changes to the Work where such Construction Equipment or tools have a replacement value of $500.00 or less. Construction Equipment costs claimed by the Contractor in connection with the performance of any Change to the Work shall not exceed rental rates established by distributors or construction equipment rental agencies in the locality of the Site; any costs asserted which exceed such rental rates shall not be allowed or paid. Unless otherwise specifically approved in writing by the Program Manager, the District's Inspector and the District, the allowable rate for the use of Construction Equipment in connection with Changes to the Work shall constitute full compensation to the Contractor for the cost of rental, fuel, power, oil, lubrication, supplies, necessary attachments, repairs or maintenance of any kind, depreciation, storage, insurance, labor (exclusive of labor costs of the Construction Equipment operator), and all other costs incurred by the Contractor incidental to the use of such Construction Equipment.

8.3.2.4 Mark-up on Costs of Changes to the Work. In determining the cost to the District and the extent of increase to the Contract Price resulting from a Change adding to the Work, the allowance for mark-ups on the costs of the Change for all overhead (including home office and field overhead), general conditions costs and profit associated with the Change shall not exceed the percentage set forth in Section 01 26 00, Contract Modification Procedures, regardless of the number of Subcontractors, of any tier, performing any portion of any Change to the Work. If a Change to the Work reduces the Contract Price, no profit, general conditions or overhead costs shall be paid by the District to the Contractor for the reduced or deleted Work. In such event, the adjustment to the Contract Price shall be the actual cost reduction realized by the reduced or deleted Work multiplied by the percentage set forth in the Special Conditions for mark-ups on the cost of a Change adding to the scope of the Work.

8.3.3 Contractor Maintenance of Records. In the event that Contractor shall be directed to perform any Changes to the Work pursuant to Article 8.1 or should the Contractor encounter conditions which the Contractor, pursuant to Article 8.5, believes would obligate the District to adjust the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time, Contractor shall maintain detailed records on a daily basis. Such records shall include without limitation hourly records for labor and Construction Equipment and itemized records of materials and equipment used that day in connection with the performance of any Change to the Work. In the event that more than one Change to the Work is performed by the Contractor in a calendar day, Contractor shall




maintain separate records of labor, Construction Equipment, materials and equipment for each such Change. In the event that any Subcontractor, of any tier, shall provide or perform any portion of any Change to the Work, Contractor shall require that each such Subcontractor maintain records in accordance with this Article. Each daily record maintained hereunder shall be signed by Contractor's Superintendent or Contractor's authorized representative; such signature shall be deemed Contractor's representation and warranty that all information contained therein is true, accurate, and complete and relate only to the Change referenced therein. All records maintained by a Subcontractor, of any tier, relating to the costs of a Change to the Work shall be signed by such Subcontractor's authorized representative or Superintendent. All records maintained hereunder shall be subject to inspection, review and/or reproduction by the District, the Program Manager, the Architect or the District's Inspector upon request. In the event that Contractor shall fail or refuse, for any reason, to maintain or make available for inspection, review and/or reproduction such records and the adjustment to the Contract Price on account of any Change to the Work is determined pursuant to this Article, the District's reasonable good faith determination of the extent of adjustment to the Contract Price on account of such Change shall be final, conclusive, dispositive and binding upon Contractor. Contractor's obligation to maintain records hereunder is in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other Contractor obligation under the Contract Documents with respect to Changes to the Work. These records are to be verified by the Program Manager on a daily basis in order to qualify as reimbursable. Records not verified by the Program Manager on a daily basis will not qualify as reimbursable.

8.3.4 Adjustment to Contract Time. In the event of any Change(s) to the Work pursuant to this Article 8, the Contract Time shall be extended or reduced by Change Order, as determined by the Program Manager and District, for a period of time commensurate with the time reasonably necessary to perform such Change. In the event that any Change shall require an extension of the Contract Time, the Contractor shall not be subject to Liquidated Damages for such period of time.

8.3.5 Addition or Deletion of Alternate Bid Item(s). If the Bid for the Work includes proposal(s) for Alternate Bid Item(s), during Contractor's performance of the Work, the District may elect, pursuant to this Article to add any such Alternate Bid Item(s) if the same did not form a basis for award of the Contract or delete any such Alternate Bid Item(s) if the same formed a basis for award of the Contract. If the District elects to add or delete any such Alternate Bid Item(s) pursuant to the foregoing, the cost or credit for such Alternate Bid Item(s) shall be as set forth in the Contractor’s Bid.

8.4 Change Orders. If the District approves of a Change, a written Change Order prepared by the Program Manager on behalf of the District shall be forwarded to the Contractor describing the Change and setting forth the adjustment to the Contract Time and the Contract Price, if any, on account of such Change. All Change Orders shall be in full payment and final settlement of all claims for direct, indirect and consequential costs, including without limitation, costs of delays or impacts related to, or arising out of, items covered and affected by the Change Order, as well as any adjustments to the Contract Time. Any claim or item relating to any Change incorporated into a Change Order not presented by the Contractor for inclusion in the Change Order shall be deemed waived. The Contractor shall execute the Change Order prepared pursuant to the foregoing; once the Change Order has been prepared and forwarded to the Contractor for execution, without the prior approval of the District which may be granted or withheld in the sole and exclusive discretion of the District, the Contractor shall not modify or amend the form or content of such Change Order, or any portion thereof. The Contractor's attempted or




purported modification or amendment of any such Change Order, without the prior approval of the District, shall not be binding upon the District; any such unapproved modification or amendment to such Change Order shall be null, void and unenforceable. Unless otherwise expressly provided for in the Contract Documents or in the Change Order, any Change Order issued hereunder shall be binding upon the District only upon action of the District's Board of Trustees approving and ratifying such Change Order. In the event of any amendment or modification made by the Contractor to a Change Order for which there is no prior approval by the District, in accordance with the provisions of this Article 8.4, unless otherwise expressly stated in its approval and ratification of such Change Order, any action of the Board of Trustees to approve and ratify such Change Order shall be deemed to be limited to the Change Order as prepared by the Program Manager; such approval and ratification of such Change Order shall not be deemed the District's approval and ratification of any unapproved amendment or modification by the Contractor to such Change Order.

8.5 Contractor Notice of Changes. If the Contractor should claim that any instruction, request, sketch, the Drawings, the Specifications, action, condition, omission, default, or other situation obligates the District to increase the Contract Price or to extend the Contract Time, the Contractor shall notify the District's Inspector, the Program Manager and the Architect, in writing, of such claim within ten (10) days from the date of its actual or constructive notice and prior to implementation of such work, of the factual basis supporting the same. The District shall consider any such claim of the Contractor only if sufficient supporting documentation is submitted with the Contractor's notice to the District's Inspector, the Program Manager and the Architect. Time is of the essence in Contractor's written notice pursuant to the preceding sentence so that the District can promptly investigate and consider alternative measures to address such instruction, request, Drawings, Specifications, action, condition, omission, default or other situation. Accordingly, Contractor acknowledges that its failure, for any reason, to give written notice (with sufficient supporting documentation to permit the District's review and evaluation) within ten (10) days of its actual or constructive knowledge of any instruction, request, Drawings, Specifications, action, condition, omission, default or other situation for which the Contractor believes there should an adjustment of the Contract Time or the Contract Price shall be deemed Contractor's waiver, release, discharge and relinquishment of any right to assert or claim any entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Time or the Contract Price on account of any such instruction, request, Drawings, Specifications, action, condition, omission, default or other situation. In the event that the District determines that the Contract Price or the Contract Time are subject to adjustment based upon the events, circumstances and supporting documentation submitted with the Contractor's written notice under this Article 8.5, any such adjustment shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Articles 8.3.1 and 8.3.2.

8.6 Disputed Changes. In the event of any dispute or disagreement between the Contractor and the District, the Program Manager or the Architect regarding the characterization of any item as a Change to the Work or as to the appropriate adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Time on account thereof, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the performance of such item of the Work, subject to a subsequent resolution of such dispute or disagreement in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents. The Contractor's failure or refusal to so proceed with such Work may be deemed to be Contractor's default of a material obligation of the Contractor under the Contract Documents.

8.7 Emergencies. In an emergency affecting the safety of life, or of the Work, or of property, the Contractor, without special instruction or prior authorization from the District, the Program Manager or the Architect, is permitted to act at its discretion to prevent such threatened loss or injury. Any compensation claimed by the Contractor on




account of such emergency work shall be submitted and determined in accordance with this Article 8.

8.8 Minor Changes in the Work. The Architect may order minor Changes in the Work not involving an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such Changes shall be effected by Architect’s Supplemental Instructions (ASI) and shall be binding on the District and the Contractor. The Program Manager may direct the Contractor to perform Changes provided that each such Change does not result in an increase of more than $500.00 to the Contract Price and no adjustment of the Contract Time. The Contractor shall carry out such orders promptly.

8.9 Unauthorized Changes. Any Work beyond the lines and grades shown on the Contract Documents, or any extra Work performed or provided by the Contractor without notice to the Architect and the District's Inspector in the manner and within the time set forth in Article 8.5 shall be considered unauthorized and at the sole expense of the Contractor. Work so done will not be measured or paid for, no extension to the Contract Time will be granted on account thereof and any such Work may be ordered removed at the Contractor's sole cost and expense. The failure of the District to direct or order removal of such Work shall not constitute acceptance or approval of such Work nor relieve the Contractor from any liability on account thereof.

ARTICLE 9: SEPARATE CONTRACTORS

9.1 District's Right to Award Separate Contracts. The District reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the District's own forces or to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations at or about the Site Award of a separate contract or work performed by the District’s own forces shall not be considered as a delay or reason for extra work claims.

9.2 District's Coordination of Separate Contractors. The District shall provide for coordination of the activities of the District's own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors and the District in reviewing their respective Construction Schedules when directed to do so. The Contractor shall make any revisions to the Approved Construction Schedule for the Work hereunder deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The Construction Schedules shall then constitute the Construction Schedules to be used by the Contractor, separate contractors and the District until subsequently revised.

9.3 Mutual Responsibility. The Contractor shall afford the District and separate contractor’s reasonable opportunity for storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities at the Site and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's Work, construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents.




9.4 Discrepancies or Defects. If part of the Contractor's Work depends on proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the District or a separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Architect, the Program Manager and the District's Inspector any apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor to so report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the District's or separate contractors' completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then discoverable by the Contractor's reasonable diligence.

ARTICLE 10: TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

10.1 Tests; Inspections; Observations

10.1.1 Contractor's Notice. If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances or any public authority with jurisdiction over the Work requires the Work, or any portion thereof, to be specially tested, inspected or approved, the Contractor shall give the Architect, the Program Manager and the District's Inspector written notice of the readiness of such Work for observation, testing or inspection at least three (3) working days prior to the time for the conducting of such test, inspection or observation. If inspection, testing or observation is by authority other than the District, the Contractor shall inform the District's Inspector and the Program Manager not less than three (3) working days prior to the date fixed for such inspection, test or observation. The Contractor shall not cover up any portion of the Work subject to tests, inspections or observations prior to the completion and satisfaction of the requirements of such test, inspection or observation. In the event that any portion of the Work subject to tests, inspection or approval shall be covered up by Contractor prior to completion and satisfaction of the requirements of such tests, inspection or approval, Contractor shall be responsible for the uncovering of such portion of the Work as is necessary for performing such tests, inspection or approval without adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Time on account thereof. Special Inspection, as required, shall conform to Section 4-333(c), Title 24 of the California Code of Regulations.

10.1.2 Cost of Tests and Inspections. Costs for tests and inspection of materials required by code or needed to confirm that the Work is in compliance with the Contract Documents shall be paid by the District as provided for herein. If such tests, inspections or approvals reveal any failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the District may back charge the Contractor for all costs made necessary by such failures including, without limitation, the costs of corrections, repeat tests, inspections or approvals and the costs of the Architect's services or its consultants in connection therewith. If work requiring testing or inspection is performed by the Contractor during Saturdays, Sundays or holidays for the sole benefit of the Contractor, the District may back charge the Contractor for the premium cost of testing and inspection services. If the Contractor or its supplier or subcontractor, of any tier, is performing inefficiently or performing at multiple locations, the District may back charge the Contractor for extraordinary costs incurred.




10.1.3 Testing/Inspection Laboratory. The District shall select duly qualified person(s) or testing laboratory(ies) to conduct the tests and inspections to be paid for by the District and required by the Contract Documents. All such tests and inspections shall be in conformity with Title 24 of the California Code of Regulations. Where inspection or testing is to be conducted by an independent laboratory or testing agency, materials or samples thereof shall be selected by the laboratory, testing agency, the District's Inspector, the Program Manager or the Architect and not by the Contractor.

10.1.4 Additional Tests, Inspections and Approvals. If the Architect, the Program Manager, the District's Inspector or public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work determine that portions of the Work require additional testing, inspection or approval, the Architect will, upon written authorization from the District, instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to the District, and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect, the Program Manager and the District's Inspector of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so the District's Inspector and the Architect may observe such procedures. The District shall bear the costs of such additional tests, inspections or approvals, except to the extent that such additional tests, inspections or approvals reveal any failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, in which case the District may back charge the Contractor for all costs made necessary by such failures, including without limitation, the costs of corrections, repeat tests, inspections or approvals and the costs of the Architect's services or its consultants in connection therewith.

10.2 Delivery of Certificates. Required certificates of testing, inspection or approval shall, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect and copied to the Program Manager and District’s Inspector.

10.3 Timeliness of Tests, Inspections and Approvals. Tests or inspections required and conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made or arranged by Contractor to avoid delay in the progress of the Work.

ARTICLE 11: UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK

11.1 Inspection of the Work

11.1.1 Access to the Work. All Work and all materials and equipment forming a part of the Work or incorporated into the Work are subject to inspection by the District, the Program Manager, the Architect and the District's Inspector for conformity with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall, at its cost and without adjustment to the Contract Price or the Contract Time, furnish any facilities necessary for sufficient and safe access to the Work for purposes of inspection by the District, the Program Manager, the Architect, the District's Inspector, DSA or any other public or quasi-public authority with jurisdiction over the Work or any portion thereof.

11.1.2 Limitations upon Inspections. Inspections, tests, measurements, or other acts of the Architect and the District's Inspector hereunder are for the sole purpose of assisting them in determining that the Work, materials, equipment, progress of the Work, and quantities generally comply and conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents. These acts or functions shall not relieve




the Contractor from performing the Work in full compliance with the Contract Documents. No inspection by the Architect or the District's Inspector shall constitute or imply acceptance of Work inspected. Inspection of the Work hereunder is in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other testing, inspections or approvals of the Work required under the Contract Documents.

11.2 Uncovering of Work. If any portion of the Work is covered contrary to the request of the Architect, the Program Manager, the District's Inspector, any authority having jurisdiction or the requirements of the Contract Documents, it must, if required by the Architect or the District's Inspector, be uncovered for observation by the Architect and the District's Inspector and be replaced at the Contractor's expense without adjustment of the Contract Time or the Contract Price.

11.3 Rejection of Work. Prior to the Final Completion of the Work, any Work or materials or equipment forming a part of the Work or incorporated into the Work which is defective or not in conformity with the Contract Documents may be rejected by the District, the Program Manager the Architect or the District's Inspector and the Contractor shall correct such rejected Work without any adjustment to the Contract Price or the Contract Time, even if the Work, materials or equipment have been previously inspected by the Architect or the District's Inspector or even if they failed to observe the defective or non-conforming Work, materials or equipment.

11.4 Correction of Work. The Contractor shall promptly correct any portion of the Work rejected by the District, the Program Manager, the Architect or the District's Inspector for failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, or which is determined by them to be defective, whether observed before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. The Contractor shall bear all costs of correcting such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspections and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby. The Contractor shall bear all costs of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, whether completed or partially completed, of the District or separate contractors, caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, or which is defective.

11.5 Removal of Non-Conforming or Defective Work. The Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, remove from the Site all portions of the Work, which are defective or are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, which are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the District.




11.6 Failure of Contractor to Correct Work. If the Contractor fails to commence to correct defective or non-conforming Work within three (3) days of notice of such condition and promptly thereafter complete the same within a reasonable time, the District may correct it in accordance with the Contract Documents. If the Contractor does not proceed with correction of such defective or non-conforming Work within the time fixed herein, the District may remove it and store the salvable materials or equipment at the Contractor's expense. If the Contractor does not pay costs of such removal and storage after written notice, the District may sell such materials or equipment at auction or at private sale and shall account for the proceeds thereof, after deducting costs and damages that should have been borne by the Contractor, including without limitation compensation for the Architect's services, attorneys fees and other expenses made necessary thereby. If such proceeds of sale do not cover costs, which the Contractor should have borne, the Contract Price shall be reduced by the deficiency. If payments of the Contract Price then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Contractor and the Surety shall promptly pay the difference to the District.

11.7 Acceptance of Defective or Non-Conforming Work. The District may, in its sole and exclusive discretion, elect to accept Work which is defective or which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Price shall be reduced as appropriate and equitable.

ARTICLE 12: WARRANTIES

12.1 Workmanship and Materials. The Contractor warrants to the District that all materials and equipment furnished under the Contract Documents shall be new, of good quality and of the most suitable grade and quality for the purpose intended, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. All Work shall be of acceptable quality, free from faults and defects, within specified tolerances, and in conformity with the requirements of the Contract Documents. If required by the Architect, the Program Manager or the District, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment incorporated into the Work. Any Work, or portion thereof not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions or alternatives not properly approved in accordance with the Contract Documents may be deemed defective. Where there is an approved substitution of, or alternative to, material or equipment specified in the Contract Documents, the Contractor warrants to the District that such installation, construction, material, or equipment will equally perform the function and have the quality of the originally specified material or equipment. The Contractor expressly warrants the merchantability, the fitness for use, and quality of all substitute or alternative items in addition to any warranty given by the manufacturer or supplier of such item.

12.2 Warranty Work. If, within one year after the date of Final Completion, or such other time frame set forth elsewhere in the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, or otherwise contrary to the warranties contained in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall commence all necessary corrective action not more than seven (7) days after receipt of a written notice from the District to do so, and to thereafter diligently complete the same. In the event that Contractor shall fail or refuse to commence correction of any such item within said seven (7) day period or to diligently prosecute such corrective actions to completion, the District may, without further notice to Contractor, cause such corrective Work to be performed and completed. In such event, Contractor and Contractor's Performance Bond Surety shall be responsible for all costs in connection with such corrective Work, including without limitation, general administrative overhead costs of




the District in securing and overseeing such corrective Work. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to any obligation of the Contractor under the Contract Documents. The obligations of the Contractor hereunder shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other obligations imposed by any special guarantee or warranty required by the Contract Documents, guarantees or warranties provided by any manufacturer of any item or equipment forming a part of, or incorporated into the Work, or otherwise recognized, prescribed or imposed by law. Neither the District's Final Completion, the making of Final Payment, any provision in Contract Documents, nor the use or occupancy of the Work, in whole or in part, by District shall constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents nor relieve the Contractor or the Contractor's Performance Bond Surety from liability with respect to any warranties or responsibility for faulty or defective Work or materials, equipment and workmanship incorporated therein.

12.3 Warranty / Guarantee. Upon completion of the Work, Contractor shall execute and deliver to the District the form of Warranty / Guarantee included within the Contract Documents. The Contractor's execution and delivery of the form of Warranty / Guarantee is an express condition precedent to any obligation of the District to disburse the Final Payment to the Contractor.

12.4 Survival of Warranties. The provisions of this Article 12 shall survive the Contractor's completion of Work under the Contract Documents, the District's Final Completion or the termination of the Contract.

ARTICLE 13: SUSPENSION OF WORK

13.1 District's Right to Suspend Work. The District may, without cause, and without invalidating or terminating the Contract, order the Contractor, in writing, to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the District may determine. The Contractor shall resume and complete the Work suspended by the District in accordance with the District's directive, whether issued at the time of the directive suspending the Work or subsequent thereto.

13.2 Adjustments to Contract Price and Contract Time. In the event the District shall order suspension of the Work, an adjustment shall be made to the Contract Price for increases in the direct cost of performance of the Work of the Contract Documents, actually caused by suspension, delay or interruption ordered by the District; provided however that no adjustment of the Contract Price shall be made to the extent: (i) that performance is, was or would have been so suspended, delayed or interrupted by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible under the Contract Documents; or (ii) that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract Documents. The foregoing notwithstanding, any such adjustment of the Contract Price shall not include any adjustment to increase the Contractor's overhead, general administrative costs or profit, all of which will remain as reflected in the Schedule of Values submitted by the Contractor pursuant to the Contract Documents. In the event of the District's suspension of the Work, the Contract Time shall be equitably adjusted.

ARTICLE 14: TERMINATION

14.1 Termination for Cause

14.1.1 District's Right to Terminate. The District may terminate the Contract upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events of the Contractor's




default: (i) if the Contractor refuses or fails to prosecute the Work with diligence as will insure Substantial Completion of the Work within the Contract Time, or if the Contractor fails to substantially Complete the Work within the Contract Time; (ii) if the Contractor becomes bankrupt or insolvent, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if the Contractor or a third party files a petition to reorganize or for protection under any bankruptcy or similar laws, or if a trustee or receiver is appointed for the Contractor or for any of the Contractor's property on account of the Contractor's insolvency, and the Contractor or its successor in interest does not provide adequate assurance of future performance in accordance with the Contract Documents within ten (10) days of receipt of a request for such assurance from the District; (iii) if the Contractor repeatedly fails to supply sufficient skilled workmen or suitable materials or equipment; (iv) if the Contractor repeatedly fails to make prompt payments to any Subcontractor, of any tier, or Material Suppliers or others for labor, materials or equipment; (v) if the Contractor disregards laws, ordinances, rules, codes, regulations, orders applicable to the Work or similar requirements of any public entity having jurisdiction over the Work; (vi) if the Contractor disregards proper directives of the Architect, the District's Inspector or District under the Contract Documents; (vii) if the Contractor performs Work which deviates from the Contract Documents and neglects or refuses to correct such Work; or (viii) if the Contractor otherwise violates in any material way any provisions or requirements of the Contract Documents; (ix) if the Contractor made any material misrepresentations in its response to the Request for Qualifications, Request for Proposal or Prequalification Questionnaire that would have resulted in the Contractor not being selected. Once the District determines that sufficient cause exists to justify the action, the District may terminate the Contract without prejudice to any other right or remedy the District may have, after giving the Contractor and the Surety at least seven (7) days advance written notice of the effective date of termination. The District shall have the sole discretion to permit the Contractor to remedy the cause for the termination without waiving the District's right to terminate the Contract, or otherwise waiving, restricting or limiting any other right or remedy of the District under the Contract Documents or at law. Should the District discover any material misrepresentations in the Contractor’s response to the Request for Qualifications, Request for Proposal or Prequalification Questionnaire that would have resulted in the Contractor not being selected, the District reserves the right to make a claim for “fraud in the inducement” and seek to recover all fees paid to the Contractor, in addition to any other false claims/breach of contract remedies it may seek.

14.1.2 District's Rights upon Termination. In the event that the Contract is terminated pursuant to this Article 14.1, the District may take over the Work and prosecute it to completion, by contract or otherwise, and may exclude the Contractor from the site. The District may take possession of the Work and of all of the Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment, machinery, materials, and plant which may be on the site of the Work, and use the same to the full extent they could be used by the Contractor without liability to the Contractor. In exercising the District's right to prosecute the completion of the Work, the District may also take possession of all materials and equipment stored at the site of the Work or for which the District has paid the Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the District deems expedient. In exercising the District's right to prosecute the completion of the Work, the District shall have the right to exercise its sole discretion as to the manner, methods, and reasonableness of the costs of completing the Work and the District shall not be required to obtain the lowest figure for completion of the Work. In the event that the District takes bids for remedial Work or completion of the Work, the Contractor shall not be eligible for the award of such contract(s).




14.1.3 Completion by the Surety. In the event that the Contract is terminated pursuant to this Article 14.1, the District may demand that the Surety take over and complete the Work. The District may require that in so doing, the Surety not utilize the Contractor in performing and completing the Work. Upon the failure or refusal of the Surety to take over and begin completion of the Work within twenty (20) days after demand therefore, the District may take over the Work and prosecute it to completion as provided for above.

14.1.4 Assignment and Assumption of Subcontracts. The District shall, in its sole and exclusive discretion, have the option of requiring any Subcontractor or Material Supplier to perform in accordance with its Subcontract or Purchase Order with the Contractor and assign the Subcontract or Purchase Order to the District or such other person or entity selected by the District to complete the Work.

14.1.5 Costs of Completion. In the event of termination under this Article 14.1, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment of the Contract Price until the Work is completed. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price as of the date of termination exceeds the District's direct and indirect costs and expenses for completing the Work, including without limitation, attorneys' fees and compensation for additional professional and consultant services, such excess shall be used to pay the Contractor for the cost of the Work performed prior to the effective date of termination with a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit. If the District's costs and expenses to complete the Work exceed the unpaid Contract Price, the Contractor and/or the Surety shall pay the difference to the District.

14.1.6 Contractor Responsibility for Damages. The Contractor and the Surety shall be liable for all damage sustained by the District resulting from, in any manner, the termination of Contract under this Article 14.1, including without limitation, attorneys' fees, and for all costs necessary for repair and completion of the Work over and beyond the Contract Price.

14.1.7 Conversion to Termination for Convenience. In the event the Contract is terminated under this Article 14.1, and it is determined, for any reason, that the Contractor was not in default under the provisions hereof, the termination shall be deemed a Termination for Convenience of the District and thereupon, the rights and obligations of the District and the Contractor shall be determined in accordance with Article 14.2 hereof.

14.1.8 District's Rights Cumulative. In the event the Contract is terminated pursuant to this Article 14.1, the termination shall not affect or limit any rights or remedies of the District against the Contractor or the Surety. The rights and remedies of the District under this Article 14.1 are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies provided by law or otherwise under the Contract Documents. Any retention or payment of monies to the Contractor by the District shall not be deemed to release the Contractor or the Surety from any liability hereunder.

14.2 Termination for Convenience of the District. The District may at any time, in its sole and exclusive discretion, by written notice to the Contractor, terminate the Contract in whole or in part when it is in the interest of, or for the convenience of, the District. In such case, the Contractor shall be entitled to payment for: (i) Work actually performed and in place as of the effective date of such termination for convenience of the District, with a




reasonable allowance for profit and overhead on such Work, and (ii) reasonable termination expenses for reasonable protection of Work in place and suitable storage and protection of materials and equipment delivered to the site of the Work but not yet incorporated into the Work, provided that such payments exclusive of termination expenses shall not exceed the total Contract Price as reduced by payments previously made to the Contractor and as further reduced by the value of the Work as not yet completed. The Contractor shall not be entitled to profit and overhead on Work which was not performed as of the effective date of the termination for convenience of the District nor shall Contractor be entitled to damages for profit it may have earned on other jobs. The District may, in its sole discretion, elect to have subcontracts assigned pursuant to Article 14.1.4 above after exercising the right hereunder to terminate for the District’s convenience.

14.3 Disputes; Continuation of Work. Notwithstanding any claim, dispute or other disagreement between the District and the Contractor regarding performance under the Contract

Documents, the scope of Work there under, or any other matter arising out of or related to, in any manner, the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Work in accordance with the District's written direction, pending any final determination or decision regarding any such claim, dispute or disagreement.

14.4 Dispute Resolution; Arbitration

14.4.1 Claims Under $375,000.00. Claims between the District and the Contractor of $375,000.00 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures established in Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 of the California Public Contract Code, §§20104 et seq.; provided however that California Public Contract Code §20104.2(a) shall not supersede the requirements of the Contract Documents with respect to the Contractor's notification to the District of such claim or extend the time for the giving of such notice as provided in the Contract Documents. The term "claims" as used herein shall be as defined in California Public Contract Code §20104(b)(2).

14.4.2 Arbitration. Except as provided in Article 14.4.1, any other claims, disputes, disagreements or other matters in controversy between the District and the Contractor arising out of, or related, in any manner, to the Contract Documents, or the interpretation, clarification or enforcement thereof shall be resolved by arbitration conducted in accordance with the Engineering and Construction Arbitrations Rules and Procedures of JAMS in effect as of the date that a Demand for Arbitration is filed, except as expressly modified herein. The locale for any arbitration commenced hereunder shall be the regional office of the JAMS located in San Francisco. The following items apply to this section:

1. The parties agree that any and all disputes, claims or controversies arisingout of or relating to this Agreement shall be submitted to JAMS, or its successor, for mediation, and if the matter is not resolved through mediation, then it shall be submitted to JAMS, or its successor, for final and binding arbitration pursuant to the clause set forth in Paragraph 5 below.

2. Either party may commence mediation by providing to JAMS and theother party a written request for mediation, setting forth the subject of the dispute and the relief requested.

3. The parties will cooperate with JAMS and with one another in selecting a




mediator from the JAMS panel of neutrals and in scheduling the mediation proceedings. The parties agree that they will participate in the mediation in good faith and that they will share equally in its costs.

4. All offers, promises, conduct and statements, whether oral or written, made in the course of the mediation by any of the parties, their agents, employees, experts and attorneys, and by the mediator or any JAMS employees, are confidential, privileged and inadmissible for any purpose, including impeachment, in any arbitration or other proceeding involving the parties, provided that evidence that is otherwise admissible or discoverable shall not be rendered inadmissible or non-discoverable as a result of its use in the mediation.

5. Either party may initiate arbitration with respect to the matters submitted to mediation by filing a written demand for arbitration at any time following the initial mediation session or at any time following forty-five (45) days from the date of filing the written request for mediation, whichever occurs first (“Earliest Initiation Date”). The mediation may continue after the commencement of arbitration if the parties so desire.

6. At no time prior to the Earliest Initiation Date shall either side initiate an arbitration or litigation related to this Agreement except to pursue a provisional remedy that is authorized by law or by JAMS Rules or by agreement of the parties. However, this limitation is inapplicable to a party if the other party refuses to comply with the requirements of Paragraph 3 above.

7. All applicable statutes of limitation and defenses based upon the passage of time shall be tolled until fifteen (15) days after the Earliest Initiation Date. The parties will take such action, if any, required to effectuate such tolling.

The award rendered by the Arbitrator(s) shall be final and binding upon the District and the Contractor. In connection with any arbitration proceeding commenced hereunder, the discovery rights and procedures provided for in California Code of Civil Procedure §1283.05 shall be applicable, and the same shall be deemed incorporated herein by this reference. A Demand for Arbitration shall be filed and served within a reasonable time after the occurrence of the claim, dispute or other disagreement giving rise to the Demand for Arbitration, but in no event shall a Demand for Arbitration be filed or served after the date when the institution of legal or equitable proceedings based upon such claim, dispute or other disagreement would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. In the event more than one Demand for Arbitration is made by either the District or the Contractor, all such controversies shall be consolidated into a single arbitration proceeding, unless otherwise agreed to by the District and the Contractor. The Contractor's Surety, a Subcontractor or Material Supplier to the Contractor and other third parties may be permitted to join in and be bound by an arbitration commenced hereunder if required by the terms of their respective agreements with the Contractor, except to the extent that such joinder would unduly delay or complicate the expeditious resolution of the claim, dispute or other disagreement between the District and the Contractor, in which case an appropriate severance order shall be issued by the Arbitrator(s). The expenses and fees of the Arbitrator(s) shall be divided equally among the parties to the arbitration. Each party to any arbitration commenced hereunder shall be responsible for and shall bear its own attorneys' fees, witness fees and other cost and expense incurred in connection with such arbitration. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Arbitrator(s) shall not award arbitration costs, including Arbitrators' fees to the prevailing party. The confirmation, enforcement,




vacation or correction of an arbitration award rendered hereunder shall be the Superior Court of the State of California for the county in which the Site is situated. The substantive and procedural rules for such post-award proceedings shall be as set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure §§1285 et seq.

14.5 Capitalized Terms. Except as otherwise expressly provided, capitalized terms used in the Contract Documents shall have the meaning and definition for such term as set forth in the Contract Documents.

14.6 Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in the Contract Documents is deemed to be inserted herein and the Contract Documents shall be read and enforced as though such provision or clause are included herein, and if through mistake, or otherwise, any such provision or clause is not inserted or if not correctly inserted, then upon application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion or correction.

14.7 Days. Unless otherwise expressly stated, references to "days" in the Contract Documents shall be deemed to be calendar days.

ARTICLE 15: MISCELLANEOUS

15.1 Governing Law. This Contract shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

15.2 Marginal Headings; Interpretation. The titles of the various Articles of these General Conditions and elsewhere in the Contract Documents are used for convenience of reference only and are not intended to, and shall in no way, enlarge or diminish the rights or obligations of the District or the Contractor and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of the Contract Documents. The Contract Documents shall be construed as a whole in accordance with their fair meaning and not strictly for or against the District or the Contractor.

15.3 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, all terms, conditions and covenants of the Contract Documents shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of the District and the Contractor and their respective heirs, representatives, successors-in-interest and assigns.

15.4 Cumulative Rights and Remedies; No Waiver. Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available there under shall be in addition to and not in lieu of or otherwise a limitation or restriction of duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. No action or failure to act by the District shall constitute a waiver of a right or remedy afforded it under the Contract Documents or at law nor shall such an action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach hereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing.

15.5 Severability. In the event any provision of the Contract Documents shall be deemed illegal, invalid, unenforceable and/or void, by a court or any other governmental agency of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed to be severed and deleted from the Contract Documents, but all remaining provisions hereof, shall in all other respects, continue in full force and effect.

15.6 No Assignment by Contractor. The Contractor shall not sublet or assign the




Contract, or any portion thereof, or any monies due there under, without the express prior written consent and approval of the District, which approval may be withheld in the sole and exclusive discretion of the District. The District's approval to such assignment shall be upon such terms and conditions as determined by the District in its sole and exclusive discretion.

15.7 Gender and Number. Whenever the context of the Contract Documents so require, the neuter gender shall include the feminine and masculine, the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, the singular number shall include the plural and the plural number shall include the singular.

15.8 Independent Contractor Status. In performing its obligations under the Contract Documents, the Contractor is an independent contractor to the District and not an agent or employee of the District.

15.9 Notices. Except as otherwise expressly provided for in the Contract Documents, all notices which the District or the Contractor may be required, or may desire, to serve on the other, shall be effective only if delivered by personal delivery or by postage prepaid, First Class Certified Return Receipt Requested United States Mail, addressed to the District or the Contractor at their respective address set forth in the Contract Documents, or such other address(es) as either the District or the Contractor may designate from time to time by written notice to the other in conformity with the provisions hereof. In the event of personal delivery, such notices shall be deemed effective upon delivery, provided that such personal delivery requires a signed receipt by the recipient acknowledging delivery of the same. In the event of mailed notices, such notice shall be deemed effective on the third working day after deposit in the mail.

15.10 Attorneys Fees. Except as expressly provided for in the Contract Documents, or authorized by law, neither the District nor the Contractor shall recover from the other any attorneys fees or other costs associated with or arising out of any legal, administrative or other proceedings filed or instituted in connection with or arising out of the Contract Documents or the performance of either the District or the Contractor there under.

15.11 Entire Agreement. The Contract Documents contain the entire agreement and understanding between the District and the Contractor concerning the subject matter hereof, and supersedes and replaces all prior negotiations, proposed agreements or amendments, whether written or oral. No amendment or modification to any provision of the Contract Documents shall be effective or enforceable except by an agreement in writing executed by the District and the Contractor.

ARTICLE 16: CLAIMS SUBMISSION

16.1 Procedure. The Contractor may submit a claim concerning a matter properly noticed in accordance with the requirements of this Contract.

The Contractor shall furnish all claim documentation as specified herein no later than thirty (30) days after the event or situation causing the claim has been overcome. Failure by the Contractor to furnish the required claim documentation within the time set forth above shall constitute waiver of the Contractor’s right to compensation for such claim.




Contractor shall furnish three (3) certified copies of the requirement claim documentation. The claim documentation shall be complete when furnished. The evaluation of the Contractor’s claim will be based upon District project records and the Contractor’s furnished claim documentation.

Claim documentation shall conform to Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and shall be in the following format:

1. General Introduction2. General Background Discussion3. Issues

A. Index of Issues (listed numerically)B. For each issue

(1) Background (2) Chronology (3) Contractor’s position (reason for District’s potential liability) (4) Supporting documentation of merit or entitlement (5) Supporting documentation of damages (6) Begin each issue on a new page

4. All critical path method schedules, both as-planned, monthly updates, schedulerevisions, and as-built along with the computer disks of all schedules related to the claim.

5. Productivity exhibits (if appropriate)6. Summary of Issues and Damages

Supporting documentation of merit for each issue shall be cited by reference, photocopies, or explanation. Supporting documentation may include, but shall not be limited to, general conditions; general requirements; technical specifications; drawings; correspondence; conference notes; shop drawings and submittals; shop drawing logs; survey books; inspection reports; delivery schedules; test reports; daily reports; subcontracts; fragmentary CPM schedules or time impact analyses; photographs; technical reports; requests for information; field instructions; and all other related records necessary to support the Contractor’s claim.

Supporting documentation of damages for each issue shall be cited, photocopied, or explained. Supporting documentation may include, but shall not be limited to, any or all documents related to the preparation and submission of the bid; certified, detailed labor records including labor distribution reports; material and equipment procurement records; construction equipment ownership cost records or rental records; subcontractor or vendor files and cost records; general cost records; purchase orders; invoices; project as-planned and as-built cost records; general ledger records; variance reports; accounting adjustment records; and any other accounting materials necessary to support the Contractor’s claim.

Each copy of the claim documentation shall be certified by a responsible officer of the Contractor in accordance with the requirements of these Contract Documents.

Should the Contractor be unable to support any part of the claim and it is determined that such inability is attributable to falsity of such certification or misrepresentation of fact or fraud on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor shall be liable to the District as provided for under California Government Code Section 12650 et. seq.

16.2 California False Claims Act Compliance. Claims submitted by the Contractor shall




be accompanied by a notarized certificate containing the following language:

Under the penalty of law for perjury or falsification and with specific reference to the California False Claims Act, Government Code Section 12650 et. seq., the undersigned,

(Name)

(Title)

(Company)

hereby certifies that the claim for the additional compensation and time; if any, made herein for the work on this Contract is a true statement of the actual Costs incurred and time sought, and is fully documented and supported under the Contract between the parties.

Dated _____________________________

Signature

Subscribed and sworn before me this day of

Notary Public

My Commission Expires

Failure to submit the notarized certificate will be cause for denying the claim.

ARTICLE 17: RECORDS ACCESS

17.1 District’s Right to Audit and Access to Contractor’s Records. The Contractor shall maintain all books, records, documents, and other evidence directly pertinent to the performance of the work under this Contract in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices consistently applied. The Contractor shall also maintain all financial information and data used by the Contractor in the preparation or support of any cost submission, including the Contractor’s original bid, required for this Contract, or any Change Order, claim or other request for equitable adjustment, and a copy of the cost summary or information submitted to the District. The District’s representatives shall have access upon twenty-four hours advanced written notice, at all times during normal business hours, to all such books, records, documents, financial information, and all other evidence for the purpose of inspection, audit, and copying. The Contractor shall, at no cost to the District, provide proper facilities for such access, inspection and copying purposes.

The Contractor agrees to make the provisions of this Section applicable to this Contract, and all Change Orders, claims or other requests for equitable adjustment affecting the Contract time or price. The Contractor agrees to include the provisions of this Section in all subcontracts and sub- subcontracts or purchase orders, at any tier, and to make this Section applicable to all subcontracts, at any tier, in excess of $10,000 and to make the provisions




of this Section applicable to all Change Orders, claims, and other requests for equitable adjustment related to project performance.

Audits conducted under this Section shall be in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and established procedures and guidelines of the reviewing or audit agency.

The Contractor agrees to the disclosure of all information and reports resulting from access to records under the provisions of this Section, to the District and other affected agencies.

Records under the provisions of this Section shall be maintained and made available during the performance of the work under this Contract until three years past final payment, and until final settlement of all disputes, claims, or litigation, whichever occurs later. In addition, those records which relate to any portion of this Contract, to any Change Order, to any dispute, to any litigation, to the settlement of any claim arising out of such performance, or to the cost or items to which an audit exception has been taken, shall be maintained and made available until final payment or final resolution of such dispute, litigation, claim, or exception, whichever occurs later.

This Right to Access Section applies to all financial records pertaining to this Contract and all Change Orders and claims. In addition, this Right of Access applies to all records pertaining to all contracts, Change Orders and Contract Amendments:

1. To the extent the records pertain directly to Contract performance;2. If there is any indication that fraud, gross abuse, or corrupt practices may be

involved;3. If the Contract is terminated for default or convenience.

Access to records is not limited to the required retention periods. The authorized representative of the District shall have access to records at any reasonable time for as long as the records are maintained.

END OF DOCUMENT


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 DOCUMENT 00 73 00 – SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS

04/11/2014 Page 1

DOCUMENT 00 73 00

SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS

ARTICLE 1: ADMINISTRATION OF CONSTRUCTION CAREERS PROGRAM

1.1 Construction Careers Program Participation

1.1.1 Construction Careers Program. The Contractor and its Subcontractors of all tiers, having agreed to the terms Construction Careers Agreement, shall employ District students/graduates (Student Employees) as apprentices or interns as a part of the San Jose / Evergreen Community College District Construction Careers Program.

1.1.1.1 Apprentices. Apprentices are students participating in the San Jose /Evergreen Community College District Apprenticeship Program as supported by the Building Trades Council.

1.1.1.2 Interns. Interns are students participating in the San Jose / Evergreen Community College District Internship and Training Program. Interns shall not perform construction trades craftwork performed by Apprentices.

1.1.2 Compliance with Construction Careers Program. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall comply with the requirements of these Supplemental Conditions.

1.1.2.1 Student Employee Status. Student Employees may be Apprentices or Interns, or any combination thereof.

1.1.2.2 Student Employee Assignments. The Contractor may employ Student Employees on the District project that is a part of this Contract, on other projects, or on a combination of projects, to the best benefit of the Contractor and the Student Employee.

1.1.2.3 Student Employee Requirement. To be considered in compliance with the Construction Careers Program for this Project the Contractor and its Subcontractors shall make a good faith effort to hire Apprentices as required by Article 1.2.

1.1.2.4 Compliance Plan. Within fourteen (14) days of award of contract by the District’s Board of Trustees the Contractor shall submit to the Program Manager a written plan to achieve the requirements of these Supplemental Conditions and those of the Construction Careers Agreement. The District will respond with approval or comments within seven (7) days.

1.1.2.5 Documentation. The General Contractor shall report monthly to the District as a part of its application for Progress Payments and at Final Payment, the number and status of Student Employees employed or utilized by the Contractor and its Subcontractors.

1.1.2.6 Overhead Costs. The Contractor’s costs for preparation and execution of the compliance plan, good faith efforts and other compliance costs shall be included in the Contractor’s base bid overhead cost.


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 DOCUMENT 00 73 00 – SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS

04/11/2014 Page 2

1.2 Employment of Apprentices

1.2.1 Good Faith Effort to Hire Apprentices. The Contractor shall make a good faith effort, as required by the Construction Careers Agreement, to hire Apprentices participating in State certified programs administered by the District.

1.2.1.1 District Proposed Apprentices. The District shall have the first opportunity to provide qualified Apprentices participating in its apprenticeship program for employment consideration, subject to any collective bargaining agreements, and the local program rules, regulations and standards approved by the Division of Apprenticeship Standards.

1.2.1.2 Trade Union Participation. The Contractor and its subcontractor(s) shall request trade unions to dispatch qualified individuals participating in programs administered by the District, by name when feasible, subject to any collective bargaining agreements and the local program rules, regulations and standards approved by the Division of Apprenticeship Standards.

1.2.2 Payment of Apprentices. Apprentices shall be hired and paid by the Contractor in accordance with applicable collective bargaining agreements, shall be employees of the Contractor, and their costs shall be treated as part of the Contractor’s or Subcontractors’ costs.

1.3 Utilization of Interns

1.3.1 District Internship and Training Program (Program). At the request of the Contractor, the District will assist the Contractor in identification of students to be employed by the Contractor as interns. Employment of interns by the Contractor will be considered as partial compliance with the Construction Careers Program, but is not mandatory.

END OF DOCUMENT


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Project #2 DOCUMENT 00 73 10 - SPECIAL CONDITIONS

04/11/2014 Page 1

DOCUMENT 00 73 10

SPECIAL CONDITIONS

1. Application of Special Conditions. These Special Conditions are part of the ContractDocuments for the Work generally described as: EVC Mechanical, Electrical and PlumbingUpgrade Package 2, Project #32307-06. In accordance with Contracting Definitions Article11.1.3, these Special Conditions shall control over the General Conditions.

2. Drawings and Specifications. The number of sets of the Drawings and Specifications, whichthe District will provide to the Contractor, pursuant to Article 1.1.3 of the General Conditions isZERO (0).

3. Owner Controlled Insurance Program (OCIP). The current OCIP Program and OCIP Formsare incorporated as Section 00 73 15 entitled Owner Controlled Insurance Program (OCIP.)

4. Contract Time. Substantial Completion shall be achieved (120) Calendar Days after the datefor commencement of the Work as set forth in the Notice to Proceed, or by October, 16, 2014,whichever comes first. Notice to Proceed is anticipated to be issued by the District around June18, 2014 Failure to achieve the requirements of a milestone shall result in the assessment ofLiquidated damages.

5. Liquidated Damages for Delayed Substantial Completion. The contractor shall be subject to assessment of Liquidated Damages for failure to achieve Substantial Completion by the abovestated substantial completion date at the per diem rate of Two Thousand Dollars ($2,000)until substantial completion is achieved.

6. Construction Access. In order to minimize the impact of construction activities to the Campus,the Contractor is responsible for securing the site including building, exterior walkways, lay-down/storage areas and staging areas as well as pathways to, from and around the work area(s).Contractor is also responsible for supplying a safe and unobstructed path of travel around thework area(s). The contractor is to provide proper access and protection for the work area(s) andshall utilize signage, chain link fencing with fabric or slats, etc. and other means and methods toaccomplish these requirements. The perimeter construction fence may require rearranging forconstruction duration to accommodate Campus functions or access to adjacent work.

a. Traffic:

i. Extreme caution must be practiced when driving on the premises. When drivingconstruction equipment or making deliveries during school hours, two (2) or moreground guides shall lead the vehicle across the area of travel. In no case shalldriving take place across playgrounds or other pedestrian paths during class periodchanges or other times when crowds are present. The speed limit on-the Premisesshall be five (5) miles per hour (maximum) or less if conditions require.

ii. All paths of travel for deliveries, including without limitation, material, equipment, andsupply deliveries, shall be reviewed and approved by District in advance. Anydamage will be repaired to the pre-damaged condition by the Contractor.

iii. The District shall designate a construction entry to the Site. If Contractor requests,and the District determines it is required, and to the extent possible, District shalldesignate a staging area so as not to interfere with the normal functioning of school



04/11/2014 Page 2

facilities. Location of gates and fencing shall be approved in advance with District and at Contractor's expense.

iv. Parking areas shall be reviewed and approved by District in advance. No parking isto occur under the drip line of trees or in areas that could otherwise be damaged.

b. All of the above shall be observed and complied with by the Contractor and all workers on the Site. Failure to follow these directives could result in individual(s) being suspended orremoved from the work force at the discretion of the District. The same rules and regulationsshall apply equally to delivery personnel, inspectors, consultants, and other visitors to theSite.

7. Site Utilization. Contractor is responsible for conforming to, and containing their activitieswithin the confines of the project area as defined on the drawings and as approved by theDistrict. A Work Plan shall be submitted showing at least the area of work, durations, utilitiesaffected, wayfinding signage, safety facilities, fencing and access. The Work Plan shall besubmitted by the Contractor and approved by the District prior to the start of work in anyproject area as defined in the drawings.

8. Contractors working adjacent to project. There may be other contractors working adjacent tothis project. Contractor must coordinate work with these contractors for utility connections, access to work, and other items as set forth in Article 9 of the General Conditions.

9. Rain Days. For purposes of Article 6.4.1 of the General Conditions, Four (4) Rain Days (days ofactual precipitation of 0.10 inch or greater based on NOAA climatological data for San Jose,California last revised in April 16, 2012 are expected during the Contract Time. The Contractor’sConstruction Schedules prepared pursuant to Article 6 of the General Conditions shall incorporatethe number of expected Rain Days set forth above and there shall be no adjustments to theContract Time on account of unusually severe weather conditions resulting from rainfall until theactual number of Rain Days exceed those set forth above.

10. Non-Standard Work Hours. For the purposes of this contract, standard work hours areconsidered 6:00 am – 6:00 pm Monday through Sunday. In the event that work is required to becompleted outside of Standard Work Hours, the Contractor shall notify the Program Manager aminimum of (72) hours in advance, and obtain approval to work during non standard hours.

11. Owner-Furnished, Owner-Installed (OFOI) Items. No OFOI items are part of this project.

12. Existing Campus Utility Connections. Contractor shall maintain all services (Electrical, FireAlarm, HVAC hot/cold water, Voice/Data, Domestic water, etc.) to all adjacent buildings at alltimes during Construction. All utility interruptions must be scheduled with the Program Managerand Campus Representatives at least (72) hours in advance. Refer also to Section 01 51 10 ofthe Contract Documents.

Shift work and/or overtime work may be required for abatement, tie-ins and shutdowns for tradework. Contractor shall provide all necessary manpower and supervision required to accommodate shift work and/or overtime, in order to minimize disruption to daily operations. No adjustment tocontract sum will be granted for overtime or shift work. It shall be understood and agreed that allcosts associated with such work for this Project will have already been included in the fixedContract Price.

13. Submittals and Material Delivery Schedule. Contractor shall submit to Program Manager aschedule indicating lead times and required delivery dates for all major components under this



04/11/2014 Page 3

scope of work within (15) calendar days after award of contract.

14. Storm Water Pollution Prevention. There will be a “Zero Tolerance” for unregulated use ofstorm drains. Do not dump, spill, empty, or wash anything into a storm drain under anycircumstances. This restriction includes all wash waters from tools, vehicles or equipment.

15. Noise. Construction noise shall not be present before 7:30 a.m. or after 6:00pm. Delivery trucks should not be on campus and idling motors waiting to make deliveries prior to 7:30 a.m.

16. Hazardous Materials. Hazardous materials abatement work must be done by a properlylicensed and certified contractor.

17. EIR Compliance. The Environmental Impact Report and its associated Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Program (MMRP) prepared for San Jose / Evergreen Community College DistrictProjects shall apply to this project. The Report and the Mitigation Measures are available at theProgram Manager’s office for review.

18. Or Equal. In circumstances throughout the technical specifications and drawings where theinformation regarding the request to substitute a specified item for an “or equal” may conflict withDocument 00 21 13 - Instruction for Bidders, Item 23 - Substitution of Specified Items, the lattershall prevail. In circumstances throughout the technical specifications and drawings where only one brand or model is listed, and such item is not designated as a District Standard, the term “orequal” shall apply.

19. District Standards. Pursuant to Public Contract Code 3400(b) and General Conditions Article3.8.2, the District is in the process of standardizing some building components and systems,throughout the San Jose / Evergreen Community College District or specific to each of the twocampuses, in order to match other products in use on a particular public improvement eithercompleted or in the course of completion:

20. Special Care. During demolition and construction designated areas must be given special careto ensure the equipment is not damaged. Any “protective cover” must be approved by theProgram Manager and Campus Representatives before hand and any disconnections, etc. mustbe coordinated (72) hours in advance.

21. Markups on Changes to the Work: In the event of Changes to the Work, pursuant to Article 8of the General Conditions, the mark-up for all overhead, General Condition’s costs and profit, foradded scope and reductions in scope are defined in Section 01 26 00.

22. General Conditions Article 6.3.1 - Submittal of Preliminary Construction Schedule. Add the following sentence to this Article: “Submit all construction schedules in both printed and electronic format, with scheduling logic available for review by the District.”

23. Construction Careers Program Agreement. In order to be responsive, all prime contractorssubmitting bid proposals on this project must submit the Construction Careers Agreement’sAppendix A – “Agreement to be Bound” and Appendix B – Construction Technology Program“Agreement of Contractors” with their Bid Proposals. Furthermore, the District requires that theapparent low bidder and the apparent second lowest bidder submit the signed “Agreement To Be Bound” and “Agreement of Contractors” for each company on their subcontractor’s list to theDistrict within three (5) business days after bids are publicly opened. Copies of the executedagreements must be submitted via email the Program Manager.



G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Project #2 DOCUMENT 00 73 10 - SPECIAL CONDITIONS 04/11/2014 Page 4

Note: All tiers of Subcontractors, whether required to be listed by statute or not, shall execute both Appendix A – “Agreement to be Bound” and Appendix B -Construction Technology Program – “Agreement of Contractors” of the Construction Careers Agreement, as well as the “Contractor Work-Assignment Form” included at the end of this Section, prior to the beginning of any work.

24. Employment of Students. To be considered in compliance with the Construction Careers

Agreement, the Contractor and its Subcontractors shall, during the duration of the Contract, utilize at least (0) part-time (0 hours per week) student interns enrolled in the San Jose / Evergreen Community College District’s internship program, or an equivalent hourly rate of intern employment pro-rated over the duration of the project. The Contractor shall report compliance in its monthly Progress Status Report.

END OF DOCUMENT

4750 San Felipe Road, San José, CA 95135

DOCUMENT 00 73 12 – Special Conditions Exhibit A

CERTIFICATION

Disclosure of Financial Relationships of any materials manufacturer, contractor, or vendor pursuant to Public Contract Code sections 3000-3010

Date: __________

Subject: Contracts for Roof Projects

Dear Materials Manufacturer, Contractor (including roofing subcontractors), or Vendor:

California Public Contract Code sections 3000 – 3010 requires that Community College Districts obtain a disclosure of financial relationships of any materials manufacturer, contractor (including roofing subcontractors), or vendor involved in a bid or proposal for a roof project with the District prior to award of the contract.

However, disclosure of a financial relationship in which that person or entity is a stockholder of a corporation of which the stock is listed for sale to the general public on a national securities exchange and registered with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, if the person or entity holds less than 10 percent of the outstanding stock entitled to vote at the annual meeting ofthe corporation, is not required. A materials manufacturer, contractor, or vendor who knowingly provides false information or fails to disclose a financial relationship pursuant to this section shall be liable to the District for any costs to the District that are reasonably attributable to excess or unnecessary costs, when compared to competing bids, incurred by the District as a result of the undisclosed financial relationship.

I, ____________________ (Name), of ____________________________ (Name of Employer), certify that I have not offered, given, or agreed to give, received, accepted, or agreed to accept, any gift, contribution, or any financial incentive whatsoever to or from any person in connection with the roof project contract. As used in this certification, "person" means any natural person, business, partnership, corporation, union, committee, club, or other organization, entity, or group of individuals. Furthermore, I, ____________________ (Name), of ________________________ (Name of Employer), certify that I do not have, and throughout the duration of the contract, I will not have, any financial relationship in connection with the performance of this contract with any architect, engineer, roofing consultant, materials manufacturer, contractor, distributor, or vendor that is not disclosed below.

I, ____________________ (Name), of _______________________________ (Name of Employer), have the following financial relationships with an architect, engineer, roofing consultant, materials manufacturer, contractor, distributor, or vendor, or other person in connection with the following roof project contract: ____________________________________________________________ (Name and Address of Building, Contract Date and Number).

LIST OF FINANCIAL RELATIONSHIPS (include Name, Address, and Phone Number):

______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ I certify that to the best of my knowledge, the contents of this disclosure are true, or are believed to be true.

_________________________ _____________________ Signature Date

_________________________ Print Name

_________________________ Print Name of Employer

Any person who knowingly provides false information or fails to disclose a financial relationship in the disclosure set forth in subdivision (b) shall be subject to a civil penalty in an amount up to one thousand dollars ($1,000), in addition to any other available remedies. An action for a civil penalty under this provision may be brought by any public prosecutor in the name of the People of the State of California.

Page 2 of 2

STATEWIDE EDUCATIONAL WRAP UP PROGRAM, SEWUP JPA - MANDATED VERSION

Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 DOCUMENT 00 73 15

OWNER CONTROLLED INSURANCE PROGRAM (OCIP)

04/11/2014 Page 1

Keenan & Associates License # 0451271 Last Rev. December 10, 2013

Section 00 73 15


1. Introduction

The District, hereinafter called the “Owner” has elected, at its sole discretion, to implement an Owner Controlled Insurance Program (“OCIP”) under the Statewide Educational Wrap Up Program (“SEWUP”). The SEWUP Joint Powers Authority (“JPA”) will be providing the OCIP on behalf of the Owner. All terms and conditions of the SEWUP Contractual Provisions will apply during the term of the contract.

The SEWUP JPA will provide Workers’ Compensation, Employer’s Liability, General Liability, Contractor’s Pollution Liability, and Builder’s Risk insurance for all Enrolled Contractors (and their Enrolled Subcontractors of every tier) and other designated parties for work performed at the Project Site (hereinafter called “Project”). The Owner agrees to pay all premiums associated with the OCIP, unless otherwise stated in this section and in other contract documents.

Insurance coverage provided under the OCIP is limited in scope and specific to Work performed after the inception date of enrollment into the OCIP. Offsite locations, labor and operations are not covered by the OCIP. In addition to any insurance provided by the Owner, all Contractors/Subcontractors will be responsible for providing certain insurance as specified in Section 2.5. The Owner recommends that Contractors discuss the OCIP with their insurance agents, brokers or consultants to assure that other proper coverage’s are maintained, prior to contract acceptance.

Keenan & Associates, hereinafter called “Program Administrator”, shall administer the OCIP on behalf of the SEWUP JPA. At all times, all Contractors/Subcontractors, shall (a) cooperate with Owner, Program Administrator, and all OCIP insurers, as applicable, and their respective consultants, agents and representatives, in its or their administration of the OCIP and all other terms and conditions described herein and (b) comply with the terms, conditions, warranties, and subjectivities of the insurance policies provided pursuant to the OCIP, including, without limitation, any and all directives and requirements of Owner’s and the OCIP insurers’ respective consultants, agents and representatives, including, without limitation, any directive or requirement relating to loss control, and quality control, and the closure to Owner’s satisfaction of open items on any and all quality control checklists and inventories.

A. Participation in the OCIP

Participation in the OCIP is mandatory but not automatic. Each Eligible Contractor/Subcontractor must follow the guidelines, as specified in Section 2.3.

Enrollment (Definition): An Eligible Contractor/Subcontractor is not enrolled until the Program Administrator and OCIP insurers receive and approve a completed Contract Enrollment Form (see Exhibit A), for each awarded contract. Enrollment is required prior to commencement of on-site activities but no contractor shall be enrolled sooner than 30 days prior to their start date. Evidence of Insurance for Contractor/Subcontractor-Provided Insurance Coverage (see Sections 2.5 and 2.6) is a requirement and must be submitted with the completed Contract Enrollment Form.

Contractor (Definition): Includes all vendors, suppliers, businesses, persons, or entities and entities which the Owner has engaged directly by contract to perform services relating to the Project.




04/11/2014 Page 2


Subcontractor (Definition): Includes all vendors’ suppliers, businesses, and other persons or entities that have been engaged by a Contractor to perform, or assist with the performance of, services relating to the Project.

Eligible (Definition): Includes all Contractors/Subcontractors providing direct labor on the Project, and excludes Ineligible Contractors, as defined below. Temporary labor services, leasing companies and surveyors are to be treated as Eligible Contractors.

Ineligible (Definition): Includes, but is not limited to, consultants; suppliers who do not perform or do not subcontract installation; demolition that includes abatement and hazardous materials removal; vendors; materials dealers; surveyors; consultants; guard services; non-construction janitorial services; and truckers, including trucking to the Project where delivery is the only scope of work performed. However, if contracted with an on-site installer, suppliers/vendors should be enrolled in the OCIP only for General Liability, as it pertains to the contractual relationship of the installer’s on-site work. Any party deemed an Ineligible Contractor, but who has direct labor on the Project, will be required to participate in the Project Safety Program (see Section 2.15). Any questions regarding a Contractor’s status as “Eligible” or “Ineligible” should be referred by written request to Owner.

Enrollment of each Contractor’s eligible Subcontractors is mandatory. Contractor shall notify Owner and the Program Administrator in writing of the identity of each Subcontractor, and shall cause each Subcontractor to notify the Program Administrator in writing of the identity of each of its Sub-subcontractors, prior to such parties’ commencement of their portion of the Work and prior to their entry onto the Project. Subcontractors shall not be deemed enrolled until the Program Administrator and OCIP insurers receive and approve a completed Contract Enrollment Form, for each awarded contract. Enrollment is required prior to commencement of on-site activities but no contractor shall be enrolled sooner than 30 days prior to their start date. Each Subcontractor shall be solely responsible for any and all losses, damages, claims, liabilities, and suits arising out of such Subcontractor’s failure to enroll, or delay in enrolling, any of its Subcontractors.

Unless otherwise directed by the Owner, Ineligible Contractors and Subcontractors will be required to maintain their own insurance for both on-site and off-site activities and will be required to participate in the Project Safety Program. Minimum Insurance and endorsement requirements are located in Section 2.5 & 2.6.

B. Project Site and Offsite Premises

Coverage’s provided by the OCIP are Project Site specific. The Project Site shall be designated by the Owner. The Project Site consists of any and all projects that are endorsed to this policy, which includes the: 1. Ways and means adjoining the endorsed project site.2. Adjacent locations to the endorsed projects sites where incidental operations are being performed, excluding

permanent locations.

With the exception of 1 and 2 mentioned above, off-site locations, labor and operations are not covered by the OCIP. It will be the responsibility of each Contractor/Subcontractor to maintain off-site insurance, as identified in Section 2.5, which specifies coverage types and minimum limits. Contractor/Subcontractor will promptly furnish to the Owner, or its designated representative, Certificates of Insurance evidencing that all required insurance is in force.

1.2 Prequalification & Cost Identification:

A. Contractor Pre-Qualification




04/11/2014 Page 3


Pursuant to Government Code Section 4420.5, Bidders must meet certain minimum standards. Contractors must meet minimum standards in order to bid on the Owners’ Project. The following qualification standards apply to ALL Bidding Contractors at time of bid opening:

1. Have an average Workers’ Compensation Experience Modification Rate (EMR) of 1.25 or less overthe last five (5) years. 2. Have Zero (0) Serious and Willful violations (Labor Code Section 6300) against them in the pastfive (5) years 3. Provide evidence of an Injury and Illness Prevention Program (IIPP) (District to specify ifevidence is required at bid submittal or post bid submittal)

Failure to meet these minimum standards shall disqualify the bidder. B. Contractor Insurance Cost Identification

Contractor’s base bid shall exclude any and all costs for insurance coverage’s provided under the OCIP. If insurance cost is not removed, the bidder may not qualify as the lowest responsive bidder. The Bidder declares under penalty of perjury under California law, that the base bid excludes any costs relating to any insurance coverage’s afforded under the OCIP and that each subcontractor to the Bidder has similarly excluded costs for any insurance coverage afforded under the OCIP.

C. Change Order Pricing

All Contractors/Subcontractors declare, under penalty of perjury under California law, that the change order is priced to exclude any costs relating to any insurance coverage afforded under the OCIP.

EACH CONTRACTOR/SUBCONTRACTOR MUST INCLUDE THIS DOCUMENT WITH THEIR BID SPECIFICATIONS TO ANY AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS. ANY CONTRACTOR/SUBCONTRACTOR’S Failure to comply with the OCIP Administrator and all OCIP requirements shall be considered non-performance under the contract.

2.1 Owner-Provided Insurance Coverage’s

CONTRACTOR/SUBCONTRACTOR SHOULD REFER TO THE ACTUAL POLICIES FOR DETAILS CONCERNING COVERAGE, EXCLUSIONS, AND LIMITATIONS. IN THE EVENT OF ANY CLAIM OR QUESTION WITH REGARD TO COVERAGE PROVIDED BY THE OCIP, THE ORIGINAL POLICIES WILL PREVAIL AS THE SOLE BINDING AGREEMENT. OCIP POLICIES AND PROJECT INSURANCE MANUAL ARE AVAILABLE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE PROGRAM ADMINISTRATOR.

The OCIP is for the benefit of the Owner and all Enrolled Contractors/Subcontractors who have on-site employees. OCIP coverage applies only to Work performed under the contract at the Project (see Section 1.1, B for definition). All Contractors must provide their own insurance for Automobile Liability and off-site locations, labor, and operations.

Such policies or programs may be amended from time to time, and the terms of such policies or programs, as amended, are incorporated herein by reference.




04/11/2014 Page 4


The Contractors/Subcontractors enrolled in the OCIP agree that the OCIP policies’ limits of liability, coverage terms and conditions shall determine the scope of coverage provided by the OCIP.

A. Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurance, in accordance with applicable state laws, to all Enrolled Contractors/Subcontractors reflecting the following Limits of Liability:

Workers’ Compensation: • California Statutory BenefitsEmployer’s Liability: • $1,000,000 Bodily Injury each Accident• $1,000,000 Bodily Injury by Disease – Policy Limit• $1,000,000 Bodily Injury by Disease – Each Employee

1. Deductible: None2. Exclusions: The known exclusions for this coverage are set forth on the table attached as Exhibit B. This is asummary and may not be exhaustive. The policy language may contain additional exclusionary language, limitations or carve-backs that are not identified on the table. It is the responsibility of the Contractor/Subcontractor to review the policy for the complete details of all exclusions. 3. Policy Term: The policy term is one year, with automatic one-year renewals until the Project is completed. Thepolicy is intended to remain in effect for duration of the contractor’s contractual work. Warranty work and post contract repair work is excluded. Each Contractor/Subcontractor is insured under the policy for the length of its work at the Project.

B. General Liability Insurance will be provided on an “Occurrence” form under a master liability policy. Certificates of Insurance will be provided to all enrolled Contractors/Subcontractors reflecting the following Limits of Liability:

• $5,000,000 Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability• $10,000,000 General Aggregate• $5,000,000 Products and Completed Operations• 10 Years Completed Operations• Limits are per Project

1. Deductible: None2. Exclusions: The known exclusions for this coverage are set forth on the table attached as Exhibit B. This is asummary and may not be exhaustive. The policy language may contain additional exclusionary language, limitations or carve-backs that are not identified on the table. It is the responsibility of the Contractor/Subcontract to review the policy for the complete details of all exclusions. 3. Policy Term:a. Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability coverage’s to remain in effect until Project Completion Date or July

1, 2018, whichever comes first, as defined in the policy.b. Ten years Products and Completed Operations coverage’s.

C. Contractor’s Pollution Liability, on an “Occurrence” form under a master liability policy, except for fungus/spore coverage which is “Claims Made”. Certificates of Insurance will be provided to all enrolled Contractors/Subcontractors reflecting the following Limits of Liability:

• $25,000,000 Each Loss / $25,000,000 Program Annual Aggregate




04/11/2014 Page 5


• Claims expense, including defense cost, within limits• $5,000,000 Fungus/Spore Sub-limit, $5,000,000 Per Claim/Program Aggregate

1. $10,000 Deductible, Per Claim2. Contractor/Subcontractor shall be liable, at its expense; to the extent claims payable are attributable to their acts oromissions and/or the acts or omissions of its Subcontractors of any tier or any other entity or person for whom it may be responsible. The deductible amount shall not be reimbursed by the OCIP Insurance Program or the District. 3. Exclusions: The known exclusions for this coverage are set forth on the table attached as Exhibit B. This is asummary and may not be exhaustive. The policy language may contain additional exclusionary language, limitations or carve-backs that are not identified on the table. It is the responsibility of the Contractor/Subcontractor to review the policy for the complete details of all exclusions. Policy Term: The policy term is from July 1, 2013 to June 30, 2015. The policy is intended to remain in effect for the length of the Project or June 30, 2018, whichever comes first.

D. Builder’s Risk, during the Course of Construction, at the Project. Such insurance shall be written on a repair or replacement cost basis, subject to exclusions, sublimits, property limitations and conditions. Such insurance shall include the interests of the Owner and Contractors/Subcontractors during the Course of Construction.

A deductible, which shall be determined by the type of construction, will apply to each occurrence. The deductible schedule is as follows:

New Construction Deductible Wood Frame $10,000-25,000 Fire Resistive / Non-Combustible, $10,000-25,000 Masonry Non-Combustible or Joisted Masonry

($50,000 for Water Damage)

Modernization/Renovation Deductible Non-Structural (Wood Frame) $10,000 Non-Structural (Other than Wood Frame) $10,000 Structural $25,000

($50,000 for Water Damage)

1. Contractor shall be responsible for the applicable deductible under the Districts builder’s risk insurancepolicy for damage to work of Contractor or any Subcontractor of any tier including damage to work of other Contractors caused by Contractor or its Subcontractors. The applicable deductible amount shall not be reimbursed by the OCIP Insurance Program or the District. 2. Exclusions: The known exclusions for this coverage are set forth on the table attached as Exhibit B. This is asummary and may not be exhaustive. The policy language may contain additional exclusionary language, limitations or carve-backs that are not identified on the table. It is the responsibility of the Contractor/Subcontractor to review the policy for the complete details of all exclusions. 3. Policy Term: The policy term is from July 1, 2013 to June 30, 2015.




04/11/2014 Page 6


E. OCIP Policies Establish OCIP Coverage, The insurance coverages, limits of liability, definitions, terms, conditions, exclusions and limitations contemplated in these contractual provisions and the other contract documents are set forth in full in the OCIP insurance policies. The summary descriptions of such policies in these contractual provisions, in the Project Insurance Manual, or in any other contract document or elsewhere are not intended to be complete or to alter or amend any provision of the actual OCIP policies. To the extent, if any, such descriptions herein or therein conflict with any such insurance policies, the provisions of the actual insurance policies shall govern. To the extent there are any other conflicts between or among the provisions of such insurance policies, these contractual provisions, the contract documents, or the Project Insurance Manual, then in descending order, the insurance policies shall govern, followed by these contractual provisions, the contract, the other contract documents, then the Project Insurance Manual. Contractor/Subcontractor acknowledges that it has had the opportunity to review the insurance policies as provided in Section 2.1 A -D, above, and that it is relying solely on the provisions set forth in the insurance policies, and not upon any oral or written statement or reference in these contractual provisions, any other contract document, the Project Insurance Manual, or otherwise.

2.2 OCIP Certificates and Policies

All Enrolled Contractors/Subcontractors will receive their own Workers’ Compensation policy. Certificates of Insurance will be furnished for General Liability and Contractor’s Pollution Liability coverages. Program Administrator will provide a copy of the OCIP policies upon written request. Such policies or programs may be amended from time to time and the terms of such policies or programs, as they may be amended, are incorporated herein by reference. Contractors/Subcontractors hereby agree to be bound by the terms of coverage, as contained in such insurance policies and/or self-insurance programs.

2.3 Contractor/Subcontractor Responsibilities

Participation in the OCIP is mandatory but not automatic. Each Eligible Contractor /Subcontractor must comply with the following:

A. Contractor Eligibility, see Section 1.1, A for definition.

B. Enrollment Compliance

An Eligible Contractor/Subcontractor is not enrolled until the Program Administrator and OCIP insurers receive and approve a completed Contract Enrollment Form (see Exhibit A), for each awarded contract. Enrollment is required prior to commencement of on-site activities but no contractor shall be enrolled sooner than 30 days prior to their start date. Evidence of Insurance for Contractor/Subcontractor-Provided Insurance Coverage (see Sections 2.5 and 2.6) is a requirement and must be submitted with the completed Contract Enrollment Form.

Any Contractor/Subcontractor who enrolls in the OCIP after their start date must provide a No-Known-Loss Letter to the Program Administrator, along with the enrollment documentation. Late Enrollment is not guaranteed and must be approved and accepted by the insurance carrier. Upon approval, the Program Administrator will provide evidence of OCIP coverage to the Contractor/Subcontractor, as noted in Section 2.2.

All Contractors/Subcontractors shall cooperate with, and require their Subcontractors to cooperate with, the Owner and the Program Administrator, in regards to the administration and operation of the OCIP.




04/11/2014 Page 7


C. Contractor/Subcontractor Compliance with Other Forms and Procedures

All Enrolled Contractors/Subcontractors are required to complete and submit the following forms:

Project Site Monthly Payroll Report

Project Site Monthly Payroll Reports (see Exhibit C) must be submitted to the Program Administrator on a monthly basis, until the completion of the contract. This report must summarize the unburdened payroll by Workers’ Compensation Class Code. Certified payroll is not a requirement of the OCIP and cannot be accepted. If the Project Site Monthly Payroll Report is not submitted to Program Administrator on a monthly basis, the Construction Manager and/or Owner can withhold payment until the report is received. Contractor/Subcontractor agrees to keep and maintain accurate and classified records of their payroll for operations at the Project Site. This payroll information is submitted to the OCIP insurer. At the end of each contract, a carrier audit may be performed using the reported payroll.

Payroll Reporting /Workers’ Compensation Insurance Rating Bureau Requirements

Once an Eligible Contractor/Subcontractor is enrolled into the OCIP, a separate Workers’ Compensation Policy will be issued to them. All Enrolled Contractors/Subcontractors shall comply with the rules and regulations of the California Workers Compensation Insurance Rating Bureau (WCIRB).

Contractor’s Completion Notice

Contractor’s Completion Notice (see Exhibit D) must be submitted to the Program Administrator upon completion of work at the Project, which includes punch list items, but not warranty work. This form evidences all enrolled Contractors’/Subcontractors’ actual start and completion dates, per each contract. This information is used to confirm that each Workers’ Compensation Policy was issued with correct policy term dates, covering the Contractors/Subcontractors for the duration of their Work at the Project. This information is subsequently submitted to the Workers’ Compensation Insurance Rating Bureau (WCIRB).

Project Insurance Manual

A Project Insurance Manual will be provided to all awarded Contractors/Subcontractors, which includes a Program Summary, Claims Reporting Instructions, Project Safety Guidelines, necessary forms, and contact information. Copies can be requested from the Program Administrator.

D. Contractor/Subcontractor Compliance with all aspects of the OCIP

All Contractors/Subcontractors further acknowledge and agree to comply fully and promptly with such safety, loss control, and quality control rules, requirements, and directives as may from time to time be promulgated by Owner, the Program Administrator and/or the OCIP insurers or any of its or their respective consultants, agents, or representatives. Nothing in this document or any other contract document or in the Project Insurance Manual, shall be deemed to render Owner or any of its affiliates of any tier an employer of Contractor/Subcontractor or any of its Subcontractors or any of its or their personnel or employees. Failure to comply will be considered non-performance under the contract.

It is the obligation of each Eligible Contractor/Subcontractor to enroll in the OCIP and to comply with all of the administrative, notice, claim reporting, safety, loss control, quality control, insurance and other requirements set forth in these contractual provisions, in the OCIP insurance policies, in the Project Insurance Manual, and elsewhere in the




04/11/2014 Page 8


contract documents. Contractor/Subcontractor shall provide each of its Subcontractors, among other things, with a copy of the Project Insurance Manual and a copy of these contractual provisions. Contractor/Subcontractor shall require in writing that each enrolling Subcontractor comply with, among other things, the provisions of the OCIP insurance policies, the Project Insurance Manual, and the contract documents. All such requirements shall be included in all subcontracts and sub-subcontracts with eligible parties. The failure of Contractor/Subcontractor or any other party to provide eligible Subcontractors with a copy of this document, the Project Insurance Manual, and/or all other applicable requirements shall not relieve any such Subcontractor of any of the obligations contained therein.

Contractor/Subcontractor shall keep and maintain accurate records and information in accordance with the requirements of the OCIP Insurer(s), the Project Administrator, the Project Insurance Manual, and the contract documents, and shall provide such records and information to Owner, the Program Administrator, and/or the OCIP insurers upon request.

2.4 OCIP Disclaimer

The Owner does not warrant or represent that the OCIP coverages constitute an insurance program that completely addresses all the risks of the Contractors/Subcontractors. Prior to the commencement of work under the contract, it is the responsibility of all Contractors/Subcontractors to ensure that the OCIP coverages provided sufficiently address their insurance needs. Any additional insurance coverage purchased will be at Contractor’s/Subcontractor’s option and sole expense.

2.5 Required Contractor/Subcontractor Provided Insurance Coverage’s

For any work under this contract, and until completion and final acceptance of the work by the Owner, the Contractors/Subcontractors shall, at their own expense, promptly furnish Certificates of Insurance evidencing that coverage is in force and any required Additional Insured Endorsements to the Owner, with a copy to the Program Administrator for the following coverages, before commencing work on the Project (See Section 2.6 for Certificate Holder and Additional Insured Endorsement specifications):

Automobile Liability Insurance, must cover all vehicles owned by, hired by, or used on behalf of the Contractors/Subcontractors for both Project Site and off-site operations with the following minimum limits of liability:

Ineligible /Not Enrolled Enrolled Enrolled General/Subcontractor General/Prime Contractor Subcontractor

Bodily Injury and Property Damage $2M/$1M $2,000,000 $1,000,000

Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurance Workers’ Compensation –Statutory Benefits - All States Employer’s Liability:

a. $1,000,000 Bodily Injury each Accidentb. $1,000,000 Bodily Injury by Disease – Policy Limitc. $1,000,000 Bodily Injury by Disease – Each Employee

General Liability Insurance, minimum limits of liability are as follows:

Ineligible /Not Enrolled Enrolled Enrolled




04/11/2014 Page 9


General/Subcontractor General/Prime Contractor Subcontractor Bodily Injury and Property Damage $2M/$1M $2,000,000 $1,000,000 Per Occurrence $2M/$1M $2,000,000 $1,000,000 General Aggregate $2M/$1M $2,000,000 $1,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Agg. $2M/$1M $2,000,000 $1,000,000 Personal/Advertising Injury Aggregate $2M/$1M $2,000,000 $1,000,000

Professional Liability Insurance, if Contractor’s/Subcontractor’s work requires design and/or design-assist services, or Contractor/Subcontractor performs professional services of any kind, Contractor/Subcontractor shall purchase and maintain, at its sole cost and expense, Professional Liability (Errors and Omissions) insurance for all professional services provided. This Professional Liability insurance shall include full prior acts coverage sufficient to cover the services under this agreement, with the following minimum limits of liability:

1. $2,000,000 per Claim/Annual Aggregate2. Deductible or self-insured retention amount must not be greater than $100,000 per claim, including coverage ofcontractual liability.

Professional Liability Insurance is to be maintained during the term of the contract and for so long as the insurance is reasonably available as provided herein, for a period of ten (10) years after completion of the services.

Environmental and Asbestos Abatement Coverage’s, if the Contractor’s/Subcontractor’s scope of work involves the removal of asbestos, the removal/replacement of underground tanks, or the removal of toxic chemicals and substances, the Contractor/Subcontractor will be required to provide the following minimum limits of liability, for such exposures subject to requirements and approval of the Owner:

1. $1,000,000 per Claim/Aggregate

Aircraft or Watercraft Liability Insurance, if any Contractor/Subcontractor, requires the use of Aircraft or Watercraft at the Project Site, the Contractor/Subcontractor shall purchase and maintain, or cause the operator of the Aircraft or Watercraft to purchase and maintain, Aircraft or Watercraft liability insurance. This must insure passengers and the General Public against personal injury, bodily injury or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance, use or entrustment to others. It includes Aircraft or Watercraft owned or operated by or rented or loaned to any insured. Use includes operation and “loading or unloading”. Contractor/Subcontractor will be required to provide the following minimum limits of liability, for such exposures subject to requirements and approval of the Owner:

1. $5,000,000 per Claim/Aggregate

2.6 Required Contractor/Subcontractor Certificates of Insurance and Additional Insured Endorsements Certificates of Insurance and Additional Insured Endorsements acceptable to the Owner and Program Administrator must be filed with the Owner within ten (10) days after award of the contract to all Contractors/Subcontractors and prior to commencement of on-site activities.

All required insurance shall be maintained, without interruption, from the date of commencement of on-site activities, until the date of the final payment or expiration of any extended period, as set forth in this agreement. These certificates and additional insured endorsements required by Section 2.5 and 2.6 shall provide not less than thirty (30)




04/11/2014 Page 10


days prior written notice to the Owner, with a copy to the Program Administrator, of any material change in the insurance, cancellation, or non-renewal. Certificates of Insurance, the Project must be identified on the Certificate of Insurance in the “Description of Operations/Locations/Vehicles/Special Items” section. The Certificates of Insurance should name San Jose Evergreen CCD, as the Certificate Holder, as specified below:

Certificate Holder: San Jose Evergreen CCD C/o Statewide Educational Wrap Up Program (SEWUP) 2355 Crenshaw Blvd., Suite 200 Torrance, CA 90501

Additional Insured Endorsements, the Owner must be specifically named on the Schedule of an Additional Insured Endorsement, under the section titled, “Name of Person or Organization”, as specified below:

1) All Contractors/Subcontractors must provide an additional insured endorsement for automobile liability.

2) Ineligible Contractors/Subcontractors must provide an additional insured endorsement on both the AutomobileLiability and General Liability policies and a waiver of subrogation on workers’ compensation.

Name of Person or Organization: San Jose Evergreen CCD c/o Statewide Educational Wrap Up Program (SEWUP) 2355 Crenshaw Blvd., Suite 200 Torrance, CA 90501

2.7 Contractor/Subcontractor Insurance for Personal Property and Equipment

All Contractors/Subcontractors shall be solely responsible for any loss or damage to their personal property including, without limitation, their tools and equipment, mobile construction equipment, scaffolding, and temporary structures, whether owned, borrowed, used, leased or rented by any Contractor/Subcontractor. Contractors/Subcontractors may at their sole discretion, purchase and maintain insurance or self-insure such equipment and property, and any deductible in relation thereto shall be their sole responsibility. Any insurance, including self-insurance, shall be the Contractors’/Subcontractors’ sole source of recovery in the event of a loss.

Any type of insurance or any increase of limits of liability not described in this Section, which the Contractors/Subcontractors require for their own protection or on account of any statute, will be their own responsibility and at their expense.

2.8 Assignment of Return Premiums

The Owner will be responsible for the payment of all premiums associated solely with the OCIP and will be the sole recipient of any dividend(s) and/or return premium(s) generated by the OCIP.

2.9 Waiver of Subrogation and Owner Indemnification

With respect to their work on the Project: • Owner waives all rights of subrogation and recovery against the Contractors/Subcontractors to the extent of

any loss or damage, which is insured under the OCIP.




04/11/2014 Page 11


• Contractors/Subcontractors waive all rights of subrogation and recovery against the Owner and otherContractors/Subcontractors to the extent of any loss or damage, which is insured under the OCIP.

• The Contractors/Subcontractors are obligated to indemnify the Owner for damages or claims not covered bythe OCIP.

2.10 No Release The provision of the OCIP, by the Owner, will in no way be interpreted as relieving the Contractors/Subcontractors of any other responsibility or liability under this agreement or any applicable law, statute, regulation, or order.

2.11 Owner’s Right to Audit

The Contractor/Subcontractor will permit the Owner and/or its representative to examine and/or audit its books, records and insurance policy information. Contractor/Subcontractor will also provide any additional information to the Owner, or it’s appointed representatives, as may be required.

2.12 Duties in the Event of a Loss

Contractors/Subcontractors are required to report any and all losses, which include potential losses, promptly to, OCIP insurers and/or Program Administrator. A full description and details of the incurred loss are also required.

The Contractor/Subcontractor shall assist the Owner, its agents, and the Program Administrator, by providing the utmost cooperation in the adjustment of claims arising out of the operations conducted under, or in connection with, the Project and shall cooperate with the Owner’s insurers in claims and demands that arise out of the Work and that the insurers are called upon to adjust.

2.13 Occupational Safety and Health Compliance

All Contractors/Subcontractors are expected to comply with all applicable local, state, and federal occupational safety and health. If additional safety and health requirements are set forth in the contract specifications, all contractors shall comply with these requirements

It is the responsibility of each Contractor/Subcontractor to maintain an environment free of recognized hazards. All Contractors/Subcontractors shall exercise reasonable care to prevent work-related injuries; property and equipment damage at the Project, as well as minimize risk to the public and third party property.

In the event of an accident, it shall be the responsibility of the employing and/or responsible Contractor/Subcontractor to see that injured workers or members of the public are provided immediate medical treatment. All appropriate medical and claim forms must be filed in accordance with the claim procedures developed for this Project by Keenan & Associates, hereinafter called “Program Administrator.” This includes notification to the appropriate state authorities, if necessary.

The Program Administrator shall conduct periodic loss control surveys on behalf of the District. These surveys will focus on evaluating the Contractors’/Subcontractors’ efforts to minimize loss, assist in identifying loss exposures, and to recommend appropriate corrective measures. The Program Administrator is a resource to supplement the safety and loss prevention activity of Contractors/Subcontractors. Its loss control survey activities or other activities of the Program Administrator and/or OCIP insurers do not in any way relieve the Contractors/Subcontractors of their responsibilities for Project safety.




04/11/2014 Page 12


In addition local, state, and federal occupational safety and health laws, the following standards apply to all Enrolled and Non-Enrolled Contractors/Subcontractors.

1. Safety Orientation

a. Contractor/Subcontractor employees shall be provided with a project specific safety orientation priorthe start of the project. At a minimum, the orientation will address the following items:

i. The District’s site safety requirements.ii. Site specific safety hazards and protective measures for these hazards.iii. Emergency telephone numbers and procedures.iv. Local medical clinic/hospital information within the Medical Provider Network (MPN).

2. Program Management

a. Each Contractor/Subcontractors shall have the following safety programs:

i. Injury and Illness Prevention Plansii. Hazard Communication Programsiii. Heat Illness Prevention Plans

b. Each Contractor/Subcontractor shall have an onsite competent person responsible for occupationalsafety and health.

3. Site Safety

According to industry practices, it is the responsibility of contractors of all tiers to exercisereasonable care to prevent work-related injuries; property and equipment damage at the project site,as well as minimize risk to the third-party persons and property. Contractors/Subcontractors of alltiers shall be expected to comply with the following safety and loss control requirements:

a. All Subcontractors shall identify their contact person(s) to the General or Prime Contractor.

b. All Contractors/Subcontractors shall follow District procedures for dealing with the media.

c. All construction employees shall wear clothing suitable for the weather and work conditions. At aminimum, this shall be short sleeved shirts, long pants, and leather or other protective work shoes orboots.

d. Alcohol is prohibited on District property at all times.

e. Contractors/Subcontractors will be required to respond to all District complaints aboutobjectionable levels of dust or noise and will be required to provide prompt and appropriateabatement.

f. Construction personnel cannot enter District grounds other than the construction site unlessaccompanied by District personnel, and are allowed only “incidental” contact with students.Violations of these requirements by any construction employee will result in a mandatorybackground check of that employee – including fingerprinting – as required by state law.

g. All prime contractors must attend the site specific pre-construction meeting.

h. No sexual reference or preference shall be permitted on any piece of clothing or the hardhat. Anyemployee observed disregarding this policy shall be removed from the job site until further notice.

i. All Contractors/Subcontractors shall control the break time activities of the employees to assure thecleanup of all soda cans, food wrappers, plastic bottles, or food containers from the break area. Such




04/11/2014 Page 13


areas shall be cleaned immediately after the break and all waste placed in trash receptacles. No glass containers are permitted on the site.

j. Theft or willful damage to any property of the District, student, or other contractors will beprosecuted fully.

k. All Contractors/Subcontractors will advise non-English speaking employees in their native languageeither in a written format or via an interpreter of these policies.

4. Mandatory 6’ Fall Protection

a. Contractor/Subcontractor employees shall be protected from fall exposures of 6 feet or greater.Activities include but are not limited to:

i. Steel erectionii. Deckingiii. Roofingiv. Framingv. Scaffold work

b. A safety monitor as means of fall protection is prohibited.

c. Ladder jacks, lean-to, and prop-scaffolds are prohibited.

d. Contractor/Subcontractors are required to provide training to their employees who might beexposed to a fall hazard prior to the exposure or upon hiring. This training shall be documented andavailable for review.

e. Methods of fall protection include but are not limited to the following:

i. Railingsii. Covers for Floor, Roof, and Wall Openingsiii. Personal Fall Arrest Systems, Personal Fall Restraint Systems, and Positioning Devicesiv. Controlled Access Zones

f. The design and construction of railings shall conform to the Cal/OSHA Construction Safety Orders.

g. The minimum parapet height allowed for fall protection is 42 inches or greater.

h. Covers used to cover floor, roof, and wall openings shall be secured in place to prevent accidentalremoval or displacement and shall be marked in accordance in accordance with Cal/OSHAConstruction Safety Orders.

i. Covers used to cover floor and roof openings shall be capable of safely supporting the greater of 400pounds or twice the weight of the employees, equipment and materials that may be imposed on anyone square foot area of the cover at anytime.

j. Controlled access zones shall be defined by a control line or other means that restricts access. Eachline shall have a minimum breaking strength of 200 pounds. Signs shall be posted to warnunauthorized employees to stay out of the controlled access zone.

k. Control lines shall consist of ropes, wires, tapes, or equivalent materials. Control lines shall beerected and supported in accordance with Cal/OSHA Construction Safety Orders.

5. Crane Safety




04/11/2014 Page 14


a. In accordance with Title 8, California Code of Regulations, section 5006.1, employers shall onlypermit operators who have a valid certificate (license) of competency to operate cranes. Theoperator shall have his license on his person, readily available for review.

b. All cranes used in lifting service, exceeding 3 tons rated capacity, and their accessory gear shall not beused until the employer has ascertained that such equipment has been certificated in accordance withCal/OSHA as evidenced by current and valid documents. Certificates (annual and quadrennial)attesting to current compliance with testing and examination standards shall be maintained, readilyavailable for each crane.

c. The contractor shall provide an erection plan and procedure for erection of trusses and beams over25 feet long. The erection plan and procedure shall be prepared by a civil engineer currentlyregistered in California. This plan and procedure shall be followed and kept available on the job site.

6. Return to Work:

a. The District and OCIP Carrier are committed to working with all Enrolled Contractors andSubcontractors to promote the successful & timely return to work of injured employees following awork related injury. The purpose of this policy is to ensure that Enrolled Contractor/Subcontractoremployees who temporarily cannot return to their normal duties due to job-related injury or illness,but can safely perform transitional duties while recovering is offered appropriate transitional dutiesfor a limited time only.

i. Each Enrolled Contractor/Subcontractor will cooperate with the OCIP Carrier to facilitatethe return to work of any injured employee capable of safely performing transitional duties.

ii. When the employee is released to transitional duties, it is the EnrolledContractor/Subcontractor’s responsibility to facilitate the injured employee's return to work.

iii. The Enrolled Contractor/Subcontractor is expected to accommodate the injured employeeto the fullest extent and facilitate the return to work.

iv. It will be the responsibility of the Insurance Carrier’s Adjuster to maintain communicationwith the treating physician and the Enrolled Contractor/Subcontractor to facilitate theprompt return of an employee to full work status.

3.1 Owner’s Insurance Obligations; Contractors’/Subcontractors’ Obligations; Representations, Warranties and Disclaimers

(a) Owner assumes no obligation to provide insurance other than that summarily described in these Contractual Provisions, in the Project Insurance Manual, and in the OCIP insurance policies. Contractor/Subcontractor shall review the OCIP coverages, limits of liability, and insurance policies to satisfy themselves that the coverages offered thereby meet its needs. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to place any responsibility on Owner, and Owner disclaims any responsibility, for ensuring that the insurance provided by the OCIP is sufficient for the conduct of Contractor’s/Subcontractor’s business or performance of the Work, including, without limitation, the adequacy of the limits of liability provided by, and as to all other terms, conditions and exclusions of, the OCIP insurance policies. The furnishing of insurance by Owner through the OCIP shall in no way relieve or limit or be construed to relieve or limit Contractor/Subcontractor of any responsibility, liability or obligation imposed by the contract, the contract documents, the Project Insurance Manual, the OCIP insurance policies, or by law, including, without limitation, any and all indemnification obligations on the part of Contractor/Subcontractor.




04/11/2014 Page 15


(b) By enrolling in the OCIP, Contractor/Subcontractor acknowledge that (i) the limits of liability of the OCIP insurance policies are shared by all insured parties under the OCIP for this Project; (ii) Owner is not an insurer or in the business of insurance and is not an agent, broker, partner or guarantor of Contractor/Subcontractor or any of the insurance companies providing coverage under the OCIP (the “OCIP insurers”); and (iii) Owner is not responsible for (a) the availability, adequacy, or exhaustion of the limits of the OCIP, (b) the present or future solvency of any of the OCIP insurers or (c) any claims or disputes by, between or among Owner, Contractor/Subcontractor and any of the OCIP insurers, including, without limitation, claims or disputes arising out of any the OCIP insurers’ payment or nonpayment of claims or losses, or such insurers’ contractual or extra-contractual duties, including, without limitation, defense and/or indemnity obligations. Any type of insurance coverage or limits of liability not provided by the OCIP which Contractor/Subcontractor desires for its own protection, or which is required by applicable laws or regulations, shall be its sole responsibility and expense and shall not be included in its compensation for the Work. If Contractor/Subcontractor believes that additional limits of liability beyond those provided by the OCIP would be prudent for its protection, it agrees to investigate and procure such additional limits of liability for itself at its sole cost.

(c) By enrolling in the OCIP, Contractor/Subcontractor represents and warrants that it has had the opportunity to read and analyze (and to obtain professional assistance to read and analyze) a copy of the OCIP insurance policies and understand the contents thereof. Any reference in these contractual provisions, in the Project Insurance Manual, or elsewhere in any contract document as to amount, nature, type or extent of coverage provided under the OCIP and/or potential applicability to any potential claim or loss is for reference only and Contractor/Subcontractor represents and warrants that it has not relied upon any such reference or any other oral or written statement by or on behalf of Owner, the Project Administrator, or any of its or their agents, employees or representatives, but solely upon its own independent review and analysis of the OCIP insurance policies in formulating any understanding and/or belief as to amount, nature, type or extent of any coverage, conditions, extensions, or limits of liability provided by and as to all other terms of the OCIP insurance policies and/or their potential applicability to any claim or loss or their sufficiency for the conduct of Contractor’s/Subcontractor’s business or performance under the contract documents. To the extent that Contractor/Subcontractor deems it prudent to secure and maintain additional, supplemental, excess, or wholly independent insurance or liability associated with its Work on the Project or otherwise, it shall be responsible to do so at its sole expense.

(d) Contractor/Subcontractor hereby releases Owner, the Program Administrator and their respective representatives, agents, directors, officers, employees, partners, shareholders, members, affiliates of every tier, successors, and assigns from any and all claims and liabilities arising out of or relating to acts, errors, omissions or negligence (i) in the design, selection, placement, adequacy, amount, limits, scope and nature of insurance coverage afforded by the OCIP, (ii) in the selection, performance and present and future solvency of the OCIP insurers, and (iii) in the implementation and administration of the OCIP. Contractor/Subcontractor shall make its own determinations regarding such matters and expressly waives any and all rights and benefits conferred upon it by the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1542, which provides:

“A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor did not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.”

Contractor/Subcontractor expressly acknowledges that the foregoing waiver of the provisions of Section 1542 was separately bargained for, and expressly agrees that the release provision shall be given full force and effect, including, without limitation, as to unknown or unsuspected claims, demands, liabilities and causes of action, if any may exist or arise. This release provision shall survive the completion of the Work and the expiration or other termination of the Agreement.




04/11/2014 Page 16


3.2 Joint Defense of Claims and Suits Against More Than One Insured

(a) In the event that a claim, demand, suit, or other proceeding (“Claim”) is brought against more than one insured under the OCIP, Owner and Contractor/Subcontractor recognize the common interest of all OCIP insureds in jointly defending that Claim. To the fullest extent permitted by law, and absent a material, current, actual, unwaivable conflict of interest mandating the appointment of separate counsel under applicable law, Owner and Contractor/Subcontractor insured under the OCIP (i) shall be defended by the same counsel and by the same consultants and experts selected by Owner and/or the OCIP insurers at its or their sole discretion, regardless of whether the defense under the OCIP is provided subject to a reservation of rights issued by any OCIP insurer, and (ii) waive their respective rights to independent counsel as to any and all such Claims. This waiver is deemed to be continuing. Contractor/Subcontractor agrees to execute such other documents as are required to effectuate this waiver and fulfill the purpose of this Section 3.2.

(b) In defense of Claims arising under the OCIP, information shared with counsel engaged to defend the insureds (”Defense Counsel”) will be protected from disclosure and shall remain privileged even after the termination of the OCIP and/or the completion of the Project. Contractor/Subcontractor agrees not to disclose to any person or entity, other than to Owner and to Defense Counsel, any confidential information obtained in the defense or pursuit of Claims covered, or potentially covered, under the OCIP. Any such confidential information shall only be used in matters that arise directly pursuant to such OCIP Claims. However, disclosures of such confidential information may be made (i) upon written approval from Defense Counsel or (ii) where required by court order or by applicable law.

(c) Nothing in this Section 3.5 shall preclude Contractor/Subcontractors from engaging counsel of its choice, at its sole expense, to associate in the defense of any such Claim.

3.3 Duty of Care

Nothing contained in the OCIP insurance policies, the contract, these contractual provisions, any other contract document, or the Project Insurance Manual shall relieve Contractor/Subcontractor of its obligations to exercise due care in the performance of its duties in connection with the Work and to complete the Work in strict compliance with the contract documents.

NOTE: THE OWNER AND PROGRAM ADMINISTRATOR MUST APPROVE CHANGES TO ANY OCIP REQUIREMENT OR PROCEDURE. NO CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTOR HAS THE AUTHORITY TO AMEND THE OCIP REQUIREMENTS.


Please E-mail, Fax or Mail To: Keenan & Associates, 2355 Crenshaw Blvd., Ste. #200, Torrance, CA 90501 Attn: SEWUP, Email: [email protected], Phone (310) 212-3344, Fax (310) 787-8838 License #0451271

EXHIBIT A



Keenan & Associates License # 0451271

EXHIBIT B: KNOWN OCIP POLICY EXCLUSIONS



EXHIBIT C



EXHIBIT D




Project Labor Agreement Measure G Bond Projects

Page 1 of 22

CCOONNSSTTRRUUCCTTIIOONN CCAARREEEERRSS AAGGRREEEEMMEENNTT FFOORR AALLLL MMEEAASSUURREE GG BBOONNDD PPRROOJJEECCTTSS

FFOORR TTHHEE SSAANN JJOOSSEE EEVVEERRGGRREEEENN CCOOMMMMUUNNIITTYY

CCOOLLLLEEGGEE DDIISSTTRRIICCTT

AMunro

Text Box

DOCUMENT 00 73 49 CONSTRUCTION CAREERS AGREEMENT

TBezzant

Text Box

Document 00 73 49 CONSTRUCTION CAREERS AGREEMENT

San Jose-Evergreen Valley Community College District Construction Careers Agreement Contractor Work Assignment Form

Project Name: ___________________________________________ Project Number: _______________ Campus: San Jose City College Evergreen Valley College

Contractor Complete Name: ____________________________________________________________ Office Address: ________________________________________________________________________ Telephone Number: ___________________FAX Number: _________________CSLB Number: _________ Contact Person: ________________________________________________________________________ Name of general contractor, prime contractor, or higher-tier subcontractor Contractor is contracted to: ______________________________________________________________

Describe the scope of work to be performed by Contractor on this project: _________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Contractor: Proposed Craft Assignments Union Contractor Affiliation Name of Craft/Trade Scope of Work Assigned Yes No Name of Local Union

Contractor: Proposed Workforce Schedule Estimated Manpower Craft/Trade Start Date Completion Date Average Workers Peak Workers

Contractor: Sub-tier Contractors Complete Name Scope of Work Telephone CSLB Number

*Note: Completion of this form may fulfill Contractor obligation for a Pre-Construction Conference with theBuilding Trades Council. Failure to fill out this form in detail will lead to a required Pre-Job Conference.



DOCUMENT 00 89 00 – GUARANTEE FORM


DOCUMENT 00 89 00

GUARANTEE FORM

___________________ ("Contractor") hereby agrees that the (“Work” of Contractor) which Contractor

has installed for the San José/Evergreen Community College District ("District") for the following project:

PROJECT: EVC Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing Upgrade Package 2, Project #32307-06

(“Project” or “Contract”) has been performed in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and that the Work as installed will fulfill the requirements of the Contract Documents.

The undersigned agrees to repair or replace any or all of such Work that may prove to be defective in workmanship or material together with any other adjacent Work that may be displaced in connection with such replacement within a period of year(s) or per any other stipulated period listed in individual specification sections of the contract documents, from either the date of completion as defined in Public Contract Code section 7107, subdivision (c), or the date which the Contractor last touched it, whichever is later, ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse or neglect excepted. The date of completion is .

In the event of the undersigned’s failure to comply with the above-mentioned conditions within a reasonable period of time, as determined by the District, but not later than seven (7) days after being notified in writing by the District, the undersigned authorizes the District to proceed to have said defects repaired and made good at the expense of the undersigned. The undersigned shall pay the costs and charges therefor upon demand.

Date:

Proper Name of Contractor:

Signature:

Print Name:

Title:

Representatives to be contacted for service subject to terms of Contract:

NAME:

ADDRESS:

PHONE NO.:

END OF DOCUMENT


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 SECTION 01 11 00 - SUMMARY OF WORK

04/11/2014 Page 1

SECTION 01 11 00

SUMMARY OF WORK

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

The project entails Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing and structural upgrades of multiple existing buildings on the Evergreen Valley College campus. No new square footage or modifications to building assemblies are being added to any of the buildings. The work performed is maintenance in nature with the addition of points of connection for a new back-up generator at the Sequoia and Gullo Buildings, natural gas shutoff valves in the Sequoia Building Classroom-Labs, and above-ceiling mechanical unit maintenance in the PE building. . Contractor must coordinate their work with a scheduled power shut-down, as well as ongoing day-to-day operations of an active school site.

Mechanical/plumbing upgrades (listed by building)

• Electrical Upgrades (listed by project)1. Café Generator assessment (Gullo I)

a. Provide separate emergency loads and install an automatic transfer switch.

• Mechanical/plumbing upgrades (listed by building)1. LETC

a. Install two new hose bibs on roofb. Stack condensing units

2. Physical Educationa. Replace two lobby Air Handling Units

3. Admissions & Recordsa. Replace VAV boxes and install new controls

4. Visual Artsa. Replace expansion tank and install new pad

5. Sequoiaa. Install gas shutoff valves in each classroom, including Greenhouse and Lecture

Hallb. Install new shutoff valve for HHW return line, located by electrical room

1.02 CONTRACTS

A. Construct the work under a single fixed-price contract.

1.03 CONTRACTOR’S USE OF PREMISES

A. Contractor shall limit their use of the premises for work and for storage, to allow for:

1. District access

2. Work by other contractors, if required.


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 SECTION 01 11 00 - SUMMARY OF WORK

04/11/2014 Page 2

3. Owner occupancy of site, outside of the South Green area.

4. Use by the public of site, outside of the South Green area.

B. Coordinate use of premises under direction of Program Manager and Owner.

C. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products under this contract, stored on site.

D. Move any stored products, under contractor’s control, which interfere with operations of the Owner or separate contractor.

E. Obtain and pay for the use of additional storage or work areas needed for operations.

1.04 WORK DURING COLLEGE SESSIONS

A. Work under this contract will be executed in part during a regular session of the College. Contractor shall cooperate with College authorities in every way to minimize disturbance.

B. In the entrance and exit of all workers and in bringing in, storing and removal of equipment, Contractor shall cooperate with those in authority and prevent interference with functioning of the College. Observe all rules and regulations in force and avoid unnecessary dust, mud, or accumulated debris, or undue interference with the convenience, sanitation or routine of departmental activities.

C. In connecting new utilities to existing, and similar operations, Contractor shall time and coordinate such operations so that there will be no interference with College activities.

1.05 PROTECTION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS

A. Provide barricades, coverings, or other types of protection necessary to prevent damage to existing improvements indicated to remain in place.

B. Protect improvements on adjoining properties as well as those on the Owner’s property.

C. Protect existing trees and other vegetation indicated to remain in place, against unnecessary cutting, breaking, or skinning of roots, skinning and bruising of bark, smothering of trees by stockpiling construction materials or excavated materials within the drip line, excess foot or vehicular traffic, or parking of vehicles within drip line.

D. Restore any improvements damaged by this work to their original condition as acceptable to the Owners or other parties or authorities having jurisdiction.

END OF SECTION


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 SECTION 01 21 00 - ALLOWANCES

04/11/2014 Page 1

SECTION 01 21 00

ALLOWANCES PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing the following:

1. Lump sum allowances.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures

1.03 SELECTION AND PURCHASE

A. At the earliest practical date after award of the Contract, advise Architect of the date when final selection and purchase of each product or system described by an allowance must be completed to avoid delaying the Work.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit product data and shop drawings matching the treatments of existing conditions in accordance with the conditions of the contract.

1.05 USE OF ALLOWANCES

A. Allowances will be used only at the direction and/or approval of the District.

B. The Contractor shall list all allowances on the Bid Proposal and include in the Base Bid. The Contractor’s costs for overhead, profit and applicable taxes shall be included in the allowance. The Contract Sum shall be adjusted by Change Order if the actual quantity required is more than or less than the quantity as specified in the Bid Proposal.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 - EXECUTION


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 SECTION 01 21 00 - ALLOWANCES

04/11/2014 Page 2

3.01 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES

A. Project-specific Schedule of Allowances.

Allowance Amount Description

Allowance #1 $30,000 Unforeseen conditions

Allowance #2 $20,000 Non-Standard Work Hours. This allowance shall be used in the event that work is required to be completed during non-standard hours (6:00 am – 6:00 pm Monday-Sunday). Request to use this allowance shall be pre-approved by the Program Manager and District.

END OF SECTION



G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 SECTION 01 23 00 - ALTERNATES 04/11/2014 Page 1

SECTION 01 23 00

ALTERNATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY

A. General: This Section specifies administrative, procedural, and technical requirements for Alternates.

1.02 ALTERNATES A. Summary: 1. Definition: An Alternate is an amount proposed by Bidders and stated on the Bid Form for

certain construction activities defined in the Contract Documents that may be added to or deducted from Base Bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change in either the amount of construction to be completed, or in the products, materials, equipment, systems or installation methods described in Contract Documents.

2. Coordination: Coordinate related Work and modify or adjust adjacent Work as necessary

to ensure that Work fully affected by each accepted Alternate is complete and fully integrated into Project.

3. Notification: Immediately following award of Contract, prepare and distribute to each party

involved, notification of status of each Alternate. Indicate whether Alternates have been accepted, rejected or deferred for consideration at a later date. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to Alternates.

4. Schedule: A Schedule of Alternates is included at the end of this Article. Specification

Sections referenced in the Schedule contain requirements for Base Bid materials and methods only. Requirements necessary to achieve alternate Work are described under each Alternate.

5. Miscellaneous Work: Include as part of each Alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory

objects and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as part of Alternate.

B. Schedule of Alternates: - There are no alternates associated with this project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 SECTION 01 26 00 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION

PROCEDURES

04/11/2014 Page 1

SECTION 01 26 00

CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. This section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing contract modifications.


A. Section 01 29 75: Applications and Certifications for Payment.

B. Section 01 60 00: Product Requirements for administrative procedures for handling request for substitution after award of contract.

1.03 CHANGE ORDER PROPOSAL REQUESTS

A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: The Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that will require adjustment to the Contract Sum or Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.

1. Proposal requests issued by the Architect through the Program Manager are not to beconsidered as an instruction either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposedchange.

2. Should the Owner contemplate making a change in the Work or a change in the ContractTime of Completion, the Architect will issue a “Proposal Request” through the ProgramManager to the Contractor.

3. Within 10 working days of receipt of a Proposal Request, initiated by the Owner, submit aquotation of cost necessary to execute the change to the Program Manager for Owner’sreview.

a. Include a list of quantities of products required and unit costs, with the total amount ofpurchases to be made. Where requested, furnish survey data to substantiatequantities.

b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rates and hours, and amountsof trade discounts.

c. Include labor rates with man-hours appropriate to the change.

d. Include a line item for applicable overhead and profit and/or fees.

e. Include a statement indicating the effect the proposed change in Work will have on theContract Time.



PROCEDURES

04/11/2014 Page 2

1.04 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE

A. Construction Change Directive: The Construction Change Directive instructs the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.

1. The Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of the change in theWork. It also designates the method to be followed to determine change in the ContractSum or Contract Time.

1.05 MINOR CHANGES IN WORK

A. The Architect will issue an Architect’s Supplemental Instructions (ASI) authorizing minor changes in Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or Contract Time.

1.06 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES

A. Upon the Owner’s approval of a Proposal Request, the Program Manager will issue a Change Order for signatures by the Owner and the Contractor. All Change Orders shall be submitted to DSA per Group I, Chapter 4, Part I, Title 24, CBD by the Architect unless otherwise noted. Change Orders will be submitted to the Board of Trustees for approval on a monthly basis.

B. Basis for Labor Wage Rates: The rates quoted in the Change Order Markup Format will be based upon the Labor Rate Worksheet submitted by the General Contractor within two weeks of Award of Contract. All Subcontractors must submit Labor Rate Worksheets when they first provide a quote for extra work. This Worksheet will provide the basis for any future change orders for which they perform work.

C. General Contractor Mark-ups on Changes to the Work: In the event of Changes to the Work, pursuant to Article 8 of the General Conditions, the General Contractor’s mark-up for all overhead, General Conditions costs and profit, shall be as follows:

Mark-ups on General Contractor’s Direct Work Only: 15% Mark-up on Subcontractors (all tiers) Direct Work Only: 5%

The 5% mark-up on Subcontractors is based upon their costs, not the total of their costs and their mark-up. Mark-ups upon subcontractor mark-ups are not allowed. The foregoing limitation on mark-ups shall apply regardless of the number of subcontractors, of any tier, performing any portion of such Change to the work. The contractor may add the actual bond premium fee of no greater than one percent (1%) of the actual direct costs for performance of the change.

D. Subcontractor Mark-ups on Changes to the Work: In the event of Changes to the Work, pursuant to Article 8 of the General Conditions, the Subcontractor’s mark-up for all overhead, General Conditions costs and profit, shall be as follows:

Mark-ups on Subcontractor’s Direct Work Only: 15% Mark-up on Lower Tier Subcontractor’s Direct Work Only: 5%

The 5% mark-up on Lower Tier Subcontractors is based upon their costs, not the total of their costs and their mark-up. Mark-ups upon subcontractor mark-ups are not allowed. The foregoing limitation on mark-ups shall apply regardless of the number of subcontractors, of any tier, performing any portion of such Change to the work.



PROCEDURES

04/11/2014 Page 3



G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 SECTION 01 26 00 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES

04/11/2014 Page 4

Change Order Markup Format Description of change:______________________________________________________

Subcontractor’s Costs A. Subcontractor Materials (include itemized quantity and unit costs $____________ plus sales tax) B. Subcontractor Labor (include itemized hours, trades/classification, $____________ and rates) C. Subcontractor Equipment Rentals (include invoices or standardized rate $____________ charges for contractor-owned equipment) D. Sub-Total Subcontractor $____________ E. Subcontractor markup on Subcontractor costs (15% of Line D) $____________ F. Subcontractor Total (Line D + Line E) $____________

General Contractor’s Costs G. GC Materials (include itemized quantity and unit costs plus sales tax) $____________ H. GC Labor (Include itemized hours, trades and rates) $____________ I. GC Equipment Rentals (Include invoices or standardized rate $____________

charges for contractor-owned equipment) J. Sub-Total General Contractor $____________

K. General Contractor’s markup on GC work (15% of Line J) $____________

L. General Contractor Total (Line J + Line K) $____________

General Contractor Markup on Subcontractors and Bond Fees

M. Costs of all Subcontractors (attach separate sheets for multiple $____________

Subcontractors performing any portion of this change and add

up all line D’s)

N. General Contractor’s Mark-up rate on Subcontractors’ work $____________

(5% of Line M)

O. Sub-Total (All Line F’s + Line L + Line N) $____________ P. All Direct Costs (all Line D’s + Line J) $____________ Q. Mark-Up for Bond Fees (1% of Line P) $____________

TOTAL CHANGE PROPOSAL (Line O + Line Q) $____________ PART 2- PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3- EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION



SECTION 01 26 13- Request For Information (RFI) Procedures


SECTION 01 26 13

REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI) PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. This section specifies administrative and procedural requirements to be followed by Contractor upon discovery of any apparent conflicts, omissions or errors in the Contract Documents, or unforeseen condition or circumstance that is not described in the Contract Documents, or upon having any question concerning interpretation.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Contractor Review of Contract Documents: General Conditions.

2. Section 01 26 00: Contract Modification Procedures.

1.02 PROCEDURES

A. Notification by Contractor:

1. Submit all requests for clarification or additional information in writing concurrently toArchitect and Program Manager.

2. Number RFIs sequentially. Follow RFI number with sequential alphabetical suffix asnecessary for each resubmission. For example, the first RFI would be “001”. Thesecond RFI would be “002”. The first re-submittal of RFI “002” would be “002A or 002.1”.

3. Limit each RFI to one subject.

4. Submit an RFI if one of the following conditions occur:

a. Contractor discovers an unforeseen condition or circumstance that is not described inthe Contract Documents.

b. Contractor discovers an apparent conflict or discrepancy between portions of theContract Documents that appears to be inconsistent or is not reasonably inferred fromthe intent of the Contract Documents.

c. Contractor discovers what appears to be an omission from the Contract Documentsthat cannot be reasonably inferred from the intent of the Contract Documents.

5. Submit request for interpretation, information or clarification immediately upon discovery,and within a time frame that will not delay the Contract Construction Schedule whileallowing the full response time described below.



SECTION 01 26 13- Request For Information (RFI) Procedures


6. In all cases where a RFI is issued to request clarification of coordination issues, such aspipe and duct routing, clearances, specific locations of work shown diagrammatically, orsimilar items, Contractor shall fully lay out a suggested solution using drawings orsketches drawn to scale, and submit same with the RFI. RFIs that do not includesuggested solution will be returned without action.

7. Contractor shall not:

a. Submit an RFI as a request for substitution.

b. Submit an RFI as a Submittal.

c. Submit an RFI under the pretense of a Contract Documents discrepancy or omissionwithout thorough review of the Contract Documents.

d. Submit an RFI with the assumption that specific portions of the Contract Documentsare excluded or by taking an isolated portion of the Contract Documents in part ratherthan as the whole.

e. Submit an RFI without allowing a reasonable period of time for the Architect to review,evaluate, and respond to the request without affecting the completion of the Workwithin the Contract Time, or without proper coordination and scheduling of Work ofrelated trades.

8. If Contractor submits an RFI contrary to the conditions and limitations described in theGeneral Conditions and listed above, the cost of review by District, Program Manager,Architect, and Architect’s Consultants will be paid by the District with reimbursement fromContractor by deductive change order.

B. Response Time:

1. The Architect, whose decision will be final and conclusive if consistent with the intent ofthe Contract Documents, will resolve such questions and issue instructions to theContractor within a reasonable time. In most cases, RFIs will receive a response within10 working days. If in the opinion of the Program Manager and Architect, more than 10working days is required to prepare a response to an RFI, the Contractor will be notifiedof the additional time required.

2. If Contractor proceeds with the Work affected before receipt of a response from theArchitect within the response time described above, any portion of the Work which is notdone in accordance with Architect’s interpretations, clarifications, instructions, ordecisions is subject to removal or replacement, and Contractor shall be responsible for allresultant losses.

C. Volume of RFIs: The Contractor shall provide adequate staff and support to process RFIs in an amount commensurate with a project of this size and complexity.


PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION



SECTION 01 29 75 - APPLICATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS FOR PAYMENT


SECTION 01 29 75

APPLICATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS FOR PAYMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. This Section specifies administrative requirements governing the Contractor’s Application for Payment.

B. Submit Applications for Payment to Program Manager in accordance with the schedule established by Conditions of the Contract and Agreement between Owner and Contractor.

C. Related Requirements in Other Parts of the Project Manual:

1. Contract Sum and Payments: Agreement between Owner and Contractor.

2. Progress Payments, Retainage and Final Payment: Conditions of the Contract.

3. Closeout Procedures: Section 01 77 00.

1.02 FORMAT AND DATA REQUESTED

A. Format and Content: Provide a detailed breakdown of the agreed Contract Sum showing values allocated to each of the various parts of the Work, as specified herein and in other provisions of the Contract Documents, to establish the Schedule of Values. For multi-phase projects, break the Schedule of Values into separate sections for each phase to allow independent tracking of each phase’s progress. In multi building projects, break the Schedule of Values into separate sections for each building to allow independent tracking of each building’s progress.

B. Submit itemized applications typed on AIA Document G702, Application and Certificate for Payment, and continuation sheets G703.

C. Provide itemized data on continuation sheet:

1. Format, schedules, line items and values: Those of the Schedule of Values accepted byProgram Manager.

1.03 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR EACH PROGRESS PAYMENT

A. Application Form:

1. Fill in required information, including that for Change Orders executed prior to the date ofsubmittal of application.

2. Fill in summary of dollar values to agree with the respective totals indicated on thecontinuation sheets.

3. Execute certification with the signature of a responsible officer of the Contract form.





B. Continuation Sheets:

1. Fill out a total list of all scheduled components of work, with item number and thescheduled dollar value for each item.

2. Fill in the dollar value in each column for each scheduled line item when work has beenperformed or products stored.

3. List each Change Order executed prior to the date of submission, at the end of thecontinuation sheets.

a. List by Change Order Number, and description, as for an original component item ofwork.

C. Reference General Conditions for required attachments to be included with Payment Applications.

D. Submit Conditional Waivers and Release of Liens for Payments in current application and Unconditional Waiver and Release of Liens for the previous payment (including waivers from each Subcontractor who has performed work in the respective application periods) in accordance with paragraph 7.3.2 of the General Conditions.

1.04 SUBSTANTIATING DATA FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS

A. When the Owner, Program Manager or Architect requires substantiating data, Contractor shall submit suitable information, with a cover letter identifying:

1. Project.

2. Application number and date.

3. Detailed list of enclosures. Provide copies of the subcontracts or other data acceptable tothe Owner in order to substantiate costs.

4. For stored products:

a. Item number and identification as shown on application.

b. Description of specific material.

c. If materials are stored off site, the Contractor shall comply with paragraph 7.3.6.3 ofthe General Conditions and submit Schedule “A” for stored materials with theApplication for Payment.

B. Submit one copy of data and cover letter for each copy of application.

1.05 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT AT A SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

A. Following issuance of Certificate of Submittal of Completion, submit an Application for Payment; this application shall reflect any Certificates or Partial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.





B. Administrative actions and submittals that shall precede or coincide with this application include:

Record Drawings (Draft) Occupancy Permits and similar approvals Warranties (guarantees) and maintenance agreements Test / Adjust / Balance records Maintenance Instructions Meter Readings Start-up Performance Reports Change-over information related to Owner’s occupancy, use, Operation and Maintenance Final Cleaning Application of reduction of retainage, and consent of surety Advice on shifting insurance coverages List of incomplete work, recognized as exceptions to Architect’s Certificate of Substantial Completion

1.06 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS

A. Fill in application form as specified for progress payments.

B. Use continuation sheet for presenting the final statement of accounting.

C. Administrative actions and submittals which must precede or coincide with submittal of the final payment Application for Payment include the following:

Record Drawings (Final) Completion of Project closeout requirements Completion of items specified for completion after Substantial Completion Assurance that unsettled claims will be settled Assurance that Work not complete and accepted will be completed without undue delay Transmittal of required Project construction records to Owner Certified property survey Proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations have been paid Removal of temporary facilities and services Removal of surplus materials, rubbish and similar elements Change of door locks to Owner’s Access

D. Reference General Conditions for the approval procedure of final payment.

1.07 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE

A. Submit Applications for Payment to Program Manager at time stipulated in the Agreement.

B. Number: Three (3) copies of each application.



END OF SECTION


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 SECTION 01 31 19 - PROJECT MEETINGS

04/11/2014 Page 1

SECTION 01 31 19

PROJECT MEETINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project meetings including but not limited to:

1. Pre-Construction Conference.

2. Progress Meetings.

3. Pre-Installation Conferences.

1.02 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE – Program Manager’s Responsibilities

A. Schedule at a time convenient to all parties but no later than 15 days after the execution of the agreement and prior to the commencement of construction activities.

B. Location: At the Program Manager’s office or other central site, convenient for all parties, as designated by the Program Manager.

C. Attendees

1. Owner’s representative.

2. Program Manager.

3. Architect and Architect’s professional consultants.

4. Contractor and Contractor’s Superintendent.

5. Major subcontractors.

6. Major manufacturers and suppliers (if applicable).

7. Others as appropriate.

8. Other administrative items as appropriate.

1.03 PROGRESS MEETINGS – Program Manager’s Responsibilities

A. Program Manager shall conduct progress meetings at dates and times scheduled at pre-construction meeting unless changes are agreed to by all parties and appropriate notification of such changes has been given.

B. Conduct meetings weekly or as required by the progress of the work.

C. Location of Meetings: Program Manager’s project field office or as determined by all parties.



04/11/2014 Page 2

D. Attendees:

1. Contractor’s Superintendent.

2. Architect and Architect’s professional consultants as needed.

3. Subcontractors as appropriate to the agenda.

4. Suppliers as appropriate to the agenda.

5. Owner’s Representative.

6. Program Manager.

7. Others as appropriate.

1.04 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCES – Contractor’s Responsibilities

A. Conduct pre-installation conference at the project site before each construction activity requiring coordination with other construction.

B. Conduct pre-installation conference at the project site before each construction activity required by specifications to have a pre-installation conference.

C. Attendees: Contractor’s superintendent, the Installer and representatives of manufactures and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation, and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow.

D. Advise the Architect and Program Manager of scheduled meeting dates at least 72 hours in advance.

E. Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for:

Contract Documents Options Related Change Orders Purchases Deliveries Shop Drawings, Product Data and quality control Samples Possible Conflicts Compatibility Conflicts Time Schedules Weather Limitations Manufacturer’s Recommendations Warranty Requirements Compatibility of Materials Acceptability of Substrates Temporary Facilities Space and Access Limitations Governing Regulations Safety Inspection and Testing Requirements Required Performance Results



04/11/2014 Page 3

Recording Requirements Protection

F. Revise construction schedule after each conference where revisions to the schedule have been made, recognized and agreed to.

G. Record significant discussions and agreements and disagreements of each conference, along with approved schedule. Distribute minutes of meeting to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect.

H. Do not proceed with installation if conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate necessary actions to resolve impediments to performance of Work and reconvene conference at earliest feasible date.

1.05 MEP COORDINATION MEETINGS

A. To be held by the Contractor as necessary to maintain work flow and adherence to contractor’s schedule.



END OF SECTION



G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 SECTION 01 31 25 – WEB-BASED PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

04/11/2014 Page 1

SECTION 01 31 25

WEB-BASED PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

GENERAL

1.01 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

A. The General Contractor shall use the specified project management control system. The Contractor’s requirements include:

1. Provide the hardware to operate the system in home and field offices.

2. Provide personnel for training and operation of the system.

3. Provide the telephone or other data line to connect the system to the Internet at the homeand field offices. A Digital Subscriber Line (DSL) is the minimum recommended foroptimum performance.

4. Provide an Internet Service Provider at all locations.

5. Use the system to generate and transmit the specified project management documents.

6. Use the system to communicate with A/E, Program Manager, and Inspector of Record.

7. Maintain the system until final completion.

1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. The system is a technology based construction management project controls solution developed by the Program Manager. The system is designed to address the record keeping and communication requirements of the construction project. The General Contractor is encouraged to include the requirements of this specification in contracts with subcontractors to facilitate the flow of documentation.

1. Document Control

a. Meeting Minutes: This feature will be utilized by the Program Manager with copies tobe distributed to all attendees.

b. Requests for Information: Submit all RFIs utilizing the system.

c. Submittal Register: Track and process all items being submitted for approval.

1.03 OWNERSHIP OF DATABASE

A. Program Manager retains control and ownership of the database during the duration and upon completion of the project will turn it over to the District.



G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 SECTION 01 31 25 – WEB-BASED PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

04/11/2014 Page 2

1.04 TRAINING

A. Contractor to include as part of the contract amount, sufficient costs to provide training for his staff.

B. The Program Manager will provide an orientation for the Contractor.

END OF SECTION


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 SECTION 01 45 00 - QUALITY CONTROL

04/11/2013 Page 1

SECTION 01 45 00

QUALITY CONTROL

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality-control services.

B. Quality control services include inspections, tests, and related actions, including reports performed by Contractor, by independent agencies, and by governing authorities. They do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect.

C. Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with Contract Document requirements.

D. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality control services required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section.

E. Related requirements specified elsewhere

1. Inspections and testing required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders ofpublic authorities: General Conditions.

2. Certification of Products: Respective specification sections.

3. Test, Adjust and Balance of Equipment: Respective specification sections.

4. Tests and Standards: Each specification section listed.

5. Requirements for repair and restoration of construction disturbed by inspection andtesting activities: Section 01 73 29, Cutting and Patching.

1.02 SELECTION OF TESTING AGENCY

A. Owner will select and employ a consultant, testing laboratory or inspection agency to perform specified services.

B. Testing agency must have approval of Division of State Architect (DSA).

C. Employment of Testing Laboratory shall in no way relieve Contractor of their obligation to perform work in accord with Contract.

1.03 PAYMENT

A. Owner will pay for Quality Control Services.

B. Cost of Quality Control Services occurring outside of 100 mile radius of Project Site will be reimbursed to the Owner by deductive change order.



04/11/2013 Page 2

1.04 DEFICIENCIES

A. Cost of tests or inspections due to the following will be reimbursed to the Owner by deductive change order.

1. Re-testing because of failure of initial samples.

2. Additional costs due to overtime work or extra shift work because of improper schedulingof work or of delivery of materials by Contractor.

3. Failure to properly notify laboratory.

4. Changes in sources, lots or suppliers of materials after original tests.

5. Changes in methods or materials of construction requested by Contractor that requiretesting, inspection, or other related services in excess of that required by original design.

6. Concrete mix designs in excess of first successful design for each concrete type.

7. Overtime or extra shift work requiring overtime work by Owner's Inspector.

1.05 TESTS AND INSPECTION

A. Selection of the material required to be tested shall be by the laboratory or the Owner's representative and not by the Contractor.

B. The Contractor shall notify the Owner's representative and Inspector of Record three (3) working days minimum time in advance of the manufacture of material to be supplied by him under the Contract Documents, which must by terms of the Contract be tested, in order that the Owner may arrange for the testing of same at the source of supply.

C. Any material shipped by the Contractor from the source of supply prior to having satisfactorily passed such testing and inspection or prior to the receipt of notice from said representative that such testing and inspection will not be required shall not be incorporated in the job.

1.06 TESTING AGENCY SERVICES

A. The Testing Agency will cooperate with Architect and Contractor; provide qualified personnel promptly on notice.

B. Perform specified inspections, sampling and testing of materials and methods of construction:

1. Comply with specified standards; ASTM, other recognized authorities, and as specified.

2. Ascertain compliance with requirements of Contract Documents.

3. Comply with requirements of Title 24, Part 1.

C. Promptly notify Architect and Contractor, of irregularities or deficiencies of work which are observed during performance of services.

D. Attend pre-construction conference and progress meetings when requested by Architect or



04/11/2013 Page 3

Owner.

E. Perform additional services as required by the Owner.

F. Submittals: Promptly submit copies of reports of inspections and tests, mill analysis, concrete mix designs and certifications per applicable sections of the specification.

1. Comply with requirements of Division of State Architect (DSA) "Structural Tests andInspections", DSA form SSS-103.

a. Forms can be found at http://www.dgs.ca.gov/dsa/Forms.aspx.

2. One copy of all test reports shall be forwarded to the D.S.A. by the testing agency. Suchreports shall include all tests made, regardless of whether such tests indicate that thematerial is satisfactory or unsatisfactory. Samples taken but not tested shall also bereported. Records of special sampling operations as required shall also be reported.The reports shall show that the material or materials were sampled and tested inaccordance with the requirements of Title 24 and with the approved specifications. Testreports shall show the specified design strength. They shall also state definitely whetheror not the material or materials tested comply with requirements.

3. Verification of Test Reports: Each testing agency shall submit to the D.S.A. a verifiedreport in duplicate covering all of the tests which are required to be made by that agencyduring the progress of the project. Such report shall be furnished each time that work onthe project is suspended, covering the tests up to that time, and at the completion of theproject, covering all tests. Comply with Title 24, Part 1.

4. Submit one copy of all test reports to:

a. Owner’s Representative.

b. Architect.

c. Structural Engineer.

d. Contractor.

e. Inspector of Record.

f. Division of State Architect (D.S.A.).

g. Submit verification of test reports to D.S.A. per Title 24, Part 1.

G. Report Data: Written reports of each inspection, test, or similar service include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Date of issue.

2. Project title and number.

3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency.

4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.

http://www.dgs.ca.gov/dsa/Forms.aspx



04/11/2013 Page 4

5. Names of individuals making the inspection or test.

6. Designation of the Work and test method.

7. Identification of product and Specification Section.8. Complete inspection or test data.

9. Test results and an interpretation of test results.

10. Ambient conditions at the time of sample taking and testing.

11. Comments or professional opinion on whether inspected or tested Work complies withContract Document requirements.

12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.

13. Recommendations on retesting.

H. Testing Agency is not authorized to:

1. Release, revoke, alter, or enlarge requirements of Contract Documents or approve oraccept any portion of the work.

2. Perform any duties of the Contractor.

I. All tests and inspection required by D.S.A. shall be conducted in strict accordance with requirements of Title 24.

1.07 INSPECTION BY THE OWNER

A. The Owner and his representative shall at all times have access for the purpose of inspection to all parts of the work and to the shops wherein the work is in preparation, and the Contractor shall at all times maintain proper facilities and provide safe access for such inspection.

B. The Owner shall have the right to reject materials and workmanship which are defective, or to require their correction. Rejected workmanship shall be satisfactorily corrected and rejected materials shall be removed from the premises without charge to the Owner. If the Contractor does not correct such rejected work within a reasonable time, fixed by written notice, the Owner may correct same and charge the expense to the Contractor.

C. Should it be considered necessary or advisable by the Owner at any time before final acceptance of the entire work to make an examination of work already completed by removing or tearing out the same, the Contractor shall on request promptly furnish all necessary facilities, labor and materials. If such work is found to be defective in any respect due to fault of the Contractor or his subcontractor, he shall defray all expenses of such examinations and of satisfactory reconstruction. If, however, such work is found to meet the requirements of the Contract, the additional cost of labor and material necessarily involved in the examination and replacement shall be allowed the Contractor.

1.08 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Cooperate with agencies performing required inspections, tests, and similar services, and



04/11/2013 Page 5

provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested.

B. Provide to agency, selected preliminary representative samples of materials to be tested, in required quantities or assist the agency in taking samples.

C. Furnish casual labor and facilities:

1. To provide access to the Work.

2. To obtain and handle samples at the site.

3. To facilitate inspections and tests.

4. For agency's exclusive use for storage and curing of test samples.

5. To provide security and protection of samples and test equipment at the Project Site.

D. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests.

E. Coordination: Coordinate the sequence of activities to accommodate required services with a minimum of delay. Coordinate activities to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests.

1. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections, tests, taking samples,and similar activities.

1.09 MISCELLANEOUS TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

A. Soil and Compaction Testing and Inspection: Performed by soils engineer employed and paid by Owner.

B. Special Tests: Special tests requested by Owner or Architect or D.S.A. will be paid for by Owner, except that if such tests fail, the costs shall be deducted from the Contract Price by Change Order.

1.10 QUALITY MANAGEMENT

A. Contractors shall participate in the Quality Management Program as directed by the Program Manager and shall be responsible for maintaining an acceptable level of quality for his work. The Contractor shall submit their own Quality Management Program to the Project Manager for review.

B. After award of the contract and prior to start of his work, the Program Manager will schedule a meeting with the Contractor. The purpose of the meeting is to introduce the following Quality Management Program and to determine its implementation process. The following Quality In Construction (QIC) Program is a process, which works to assure the highest quality of building product, which is consistent with the requirements established for the project. During the construction phase of the project, the QIC inspection process is involved in all aspects of the building work to assure the quality of work being provided by the Contractors.

1. COORDINATED DRAWINGS- Contractors shall schedule the process of coordinating theabove ceiling and mechanical space areas prior to work proceeding in the field. Formaldrawings are required and each subcontractor is required to sign each drawing indicating



G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 SECTION 01 45 00 - QUALITY CONTROL 04/11/2013 Page 6

agreement with what is shown and to use the drawings to guide the work. 2. FIRST DELIVERY OF MATERIAL/EQUIPMENT INSPECTION- Contractor shall inspect

and documents the first site delivery of each type of material and equipment against the requirements of the design documents and the approved shop drawings.

3. FIRST EQUIPMENT IN PLACE INSPECTION- Contractor inspects and documents the

first setting of the equipment against the requirements of the design documents and the approved shop drawings.

4. BENCHMARK- Before start of construction of each type of work, the Contractor will

review the contract documents, submittals, shop drawings, codes, and reference standards to verify the requirements.

5. MOCK-UP- Obtain early Owner and A/E approval of the Work for aesthetic

considerations, construction, function, and compliance with the Contract Documents.

6. IN WALL & ABOVE CEILING ACCEPTANCE- Contractor obtains signatures of all trades indicating that their concealed work is complete prior to calling for inspection. (See Closure Inspection Form in Appendix).

7. EQUIPMENT/SYSTEM INSPECTION & START-UP- Contractor has completed static

installation of equipment and is ready to place it in dynamic operation FOR THE CONTRACTOR’S USE.

C. The Contractor shall monitor the quality of the work as it progresses and will report, in writing,

to the Program Manager. The acceptable level of quality will be determined by the Owner, the Architect, Program Manager, the Independent Testing Laboratory, the Contract Documents, and by sample construction. All work not meeting the acceptable level of quality will be corrected at the Contractor’s expense.

D. The Program Manager reserves the right to compile a list of incomplete items and Notice to

Comply logs throughout the duration of the project, which shall be transmitted to the Contractor periodically. The Contractor shall address those items within a reasonable time frame from the date transmitted as established by the Program Manager on a case-by-case basis.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 REPAIR AND PROTECTION

A. General: Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample taking and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. Comply with requirements of Section 01 73 29, "Cutting and Patching".

B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities, and protect repaired

construction.

C. Repair and protection is Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for inspection, testing, or similar services.



04/11/2013 Page 7

3.02 SCHEDULE OF TESTS, INSPECTIONS AND METHODS

A. Excavations, Foundations and Retaining Walls

1. Earth Fill Compaction Tests: 1704A.7.

2. Excavation and Fills for Foundations: 1704A.7 and Table 1704A.7.

3. Inspection of Driven Pile Installation: 1704A.8.

4. Inspection of Caissons: 1704A.9.

B. Concrete:

1. Materials:

a. Portland Cement Tests: 1704A.4.1 and 1916A.1.

b. Concrete Aggregates: 1704A.4.1 and 1903A.5.

c. Reinforcing Bars: 1704A.4.1 and 1916A.2.

d. Batch Plant Inspection and Tests: 1704A.4.2.

e. Waiver of Batch Plant Inspection and Material Tests: 1704A.4.3 and 1916A.4.

2. Concrete Quality:

a. Proportions of Concrete: 1904A and 1905A.1 - 1905A.5.

b. Strength Tests of Concrete: 1905A.6.

3. Concrete Inspection:

a. Job Site Inspection: Table 1704A.4, Items #6, #7, and #11. (Precast concretemembers, if applicable, Item #10.)

b. Batch Plant or Weighmaster Inspection: 1704A.4.3 and 1704A.4.4.

c. Reinforcing Bar Welding Inspection: 1704A.3.1.3, Table 1704A.3, Item #5b, andTable 1704A.4, Item #2.

d. Reinforcing Bar Placement: Table 1704A.4, Item #1.

C. Structural Steel

1. Materials:

a. Structural Steel, Cold Formed Steel: 1704A.3.

b. Material Identification: Table 1704A.3, Items #3 and #4.

2. Inspection of Structural Steel:



04/11/2013 Page 8

a. Tests of Structural and Cold Formed Steel: 1704A.3 and 1708A.4.

b. High Strength Bolts, Nuts, Washers: 1704A.3.3, Table 1704A.3, Items #1 and #2,and 1707A.2.

c. Shop Fabrication Inspection: 1704A.2 and 1707A.2.1.

d. Welding Inspection: Table 1704A.3, Item #5 and 1707A.2.

e. Non-Destructive Weld Testing: 1708A.4.

D. Wood

1. Materials:

a. Lumber and Plywood Grading: 2303.1.1 and 2303.1.4.

b. Glued-Laminated Members: 2303.1.3.

2. Wood Inspection:

a. Glued-Laminated Fabrication: 1704A.6.3.1 and 1704A.2.

b. Manufactured Trusses: 1704A.6.2.2 and 1704A.2, if applicable.

Note: Chapters and Articles refer to CBC 2010 and Title 24, Part 2, 2010.

END OF SECTION


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 SECTION 01 33 00 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

04/11/2014 Page 1

SECTION 01 33 00

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. This section specifies procedural requirements for non-administrative submittals including product data, shop drawings, samples and other miscellaneous work-related submittals required by the Contract Documents.

B. Refer to other Division 01 sections and other contract documents for specifications for administrative submittals. Such submittals include, but are not limited to the following items:

⋅ Permits ⋅ Payment applications ⋅ Performance and payment bonds⋅ Insurance certificates ⋅ Inspection and test reports⋅ Schedule of Values⋅ Progress schedule ⋅ Listing or designation of subcontractors⋅ Record drawings

C. Designate in the progress schedule, or in a separate coordinated schedule, the dates for submission and the dates reviewed shop drawings, product data and samples will be needed for each product.

D. The Contractor's submittal and Architect's acceptance of Product Data, Shop Drawings or Samples that relate to construction activities not complying with the Contract Documents does not constitute an acceptable or valid request for substitution, nor does it constitute approval.

E. Product Data, Shop Drawing and Sample Submittals containing substitutions for specified items will be rejected and returned as not in compliance with Contract Documents.

1.02 PRODUCT DATA

A. Product data includes standard printed information on manufactured products that has not been specially-prepared for this project, including but not limited to the following items:

⋅ Manufacturer's product specifications and installation instructions⋅ Standard color charts⋅ Catalog cuts ⋅ Roughing-in diagram and templates⋅ Standard wiring diagrams



04/11/2014 Page 2

⋅ Printed performance curves⋅ Operational range diagrams⋅ Mill reports ⋅ Standard product operating and maintenance manuals

B. Modify standard drawings to delete information which is not applicable to project.

C. Supplement standard information to provide additional information specifically applicable to project.

1. Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent materials, products or models.

2. Show dimensions and clearances required.

3. Show performance characteristics and capacities.

4. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls.

1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS

A. Shop drawings are technical drawings and data that have been specially prepared for this project, including but not limited to the following items:

⋅ Fabrication and installation drawings⋅ Setting diagrams ⋅ Shop work manufacturing instructions⋅ Templates⋅ Patterns ⋅ Coordination drawings (for use on-site)⋅ Schedules ⋅ Design mix formulas ⋅ Contractor's engineering calculations

B. Standard information prepared without specific reference to a project is not considered to be shop drawings.

C. In addition to other required coordination shop drawings, at exterior areas with exposed ceilings, provide coordination and layout drawings indicating all items to be mounted to the ceiling or soffit structure, including but not limited to light fixtures, life safety devices, conduits, etc.

1.04 SAMPLES

A. Samples are physical examples of work, including but not limited to the following items:

⋅ Partial sections of manufactured or fabricated work⋅ Small cuts or containers of materials ⋅ Complete units of repetitively used materials⋅ Swatches showing color, texture and pattern⋅ Color range sets ⋅ Units of work to be used for independent inspection and testing



04/11/2014 Page 3

B. Office Samples: Of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate:

1. Functional characteristics of product or material, with integrally related parts andattachment devices.

2. Full range of color, texture and pattern.

C. Field Samples and Mock-Ups:

1. Erect at project site at location acceptable to Architect.

2. Construct each sample or mock-up complete, including work of all trades required infinished work.

3. Size or area as specified in the respective specification section.

4. Remove mock-ups at conclusion of work or when acceptable to the Architect.

1.05 VERIFIED REPORTS

A. Submit Verified Reports to the Division of the State Architect (D.S.A.). Comply with Title 24, California Code of Regulations, Part 1.

1. Forms can be found at http://www.dsa.dgs.ca.gov/Forms/default.htm.

1.06 DEFERRED APPROVALS

A. Submit detailed plans, specifications and engineering calculations for all deferred approval items to the Architect.

B. Calculations and drawings of structural nature shall be prepared and signed by a Structural Engineer registered in the State of California.

C. Submit one CD and six opaque prints. If revisions are necessary, the Architect will return four opaque prints to the Contractor. Resubmit one CD and six opaque prints with all corrections. Three prints will be sent to D.S.A. by the Architect for the approval. If corrections are required by D.S.A., make the corrections and submit one CD and six opaque prints, along with D.S.A. checkset, to the Architect. After D.S.A. approval, one copy with D.S.A. approval will be returned to the Contractor.

D. Fabrication and installation of deferred approval items shall not be started until detailed plans, specifications and engineering calculations have been accepted by the Architect and the Division of the State Architect.

1.07 MISCELLANEOUS SUBMITTALS (WORK-RELATED): Including but not limited to the following types of submittals:

⋅ Specially-prepared warranties (guarantees)⋅ Standard printed warranties⋅ Maintenance agreements ⋅ Printed industry standards ⋅ Collected-and-bound operating/maintenance manuals ⋅ Keying schedule, keys and other security-protection-safety devices

http://www.dsa.dgs.ca.gov/Forms/default.htm



04/11/2014 Page 4

⋅ Maintenance tools and spare parts ⋅ Maintenance materials and overrun stock (attic stock)

1.08 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES

A. As defined in the General Conditions.

B. Review shop drawings, product data and samples prior to submission.

C. Determine and verify:

1. Field measurements

2. Field construction criteria

3. Catalog numbers and similar data

4. Conformance with specifications

D. Coordinate each submittal with requirements of the work and of the Contract documents.

E. Notify the Architect in writing, at time of submission, of any deviations in the submittals from requirements of the Contract Documents.

F. Do not begin fabrication or work which requires submittals until return of submittals with Architect's approval.

1.09 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS

A. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule, and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the work or in the work of any other contractor. Identify and provide submittals for any items which require long lead times for procurement allowing sufficient time for Architect and Owner review, as well as material procurement.

B. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements of the Work so processing will not be delayed by the need to review submittals concurrently for coordination.

1. The Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordinationwith other submittals until related submittals are received.

C. Accompany submittals with an accurately completed transmittal form provided at the Pre-Construction Meeting. Submittals not accompanied by such a form, or where all applicable items on the form are not completed, will be returned for resubmission.

D. Use a separate transmittal form for each specific item or class of material or equipment for which a submittal is required. Transmittal of submittals on various items using a single transmittal form will be permitted only when the items taken together constitute a manufacturer's "package" or are so functionally related that expediency indicates review of the group or package as a whole.

E. Schedule submissions at least 20 working days before dates reviewed submittals will be needed. Modifications to the 20 working days may be required when an excessive number (over 50 drawings) of shop drawings are submitted at one time.



04/11/2014 Page 5

1. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittalsto the Architect sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit processing.

F. Number of Submittals Required: Submit the number stated in each specification section, or as follows:

1. Shop Drawings: Submit one CD and six opaque prints. The CD will be retained by theArchitect. Four opaque prints will be returned to the Contractor.

2. Product Data: Submit seven copies of manufacturer's product data.

3. Samples: Submit the number stated in each specification section, or, if not stated, submitthree samples.

4. Warranties, Maintenance Agreements, Industry Standards, Operating/MaintenanceManuals: Submit three copies.

G. Accompany submittals with transmittal form provided by Architect, containing:

1. Date

2. Project title and number

3. Contractor's name and address

4. The number of each shop drawing, product data and sample submitted

5. Notification of deviations from Contract Documents

6. Other pertinent data

H. Submittals shall include:

1. Date and revision dates


3. The names of:

a. Architect/Engineer

b. Contractor

c. Subcontractor

d. Supplier

e. Manufacturer

f. Separate detailer when pertinent

4. Identification of product or material



04/11/2014 Page 6

5. Relation to adjacent structure or materials

6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such

7. Specification section number and paragraph

8. Applicable standards, such as ASTM number or Federal Specification

9. A blank space, 8 inch by 3 inch, for the Contractor and Architect stamps

10. Identification of deviations from Contract Documents

11. On each sheet, provide contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review ofsubmittal, verification of field measurements and compliance with Contract Documents.

12. Submittals without Contractor's review stamp on each sheet will be returned, withoutaction, for resubmission.

1.10 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS

A. Shop Drawings:

1. Revise initial drawings as required and resubmit as specified for initial submittal.

2. Indicate on drawings any changes which have been made other than those requested byArchitect.

B. Product Data and Samples: Submit new data and samples as required for initial submittal.

1.11 DISTRIBUTION OF SUBMITTALS AFTER REVIEW

A. Distribute reproductions of Shop Drawings and copies of Product Data and D.S.A. approved deferred approvals (if any), which carry the Architect/Engineer stamp, with such reasonable promptness as to cause no delay in the work, but no later than three working days of the receipt, to:

1. Job site file

2. Record Documents file

3. Other affected contractors

4. Subcontractors

5. Supplier or Fabricator

6. Owner's Inspector

7. Structural Engineer (Structural Metal only)

B. Distribute samples which carry Architect's review stamp as directed by Architect.



04/11/2014 Page 7

1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES

A. As defined in the General Conditions.

B. The Architect will review submittals as originally submitted, as well as the first re-submittal, at Architect's own cost. Architect's cost for reviewing additional re-submittals made or required, will be paid by Owner with reimbursement from Contractor by deductive change order.

C. Action Stamp: The Architect will stamp each submittal with a uniform, self-explanatory action stamp. The stamp will be appropriately marked, as follows, to indicate the action taken:

1. Final Unrestricted Release: Where submittals are marked "No Exception Taken", thatpart of the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies withrequirements of the Contract Documents; final acceptance will depend upon thatcompliance.

2. Final-But-Restricted Release: When submittals are marked "Make Corrections Noted,"that part of the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies withnotations or corrections on the submittal and requirements of the Contract Documents;final acceptance will depend on that compliance.

3. Returned for Re-submittal: When submittal is marked "Rejected" or "Revise andResubmit", do not proceed with that part of the Work covered by the submittal, includingpurchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity. Revise or prepare a new submittal inaccordance with the notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain adifferent action mark.

4. Do not permit submittals marked "Rejected" or "Revise and Resubmit" to be used at theProject site, or elsewhere where Work is in progress.

D. Unsolicited Submittals: The architect will return unsolicited submittals to the sender without action.



END OF SECTION


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 SECTION 01 41 00 - REGULATORY

REQUIREMENTS

04/11/2014 Page 1

SECTION 01 41 00

REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED REQUIREMENTS

A. Conditions of the Contract.

B. Section 01 42 00: References.

1.02 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Comply with requirements of following laws and regulations, latest adopted edition of each, as amended to date.

1. California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Industrial Safety, Chapter 4.

2. California Code of Regulations, Title 19, Public Safety, Chapter 1 State Fire Marshal.

3. California Code of Regulations (CBC), Title 24, 2010 Edition, parts as follows:

a. Part 1, Building Standards Administrative Code.

b. Part 2, California Building Code (CBC).

c. Part 3, California Electrical Code (CEC).

d. Part 4, California Mechanical Code (CMC).

e. Part 5, California Plumbing Code (CPC).

f. Part 9, California Fire Code (CFC).

4. Occupational Safety and Health Standards, Occupational Safety and HealthAdministration, Department of Labor.

5. Other rules and regulations specified elsewhere in these specifications.

6. National Fire Protection Association Codes, including Chapters 13, 24, and 72, 2006 andChapters included by reference in CBC and Specification Sections. .

B. If Contractor observes that drawings or specifications are at variance with specified regulatory requirements, Contractor shall promptly notify Architect in writing and changes deemed necessary by the Architect shall be adjusted as provided for change in work. If Contractor performs work which the Contractor knew, or through exercise of reasonable care should have known, to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules or regulations, and without proper notice to Architect, Contractor shall bear all costs arising therefrom. Nothing in these Contract Documents is to be construed to permit work not conforming to the specified regulatory requirements.


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 SECTION 01 41 00 - REGULATORY

REQUIREMENTS

04/11/2014 Page 2

C. Where Contract Documents state that materials, processes, or procedures must be approved by the Division of the State Architect, State Fire Marshal, or other body or agency, Contractor shall be responsible for satisfying requirements of such bodies or agencies.

1.03 COPIES OF REGULATIONS

A. Obtain copies of the following regulations and retain at the Project site to be available for reference by parties who have a reasonable need:

1. California Building Code (CBC), Title 24, Part 2.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE)

END OF SECTION


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 SECTION 01 42 00 - REFERENCES

04/11/22014 Page 1

SECTION 01 42 00

REFERENCES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DEFINITIONS

A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the contract.

B. Indicated: The term indicated refers to graphic representations, notes or schedules on Drawings, or other Paragraphs or Schedules in Specifications, and similar requirements in Contract Documents. Terms such as shown, noted, scheduled, and specified are used to help the reader locate the reference. There is no limitation on location.

C. Directed: Terms such as directed, requested, authorized, selected, approved, required, and permitted mean directed by Architect, requested by Architect, and similar phrases. However, no implied meaning shall be interpreted to extend Architect's responsibility into Contractor's area of construction supervision.

D. Approved: The term approved, when used in conjunction with the Architect's action on the Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to the Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in Conditions of the Contract.

E. Or Equal And Or Approved Equal: The terms “or equal” and “or approved equal” shall mean “or equal as approved in writing by the Architect”.

F. Regulations: The term regulations includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work.

G. Furnish: The term furnish means supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations.

H. Install: The term install describes operations at Project site including the actual unloading, temporary storage, unpacking, assembly, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.

I. Provide: The term provide means furnish and install, complete and ready for intended use.

J. Installer: An Installer is the Contractor or an entity engaged by the Contractor, either as an employee, subcontractor, or contractor of lower tier, to perform a particular construction activity, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. Installers are required to be experienced in the operations they are engaged to perform.

K. Project Site is the space available to the Contractor for performing construction activities, either exclusively or in conjunction with others performing work as part of the Project. The extent of the Project Site is shown on the Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land upon which the Project is to be built.

L. Testing Laboratories: A testing laboratory is an independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests, either at the Project Site or elsewhere, and to report on and, if required, to interpret results of those inspections or tests.



G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 SECTION 01 42 00 - REFERENCES 04/11/22014 Page 2

1.02 SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND CONTENT EXPLANATION

A. Specification Format: These Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections based on the Construction Specifications Institute's 49-Division format and MASTERFORMAT section numbering system.

B. Specification Content: This Specification uses certain conventions regarding the style of

language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations or circumstances. These conventions are explained as follows:

1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in Specifications and other Contract Documents

is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words that are implied, but not stated, shall be interpolated as the sense requires. Singular words will be interpreted as plural and plural words interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates.

2. Imperative and streamlined language is used generally in the Specifications.

Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by the Contractor. At certain locations in the Text, subjective language is used for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor, or by others when so noted.

a. The words “shall”, “shall be”, or “shall comply with”, depending on the context, are

implied wherever a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 1.03 INDUSTRY STANDARDS

A. Applicability of Standards: Except where the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.

B. Publication Dates: Comply with the standard in effect as of date of Contract Documents.

C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on the project is required to be

familiar with industry standards applicable to that entity's construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.

1. Where copies of standards are required by individual specification sections or are needed

for performance of a required construction activity, the Contractor shall obtain copies directly from the publication source and make them available upon request.

D. Abbreviations and Names: Trade Association names, titles of General Standards, names of

Federal Government Standards and specification producing agencies are frequently abbreviated. The following acronyms or abbreviations as referenced in contract documents are defined to mean the associated names. Names and addresses are subject to change, and are believed, but are not ensured to be accurate and up to date as of date of contract documents:



04/11/22014 Page 3

AA Aluminum Association National Headquarters 1525 Wilson Blvd., Suite 600; Arlington, VA 22809; 703/358-2960

AABC Associated Air Balance Council 1518 K St., NW, Suite 503; Washington, DC 20005; 202/737-0202

AAMA American Architectural Manufacturer's Association 1827 Walden Office Sq., Suite 550; Schaumburg, IL 60173-4268; 847/303-5664

AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 444 North Capital St., NW, Suite 249; Washington, DC 20001; 202/624-5800

AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists P.O. Box 12215; One Davis Dr., Research Triangle Park, NC 27709; 919/549-8141

ACA American Coatings Association 1500 Rhode Island Ave., NW; Washington, DC 20005-5597; 202/462-6272

ACI American Concrete Institute P.O. Box 9094; Farmington Hills, MI 48333-9094; 248/848-3700

ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association 1303 West Walnut Hill Lane, Suite 305; Irving, TX 75038-3008; 972/506-7216

ADC Air Diffusion Council 1901 N. Roselle Rd., Suite 800; Schaumburg, IL 60195; 847/706-6750

AGA American Gas Association 400 North Capital St. NW Suite 450; Washington, D.C. 20001; 202/824-7000

AHA American Hardboard Association 1210 W. Northwest Hwy.; Palatine, IL 60067; 847/934-8800

AI Asphalt Institute 2696 Research Park Drive; Lexington, KY 40511-8480; 859/288-4960

AISC American Institute of Steel Construction One East Wacker Dr., Suite 700; Chicago, IL 60601-1802; 312/670-2400



04/11/22014 Page 4

AISI American Iron and Steel Institute 1140 Connecticut Ave., NW Suite 705; Washington, DC 20036-4700; 202/452-7100

AITC American Institute of Timber Construction 7012 S. Revere Pkwy., Suite 140; Centennial, CO 80112; 303/792-9559

AMCA Air Movement and Control Association 30 W. University Dr.; Arlington Heights, IL 60004; 847/394-0150

ANSI American National Standards Institute 25 Wet 43rd St., 4th Floor; New York, NY 10036-8002; 212/642-4900

APA APA-The Engineered Wood Association (Formerly: American Plywood Association) 7011 S. 19th Street; Tacoma, WA 98466-5333; 253/565-6600

API American Petroleum Institute 1220 L. St., NW; Washington, DC 20005; 202/682-8000

ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute 2111 Wilson Blvd., Suite 500; Arlington, VA 22201; 800/699-9277

ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association 750 National Pross Building; 529 14th St., NW; Washington, D.C. 20045; 202/207-0917

ASA Acoustical Society of America 2 Huntington Quadrangle Suite 1N01; Melville, NY 11747-4502; 516/576-2360

ASC Adhesive and Sealant Council 7101 Wisconsin Ave., Suite 990; Bethesda, MD 20814; 301/986-9700

ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers 1791 Tullie Circle NE; Atlanta, GA 30329; 404/636-8400

ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers Three Park Avenue; New York, NY 10016-5990; 800/843-2763

ASPE American Society of Plumbing Engineers 8614 Catalpa Ave., Suite 1007; Chicago, IL 60656; 847/296-0002x224



04/11/22014 Page 5

ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering 901 Canterbury, Suite A; Westlake, OH 44145; 440/835-3040

ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 100 Barr Harbor Dr.; West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959; 610/832-9500

ATIS Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions (Formerly: Exchange Carriers Standards Association) 1200 G St., NW, Suite 500; Washington, DC 20005; 202/628-6380

AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute 46179 Westlake Dr., Suite 120; Potomac Falls, VA 20165; 571/323-3636

AWPA American Wood-Preservers' Association P.O. Box 361784; Birmingham, AL 35236-1784; 800/356-7146

AWS American Welding Society 550 NW LeJeone Rd.; Miami, FL 33126; 305/443-9353 or 800/443-9353

AWWA American Water Works Association 6666 W. Quincy Ave.; Denver, CO 80235; 303/794-7711

BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association 355 Lexington Ave., 15th Floor; New York, NY 10017-6603; 212/297-2122

BIA Brick Institute of America 1850 Centennial Park Dr., Suite 301; Reston, VA 20191; 703/620-0010

CAL-OSHA California Department of Industrial Relations Department of Occupational Safety and Health San Jose Enforcement District Office 100 Paseo de San Antonio #120; San Jose, CA 95113 408/277-1266

CDA Copper Development Association 260 Madison Avenue, 16th Floor; New York, NY 10016-2401; 212/251-7200

CGA Compressed Gas Association 4221 Walney Road 5th; Chantilly, VA 20151; 703/788-2700



G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 SECTION 01 42 00 - REFERENCES 04/11/22014 Page 6

CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute 1064 Delaware Avenue SE; Atlanta, GA 30316 404/622-0073

CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute 10015 Old Columbia Suite B-215; Columbia, MD 21046; 301/596-2584

CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission 4330 East West Hwy.; Bethesda, MD 20814; 800/638-2772

CRI Carpet and Rug Institute P.O. Box 2048; Dalton, GA 30722-2048; 706/278-3176

CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 933 N. Plum Grove Road; Schaumburg, IL 60173-4758; 847/517-1200

CS Commercial Standard (U.S. Dept. of Commerce) Government Printing Office; Washington, DC 20402; 202/512-1800 For Commercial standards, contact: Ms. Brenda Umberger CS & PS Specialist c/o NIST 100 Burau Dr., Stop 2100; Gaithersburg, MD 20899-2100 301/975-4036

CTI Ceramic Tile Institute of America 12061 West Jefferson Blvd.; Culver City, CA 90230-6219; 310/574-7800

DHI Door and Hardware Institute 14150 Newbrook Drive, Suite 200; Chantilly, VA 20151-2223; 703/222-2010

DOC Department of Commerce 1401 Constitution Ave., NW; Washington, DC 20230; 202/482-2000

ECSA Exchange Carriers Standards Association (See ATIS)

EIA Electronic Industries Association 2500 Wilson Blvd., Suite 310; Arlington, VA 22201; 703/907-7500

EIMA EIFS Industry Members Association 3000 Corporate Center Dr., Suite 270; Morrow, GA 30260; 800/294-3462



04/11/22014 Page 7

FM Factory Mutual System 500 River Ridge Rd., P.O. Box 9102; Norwood, MA 02062-9102; 781/440-8100

FS Federal Specification Unit (Available from GSA) 470 East L’Enfalt Plaza, SW, Suite 8100; Washington, DC, 20407; 202/619-8925

GA Gypsum Association 6525 Belcrest Road, Suite 480; Hyattsville, MD 20782 301/277-8686

GANA Glass Association of North America 2945 SW Wanamaker Drive, Suite A; Topeka, KS 66614-5321 785/271-0208

GSA General Services Administration 1800 F Street NW; Washington, DC 20405; 202/708-9100

HEI Heat Exchange Institute c/o Thomas Associates, Inc., 1300 Sumner Avenue; Cleveland, OH 44115-2851; 216/241-7333

HMA Hardwood Manufacturer's Association (Formerly: Southern Hardwood Lumber Manufacturers Association) 665 Rodi Road, Suite 305; Pittsburg, PA 15235; 412/244-0440

HPVA Hardwood Plywood and Veneer Association 1825 Michael Farraday Dr.; Reston, VA 20190; 703/435-2900

ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association Inc. P.O. Box 1568; Carrollton, GA 30112; 770/830-0369

IEC International Electrotechnical Commission (Available from ANSI), 25 West 43rd Street 4th Floor; New York, NY 10036-8002 212/642-4900

IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers 2001L St., Suite 700; Washington D.C. 20036; 202/371-0101

IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North American 120 Wall St., 17th Floor; New York, NY 10005-4001; 212/248-5000

IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council (Now part of ITS)



04/11/22014 Page 8

IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturer's Alliance 1500 Bank St., Suite 300; Ottawa, ON K1H 1B8; 613/233-1510

ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America 400 Stone City Bank Building; Bedford, IN 47421; 812/275-4426

IRI Industrial Risk Insurers 85 Woodland St.; Hartford, CT 06102-5010; 800/582-9889

ISA ISA - International Society for Measurement 67 Alexander Dr.; Research Triangle Park, NC 27709; 919/549-8411

ITS Intertek Testing Services (Formerly: Inchcape Testing Services) 3933 US Route 11; Cortland, NY 13045-7902; 607/753-6711

MBMA Metal Building Manufacturer's Association c/o Thomas Assoc., Inc., 1300 Sumner Ave.; Cleveland, OH 44115; 216/241-7333

MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturer's Association 111 Dear Lake Rd., Suite 100; Deerfield, IL 60015 888/480-9138

MIA Marble Institute of America 28901 clemens Rd., Suite 100; Cleveland, OH 44145; 440/250-9222

MIL Military Standardization Documents (U.S. Dept. of Defense), Defense Printing Service 700 Robbins Ave., Building 4D; Philadelphia, PA 19111; 215/697-2664

ML/SFA Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association (A Division of the NAAMM) 800 Roosevelt Rd., Bldg. C, Suite 312; Glen Ellyn, IL 60137; 630/942-6591

MSS Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry 127 Park St., NE; Vienna, VA 22180; 703/281-6613

NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Mfrs. 800 Roosevelt Rd., Bldg. C, Suite 312; Glen Ellyn, IL 60137; 630/942-6591



04/11/22014 Page 9

NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association 2302 Horse Pen Rd.; Herndon, VA 20171-3499; 703/713-1900

NECA National Electrical Contractors Association 3 Bethesda Metro Center, Suite 1100; Bethesda, MD 20814; 301/657-3110

NEI National Elevator Industry 1677 Country Route 64, PO Box 838; Salem, NY 12865-0838 518/854-3100

NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association 1300 N. 17th Street, Suite 1752; Rosslyn, VA 22209; 703/841-3200

NFPA National Fire Protection Association One Batterymarch Park; Quincy, MA 02169-7471; 800/344-3555

NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association P.O. Box 34518; Memphis, TN 38184; 901/377-1818

NOFMA National Oak Flooring Manufacturer's Association 22 N. Front St., Suite 1080; Memphis, TN 38103; 636/519-9663

NPA National Particleboard Association 18928 Premiere Court; Gaithersburg, MD 20879-1569; 301/670-0604

NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association 10255 W. Higgins Rd., Suite 600; Rosemont, IL 60018-5607; 847/299-9070

NSF NSF International (Formerly: National Sanitation Foundation) 789 N. dixboro Rd. P.O. Box 130140; Ann Arbor, MI 48113-0140; 734/769-8010

NTMA The National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association 201 Northmaple Suite 208; Purcellville, VA 20132; 800/323-9736

NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association (Formerly NWMA) 1400 East Touhy Ave. #G54; Des Plaines, IL 60018; 800/223-2301

OSHA Occupational Safety Health Administration (U.S. Dept. of Labor) 200 Constitution Ave., NW; Washington, DC 20210; 800/321-6742



04/11/22014 Page 10

PCA Portland Cement Association 5420 Old Orchard Road; Skokie, IL 60077; 847/966-6200

PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute 209 W. Jackson Blvd. #500; Chicago, IL 60604; 312/786-0300

PDI Plumbing and Drainage Institute 800 Turnpike Street, Suite 300; North Andover, MA 01845; 800/589-8956

PEI Porcelain Enamel Institute P.O. Box 920220; Norcross, CA 30010 770/676-9366

PS Product Standard of NBS (U.S. Dept. of commerce) Government Printing Office; Washington, DC 20402; 202/512-1800

For Product standards, contact: Ms. Brenda Umberger CS & PS Specialist c/o NIST Gaithersburg, MD 20899; 301/975-4036

RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute 115 Broad Street, Suite 201; La Grange, GA 30240; 706/882-3833

RIS Redwood Inspection Service 818 Grayson Road, Suite 201; Pleasant Hill, CA 94523; 925-935-1499

SCPI Southern California Plastering Institute Plastering Information Bureau 21243 Ventura Blvd., Suite 115; Woodland Hills, CA 91364; 818/340-6767

SDI Steel Deck Institute P.O. Box 25; Fox River Grove, IL 60021; 847/458-4647

S.D.I. Steel Door Institute 30200 Detroit Rd.; Westlake, OH 44145-1967; 440/899-0010

SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council (Now part of ITS)

SHLMA Southern Hardwood Lumber Manufacturers Association (Now HMA)



04/11/22014 Page 11

SJI Steel Joist Institute 196 Stonebridge Dr., Unit 1; Myrtle Beach, SC 29588; 843/407-4091

SMACNA Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. 4201 Lafayette Center Dr.; Chantilly, VA 20151-1209; 703/803-2980

SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (Grading Rules) P.O. Box 10915; Pensacola, FL 32524-0915; 850/434-2611

SPRI SPRI (Formerly: Single Ply Roofing Institute) 411 Waverley Oaks Rd., Suite 33113; Waltham, MA 02452; 781/647-7026

SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council 40 24th St., 6th Floor; Pittsburgh, PA 15222-4643; 412/281-2331

SSPMA Sump and Sewage Pump Manufacturers Association P.O. Box 647; Northbrook, IL 60065-0647; 847/559-9233

SSPW Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 1612 S. Clementine St.; Anaheim, CA 92802; 714/517-0970

SWI Steel Window Institute (c/o Thomas Associates, Inc.) 1300 Sumner Ave.; Cleveland, OH 44115; 216/241-7333

TCA Tile Council of America 100 Clemson Research Blvd.; Anderson, SC 29625; 864/646-8453

TPI Truss Plate Institute 218 North Lee Street, Suite 312; Alexandria, VA 22314; 703/683-1010

UL Underwriters Laboratories 2600 N.W. Lake Road; Camas, WA 98607-8542; 877/854-3577

WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (Grading Rules) P.O. Box 23145; Tigard, OR 97281-3145; 503/639-0651



04/11/22014 Page 12

WI Woodwork Institute P.O. Box 980247; West Sacramento, CA 95798-0247; 916/372-9943

WRI Wire Reinforcement Institute 942 Main Street, Suite 300; Hartford, CT 06103 860/240-9545

WWPA Western Wood Products Association (Grading Rules), Yeon Building 522 SW. 5th Ave.; Portland, OR 97204-2122; 503/224-3930

WWPA. Woven Wire Products Association P.O. Box 610280; Birmingham, AL 35261-0280; 800/529-6691



END OF SECTION



04/11/2013 Page 1

SECTION 01 45 00

QUALITY CONTROL

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality-control services.

B. Quality control services include inspections, tests, and related actions, including reports performed by Contractor, by independent agencies, and by governing authorities. They do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect.

C. Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with Contract Document requirements.

D. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality control services required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section.

E. Related requirements specified elsewhere

1. Inspections and testing required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders ofpublic authorities: General Conditions.

2. Certification of Products: Respective specification sections.

3. Test, Adjust and Balance of Equipment: Respective specification sections.

4. Tests and Standards: Each specification section listed.

5. Requirements for repair and restoration of construction disturbed by inspection andtesting activities: Section 01 73 29, Cutting and Patching.

1.02 SELECTION OF TESTING AGENCY

A. Owner will select and employ a consultant, testing laboratory or inspection agency to perform specified services.

B. Testing agency must have approval of Division of State Architect (DSA).

C. Employment of Testing Laboratory shall in no way relieve Contractor of their obligation to perform work in accord with Contract.

1.03 PAYMENT

A. Owner will pay for Quality Control Services.

B. Cost of Quality Control Services occurring outside of 100 mile radius of Project Site will be reimbursed to the Owner by deductive change order.



04/11/2013 Page 2

1.04 DEFICIENCIES

A. Cost of tests or inspections due to the following will be reimbursed to the Owner by deductive change order.

1. Re-testing because of failure of initial samples.

2. Additional costs due to overtime work or extra shift work because of improper schedulingof work or of delivery of materials by Contractor.

3. Failure to properly notify laboratory.

4. Changes in sources, lots or suppliers of materials after original tests.

5. Changes in methods or materials of construction requested by Contractor that requiretesting, inspection, or other related services in excess of that required by original design.

6. Concrete mix designs in excess of first successful design for each concrete type.

7. Overtime or extra shift work requiring overtime work by Owner's Inspector.

1.05 TESTS AND INSPECTION

A. Selection of the material required to be tested shall be by the laboratory or the Owner's representative and not by the Contractor.

B. The Contractor shall notify the Owner's representative and Inspector of Record three (3) working days minimum time in advance of the manufacture of material to be supplied by him under the Contract Documents, which must by terms of the Contract be tested, in order that the Owner may arrange for the testing of same at the source of supply.

C. Any material shipped by the Contractor from the source of supply prior to having satisfactorily passed such testing and inspection or prior to the receipt of notice from said representative that such testing and inspection will not be required shall not be incorporated in the job.

1.06 TESTING AGENCY SERVICES

A. The Testing Agency will cooperate with Architect and Contractor; provide qualified personnel promptly on notice.

B. Perform specified inspections, sampling and testing of materials and methods of construction:

1. Comply with specified standards; ASTM, other recognized authorities, and as specified.

2. Ascertain compliance with requirements of Contract Documents.

3. Comply with requirements of Title 24, Part 1.

C. Promptly notify Architect and Contractor, of irregularities or deficiencies of work which are observed during performance of services.

D. Attend pre-construction conference and progress meetings when requested by Architect or



G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 SECTION 01 45 00 - QUALITY CONTROL 04/11/2013 Page 3

Owner.

E. Perform additional services as required by the Owner.

F. Submittals: Promptly submit copies of reports of inspections and tests, mill analysis, concrete mix designs and certifications per applicable sections of the specification.

1. Comply with requirements of Division of State Architect (DSA) "Structural Tests and

Inspections", DSA form SSS-103.

a. Forms can be found at http://www.dgs.ca.gov/dsa/Forms.aspx.

2. One copy of all test reports shall be forwarded to the D.S.A. by the testing agency. Such reports shall include all tests made, regardless of whether such tests indicate that the material is satisfactory or unsatisfactory. Samples taken but not tested shall also be reported. Records of special sampling operations as required shall also be reported. The reports shall show that the material or materials were sampled and tested in accordance with the requirements of Title 24 and with the approved specifications. Test reports shall show the specified design strength. They shall also state definitely whether or not the material or materials tested comply with requirements.

3. Verification of Test Reports: Each testing agency shall submit to the D.S.A. a verified

report in duplicate covering all of the tests which are required to be made by that agency during the progress of the project. Such report shall be furnished each time that work on the project is suspended, covering the tests up to that time, and at the completion of the project, covering all tests. Comply with Title 24, Part 1.

4. Submit one copy of all test reports to:

a. Owner’s Representative.

b. Architect.

c. Structural Engineer.

d. Contractor.

e. Inspector of Record.

f. Division of State Architect (D.S.A.).

g. Submit verification of test reports to D.S.A. per Title 24, Part 1.

G. Report Data: Written reports of each inspection, test, or similar service include, but are not

limited to, the following:

1. Date of issue.

2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency.

4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.

http://www.dgs.ca.gov/dsa/Forms.aspx



04/11/2013 Page 4

5. Names of individuals making the inspection or test.

6. Designation of the Work and test method.

7. Identification of product and Specification Section.8. Complete inspection or test data.

9. Test results and an interpretation of test results.

10. Ambient conditions at the time of sample taking and testing.

11. Comments or professional opinion on whether inspected or tested Work complies withContract Document requirements.

12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.

13. Recommendations on retesting.

H. Testing Agency is not authorized to:

1. Release, revoke, alter, or enlarge requirements of Contract Documents or approve oraccept any portion of the work.

2. Perform any duties of the Contractor.

I. All tests and inspection required by D.S.A. shall be conducted in strict accordance with requirements of Title 24.

1.07 INSPECTION BY THE OWNER

A. The Owner and his representative shall at all times have access for the purpose of inspection to all parts of the work and to the shops wherein the work is in preparation, and the Contractor shall at all times maintain proper facilities and provide safe access for such inspection.

B. The Owner shall have the right to reject materials and workmanship which are defective, or to require their correction. Rejected workmanship shall be satisfactorily corrected and rejected materials shall be removed from the premises without charge to the Owner. If the Contractor does not correct such rejected work within a reasonable time, fixed by written notice, the Owner may correct same and charge the expense to the Contractor.

C. Should it be considered necessary or advisable by the Owner at any time before final acceptance of the entire work to make an examination of work already completed by removing or tearing out the same, the Contractor shall on request promptly furnish all necessary facilities, labor and materials. If such work is found to be defective in any respect due to fault of the Contractor or his subcontractor, he shall defray all expenses of such examinations and of satisfactory reconstruction. If, however, such work is found to meet the requirements of the Contract, the additional cost of labor and material necessarily involved in the examination and replacement shall be allowed the Contractor.

1.08 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Cooperate with agencies performing required inspections, tests, and similar services, and



04/11/2013 Page 5

provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested.

B. Provide to agency, selected preliminary representative samples of materials to be tested, in required quantities or assist the agency in taking samples.

C. Furnish casual labor and facilities:

1. To provide access to the Work.

2. To obtain and handle samples at the site.

3. To facilitate inspections and tests.

4. For agency's exclusive use for storage and curing of test samples.

5. To provide security and protection of samples and test equipment at the Project Site.

D. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests.

E. Coordination: Coordinate the sequence of activities to accommodate required services with a minimum of delay. Coordinate activities to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests.

1. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections, tests, taking samples,and similar activities.

1.09 MISCELLANEOUS TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

A. Soil and Compaction Testing and Inspection: Performed by soils engineer employed and paid by Owner.

B. Special Tests: Special tests requested by Owner or Architect or D.S.A. will be paid for by Owner, except that if such tests fail, the costs shall be deducted from the Contract Price by Change Order.

1.10 QUALITY MANAGEMENT

A. Contractors shall participate in the Quality Management Program as directed by the Program Manager and shall be responsible for maintaining an acceptable level of quality for his work. The Contractor shall submit their own Quality Management Program to the Project Manager for review.

B. After award of the contract and prior to start of his work, the Program Manager will schedule a meeting with the Contractor. The purpose of the meeting is to introduce the following Quality Management Program and to determine its implementation process. The following Quality In Construction (QIC) Program is a process, which works to assure the highest quality of building product, which is consistent with the requirements established for the project. During the construction phase of the project, the QIC inspection process is involved in all aspects of the building work to assure the quality of work being provided by the Contractors.

1. COORDINATED DRAWINGS- Contractors shall schedule the process of coordinating theabove ceiling and mechanical space areas prior to work proceeding in the field. Formaldrawings are required and each subcontractor is required to sign each drawing indicating



04/11/2013 Page 6

agreement with what is shown and to use the drawings to guide the work.

2. FIRST DELIVERY OF MATERIAL/EQUIPMENT INSPECTION- Contractor shall inspectand documents the first site delivery of each type of material and equipment against therequirements of the design documents and the approved shop drawings.

3. FIRST EQUIPMENT IN PLACE INSPECTION- Contractor inspects and documents thefirst setting of the equipment against the requirements of the design documents and theapproved shop drawings.

4. BENCHMARK- Before start of construction of each type of work, the Contractor willreview the contract documents, submittals, shop drawings, codes, and referencestandards to verify the requirements.

5. MOCK-UP- Obtain early Owner and A/E approval of the Work for aestheticconsiderations, construction, function, and compliance with the Contract Documents.

6. IN WALL & ABOVE CEILING ACCEPTANCE- Contractor obtains signatures of all tradesindicating that their concealed work is complete prior to calling for inspection. (SeeClosure Inspection Form in Appendix).

7. EQUIPMENT/SYSTEM INSPECTION & START-UP- Contractor has completed staticinstallation of equipment and is ready to place it in dynamic operation FOR THECONTRACTOR’S USE.

C. The Contractor shall monitor the quality of the work as it progresses and will report, in writing, to the Program Manager. The acceptable level of quality will be determined by the Owner, the Architect, Program Manager, the Independent Testing Laboratory, the Contract Documents, and by sample construction. All work not meeting the acceptable level of quality will be corrected at the Contractor’s expense.

D. The Program Manager reserves the right to compile a list of incomplete items and Notice to Comply logs throughout the duration of the project, which shall be transmitted to the Contractor periodically. The Contractor shall address those items within a reasonable time frame from the date transmitted as established by the Program Manager on a case-by-case basis.


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 REPAIR AND PROTECTION

A. General: Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample taking and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. Comply with requirements of Section 01 73 29, "Cutting and Patching".

B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities, and protect repaired construction.

C. Repair and protection is Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for inspection, testing, or similar services.



04/11/2013 Page 7

3.02 SCHEDULE OF TESTS, INSPECTIONS AND METHODS

A. Excavations, Foundations and Retaining Walls

1. Earth Fill Compaction Tests: 1704A.7.

2. Excavation and Fills for Foundations: 1704A.7 and Table 1704A.7.

3. Inspection of Driven Pile Installation: 1704A.8.

4. Inspection of Caissons: 1704A.9.

B. Concrete:

1. Materials:

a. Portland Cement Tests: 1704A.4.1 and 1916A.1.

b. Concrete Aggregates: 1704A.4.1 and 1903A.5.

c. Reinforcing Bars: 1704A.4.1 and 1916A.2.

d. Batch Plant Inspection and Tests: 1704A.4.2.

e. Waiver of Batch Plant Inspection and Material Tests: 1704A.4.3 and 1916A.4.

2. Concrete Quality:

a. Proportions of Concrete: 1904A and 1905A.1 - 1905A.5.

b. Strength Tests of Concrete: 1905A.6.

3. Concrete Inspection:

a. Job Site Inspection: Table 1704A.4, Items #6, #7, and #11. (Precast concretemembers, if applicable, Item #10.)

b. Batch Plant or Weighmaster Inspection: 1704A.4.3 and 1704A.4.4.

c. Reinforcing Bar Welding Inspection: 1704A.3.1.3, Table 1704A.3, Item #5b, andTable 1704A.4, Item #2.

d. Reinforcing Bar Placement: Table 1704A.4, Item #1.

C. Structural Steel

1. Materials:

a. Structural Steel, Cold Formed Steel: 1704A.3.

b. Material Identification: Table 1704A.3, Items #3 and #4.

2. Inspection of Structural Steel:



04/11/2013 Page 8

a. Tests of Structural and Cold Formed Steel: 1704A.3 and 1708A.4.

b. High Strength Bolts, Nuts, Washers: 1704A.3.3, Table 1704A.3, Items #1 and #2,and 1707A.2.

c. Shop Fabrication Inspection: 1704A.2 and 1707A.2.1.

d. Welding Inspection: Table 1704A.3, Item #5 and 1707A.2.

e. Non-Destructive Weld Testing: 1708A.4.

D. Wood

1. Materials:

a. Lumber and Plywood Grading: 2303.1.1 and 2303.1.4.

b. Glued-Laminated Members: 2303.1.3.

2. Wood Inspection:

a. Glued-Laminated Fabrication: 1704A.6.3.1 and 1704A.2.

b. Manufactured Trusses: 1704A.6.2.2 and 1704A.2, if applicable.

Note: Chapters and Articles refer to CBC 2010 and Title 24, Part 2, 2010.

END OF SECTION


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 SECTION 01 50 00 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND

CONTROLS

04/11/2014 Page 1

SECTION 01 50 00

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Temporary facilities and controls required for this work include, but are not necessarily limited to:

1. Access and Vehicle Routes

2. Temporary utilities such as heat, water, electricity, internet and telephone

3. Field offices and sheds

4. Contractor parking

5. Sanitary facilities

6. Construction aids

7. Barriers, including Tree Protection

8. Temporary controls

9. Project identification and signs


A. All equipment furnished by subcontractors shall comply with all requirements of pertinent safety regulations.

B. Permanent installation and hook-up of the various utility lines are described in the other pertinent sections.

C. The ladders, planks, hoists, and similar items normally furnished by the individual trades in execution of their own portions of the work are not part of this section.

D. 01 74 17 Site Maintenance and Cleanup

1.03 PRODUCT HANDLING

A. Use means necessary to maintain temporary facilities and controls in proper and safe condition throughout progress of the work.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Comply with pertinent portions of 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures.

B. Site Utilization Plan. Develop, implement and maintain a site-specific Site Utilization Plan for the project for the duration that is compliant with all site, local, state and Cal/OSHA



CONTROLS

04/11/2014 Page 2

requirements and approved by the District. The Site Utilization Plan that may be included within the Contract Documents indicates known restrictions and possible routes and locations that may be appropriate considering District operations. The Site Utilization Plan must include, but is not limited to showing:

1. Phasing2. Temporary Office locations3. Temporary Dumpster locations4. Temporary Sanitary Facility Locations5. Temporary Storage locations6. Contractor Parking7. Construction Fencing & Gates8. Tree Protection with signage9. Vehicle Routes with Speed Limits/Flagging requirements10. Pedestrian Pathways with signage11. Hoisting/Crane locations12. Generator locations13. Signage

Modification of the Site Utilization Plan may be required due to change in scope of the project, unforeseen conditions or campus schedule changes.

C. Temporary Offices & Equipment

D. Barriers: Construction Fencing & Gates

E. Tree Protection with Signage

F. Project identification and signs

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 ACCESS AND VEHICLE ROUTES

A. Provide temporary directional signage for construction traffic and to stress 5 mph for construction vehicles on campus.

B. Construction vehicles outside of the construction fencing must have 2 flaggers guiding the vehicle - one in front of the vehicle and one in back of the vehicle.

C. Violators of speed limit or flagger requirements may be asked to be removed from the project.

2.02 UTILITIES

A. Water: A point of connection for temporary water will be provided to Contractor by Owner in close proximity to the building site. Provide temporary water lines and connections as necessary. Upon completion of the work, remove such temporary facility.

B. Electricity: Temporary power connection point to be provided to Contractor by Owner in close proximity of the building site. Provide necessary temporary wiring and, upon completion of the work, remove such temporary facility.



CONTROLS

04/11/2014 Page 3

C. Heating/Cooling: Provide and maintain heat or air-conditioning necessary for proper conduct of operations needed in the work.

D. Telephone:

1. Make necessary arrangements and pay costs for installation and operation of telephoneservice to the Contractor's office on the site. Cellular or VOIP phones are acceptable.

2. Coin operated telephones are not acceptable.

E. Internet connection: Make necessary arrangements and pay costs for installation and operation of high speed internet connections in:

1. The Contractor's office on the site.2. The IOR’s office on the site

Note: Contractor to be available via telephone & e-mail access.

F. Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.

G. Owner will provide all water and electricity to point of connection free of charge to Contractor.

2.03 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS

A. Contractor's Facilities:

1. Provide field office facilities for Contractor’s administration and operations, as requiredand in location(s) approved by the District on the Site Utilization Plan.

2. Include space in Contractor’s field office for:

a. Hanging rack for large format drawingsb. Layout surfaces adjacent to hanging racks.c. Conference room capacity for approximately 12 people.

B. DSA Inspector of Record (IOR) Facilities:

1. Provide 8’ x 20’ min. lockable field office for the DSA IOR with the following:

a. Operable window. 3’ x 4’ min. with blinds or shade.b. Electricity. 3 duplex power outlets of sufficient voltage and amperage to operate

office equipment listed below.c. Lighting. Interior lighting meeting office standards. Exterior light at entry door.d. Internet. High speed internet connection with 2 data ports.e. Drinking water with cups, to be maintained during the duration of the work.f. Heating & Cooling.g. Furniture.

i. Desk 3’ x 6’ w/pencil drawer & side drawers.ii. Adjustable/ergonomic, swivel, office chair with arms.iii. 2 – Side chairs



CONTROLS

04/11/2014 Page 4

iv. Hanging rack with 8 sticks for large format drawingsv. Layout surfaces adjacent to hanging rack sufficient for large format drawings.vi. 1 – 4 drawer filing cabinetvii. 1 – 2 drawer filing cabinetviii. 1 – Mounted White Board, 3’ x 5’ min. with marker tray, full set of markers &

eraser. ix. 1 – Waste Receptacle.

h. Office Equipment.i. Black & White Printer/Scanner capable of handling 11” x 17” paper with a

production rate of 50 ppm.

i. Cleaning. Weekly.

C. Subcontractor Facilities. Provide field office facilities for Subcontractor’s administration and operations, if needed and in location(s) approved by the District on the Site Utilization Plan.

2.04 CONTRACTOR PARKING

A. Contractor parking shall be contained within the construction perimeter fence where applicable. If construction fence is not required for the project or parking requirements cannot be met within the construction area, a reasonable number of parking permits will be issued at no cost to the contractor subject to the following conditions:

1. Parking areas will be as indicated in the Site Utilization Plan, and will be limited to clearlymarked construction vehicles. Personal vehicles will be restricted to student parking lots.

2. Contractors will not park in fire lanes, crosswalks, accessible parking spaces and accessaisles, or areas designated by signs as no-parking zones without receiving prior approvalfrom the District Police.

3. The contractor will provide the number of parking permits requested at the Pre-Construction Meeting. The District reserves the right to modify this plan as needed.Contractor vehicles will be restricted to the designated route-of-travel as indicated on theSite Utilization Plan.

4. The Program Manager will issue an appropriate number of parking permits within seven(7) days of the Pre-Construction Meeting. Permits must be clearly displayed at all times.

5. District Police may issue citations to contractor vehicles not complying with the above.These citations are issued under the authority provided by the Vehicle Code, section21113a. Traffic laws are strictly enforced and violators are subject to citation.

2.05 SANITARY FACILITIES

A. Sanitary facilities include temporary toilets, portable hand-washing sinks, and drinking-water fixtures. Comply with regulations, including ADA compliance and health codes for the type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. Install where facilities will best serve the Project's needs.

1. Provide toilet tissue, and similar disposable materials for each facility. Provide coveredwaste containers for used material.



CONTROLS

04/11/2014 Page 5

B. Temporary Toilet Units: Provide self-contained, single-occupant toilet units of the chemical, aerated recirculation, or combustion type. Provide units properly vented and fully enclosed with a glass-fiber-reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material.

1. Provide separate facilities for male and female personnel.

2. Maintain in a sanitary condition at all times.

C. Drinking-Water: Provide drinking-water, including paper cup supply.

2.06 CONSTRUCTION AIDS

A. Provide construction aids and equipment required by personnel and to facilitate the execution of the work; trench plates, scaffolds, staging, ladders, railings, hoists, cranes, chutes and other such facilities and equipment.

B. Provide all necessary facilities and means of access to all parts of the structure so that Building Inspectors, Special Inspectors and other applicable parties may inspect any portion of the structure.

2.07 BARRIERS

A. Temporary Fencing: Provide and maintain a temporary fence as required for safety and protection of work and staging/staging area(s). Fencing shall be installed prior to any construction start. All temporary fencing shall be maintained in good working order. Keep fence secure at all points and closed at all times except as required to allow construction traffic through. Assure fences are locked at night. Provide two keys to the Program Manager for all locks that secure fencing.

1. Construction: Provide woven wire mesh fencing, with slats or fabric, not less than 6 feetin height, complete with metal or wood posts and required bracing, and with suitablylocked truck and pedestrian gates as required. Provide directional and warning signageas appropriate. Fencing shall be supported by driven posts rather than on stands unlessotherwise accepted by the District. Reference the Site Utilization Plan.

2. Tree and Plant Protection: All work in and around existing trees shall be performed inconjunction with the District Arborist’s recommended procedures. Provide temporarybarriers around each, or around each group of trees or plants as appropriate.

Protect existing trees and other vegetation indicated to remain in place, againstunnecessary cutting, breaking, or skinning of roots, skinning and bruising of bark,smothering of trees by stockpiling construction materials or excavated materials withinthe drip line, excess foot or vehicular traffic, or parking of vehicles within drip line.

3. Fencing Stands: If use is approved by the District, they shall be protected or be highlyvisible and clearly marked. Fencing stands shall be adjusted daily or more, if needed asdetermined by the District for safety.

B. Barricades, Warning Signs and Lights: Comply with standards and code requirements for erection of barricades. Provide appropriate warning signs to inform personnel and the public of the hazard being protected against. Where needed provide adequate lighting.



CONTROLS

04/11/2014 Page 6

2.08 TEMPORARY CONTROLS

A. Provide and maintain methods, equipment, and temporary construction, as necessary to provide controls over environmental conditions at the construction site and related areas under Contractor's control; remove physical evidence of temporary facilities at completion of work. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Conditions of Use: Keep facilities clean and neat. Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Take necessary fire prevention measures. Do not overload, or permit facilities to interfere with progress. Do not allow hazardous, dangerous or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on the site.

C. Dust Control: Provide positive methods and apply dust control materials to minimize raising dust from construction operations, and provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into the atmosphere.

D. Water Control: Provide methods to control surface water to prevent damage to the Project, the site, or adjoining properties. For temporary drainage and dewatering operations not associated with construction, comply with the requirements of applicable technical sections. Maintain excavations and construction free of water.

1. Control fill, grading and ditching to direct surface drainage away from excavations, pits,tunnels and other construction areas; and to direct drainage to proper runoff.

2. Provide, operate and maintain hydraulic equipment of adequate capacity to controlsurface water.

3. Dispose of drainage water in a manner to prevent flooding, erosion, or other damage toany portion of the site or to adjoining areas.

E. Debris Control: Maintain all areas under Contractor's control free of extraneous debris. Prevent accumulation of debris at construction site, storage and parking areas, or along access roads and haul routes. Collect waste daily. Comply with NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste. Enforce requirements strictly. Handle hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste by containerizing properly. Dispose of in a lawful manner.

1. Provide containers for deposit of debris as specified in Section 01 74 10 - Cleaning.

F. Pollution Control:

1. Provide methods, means and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil, waterand atmosphere by the discharge of noxious substances from construction operationsper state, federal and local governing authorities.

2. Provide equipment and personnel to perform emergency measures required to containspillages, and to remove contaminated soils and liquids.

G. Excavate and dispose of contaminated earth off-site, and replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil.

1. Take special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering public waters.



CONTROLS

04/11/2014 Page 7

a. Prevent disposal of wastes, effluents, chemicals, and other such substances insanitary or storm sewers

H. Security and Protection Facilities Installation: Except for use of permanent fire protection as soon as available, do not change from use of temporary security and protection to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.

1. Fire Protection: Until fire protection is supplied by permanent facilities, install andmaintain temporary fire protection of types needed to protect against predictable andcontrollable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 10 “Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers”and NFPA 241 “Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alterations and DemolitionOperations.”

2. Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand-carried, portable, UL-rated, class “A” fire extinguishersfor temporary offices and similar spaces. In other locations provide hand-carried,portable, UL-rated, class “ABC” dry chemical extinguishers. Locate fire extinguisherswhere effective for the intended purpose, but not less than one on each floor near eachusable stairwell.

a. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fireprotection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for fighting fires. Prohibitsmoking in hazardous fire exposure areas.

b. Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations.

c. Provide supervision of welding operations, combustible type temporary heating units,and sources of fire ignition.

I. Noise Control: Refer to Document 00 73 10 - Special Conditions.

2.09 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND TEMPORARY SIGNS

A. Prepare project identification and other signs of the size indicated; install signs where indicated to inform the public and persons seeking entrance to the Project. Support on posts or framing of preservative treated wood or steel. Do not permit installation of unauthorized signs.

B. Project Sign

1. Provide sign sized 4 by 8 feet unless otherwise noted.

2. Construct of minimum 3/4-inch thick B grade veneer or better exterior grade high densityoverlay plywood.

3. Support and brace with 4 by 4 inch posts and 2 by 4 inch framing of Douglas Fir.

4. Employ professional sign painter to execute layout and letter and incorporate the Ownerfurnished graphics as furnished by the Architect and otherwise apply 3 coats of exteriorgrade VOC compliant enamel paint.

5. Sign shall show name of Project, the Owner, name of the Architect and its consultantsand name of the Contractor.



CONTROLS

04/11/2014 Page 8

6. Ensure sign is in place within 30 days after starting date of the Contract.

C. Provide temporary on-site informational signs.

1. As required by codes, laws and regulatory agencies.

2. To identify key elements of the construction facilities.

3. To direct traffic and pedestrians.

2.10 OWNERSHIP OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

A. Items provided by the Contractor under this section shall remain the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the job site immediately upon completion of the work.

B. The Contractor is responsible for security of the site.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL

A. Maintain temporary facilities and controls as long as needed for the safe and proper completion of the work.

1. Temporary structures, sheds, trailers and material storage shall be arranged in a safemanner to avoid interfering with construction, public access or the Owner’s operations. Alllocations of temporary structures, sheds, trailers and materials storage shall be approvedin advance by the Program Manager.

2. The contractor shall relocate its temporary structures, sheds, trailers and materials instorage as required for construction progress as directed by the Program Manager.

3. Only limited storage space is available, and will be allocated by the ProgramManagement on a priority basis. Storage of materials outside the limits of constructionbut on the Owner’s property is strictly prohibited without permission from the Owner.

4. All costs relating to temporary storage and protection shall be borne by the contractorrequiring such storage and protection. The contractor shall retain full responsibility for anyform of damage or deterioration to stored materials and any form of damage ordeterioration caused by materials to surrounding surfaces.

5. Upon completion of the work, or sooner if directed by the Program Manager, thecontractor shall remove its temporary structures and sheds and remove all debris andrubbish and place the area in a clean and orderly condition.

B. Remove such temporary facilities and controls as rapidly as progress of the work will permit, or as directed by the Program Manager. Permanent areas of the facility which were used for temporary facilities for construction are to be restored to the condition found, as applicable.

END OF SECTION


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 SECTION 01 51 10 - UTILITY SHUTDOWN


SECTION 01 51 10

UTILITY SHUTDOWN

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Procedures and requirements for utility shutdown.


A. Section 00 63 20: Request for Utility Shutdown Form

B. Section 01 50 00: Temporary Facilities and Controls

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

N/A

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 NOTICE TO DISTRICT

A. Contract shall provide a utility shutdown plan and provide a minimum of 72 hours notice to the District prior to any required shutdown of utilities using the Utility Shutdown Request Form in Section 00 63 20.

3.02 RESUMPTION OF UTILITIES

A. Prior to resuming normal utility operation, ensure that all work is properly safe and/or capped.

END OF SECTION



G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 SECTION 01 56 10 - DUST CONTROL MEASURES

Version04/11/2014 Page 1

SECTION 01 56 10

DUST CONTROL MEASURES

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. The goal of these requirements is to prevent air pollution from airborne dust on construction projects by keeping construction dust from becoming airborne through wind or mechanical means. These requirements are also meant to prevent the spread of dust onto roadways and non-construction areas.


A. Section 01 50 00: Temporary Facility and Controls

B. Section 01 57 30: Storm Water Pollution Prevention

C. Section 01 74 10: Cleaning

D. Section 01 74 17: Site Maintenance and Cleanup

E. Section 01 74 19: Construction Waste Management and Disposal

F. Requirements of the Contract Documents

1.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. The following general requirements shall be met on all projects within the District.

1. General Contractor shall develop and implement a Dust Control Plan that includes thefollowing measures:

a. If necessary, water all active construction areas at least twice daily (with recycledwater, if possible).

b. Cover all trucks hauling soil, sand, and other loose materials.

c. Apply water two times daily to all unpaved access roads, parking areas, and stagingareas at construction sites

d. Sweep streets daily if visible soil material is carried onto adjacent streets.

e. Dust barriers and ventilation to prevent dust from entering occupied portions of thebuilding or HVAC system.



END OF SECTION


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 SECTION 01 57 30 - STORM WATER POLLUTION

PREVENTION

04/11/14 Page 1

SECTION 01 57 30

STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. The goal of these requirements is to prevent the pollution of storm water runoff on construction projects by keeping pollution out of storm drains, reducing the exposure and discharge of materials and wastes to storm water, and by reducing erosion and sedimentation. Storm drains discharge runoff directly to creeks and the Bay without treatment.

B. Throughout the construction period of the project, the Contractor shall practice the Storm Water Pollution Prevention procedures as described in this Section.

C. Storm Water Pollution Prevention and Monitoring Plan and all permitting approval requirements to be prepared by the Contractor.

D. A daily inspection, and more often if necessary, may be conducted by the District Representative to verify that requirements for cleanliness are being met.

E. In addition to the standards described in this Section, the Contractor shall comply with pertinent requirements of other government agencies having jurisdiction over this Work.

F. Comply with Statewide General Permit to discharge storm water associated with construction activity.


A. Section 01 50 00: Temporary Facility and Controls

B. Section 01 56 10: Dust Control Measures

C. Section 01 74 10: Cleaning



F. Requirements of the Contract Documents


A. The following general requirements shall be met on all projects within the District.

1. Non-hazardous Material/Waste Management

a. Designated Area: Propose designated areas of the project site, for approval by theDistrict Representative, suitable for material delivery, storage, and waste collectionthat, to the maximum extent practicable, are near construction entrances and awayfrom catch basins, gutters, drainage courses, and creeks.



G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 SECTION 01 57 30 - STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION

04/11/14 Page 2

b. Granular Material:

1. Store granular material at least ten feet away from catch basin and curb returns. 2. Do not allow granular material to enter the storm drains or creeks.

3. When rain is forecast within 24 hours or during wet weather, the District

Representative may require the Contractor to cover granular material with a tarpaulin and to surround the material with sand bags.

c. Dust Control: Use reclaimed water to control dust on a daily basis or as directed by

the District Representative.

d. Street Sweeping: At the end of each working day or as directed by the District Representative, the Contractor shall clean and sweep roadways and on-site paved areas of all materials attributed to or involved in the work. Do not use water to flush down streets in place of street sweeping.

e. Cleaning Paved Storage Areas: Thoroughly clean all on-site paved areas used for

storage of materials or otherwise utilized or involved during the work immediately after the materials are removed from storage. Cleaning shall be accomplished by sweeping and not with use of water.

f. Recycling:

1. Recycle aggregate base material, asphalt concrete, and Portland cement

concrete as described in these Specifications.

2. In addition, reuse or recycle any useful construction materials generated during the project.

g. Disposal:

1. Maintain the project site in a clean and orderly manner at all times. The

Contractor shall collect all scrap, debris, and waste material, and dispose of such materials properly. The District Representative may require the Contractor to clean and dispose of such materials at any time should the situation, in his opinion, constitute a danger.

2. Inspect dumpsters for leaks and contact trash hauling contractors to replace or

repair dumpsters that leak.

3. Do not discharge water on-site from cleaning dumpsters.

4. Arrange for regular waste collection before dumpsters overflow.



PREVENTION

04/11/14 Page 3

2. Hazardous Material/Waste Management

a. Storage:

1. Label and store all hazardous materials, such as pesticides, paints, thinners,solvents, and fuels; and all hazardous wastes, such as waste oil and antifreeze;in accordance with the Santa Clara County Hazardous Materials StorageOrdinance and all applicable State and Federal regulations.

2. Store all hazardous materials and all hazardous wastes in accordance withsecondary containment regulations, and it is recommended that these materialsand wastes be covered, as needed, to avoid potential management of collectedrainwater as a hazardous waste.

3. Keep an accurate, up-to-date inventory, including Material Safety Data Sheets(MSDS), of hazardous materials and hazardous wastes stored on-site, to assistemergency response personnel in the event of a hazardous materials incident.

b. Usage:

1. When rain is forecast within 24 hours or during wet weather, the DistrictRepresentative may prevent the Contractor from applying chemicals in outsideareas.

2. Do not over-apply pesticides or fertilizers. Contractor shall follow materialmanufacturer’s instructions regarding uses, protective equipment ventilation,flammability, and mixing of chemicals. Over-application of a pesticide constitutesa “label violation” subject to an enforcement action by the Santa Clara CountyAgriculture Department.

c. Disposal:

1. Arrange for regular hazardous waste collection to comply with time limits onstorage of hazardous wastes.

2. Dispose of hazardous waste only at authorized and permitted Treatment,Storage, and Disposal Facilities, and use only licensed hazardous waste haulersto remove the waste off-site, unless quantities to be transported are belowapplicable threshold limits for transportation specified in State and Federalregulations.

3. If the Contractor qualifies as a “Conditionally Exempt Small Quantity Generator”as defined under State and Federal regulation and if the Contractor’s businessoffice is located in Santa Clara County then the Contractor may dispose of thiswaste through a city-sponsored program. Information for this program may berequested by calling (408) 299-7300.

3. Spill Prevention and Control:

a. Keep a stockpile of spill cleanup materials, such as rags, or absorbents, readilyaccessible on-site.

b. Immediately contain and prevent leaks and spills from entering storm drains, andproperly clean up and dispose of the waste and cleanup materials. If the waste ishazardous, handle the waste as described in section A.2.c above.



PREVENTION

04/11/14 Page 4

c. Do not wash any spilled material into streets, gutters, storm drains, or creeks andshall not bury spilled hazardous materials.

d. Report any hazardous materials spill to the Santa Clara County Department ofEnvironmental Health, (408) 918-3400, and to the District’s Representative.

4. Vehicle/Equipment Cleaning:

a. Do not perform vehicle or equipment cleaning on-site or in the street.

5. Vehicle/Equipment Maintenance and Fueling:

a. Perform maintenance and fueling of vehicles or equipment in a designated, beamedarea or over a drip pan that will not allow run-on of storm water or runoff of spills.

b. Use secondary containment such as a drip pan, to catch leaks or spills any time thatvehicle or equipment fluids are dispensed, changed, or poured.

c. Keep a stockpile of spill cleanup materials, such as rags or absorbents, readilyaccessible on-site.

d. Clean up leaks and spills of vehicle or equipment fluids immediately and dispose ofthe waste and cleanup materials as hazardous waste, as described in section A.2.cabove.

e. Do not wash any spilled material into streets, gutters, storm drains, or creeks.Contractor shall not bury spilled hazardous materials.

f. Report any hazardous materials spill to the Santa Clara County Department ofEnvironmental Health (408) 918-3400 and to the District’s Representative.

g. Inspect vehicles and equipment arriving on-site for leaking fluids and shall promptlyrepair leaking vehicles and equipment. Drip pans shall be used to catch leaks untilrepairs are made.

h. Recycle waste oil and antifreeze.

i. Comply with Federal, State, and City requirements for above ground storage tanks.

6. Contractors Training and Awareness:

a. Train all employees/subcontractors on the storm water pollution preventionrequirements contained in these Specifications.

b. Inform subcontractors of the storm water pollution prevention contract requirementsand include appropriate subcontract provisions to ensure that these requirements aremet.

c. Post warning signs in areas treated with chemicals.

d. Paint new catch basins as part of the project with a “No Dumping Flows to Bay”stencil.



PREVENTION

04/11/14 Page 5

1.04 ACTIVITY-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS

A. The following activity-specific requirements shall be met on all projects within the District that include the listed activities.

1. Paving Operations:

a. Project Site Management:

1. When rain is forecast within 24 hours or during wet weather, the DistrictRepresentative may prevent the Contractor from paving.

2. The District Representative may direct the Contractor to protect drainage coursesby using control measures, such as earth dike*, straw bale*, and sand bags* todivert runoff or trap and filter sediment.

3. Cover drip pans or absorbent material under paving equipment when not in use.

4. Cover catch basins and manholes when paving or applying seal coat, tack coat,slurry seal, or fog seal.

5. If the paving operation includes an on-site mixing plant, comply with Santa ClaraCounty General Industrial Activities Storm Water Permit requirements.

b. Paving Waste Management: Do not sweep or wash down excess sand (placed aspart of a sand seal or to absorb excess oil) into gutters, storm drains, or creeks.Instead, either collect the sand or return it to the stockpile, or dispose of it in a trashcontainer. Do not use water to wash down fresh asphalt concrete pavement.

2. Saw Cutting:

a. During saw cutting, cover or barricade catch basins using control measures, such asfilter fabric*, straw bales*, sand bag*, and fine gravel dams, to keep slurry out of boththe sanitary and storm drain systems. When protecting a catch basin, ensure that theentire opening is covered.

b. Shovel, absorb, or vacuum saw cut slurry and pick up the waste before moving to thenext location or at the end of each working day, whichever is sooner.

c. If saw cut slurry enters catch basins, remove the slurry from the storm drain systemimmediately.

3. Contaminated Soil Management

a. On all projects involving grading or excavation, look for contaminated soil asevidenced by site history, discoloration, odor, differences in soil properties,abandoned underground tanks or pipes, or buried debris. It the project is not withinan area of known soil contamination and no evidence of soil contamination is found,then testing of the soil shall only be required if directed by the District Representative.Follow section 1.3.b below, if contamination is found.

b. If the project is within an area of known soil contamination or evidence of soilcontamination is found, then soil from grading or excavation operations shall betested. The soil shall be managed as required by the following agency: Santa ClaraCounty Department of Environmental Health.



PREVENTION

04/11/14 Page 6

c. If the project is found to be within an area of soil contamination not identified by theDistrict in the project specifications, notify the District Representative immeditely.

4. Concrete, Grout and Mortar Waste Management:

a. Material Management: Store and keep covered concrete, grout and mortar awayfrom drainage areas and ensure that these materials do not enter the storm drainsystem.

b. Concrete Truck/Equipment Wash Out:1. Do not wash out concrete trucks or equipment into streets, gutters, storm drains,

or creeks.2. Perform washout of concrete trucks or equipment off-site or in a designated area

on-site into aquifer containers and remove from site.

c. Exposed Aggregate Concrete Wash Water:1. Avoid creating runoff by draining water from washing of exposed aggregate

concrete to a dirt area. Vacuum away water and haul off-site.2. The Contractor shall collect and return sweepings from exposed aggregate

concrete to a stockpile or dispose of the waste in a trash container and haul off-site.

5. Painting:

a. Painting Cleanup1. Designated Area:

a. Conduct cleaning of painting equipment and tools in a designated area thatwill not allow run-on of storm water or runoff of spills.

b. Do not allow wash water from cleaning of painting equipment and tools intostreets, gutters, storm drains, or creeks.

2. Water-based Paint:a. Remove as much excess paint as possible from brushes, rollers, and

equipment before starting cleanup.b. To the maximum extent practicable, dispose of wash water from aqueous

cleaning of equipment and tools to the sanitary sewer.c. Do not do any cleaning on District property…

3. Oil-based Paint:a. Remove as much excess paint as possible from brushes, rollers, and

equipment before starting cleanup.b. To the maximum extent practicable, filter paint thinner and solvents for reuse.c. Dispose of waste thinner and solvent, and sludge from cleaning of equipment

and tools as hazardous waste, as described in section A2.c above.

b. Material/Waste Management1. Store paint, solvents, chemicals, and waste materials in compliance with the

Santa Clara County Hazardous Materials Storage Ordinances and all applicableState and Federal regulations. The Contractor shall store these materials in adesignated area that will not allow run-on of storm water or runoff of spills.

2. Dispose of excess thinners, solvents, oil and water-based paint as hazardouswaste.

3. Dispose of dry, empty paint cans, buckets, old brushes, rollers, rags, and dropcloths off-site.



PREVENTION

04/11/14 Page 7

6. Earthwork: The Contractor shall maximize the control of erosion and sediment by usingthe BMPs for erosion and sedimentation in the California Storm Water Best ManagementPractice Handbook—Construction Activity.



*See California Storm Water Best Management Practice Handbook - Construction Activity

http://www.cabmphandbooks.com/Documents/Construction/Construction.pdf

END OF SECTION



G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 SECTION 01 60 00 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 04/11/2014 Page 1

SECTION 01 60 00

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. This Section includes the following administrative and procedural requirements: selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers’ standard warranties on products; special warranties; and product substitutions.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS AND SECTIONS A. Instructions to Bidders: Procedures for requesting substitutions during bidding period. B. General Conditions and Special Conditions C. Section 01 23 00: Alternates for products selected under an alternate. D. Section 01 42 00: References for applicable industry standards for products specified. E. Section 01 77 00: Closeout Procedures for submitting warranties for contract closeout. 1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term “product” includes the terms “material,” “equipment,” “system,” and terms of similar intent.

1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer’s product name, including make or

model number or other designation, shown or listed in manufacturer’s published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.

2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or

facility, except that products consisting of recycled-content materials are allowed, unless explicitly stated otherwise. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered as new products.

3. Equal Products: Products that are demonstrated and approved through submittal process

to have the indicated qualities relative to type, function, dimension, in-service performance (including acoustic performance), physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified items.

B. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction

required by Contract Documents and proposed by the Contractor, including Equal Products. The following are not considered substitutions:

1. Substitutions requested during the bidding period, and accepted by written Addendum

prior to opening of bids or award of Contract, if allowed by the Instructions to Bidders. 2. Revisions to Contract Documents requested by the Owner or Architect. 3. Specified options of products and construction methods included in Contract Documents.


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 SECTION 01 60 00 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

04/11/2014 Page 2

4. Compliance with governing regulations and orders issued by governing authorities.

C. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: Where a specific manufacturer’s product is named and accompanied by the words “basis of design,” including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of other named manufacturers.

D. Manufacturer’s Warranty: Preprinted written warranty published by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner.

E. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract Documents, either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer’s warranty or to provide more rights for Owner.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Product List: At or before submittal of product substitutions, submit a list, in tabular form, showing specified and proposed products.

1. Coordinate product list with contractor’s construction schedule and the submittalsschedule.

2. Form: Tabulate information for each product under the following column headings:

a. Specification section number and title.

b. Generic name used in Contract Documents.

c. Name, model number and similar designations of product proposed by Contractor.

d. Specified product name, model number and similar designations, if different fromproposed product.

e. Manufacturer’s name and address.

f. Installer’s name and address.

g. Identification of items that require early submittal approval for scheduled delivery date.

h. Identification of product status: Basis of Design or named product, Equal Product, orproposed non-equal product.

i. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting testresults for compliance with requirements indicated.

B. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.

1. Substitution Request Form: Use form provided at end of Section.

2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as



04/11/2014 Page 3

applicable:

a. Statement indicating why unnamed material or product is being proposed.

b. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address.

c. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to otherparts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractorsthat will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution.

d. Detailed comparison of significant qualities, which may include attributes such asperformance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features andrequirements indicated.

e. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication andinstallation procedures.

f. Structural calculations, where applicable or requested, prepared and signed byEngineer licensed in state where project is located.

g. Samples, where applicable or requested.

h. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addressesand names and addresses of architects and owners.

i. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting testresults for compliance with requirements indicated.

j. Research/evaluation reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect forProject, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

k. Detailed comparison of Contractor’s Construction Schedule using proposedsubstitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overallContract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be providedwithin the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer’sletterhead, stating lack of availability or delays in delivery.

l. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum.

m. Designation of availability of maintenance services, sources of replacement materials.

n. Contractor’s certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in theContract Documents and is appropriate for applications indicated.

o. Contractor’s waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequentlybecome necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicatedresults or coordination of requirements of other trades.

C. Named Product or Basis-of-Design Product: Comply with requirements in Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures. Show compliance with requirements.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. To fullest extent possible, provide products of the same kind, from a single source.



04/11/2014 Page 4

B. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given the option of selecting between two or more products for use on the Project, product selection shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options.

1. Contractor is responsible for coordinating the compatibility of products and constructionmethods of its separate subcontractors and suppliers.

1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, store and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer’s written instructions.

B. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage. Coordinate delivery with installation to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, environmental, and other losses.

C. Deliver products to project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container, or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting and installing.

D. Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with Contract Documents, and to ensure products are undamaged and properly protected.

E. Store products in a manner to facilitate inspection and measurement of quantity.

F. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger project structure.

G. Store products subject to damage by the elements above ground, under cover in a weather tight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. Maintain temperature and humidity within range required by manufacturer's written instructions.

H. Protect stored products from damage.

1.07 PRODUCT WARRANTIES

A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer’s disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents.

B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. Submit a draft for approval before final execution.

1. Manufacturer’s Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information andproperly executed.

2. Specified Form: Forms are included with the Specifications. Prepare a written documentusing appropriate form properly executed.



04/11/2014 Page 5

3. Refer to Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific content requirements and particularrequirements for submitting special warranties.

C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section 01 77 00 - Closeout Procedures.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 PRODUCT SELECTION

A. General: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged, and unless otherwise indicated, that are new at time of installation.

1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, safety guards andother items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.

2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options arespecified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and usedsuccessfully in similar situations on other projects.

3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict withrequirements of the Contract Documents.

4. Where products are accompanied by the term “as selected,” Architect will make selection.

5. Where products are accompanied by the term “match sample,” sample to be matched isArchitect’s.

6. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specificationsestablish “salient characteristics” of products.

7. Or Equal: Where products are specified by name and accompanied by the term “or equal”or “or approved equal” or “or approved”, comply with provisions in “Product Substitutions”Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product.

a. Refer to General Conditions article 3.8.2 for additional Equal Product and substitutionrequirements.

B. Product Selection Procedures: Procedures for product selection include the following:

1. District Standard: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Product” namea single product and note that it is a “District Standard” or “Campus Standard” provide thatproduct only; no substitutions will be considered.

a. Refer to Special Conditions for list of approved District Standard products.

2. Manufacturer/Source/Product: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled“Manufacturer” or “Source” or “Product” name single manufacturers or sources, provide aproduct by the manufacturer or from the source named that complies with requirements.

a. Equal Products or substitutions, if available from other sources or manufacturers notknown to Architect may be accepted. Comply with the provisions for “substitutions” toobtain approval of the District and Architect for use of an unnamed product.



04/11/2014 Page 6

3. Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Products” introduce alist of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed thatcomplies with requirements.

a. Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, accompanied by the term “orequal”, or “or approved equal” comply with the provisions for “substitutions” to obtainapproval of the District and Architect for use of an unnamed product.

4. Manufacturers: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Manufacturers”introduce a list of manufacturers’ names, provide a product by one of the manufacturerslisted that complies with requirements.

a. Where manufacturers are specified by name, accompanied by the term “or equal”, or“or approved equal” comply with the provisions for “substitutions” to obtain approval ofthe District and Architect for use of an unnamed product

5. Basis-of-Design Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Basis-of-Design Product(s)” are included and also introduce or refer to a list of manufacturers’names, provide either the specified product or a comparable product by one of the othernamed manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions,and other characteristics that are based on the product named.

a. Comply with provisions in “substitutions” to obtain approval of the District and Architectfor use of an unnamed product.

6. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase “as selected frommanufacturer’s colors, patterns, textures” or a similar phrase, select a product (andmanufacturer) that complies with other specified requirements.

a. Standard Range: Where Specifications include the phrase “standard range of colors,patterns, textures” or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern, or texture frommanufacturer’s product line that does not include premium items.

b. Full Range: Where Specifications include the phrase “full range of colors, patterns,textures” or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern, or texture frommanufacturer’s product line that includes both standard and premium items.

7. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require matching an establishedsample, select or develop a product (and manufacturer) that complies with requirementsand matches Architect’s sample. Architect’s decision will be final on whether a proposedproduct matches satisfactorily.

a. If no product available within specified category matches satisfactorily and complieswith other specified requirements, comply with the provisions for “substitutions” toobtain approval of the District and Architect.

8. Performance Specification Requirements: Where Specifications require compliance withperformance requirements, provide products that comply with requirements, and arerecommended by the manufacturer for application indicated. General overall performanceof a product is implied where the product is specified for a specific application.

a. Manufacturer's recommendations may be contained in product literature, or bymanufacturer's certification of performance.



04/11/2014 Page 7

2.02 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Timing: Substitution Requests may be considered if received within 35 days after award of contract, unless otherwise stated in the Instructions to Bidders or Special Conditions. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Architect or Owner’s Representative.

B. Conditions: The Contractor's substitution request will be received and considered by the Architect when the following conditions are satisfied, as determined by the Architect; otherwise requests will be returned without action except to record noncompliance with these requirements. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitution is upon the proposer.

1. Extensive revisions to Contract Documents are not required.

2. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produceindicated results.

3. The request is timely, fully documented and properly submitted.

4. The requested substitution will not adversely affect the Contractor’s construction schedule.

5. The requested substitution has received, or will receive necessary approvals of authoritieshaving jurisdiction.

6. The requested substitution does not cause the Owner additional responsibilities or costs,such as added compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increasedcost of other construction by Owner or separate Contractors, or similar considerations.Contractor shall be responsible for such added costs to the Owner.

7. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.

8. The requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.

9. The requested substitution provides specified warranty.

10. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution hasbeen coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatiblewith other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.

C. Architect’s Action: If necessary, within one week of receipt of request for substitution, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation of request for substitution. Within 2 weeks of receipt of request, or one week of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later, Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of requested substitution.

1. Acceptance is acknowledged by the Architect’s completion of the substitution requestform.

2. Use product specified if District or Architect cannot make a decision on use of a proposedsubstitution within time allocated by the Contractor.



04/11/2014 Page 8

3. The District and Architect will not be responsible for locating or securing information whichis not included in the substantiating data.

4. The District’s and Architect's decision of acceptance or rejection of a requestedsubstitution shall be final.

D. Architect's excessive cost for evaluating substitutions requested by the Contractor, or making subsequent revisions to drawings, specifications and other resulting documentation, will be paid by Owner with reimbursement from Contractor by deductive change order.

E. The Contractor's submittal and Architect's acceptance of Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples that relate to construction activities not complying with the Contract Documents does not constitute an acceptable or valid request for substitution, nor does it constitute approval.


END OF SECTION


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 SECTION 01 71 23 - FIELD ENGINEERING

04/11/2014 Page 1

SECTION 01 71 23

FIELD ENGINEERING

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Provide and pay for field engineering services required for the project.

1. Survey work required in execution of the project.

2. Civil, structural or other professional engineering services specified, or required to executeContractor's construction methods.

3. Coordination with testing laboratory and soils engineer.

4. Verification of conditions.

B. Related Requirements in Other Parts of the Project Manual:

1. Conditions of the contract.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS:

A. Section 01 78 39: Project Record Documents.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01 33 00.

B. Submit name and address of Surveyor or professional engineer to Architect, including changes as they may occur.

C. On request of Architect, and/or Program Manager submit documentation to verify accuracy of field engineering work.

D. Submit certificate signed by registered Civil Engineer or Land Surveyor certifying that elevations and locations of improvements are in conformance, or non-conformance, with Contract Documents.

E. Record Drawings:

1. At project completion, obtain and pay for electronic reproducible transparencies of theproject plans. Clearly indicate all differences between original drawings and completedwork within specified tolerances.

2. Show as-built locations by coordinates of all utilities onsite with top of pipe elevations atmajor grade and alignment changes. As-built drawings are to be updated on a monthlybasis.

3. Completed record drawing transparencies shall be dated, signed and certified as correctby the General Contractor.



04/11/2014 Page 2

4. Comply with requirements of Section 01 78 39.


A. Qualifications of Surveyor or Engineer: Engage a registered Civil Engineer or licensed Land Surveyor acceptable to both Contractor and Owner and who is qualified to perform land surveying. Furnish to Owner prior to start of work, the name and license (or registration number) issued by the State of California, Board of Registration for Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors. Provide notice to Owner during course of construction should identification of individual responsible for this work change, and obtain approval of Owner for the replacement.


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS

A. Existing horizontal and vertical control points for the Project are those designated on drawings.

B. Locate and protect control points prior to starting site work, and preserve all permanent reference points during construction.

1. Make no changes or relocations without prior written notice to Architect.

2. Report to Architect when any reference point is lost or destroyed, or requires relocationbecause of necessary changes in grades or locations.

3. Identify and protect all survey monuments on the site discovered during construction,which are not referenced on the project drawings. Tie out such monuments and notifyArchitect prior to allowing them to be disturbed.

4. Replace permanent boundary markers disturbed during construction with new permanentmonuments and file the required Record of Survey or Corner Record in accordance withapplicable State and County laws, at no additional cost to the Owner.

3.02 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS

A. Establish a minimum of two permanent horizontal and vertical control points on the site, remote from the building area referenced to data established by survey control points.

1. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents,including description of monuments in place.

B. Establish lines and levels, locations and dimensions, by instrumentation or similar technical appropriate means:

1. Site Improvements.

a. Provide stakes and elevations for grading, fill and topsoil placement.



04/11/2014 Page 3

b. Utility lines, including, but not limited to, storm drains, sewers, water mains, gas,electric and telephone lines. Provide adequate horizontal control to locate lines andprovide vertical control in proportion to slope of line as required for accurateconstruction.

2. Building Lines and Levels: Furnish building corner offsets as required to adequatelylocate building(s). Provide cut and fill stakes within the building perimeter adequate tocontrol both over-excavation and re-compaction and the final subgrade location of thebuilding pad(s), as required. Locate and lay out building foundations, column grids andlocations and floor levels.

3. Provide control lines and levels required for the Mechanical and Electrical work.

4. Provide grade stakes and elevations as required to construct paved areas, building pads,landscaped areas, and other areas as required.

a. Calculate and layout subgrade elevations and intermediate controls as required toprovide smooth transitions between the spot elevations indicated on the plans.

b. From time to time, verify the layout of all work by the same methods.

3.03 RECORDS

A. Maintain a complete, accurate surveyor's log of all control and survey work as it progresses. Make this log available for reference.

B. Submit certification of subgrade completion on all building(s) showing actual elevation of completed subgrade to nearest 0.1 foot.

END OF SECTION


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 DOCUMENT 01 73 00 –

SAFETY PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS

04/11/2014 Page 1

DOCUMENT 01 73 00


Note: This document is appended by all the requirements put forth in other sections of the General Conditions.

Responsibilities

1. General Contractor.a. Develop, implement and maintain a site-specific Safety Program for

the project duration that is compliant with all site, local, state andCal/OSHA requirements.

i. The General Contractor’s site-specific Safety Program mustbe included in all sub-tier contracts.

b. The General Contractor shall submit the reports and documentsbelow to the District or Program Manager for review and record:

1. Site utilization plan and site security plan.2. Permits as required by Cal/OSHA for project

notification and other high-hazard permit requiredactivities (e.g. steel erection, excavation and scaffolderection).

3. Training documents (e.g. toolbox talks, job hazardanalysis, operator cards and site orientationinformation).

4. Storm water protection and prevention programs andrequired inspections.

5. Weekly site safety inspections by all parties.a. Including also:

i. Daily excavation inspections.ii. Daily scaffold inspections.iii. Site security inspections.iv. Annual crane inspections.

6. Documented enforcement and incentive activities.7. The District or Program Manager reserves the right to

request additional safety information pertinent to sitesafety not specifically included in this section.

c. Stop any unsafe work activities.d. Additional site requirements – The General Contractor shall

include the following requirements in their site-specific SafetyProgram. Any site-specific Safety Program submitted to theConstruction Manager without these requirements will be rejected.

i. Personal protective equipment:1. Hard hats shall be worn at all times on the project

site.2. Safety glasses shall be worn at all times on the

project site.


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 DOCUMENT 01 73 00 –


04/11/2014 Page 2

3. Appropriate hand protection shall be worn whenhands are exposed to potential injury.

4. High-visibility vests shall be worn when heavymachinery is operating on site.

5. Work boots with substantial soles shall be worn at alltimes.

ii. Housekeeping:1. Trash, debris and scrap shall be collected daily and

placed in the appropriate bin/receptacle/dumpster.2. No construction equipment, materials or wastes are

allowed in any un-secured area where there ispotential exposure to students, staff, faculty oradministration of the District.

iii. Qualified and experienced site safety representative:1. The Site Safety Representative shall be OSHA 30-

hour Hazard Recognition trained.2. The Site Safety Representative shall have the

authority to stop immediately all unsafe workactivities.

iv. Conduct weekly site safety inspections and documentfindings.

v. Fall Protection.1. Fall protection shall be provided anywhere there is

exposure to a fall of six (6) or more feet. Thisrequirement is all-inclusive for all trades on site.

vi. Electrical.1. Hot work is not allowed.2. Each contractor shall utilize GFCI (ground fault circuit

interrupter) protection for electrical equipment andimplement an assured equipment inspection program.

vii. Prohibited items:1. Alcohol.2. Controlled substances.3. Knives with blades longer than two (2) inches.4. Pets.

2. District or Program Managera. Review the General Contractor’s safety program for conformance

to the District requirements and in general, compliance withestablished standards to ensure the safety of students, staff andfaculty.

END OF SECTION


Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC MEP Upgrade Package #2 SECTION 01 73 20 - DEMOLITION PROCEDURES

04/11/2014 Page 1

SECTION 01 73 20

DEMOLITION PROCEDURES

PART 1 GENERAL


A. This section includes selective demolition, alteration and remodeling work indicated or required to produce finished results shown and includes the following:

1. Selective Interior Demolition.

2. Patching and repairs.


A. Section 01 51 10: Utility Shutdown

B. Section 01 56 10: Dust Control Measures

C. Section 01 73 29: Cutting and Patching

D. Section 01 74 10: Cleaning


F. Section 01 77 00: Closeout Procedures

G. Divisions 22 and 23 Sections for cutting, patching, or relocating mechanical items.

H. Division 26 Sections for cutting, patching, or relocating electrical items.

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. Remove: Remove and legally dispose of items except those indicated to be reinstalled, salvaged, or to remain the Owner's property.

B. Remove and Salvage: Items indicated to be removed and salvaged remain the Owner's property. Remove, clean, and pack or crate items to protect against damage. Identify contents of containers and deliver to Owner's designated storage area.

C. Remove and Reinstall: Remove items indicated; clean, service, and otherwise prepare them for reuse; store and protect against damage. Reinstall items in the same locations or in locations indicated.

D. Existing to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by the Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and then cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations.

1.04 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP



04/11/2014 Page 2

A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain the Owner's property, demolished materials shall become the Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site with further disposition at the Contractor's option.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

A. Comply with pertinent portions of Section 01 33 00.

B. Prior to cutting which affects structural safety, submit written request to the Architect for permission to proceed with cutting.

C. Record Drawings: Submit at project closeout according to Sections 01 77 00 and 01 78 39.

1. Identify and accurately locate capped utilities and other subsurface structural, electrical, ormechanical conditions.


A. Demolition Firm Qualifications: Engage an experienced firm that has successfully completed selective demolition Work similar to that indicated for this Project.

B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before starting selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Comply with California Building Code, Title 24, Part 9, California Fire Code, Chapter 14,Fire Safety During Construction and Demolition.

1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Occupancy: Owner will occupy portions of the building immediately adjacent to alteration areas. Conduct alteration work in manner that will minimize need for disruption of Owner's operations. Provide minimum 72 hours advance notice to Owner of demolition activities that will affect Owner's operations.

B. Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of buildings to be altered.

1. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owneras far as practical.

C. Asbestos or Hazardous Waste: If asbestos and/or hazardous material, is encountered, notify the Program Manager immediately. Do not disturb, handle or attempt to remove.

D. Traffic: Conduct demolition operations and debris removal in a manner to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities.

1. Do not close, block or otherwise obstruct streets, walks or other occupied or used facilitieswithout written permission from authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routesaround closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing regulations.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 PRODUCTS FOR PATCHING, EXTENDING AND MATCHING



04/11/2014 Page 3

A. Provide same products or types of construction as that in existing structure, as needed to patch, extend or match existing work.

1. Where identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used for exposed surfaces, usematerials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.

2. Use materials whose installed performance equals or surpasses that of existing materials.

3. Generally Contract Documents will not define products or standards of workmanshippresent in existing construction; Contractor shall determine products by inspection andany necessary testing, and workmanship by use of the existing as a sample ofcomparison.

B. Presence of a product, finish, or type of construction, requires that patching, extending or matching shall be performed as necessary to make work complete and consistent to identical standards of quality.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine existing conditions, including elements subject to movement or damage during remodeling work.

B. After uncovering the work, examine conditions affecting installation of new work.

C. Discrepancies:

1. If uncovered conditions are not as anticipated, immediately notify the Architect and secureneeded directions.

2. Do not proceed in areas of discrepancy until such discrepancies have been fully resolved.

D. Time extensions or increase or decrease of costs resulting from such changes will be adjusted in the manner provided in the General Conditions.

3.02 UTILITY SERVICES

A. Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain, keep in service, and protect against damage during demolition operations.

1. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or used facilities, except whenauthorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services duringinterruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to governing authorities.

2. Provide not less than 72 hours notice to Owner if shutdown of service is required duringchangeover.

B. Utility Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility services serving building to be selectively demolished.

1. Owner will arrange to shut off indicated utilities when requested by Contractor.

2. Where utility services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, providebypass connections to maintain continuity of service to other parts of the building or



04/11/2014 Page 4

Campus before proceeding with selective demolition.

3. Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and sealthe remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing.

C. Utility Requirements: Refer to Divisions 22, 23, and 26 for shutting off, disconnecting, removing, and sealing or capping utility services. Do not start selective demolition work until utility disconnecting and sealing have been completed and verified in writing.

3.03 PREPARATION

A. Conduct demolition operations to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. Ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area.

1. Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railings, canopies, and coveredpassageways, where required by for public safety.

2. Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping to remain.

3. Erect a plainly visible fence around drip line of individual trees or around perimeter dripline of groups of trees to remain.

4. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between demolition and removal ofexisting construction, on exterior surfaces and new construction to ensure that no waterleakage or damage occurs to structure or interior areas.

5. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain and areexposed during selective demolition operations.

B. Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or structural support to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement or collapse of structures to be selectively demolished.

1. Cease operations and notify the Owner's Representative immediately if safety of structureappears to be endangered. Take precautions to support structure until determination ismade for continuing operations.

2. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition.

C. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, equipment and fixtures that have not been removed.

D. Provide and maintain barricades and guard rails as required by applicable regulatory agency to protect occupants of building and workers.

E. Where demolition, removal or rework occurs, take all necessary precautions to protect finished work from damage. Finished work damaged by operations under this contract shall be repaired or replaced to the acceptance of Owner and Architect at no extra cost to the Owner.

3.04 POLLUTION CONTROLS

A. Use water mist, temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods to limit the spread of dust and dirt. Comply with governing environmental protection regulations.

1. Do not use water when it may damage existing construction or create hazardous orobjectionable conditions, such as ice, flooding, and pollution.



04/11/2014 Page 5

B. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas.

1. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that willconvey debris to grade level.

C. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before start of selective demolition.

3.05 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, ALTERATIONS

A. Cut, drill, alter, remove, or temporarily remove and replace existing construction as necessary for performance of work under the contract. Work that is replaced shall match similar existing work.

B. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings or specified do not cut or alter structural members without authorization of the Architect or Structural Engineer.

C. Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete Work within limitations of governing regulations.

1. Repair all demolition performed in excess of that required, at no cost to the Owner.

D. Work remaining in place, which is damaged or defaced during this contract, shall be restored to the condition at time of award of contract.

E. If removal of existing work exposes discolored or unfinished surfaces, or work out of alignment, refinish such surfaces or replace the material as necessary to make contiguous work uniform.

F. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. To minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Temporarily cover openings to remain.

G. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces.

H. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. Contractor to provide a fire watch as per NFPA.

I. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches.

J. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site.

K. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation.

L. Locate selective demolition equipment throughout the structure and remove debris and



04/11/2014 Page 6

materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.

M. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. On-site storage or sale of removed items is prohibited.

N. Cut finish surfaces such as concrete, masonry, tile, plaster or metals, by methods to terminate surfaces in a straight line at a natural point of division.

O. Where new work joins existing construction, ensure that joinings are weather tight, sound and even in appearance.

P. Fixtures and outlets to be removed shall have their utility lines capped within walls or floors. Utility lines encountered in the work shall be capped, extended or reworked as necessary for completion of alterations.

3.06 DISPOSITION OF MATERIALS

A. Promptly remove from the site all materials resulting from demolition and alteration which are not to be reused.

B. Burning of materials on site is not permitted.

C. Store items to be reused in a protected location until reinstallation.

D. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them.

END OF SECTION



SECTION 01 73 29 - CUTTING AND PATCHING


SECTION 01 73 29

CUTTING AND PATCHING

PART 1 GENERAL


A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for cutting and patching.

B. Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting and patching, including attendant excavation and backfill, required to complete the Work or to:

1. Make its several parts fit together properly.

2. Uncover portions of the Work to provide for installation of ill-timed work.

3. Remove and replace defective work.

4. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents.

5. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing.

6. Provide routine penetrations of non-structural surfaces for installation of piping andelectrical conduit.


A. Conditions of the Contract: Basic responsibilities of parties.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit a written request to Architect and Program Manager 72 hours in advance of executing any cutting or alteration that affects:

1. The work of the Owner or any separate contractor.

2. The structural value or integrity of any element of the Project.

3. The integrity or effectiveness of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements orsystems.

4. The efficiency, operational life, maintenance or safety of operational elements.

5. The visual qualities of sight-exposed elements.

B. The request shall include:

1. Identification of the Project.

2. Description of the affected work.

3. The necessity for cutting, alteration or excavation.





4. The effect on the work of the Owner or any separate contractor, or on the structural orweatherproof integrity of the Project.

5. Description of the proposed work:

a. The scope of cutting, patching, alteration, or excavation.

b. The trades who will execute the work.

c. Products proposed to be used.

d. The extent of refinishing to be done.

6. Alternatives to cutting and patching.

C. Should conditions of the work or the schedule indicate a change of products from the original installation, Contractor shall submit a request for substitution as specified in Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

D. Approval by the Architect to proceed with cutting and patching does not waive the Architect's right to later require complete removal and replacement of unsatisfactory work.


A. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that would change their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio.

1. Obtain approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching structuralelements.

B. Operational Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended. Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.

C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in the Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that would result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace construction cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.

1. If possible retain the original Installer or fabricator to cut and patch the exposed Work. If itis impossible to engage the original Installer or fabricator, engage another recognizedexperienced and specialized firm.

1.05 WARRANTY

A. Existing Warranties: Replace, patch, and repair material and surfaces cut or damaged by methods and with materials in such a manner as not to void any warranties required or existing.





PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

A. Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible if identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used. Use materials whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of existing materials.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSPECTION

A. Inspect existing conditions of the Project, including elements subject to damage or to movement during cutting and patching.

B. After uncovering work, inspect the conditions affecting the installation of Products, or performance of the work.

C. Report unsafe, unsatisfactory or questionable conditions to the Architect in writing; do not proceed with the work until the Architect has provided further instructions.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Provide adequate temporary support as necessary to assure the structural value or integrity of the affected portion of the Work.

B. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of the Project from damage.

C. Provide protection from the elements for that portion of the Project which may be exposed by cutting and patching work, and maintain excavations free from water.

D. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas.

E. Avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit, or ductwork serving the building but scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them.

3.03 PERFORMANCE

A. General: Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay.

1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance ofother construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to restoresurfaces to their original condition.

2. Maintain safety requirements for hazards which may be created by cutting and patching

B. Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. Where possible, review proposed procedures with the original Installer; comply with the original Installer's recommendations.





1. In general, where cutting, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding,not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to sizerequired, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily coveropenings when not in use.

2. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished sideinto concealed surfaces.

3. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine, such as a Carborundum sawor a diamond-core drill.

4. Comply with requirements of applicable Division 31 Sections where cutting and patchingrequires excavating and backfilling.

5. Execute excavating and backfilling by methods which will prevent settlement or damage toother work.

C. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances.

1. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation.

2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retainedadjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing.

3. Fit work airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit and other penetrations through surfaces.

a. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection.

b. For an assembly, refinish the entire unit.

3.04 CLEANING

A. Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar items. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.

END OF SECTION



SECTION 01 74 10 - CLEANING


SECTION 01 74 10

CLEANING

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Execute cleaning, during progress of the Work, and at completion of the Work, within the building receiving work and the site to the standards as set forth in this section and the General Conditions.


A. Section 01 74 19: Construction Waste Management and Disposal

B. Cleaning for specific products of work: The specification Section for that work.

1.03 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with codes, ordinances, regulations, and anti-pollution laws.


A. Conduct daily inspection, and more often if necessary to verify that the requirements of cleanliness are being met.

B. In addition to the standards described in this Section, comply with pertinent requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

A. Use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazards to health or property and which will not damage surfaces.

B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of the surface material to be cleaned.

C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer.

D. All cleaning substances are to be clearly labeled.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 DURING CONSTRUCTION

A. Execute cleaning to keep the work, the site and adjacent properties free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and windblown debris, resulting from construction operations.

B. Provide on-site containers for the collection of waste materials, debris and rubbish.





C. Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from the site on a weekly basis or more often as conditions require and dispose of at legal disposal areas away from the site.

D. Progress cleaning: Retain stored items in an orderly arrangement allowing maximum access, not impeding traffic or drainage, and providing required protection of materials.

E. Closing or insulating spaces: Prior to insulating or closing walls and concealed spaces (including attic and ceiling spaces), obtain Program Manager’s sign-off indicating that cleanliness of the space is acceptable.

3.02 DUST CONTROL

A. Clean interior spaces prior to the start of finish painting and continue cleaning on an as-needed basis until painting is finished.

B. Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet or newly-coated surfaces.

3.03 FINAL CLEANING

A. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for Certification of Substantial Completion. Schedule final cleaning as approved by the Program Manager to enable the Owner to accept a completely clean work.

B. Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Comply with manufacturer's instructions.

C. Remove labels that are not permanent labels.

D. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows, both interior and exterior. Remove glazing compound and other substances that are noticeable vision-obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials.

E. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dust-free condition, free of stains, films and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original reflective condition. Leave concrete floors broom clean. Vacuum carpeted surfaces. All other flooring surfaces are to be mopped and/or cleaned per manufacturer’s recommendations.

F. For surfaces requiring routine application of buffed polish, apply the polish recommended by the manufacturer of the material being polished.

G. Ventilating Systems:

1. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters one week subsequent to buildingoccupancy.

H. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and lamps. Clean out all wye strainers after start-up (heat valves, main lines, and pumps).





I. Clean the site, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, litter and other foreign substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean; remove stains, spills and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted, to a smooth even-textured surface.

J. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the Work during construction.

K. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of in a lawful manner and in accordance with Specification Section 01 74 19.

1. Where extra materials of value remaining after completion of associated Work havebecome the Owner's property, arrange for disposition of these materials as directed.

L. Prior to final completion, or Owner occupancy, Contractor and Program Manager shall conduct an inspection of sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces, and all work areas, to verify that the entire Work is clean.

M. Prior to furniture installation and occupancy, thoroughly clean interiors, including cavities affected by construction, such as ceiling plenums.

N. After cleaning of interiors and prior to occupancy, vacuum HVAC ducts using compressed air or other mechanical means to dislodge and replace the air filters used during construction.

O. Ensure that cleaners used are selected for low toxicity and odor and do not emit toxic air pollutants, or they may prompt complaints. The health purposes of the final cleaning should be emphasized to cleaning staff.

Q. Clean or replace building HVAC system filters as part of the cleaning procedure prior to occupancy.

END OF SECTION



SECTION 01 74 17 - SITE MAINTENANCE AND CLEANUP

04/11/2014 Page 1

SECTION 01 74 17

SITE MAINTENANCE AND CLEANUP

PART 1 - GENERAL

A. Conduct daily inspections, and more often if necessary, to verify that requirements for project cleanliness are being met. In addition to the standards described in this section, comply with pertinent requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

A. Provide required personnel, equipment, and materials needed to maintain the specified standard of cleanliness.

B. A Street Sweeper shall be provided for street sweeping, by the Contractor, where street sweeping is required due to waste generated by this contract.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

A. Maintain the site in a neat and orderly condition at all times, allowing maximum access, not impeding traffic or drainage, and providing required protection of materials.

B. Daily, and more often if necessary, inspect the site and pick up all scrap, debris, and waste material, and remove such items to the place designated for their storage. Do not allow accumulation of scrap, debris, waste material, and other items not required for construction of the work. At least once a week, and as directed by the Architect, completely remove all scrap, debris, and waste material from the job site.

C. Roadways on which construction is taking place shall be cleaned and swept of all materials attributed to or involved in the work with a mechanical street sweeper at least daily, or more often when specified in these Specifications or if ordered by the Program Manager. In addition, clean adjacent streets with an approved mechanical street sweeper at least once a week on Fridays.

D. Prior to completion of the work, remove from the job site all tools, surplus materials and soil, equipment, scrap, debris, and waste. Perform final cleaning of paved areas on the site with a mobile street sweeper and completely remove resultant debris. Schedule final cleaning prior to final inspection to enable the District to accept a completely clean project site.

E. Remove weeds, as necessary but at a minimum monthly by no chemical means.

F. Payment:

1. Full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools and incidentals for doing allwork for site maintenance and cleanup shall be included in other items of work andno separate payment will be made.

END OF SECTION



SECTION 01 74 19 – CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT & DISPOSAL

04/11/2014 Page 1

SECTION 01 74 19

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Outline of waste minimization plan required by the Contractor.


A. Section 01 56 10: Dust Control Measures

B. Section 01 57 30: Storm Water Pollution Prevention

C. Section 01 73 20: Demolition Procedures


E. Section 00 72 13: General Conditions


A. It is the policy of the District that all construction projects adhere to the highest environmental standards. All construction should use resources wisely, minimize waste generation and maximize recovery of wastes that are generated. The Contractor shall prepare a waste minimization plan to prevent wastes on-site and to keep at least 50 percent by weight of all wastes out of the landfill.

The Owner has established that this Project shall generate the least amount of waste possible and that processes shall be employed that ensure the generation of as little waste as possible. These shall include prevention of damage due to mishandling, improper storage, contamination, inadequate protection or other factors as well as minimizing over packaging and poor quantity estimating.

Of the inevitable waste that is generated, the waste materials designated in this specification shall be salvaged for reuse and or recycling. Waste disposal in landfills or incinerators shall be minimized. On new construction projects, this means careful recycling of job site waste, on demolition projects this also means careful removal for salvage.

B. The plan should include the following information:

1. Categories of materials which will be reused or recycled, recorded in cubic yards or tons.To the maximum extent feasible, the following material types should be recovered:concrete, dimensional lumber, cardboard and paperboard, metals (i.e. framing, ductwork,plumbing and wire), asphalt, roofing materials, wood pallets and beverage containers, oldcorrugated cardboard, clean dimensional wood & palette wood, concrete/brick/concreteblock/asphalt, scrap metal, drywall, land clearing debris, paint (return to hazardous wastedepot), list of optional materials to be salvaged (demolition projects only), dimensionedlumber and heavy timbers, wood siding, structural steel, wood paneling, molding, trimand wainscoting, heritage architectural elements such as mantle pieces, columns, etc.,cabinets and casework, insulation, where suitable, brick and block, electric equipment




04/11/2014 Page 2

and light fixtures, plumbing fixtures and brass, windows, doors and frames with historic value, hardwood flooring.

a. When practical, the Contractor should also recover the following material types forreuse or recycling: carpet and carpet padding, particleboard and OSB, PVC, drywall,plywood and insulation.

b. Hazardous wastes shall be separated, stored, and disposed of in accordance withthe requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction, including Federal, State,County and City agencies.

2. Name of the hauler(s) used to remove wastes and recyclables from the site.

3. Actual destination for all used and excess materials – land filled or diverted.

4. Actual quantities of used and excess materials land filled and diverted.

5. Submit to the Owner way-bills, invoices and other documentation confirming that allmaterials have been hauled to the required locations. Way bills may be requested by thebuilding authority.

C. As an attachment to this section, the Construction Waste Minimization Plan and the Construction Monthly Waste Report have been included for your information and submission.

1.04 PLAN APPROVAL

A. Submit the initial Waste Minimization Plan to the District within 10 days of the Notice-to-Proceed. District staff shall review the Plan and suggest revisions before construction begins. Contractor shall implement the Plan as proposed, unless the District and Contractor agree, in writing, to modifications.

B. The Contractor shall distribute copies of the Waste Minimization Plan to the Job Site Foreman and each Subcontractor. The Contractor shall provide on-site instruction of appropriate separation, handling, and recycling to be used by all parties at the appropriate stages of the Project. On demolition projects, the Contractor shall provide on-site instructions for salvage and requirements for reusing salvaged materials within the project, either in new construction or in a renovation.

1.05 PLAN ENFORCEMENT

A. Elements of the Plan’s implementation shall be evaluated during building site inspections.

1.06 MONTHLY AND FINAL REPORTS

A. The Contractor shall submit the Monthly Waste Report to the District on progress made toward meeting the conditions of the Waste Minimization Plan, plus a final report at the end of the project. In the event that a project proceeds over multiple calendar years, monthly reports and an annual report shall be submitted for each calendar year of the project.

B. Monthly and final reports shall consist of a copy of the originally-submitted Waste Plan, with actual tonnages or volumes of land filled and diverted materials reported, to date. Final or annual reports shall provide the cumulative total material weights for the project or for the calendar year. Copies of recovery or disposal site gate tickets, indicating material weight at




04/11/2014 Page 3

the facility, must accompany actual data. Invoices and truck hauling receipts are not acceptable.

C. A Monthly Waste Report must be submitted with each payment application. It is required prior to the District approving the payment application.

D. Approval of the final report is required prior to the District making the last payment for services.

E. Monthly Waste Reports must be submitted regardless if waste was pulled from the site. The contractor can simply indicate that no material was disposed.



END OF SECTION




04/11/2014 Page 4

SAN JOSE/EVERGREEN COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT CONSTRUCTION WASTE MINIMIZATION PLAN Instructions: Contractor shall provide the following information to the District within 20 days of Notice-to-Proceed, per the Contract Documents. Contractor Company: Contact Person Name:

Business Address: Contact Phone#

Measure C Project #: Contact E-Mail:

PROJECT DESCRIPTION/WORK TO BE PERFORMED:

Material Type Estimated Amount (volume or tons)

Hauler Destination Actual* Amount Landfilled (volume or tons)

Actual* Amount Diverted (volume or tons)

Dirt & Clean Fill Asphalt

Concrete

Scrap Metal

Wood

Drywall

Fixtures

Roofing

Carpet & Padding

Cardboard Beverage Containers Trash Other (specify):

TOTALS * Actual amounts to be completed as part of the Quarterly and Final Reports.

I, as a responsible person, to the best of my abilities, certify that this project will conform to the District's policy that all construction projects will adhere to the highest environmental standards. I certify that this project will use resources wisely, minimize waste production, maximize recovery of wastes, and maximize the use of recycled content materials.

____________________________________________ __________________ Signature of Responsible Person Date





04/11/2014 Page 5

CONSTRUCTION MONTHLY WASTE REPORT Instructions: Contractor shall provide the following information to the District with each pay application as per the contract documents.

Contractor Company: Contact Person Name:

Business Address: Contact Phone#

Measure C Project #: Contact E-Mail:

MONTH-YEAR:

Material Type Ticket Number*

Hauler Destination Amount Landfilled (volume or tons)

Amount Diverted (volume or tons)

Dirt & Clean Fill

Asphalt

Concrete

Scrap Metal

Wood

Drywall

Fixtures

Roofing

Carpet & Padding

Cardboard

Beverage Containers

Trash

Other (specify):

TOTALS * Copies of recovery or disposal site gate tickets, indicating material weight at the facility, must accompany actual data.

____________________________________________ __________________ Signature of Responsible Person Date

SAN JOSÈ / EVERGREEN COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT


SECTION 01 77 00 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

04/11/2014 Page 1

SECTION 01 77 00

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Comply with requirements stated in Conditions of the Contract and in Specifications for administrative procedures in closing out the Work.

B. Related Requirements Specified in Other Sections:

1. Section 01 33 00: Submittal Procedures

2. Section 01 74 10: Cleaning

3. Section 01 78 39: Project Record Documents

4. Closeout Submittals Required of Trades: The respective sections of Specifications.

5. California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 1 and Part 2.

1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

A. Substantial Completion is defined in the General Conditions.

B. When Contractor considers the Work is substantially complete, he shall submit to Architect:

1. A written notice that the Work, or designated portion thereof, is substantially complete.

2. A list of items to be completed or corrected.

C. Within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, Architect, Program Manager, and the District’s Inspector(s) will make an inspection to determine the status of completion.

D. Should it be determined that the Work is not substantially complete:

1. Architect will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, giving the reasons therefore.

2. Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in the Work, and send a second written notice ofsubstantial completion to the Architect.

3. Architect, District’s Inspector(s) and/or Program Manager will re-inspect the Work.

1.03 FINAL INSPECTION

A. When Contractor considers the Work is complete, he shall submit written certification that:

1. Contract Documents have been reviewed.

2. Work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents.

3. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents.




04/11/2014 Page 2

4. Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Owner's representativeand are operational. HVAC system and pumps are to be operational for 7 days minimum.

5. Work is completed and ready for final inspection.

B. Architect will make an inspection to verify the status of completion with reasonable promptness after receipt of such certification.

C. Should Architect consider that the Work is incomplete or defective:

1. Architect will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or defectiveWork.

2. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies, and send asecond written certification to Architect that the work is complete.

3. Architect and/or Program Manager will re-inspect the Work.

D. When the Architect finds that the Work is acceptable under the Contract Documents, he shall request the Contractor to make closeout submittals.

1.04 RE-INSPECTION FEES

A. Should Architect perform re-inspections due to failure of the Work to comply with the claims of status of completion made by the Contractor:

1. Owner will compensate Architect for such additional services.

2. Owner will deduct the amount of such compensation from the final payment to theContractor.

1.05 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE TRAINING FOR STAFF

A. Convene an on-site meeting, or series of meetings as necessary, to hand over the completed building to the Owner and to train operations staff. Participants should include:

1. Major consultants’ inspection personnel involved in mechanical, energy, and electricalsystems.

2. A representative of the Contractor.

3. The lead electrical and mechanical technicians; and

4. All main operations, maintenance and building management staff, on behalf of the Owner.

1.06 CONTRACTOR'S CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS TO ARCHITECT

A. Evidence of compliance with requirements of governing authorities:

1. Certificate of Occupancy

2. Certificates of Inspection: As required by the respective sections of the Specification

3. Final approvals required by California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 1 and Part 2.




04/11/2014 Page 3

B. All DSA required closeout documentation including Final Verified Reports, etc.

C. Project Record Documents: To requirements of Section 01 78 39

D. Operating and Maintenance Data, Instructions to Owner's Personnel: 3 Copies. To requirements of respective sections of Specifications and Maintenance Contracts

E. Final Waste Minimization Report

F. Warranties and Bonds: 3 Copies. Conditions of the Contract and respective sections of Specifications.

G. Keys and Keying Schedule: To requirements of Section 08 71 00, Door Hardware

H. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials: To requirements of Sections of Specifications

I. Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens: To requirements of General and Supplementary Conditions

J. Certificate of Insurance for Products and Completed Operations

K. Testing and Balancing Reports

L. Commissioning Reports: Refer to requirements of Section 01 91 00: Commissioning

M. Updated list of Subcontractors

1.07 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS

A. Submit a final statement of accounting to Program Manager.

B. Statement shall reflect all adjustments to the Contract Sum:

1. The original Contract Sum

2. Additions and deductions resulting from:

a. Previous Change Orders

b. Allowances

c. Unit Prices

d. Deductions for uncorrected work

e. Penalties

f. Deductions for liquidated damages

g. Deductions for re-inspection payments

h. Other adjustments

3. Total Contract Sum, as adjusted




04/11/2014 Page 4

4. Previous payments

a. Sum remaining due

C. District will prepare a final Change Order, reflecting approved adjustments to the Contract Sum which were not previously made by Change Orders.

1.08 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT

A. Contractor shall submit the final Application for Payment in accordance with procedures and requirements stated in the Conditions of the Contract and Section 01 29 75, Applications and Certifications for Payment.

PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION



SECTION 01 78 39 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

04/11/2014 Page 1

SECTION 01 78 39

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL


A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for preparing, maintaining and submitting project record documents.

B. Related Requirements Specified in Other Sections:

1. Separate Sections Requiring Record Drawings

2. Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: Section 01 33 00

1.02 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES

A. Maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of:

1. Contract Drawings

2. Specifications

3. Addenda

4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract

5. Architect/Engineer Field Orders or written instructions

6. Approved Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, MSDS sheets

7. Field Test record

8. Contractor’s completed Request For Information (RFI)

9. DSA-stamped Drawings and Specifications

B. Store documents and samples in contractor's field office apart from documents used for construction.

1. Provide files and racks for storage of documents.

2. Provide secure storage space for storage of samples.

C. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record documents for construction purposes.

D. Make documents and samples available at all times for inspection by Architect and/or Program Manager.




04/11/2014 Page 2

1.03 RECORDING

A. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat large printed letters.

B. Record information concurrently with construction progress.

1. Do not conceal work until required information is recorded.

C. Drawings: Provide and keep up to date a complete record set of black line prints to show every change from original drawings. Making entries on the Drawings throughout the construction period: Using an erasable colored pencil, clearly describe the change by graphic line and note as required. Date all entries. Carefully transfer change date shown on the job set to the corresponding transparencies, coordinating the changes as required. Call attention to each entry by drawing a “cloud” around the area or areas and notes affected. Legibly mark to record actual construction:

1. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finish first floor datum.

2. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced topermanent surface improvements.

3. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the construction, referencedto visible and accessible features of the structure.

4. Field changes of dimension and detail.

5. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order or as a result of a Contractor’sRequest for Information.

6. Details not on original contract drawings.

D. Upon completion of work, obtain Owner's Inspector's signature on the record set verifying information.

E. Specifications and Addenda: Legibly mark each section to record:

1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and supplier of each product and item ofequipment actually installed.

2. Changes made by Architect’s Supplemental Instructions (ASI), by Change Order or as aresult of a Contractor’s Request for Information.

1.04 SUBMITTAL

A. At Contract close-out, provide record information and deliver one copy of record drawings, specifications, addenda and all other record documents to Program Manager.

B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate, containing:

1. Date


3. Contractor's name and address




04/11/2014 Page 3

4. Title and number of each record document

5. Signature of Contractor or his authorized representative

C. Submit a copy of the transmittal letter to the Architect.



END OF SECTION



SECTION 01 91 00 - COMMISSIONING

04/11/2014 Page 1

SECTION 01 91 00

COMMISSIONING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 WORK INCLUDED

A. Selected building systems shall be commissioned. See Divisions 22, 23 and 26 for the equipment and systems to be commissioned.

B. Abbreviations

A/E Architect and design Engineers FT Functional performance test CC Controls Contractor GC General Contractor (prime) CM Construction Manager MC Mechanical Contractor Cx Commissioning PC Pre-functional checklist CxA Commissioning Agent PM Program Manager Cx Plan Commissioning Plan document Subs Subcontractors to General EC Electrical Contractor TAB Test & Balance Contractor

1.02 REFERENCES

A. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers

B. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association

C. Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc.: CL 778 — Motor Operated Water Pumps

D. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: ASME Section VIII — Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code — Pressure Vessels

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. Building Commissioning (Cx) is a quality assurance process that has as its goal a building that operates efficiently, according to the design intent and has good indoor air quality. The term “Building Commissioning” encompasses thermal comfort, lighting and mechanical systems. Commissioning goals are achieved through a process of ensuring that all systems perform interactively and according to design intent under the full range of expected operating conditions. Meeting the operational needs and satisfying occupants’ health and comfort requirements over the predicted service life of the building are embodied in this process. The process extends through construction to occupancy, acceptance, and through the first year of operation. In this case, the three phases are the Design/Construction Documents, Construction, and Post-Occupancy phases.

B. Commissioning is a comprehensive and coordinated program to ensure that the building performs as designed and to optimize its operation for greatest energy conservation and occupant satisfaction. The purpose of commissioning:

1. Establish the performance goals for the project.

2. Implement a sequential method of checking and testing the project and its systems.

3. Help integrate and organize the design, construction and maintenance of the building’ssystems.

4. Establish benchmarks for monitoring future performance.




04/11/2014 Page 2

C. Responsibilities

RESPONSIBLE PARTY ITEM SPECIFY

THE ITEM IMPLEMENT THE ITEM

PERFORM THE WORK

REVIEW THE WORK

REMEDIAL WORK

Pre-functional checklist A/E Contractor Contractor A/E Contractor

Start up reviews A/E Contractor Contractor, Factory Personnel

A/E Contractor

Test and balance reports A/E Contractor TAB Contractor A/E Contractor

Functional test reports A/E Contractor Contractor A/E Contractor

Operations and Maintenance manuals A/E Contractor Contractor A/E Contractor

Training of District Operating personnel A/E Contractor Contractor A/E Contractor

Post occupancy reviews A/E CM Owner’s Representative CM Contractor


A. The commissioning work shall include the pre-functional tests for each mechanical, electrical and plumbing equipment and system as specified in those specific sections. Buildings with unusual electrical or air-conditioning systems, or those with special “green features”, may require extra attention to be sure that they operate as designed.

B. See Divisions 22, 23, and 26 for mechanical systems commissioning.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

A. Commissioning Reports as detailed in Divisions 22, 23, and 26.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 REPORTING

A. Along with drawings and equipment manuals, a final commissioning report shall be submitted to the Owner. A complete commissioning report contains all records of the commissioning procedures, testing results, deficiency notices, and records of satisfactory corrections of deficiencies. In rare cases, commissioning may also extend to testing the building and systems several months or a year after occupancy. All documents created in the performance of the commissioning work shall be sent to the party responsible for reviewing the work.

B. Commissioning documents: The following documents shall be created for review. Include an annotated source code for all control system programs in both hard copy and electronic form,




04/11/2014 Page 3

complete with control point listings with set points and anticipated operating range. Ensure that all deficiencies and their successful correction are clearly documented.

1. Pre-functional checklist

2. Start up reviews

3. Test and balance reports

4. Functional test reports

5. Operations and maintenance manuals

6. Training confirmation

7. Post occupancy reviews

END OF SECTION


SECTION 00 01 10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

05 50 00 Metal Fabrications

08 31 13 Access Doors and Frames

22 05 00 Common Work Results for Plumbing

22 05 03 Pipes and Tubes for Plumbing Piping and Equipment

23 05 00 Common Work Results for HVAC

23 05 23 General-Duty Valves for HVAC Piping

23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC

23 07 00 HVAC Insulation

23 11 23 Facility Natural-Gas Piping

23 23 00 Refrigerant Piping

23 31 00 HVAC Ducts

23 37 00 Air Outlets and Inlets

23 40 00 HVAC Air Cleaning Devices

23 73 00 Indoor Central-Station Air-Handling Units

26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical

26 05 19 600-Volt Power Conductors and Cables

26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems

26 05 33 Raceways and Boxes

26 05 53 Identification for Electrical Systems

26 24 16 600-Volt Rated Panelboards and Circuit Breakers

26 27 26 Wiring Devices

26 32 13 Engine Generator Unit

26 36 00 Transfer Switches

Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College G2010.0048 EVC Mechanical, Electrical, and Plumbing Upgrade Project (Bid Package #2)

SECTION 00 01 10 – TABLE OF CONTENTS

9/12/2013 Page 1


SECTION 05 50 00

METAL FABRICATIONS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section includes shop fabricated metal items.

1. Structural supports for miscellaneous attachments.

2. Anchor bolts and attachments.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. Aluminum Association:

1. AA DAF-45 - Designation System for Aluminum Finishes.

B. American Architectural Manufacturers Association:

1. AAMA 611 - Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum.

2. AAMA 2603 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Proceduresfor Pigmented Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels.

3. AAMA 2604 - Voluntary specification, Performance Requirements and Test Proceduresfor High Performance Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels.

4. AAMA 2605 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Proceduresfor Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels.

C. ASTM International:

1. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.

2. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless.

3. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings onIron and Steel Products.

4. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and SteelHardware.

5. ASTM A167 - Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-NickelSteel Plate, Sheet, and Strip.

6. ASTM A276 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes.


SECTION 05 50 00 – METAL FABRICATIONS

9/12/2013 Page 1


7. ASTM A297/A297M - Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Iron-Chromium and Iron-Chromium-Nickel, Heat Resistant, for General Application.

8. ASTM A283/283M - Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile StrengthCarbon Steel Plates.

9. ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 PSITensile Strength.

10. ASTM A312/A312M - Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded AusteniticStainless Steel Pipes.

11. ASTM A325 - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksiMinimum Tensile Strength.

12. ASTM A354 - Standard Specification for Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Bolts,Studs, and Other Externally Threaded Fasteners.

13. ASTM A479/A479M - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes for Usein Boilers and Other Pressure Vessels.

14. ASTM A500 - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless CarbonSteel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes.

15. ASTM A501 - Standard Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon SteelStructural Tubing.

16. ASTM A554 - Standard Specification for Welded Stainless Steel Mechanical Tubing.

17. ASTM A563 - Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts.

18. ASTM A572/A572M - Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Structural Steel.

19. ASTM B26/B26M - Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Sand Castings.

20. ASTM B85 - Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Die Castings.

21. ASTM B177 - Standard Guide for Chromium Electroplating on Steel for Engineering Use.

22. ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate.

23. ASTM B209M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate(Metric).

24. ASTM B210 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Drawn SeamlessTubes.

25. ASTM B210M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy DrawnSeamless Tubes (Metric).



9/12/2013 Page 2


26. ASTM B211 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Bar, Rod, andWire.

27. ASTM B211M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Bar, Rod, andWire (Metric).

28. ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars,Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes.

29. ASTM B221M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars,Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes (Metric).

30. ASTM B695 - Standard Specification for Coatings of Zinc Mechanically Deposited on Ironand Steel.

31. ASTM F436 - Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers.

32. ASTM F1554 - Standard Specification for Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55, and 105-ksi YieldStrength.

D. American Welding Society:

1. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination.

2. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel.

3. AWS D1.6 - Structural Welding Code - Stainless Steel.

E. Green Seal:

1. GC-03 - Anti-Corrosive Paints.

F. National Ornamental & Miscellaneous Metals Association:

1. NOMMA Guideline 1 - Joint Finishes.

G. SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings:

1. SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Manual.

2. SSPC SP 1 - Solvent Cleaning.

3. SSPC SP 10 - Near-White Blast Cleaning.

4. SSPC Paint 15 - Steel Joist Shop Paint.

5. SSPC Paint 20 - Zinc-Rich Primers (Type I - Inorganic and Type II - Organic).

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details



9/12/2013 Page 3


where applicable. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.0 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths.

B. Welders Certificates: Certify welders employed on the Work, verifying AWS qualification within previous 12 months.


A. Finish joints in accordance with NOMMA Guideline 1.

B. Perform Work in accordance with State of California standards.

C. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Accept metal fabrications on site in labeled shipments. Inspect for damage.

B. Protect metal fabrications from damage by exposure to weather.

1.06 FIELD MEASUREMENTS

A. Verify field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS - STEEL

A. Steel Sections: ASTM A36/A36M.

B. Steel Plate: ASTM A36/A36M.

C. Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A500, Grade B.

D. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Grade B.

E. Sheet Steel: ASTM A653/A653M, Grade 33 Structural Quality with galvanized coating.

F. Bolts: ASTM A307; Grade A or B.

1. Finish: Mechanical Galvanizing.

G. Nuts: ASTM A563 heavy hex type.

1. Finish: Mechanical Galvanizing.

H. Washers: ASTM F436; Type 1.

1. Finish: Hot dipped galvanized.

I. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded.



9/12/2013 Page 4


J. Shop Primer: SSPC Paint 15, Type 1, red oxide.

K. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC Paint 20 Type I Inorganic.

1. Anti-Corrosive Paints: Maximum volatile organic compound content in accordance withGC-03.

2.02 MATERIALS - STAINLESS STEEL

A. Bars and Shapes: ASTM A276; Type 316.

B. Tubing: ASTM A269; Type 316.

C. Pipe: ASTM A312/A312M, seamless; Type 316.

D. Plate, Sheet and Strip: ASTM A167; Type 316.

E. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A354.

F. Welding Materials: AWS D1.6; type required for materials being welded.

2.03 STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS

A. Other Structural Supports: Steel sections, shape and size as indicated on Drawings; prime paint, one coat.

2.04 ANCHOR BOLTS

A. Anchor Rods: ASTM F1554; Grade 55, weldable.

1. Shape: Heavy hex headed bolts

2. Furnish with nut and washer; unfinished.

2.05 FABRICATION

A. Fit and shop assemble items in largest practical sections, for delivery to site.

B. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured.

C. Continuously seal joined members by continuous welds.

D. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius.

E. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts; unobtrusively located; consistent with design of component, except where specifically noted otherwise.

F. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise.



9/12/2013 Page 5


2.06 FACTORY APPLIED FINISHES - STEEL

A. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing.

B. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact with concrete or where field welding is required.

C. Prime paint items with one coat except where galvanizing is specified.

D. Galvanizing: ASTM A123/A123M; minimum 2.0 oz/sq ft coating thickness; galvanize after fabrication.

E. Galvanizing for Fasteners, Connectors, and Anchors:

1. Mechanical Galvanizing: ASTM B695; Class 50 minimum.

2.07 FACTORY APPLIED FINISHES - STAINLESS STEEL

A. Satin Polished Finish: Number 4, satin directional polish parallel with long dimension of finished face.

B. Mirror Polished Finish: Number 8, mirror polish with preliminary directional polish lines removed.

2.08 FABRICATION TOLERANCES

A. Squareness: 1/8 inch maximum difference in diagonal measurements.

B. Maximum Offset Between Faces: 1/16 inch.

C. Maximum Misalignment of Adjacent Members: 1/16 inch.

D. Maximum Bow: 1/8 inch in 48 inches.

E. Maximum Deviation From Plane: 1/16 inch in 48 inches.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive Work.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required.

B. Supply steel items required to be cast into concrete with setting templates to appropriate sections.

3.03 INSTALLATION

A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects.



9/12/2013 Page 6


B. Make provisions for erection stresses. Install temporary bracing to maintain alignment, until

permanent bracing and attachments are installed.

C. Field weld components indicated on shop drawings.

D. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1.

E. Obtain approval of Architect/Engineer prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled.

F. After erection, touch up welds, abrasions, and damaged finishes with prime paint or galvanizing repair paint to match shop finishes.

3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES

A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per story or for every 12 ft in height whichever is greater, non-cumulative.

B. Maximum Offset From Alignment: 1/4 inch.

C. Maximum Out-of-Position: 1/4 inch.

3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Welding: Inspect welds in accordance with AWS D1.1.

END OF SECTION


G2010.0048 EVC Mechanical, Electrical, and Plumbing Upgrade Project (Bid Package #2)


9/12/2013 Page 7


SECTION 08 31 13

ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section includes non-rated access doors and panels with frames.

1. Provide for access to natural gas valves requiring operation behind inaccessible finished surfaces.

2. Coordinate exact locations with Owner and various trades to assure proper placement of access doors and panels.

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: Indicate exact position of access door units prior to installation of gas valve and access door.

B. Product Data: Submit literature indicating sizes, types, finishes, hardware, scheduled locations, fire resistance listings, and details of adjoining Work.

C. Samples: Submit one sample in size illustrating frame configuration and anchors.

D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit installation requirements and rough-in dimensions.

1.03 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of access units.


A. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.05 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified with minimum three years documented experience.

1.06 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate Work with work requiring operation being located behind finished surfaces.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS

A. Manufacturers:



08 31 13 – ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES

9/12/2013 Page 1


1. J. L. Industries.

2. Karp Associates, Inc.

3. Milcor LTD, Partnership.

4. Nystrom Products Co.

5. Substitutions: Engineer’s approved equal permitted.

B. Flush Framed Access Doors (Type 1): 18 x 18 inches in size,Frames and nominal 1 inch wide exposed flanges of 16 gage steel and door panels of 14 gage steel. Provide identification decal stating the room that the valve shuts off with the text “GAS VALVE SHUT OFF – DO NOT BLOCK” on top of door.

2.02 FLOOR HATCHES

A. Manufacturers:

1. Nystrom Products Co.

2. Karp Associates, Inc.


B. Angle Framed Floor Hatch: 18 x 18 inches in size, single leaf, 3/16 inch thick steel diamond tread door with 3/16 inch thick steel angle frame; butt hinges, stainless steel hardware, 3-hour fire rated, capable of supporting 300 psf load; factory painted. Provide identification decal stating the room that the valve shuts off with the text “GAS VALVE SHUT OFF – DO NOT COVER” on top of door.

2.03 FABRICATION

A. Fabricate units of continuous welded construction; weld, fill, and grind joints to assure flush and square unit.

B. Wall Access Door and Panel Hardware:

1. Hinge: Standard continuous or concealed spring pin type, 175 degree steel hinges.

2. Lock: Self-latching lock. Screw driver slot for quarter turn cam lock.

C. Floor Hatch Hardware:

1. Hinge: 175 degree stainless steel continuous hinge.

2. Lock: Self-latching lock. Screw driver slot for quarter turn cam lock.

D. Size Variations: Obtain acceptance of manufacturer’s standard size units which vary slightly from sizes shown or scheduled.



9/12/2013 Page 2


2.04 SHOP FINISHING

A. Base Metal Protection: Prime coat units with baked on primer.

Finish: Two coats of finish painted to match surrounding wall color.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify rough openings for access doors and panels are correctly sized and located.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Secure frames rigidly in place, plumb and level in opening, with plane of door and panel face aligned with adjacent finished surfaces.

1. Set concealed frame type units flush with adjacent finished surfaces.

B. Position unit to provide convenient access to concealed work requiring access.

END OF SECTION




9/12/2013 Page 3


SECTION 22 05 00

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment.

2. Sleeves.

3. Mechanical sleeve seals.

4. Formed steel channel.

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: Submit for piping and equipment identification list of wording, symbols, letter size, and color coding for pipe identification and valve chart and schedule, including valve tag number, location, function, which room (or portion thereof) each natural gas valve shuts off, and valve manufacturer's name and model number.

B. Product Data for Pipe and Equipment Identification: Submit for mechanical identification manufacturers catalog literature for each product required.

C. Samples for Pipe and Equipment Identification: Submit two tags, 1-1/2 inches in size. Submit two labels with an example of the wording to be shown on each access door.


A. Maintain one copy of each submittal document on site.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

A. Plastic Nameplates: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light background color.

B. Plastic Tags: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light background color, minimum 1-1/2 inches diameter.

C. Plastic Pipe Markers: Factory fabricated, flexible, semi-rigid plastic, preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering. Larger sizes may have maximum sheet size with spring fastener. Color and Lettering: Conform to ASME A13.1.

D. Plastic Tape Pipe Markers: Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings. Color and Lettering: Conform to ASME A13.1. Label shall fit on the access door and not extend past the opening portion of the door onto the frame or wall.



22 05 00 – COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING

9/12/2013 Page 1


2.02 SLEEVES

A. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Floors: 18 gage thick galvanized steel.

B. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Beams, Walls, Footings, and Potentially Wet Floors: Steel pipe or 18 gage thick galvanized steel.

C. Sealant: Fire-Rated Acrylic.

2.03 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS

A. Manufacturers:

1. Thunderline Link-Seal, Inc.


B. Product Description: Modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between object and sleeve, connected with bolts and pressure plates causing rubber sealing elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical insulation.

2.04 FORMED STEEL CHANNEL

A. Manufacturers:

1. Allied Tube & Conduit Corp.

2. B-Line Systems.

3. Unistrut Corp.


B. Product Description: Galvanized 12 gage thick steel. With holes 1-1/2 inches on center.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify openings are ready to receive sleeves.

3.02 INSTALLATION - PIPING AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION

A. Install plastic nameplates with adhesive.

B. Install plastic tags with corrosion resistant metal chain.

C. Install label on valve access door per specification section 08 31 13 and per the drawings.




9/12/2013 Page 2


3.03 INSTALLATION - SLEEVES

A. Exterior watertight entries: Seal with mechanical sleeve seals.

B. Set sleeves in position in forms. Provide reinforcing around sleeves.

C. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction. Provide for continuous insulation wrapping.

D. Extend sleeves through floors 1inch above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves.

E. Where piping or ductwork penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between pipe or duct and adjacent work with firestopping insulation and caulk airtight. Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration.

F. Install stainless steel escutcheons at finished surfaces.

END OF SECTION



9/12/2013 Page 3


SECTION 22 05 03

PIPES AND TUBES FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Pipe and pipe fittings for the following systems:

1. Domestic water piping.

2. Unions.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers:

1. ASME B16.18 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings.

2. ASME B16.22 - Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings.

3. ASME B16.23 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings (DWV).

4. ASME B16.26 - Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes.

5. ASME B16.29 - Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings- DWV.

6. ASME B31.9 - Building Services Piping.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout of piping systems, including equipment, critical dimensions, and sizes.

B. Product Data: Submit data on pipe materials and fittings. Submit manufacturers catalog information.

C. Design Data: Indicate pipe sizes. Indicate pipe sizing methods. Indicate calculations used.


A. Perform Work in accordance with ASME B31.9 code for installation of piping systems and ASME Section IX for welding materials and procedures.

B. Maintain one copy of each submittal document on site.

1.05 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.


22 05 03 – PIPES AND TUBES FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

9/12/2013 Page 1


B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum three years documented experience.

1.06 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section to discuss the installation of the work.


A. Furnish temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation.

B. Protect piping from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the Work, and isolating parts of completed system.


A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE

A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type K, hard drawn.

1. Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast copper alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought copper and bronze.

2. Joints: Solder, lead free, 95-5 tin-antimony, or tin and silver, with melting range 430 to 535degrees F.

2.02 EQUIPMENT DRAINS AND OVERFLOWS

A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type DWV, K, hard drawn.

1. Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast brass, or ASME B16.22 solder wrought copper.

2. Joints: Solder, lead free, 95-5 tin-antimony, or tin and silver, with melting range 430 to 535degrees F.

2.03 UNIONS AND FLANGES

A. Unions for Pipe 2 inches and Smaller:

1. Copper Piping: Class 150, bronze unions with soldered.

2. Dielectric Connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end, copper solderend, water impervious isolation barrier.



9/12/2013 Page 2


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION

A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs.

B. Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly.

C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions.

D. Keep open ends of pipe free from scale and dirt. Protect open ends with temporary plugs or caps.

3.02 INSTALLATION - ABOVE GROUND PIPING

A. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and perpendicular to walls.

B. Install piping to maintain headroom without interfering with use of space or taking more space than necessary.

C. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations.

D. Sleeve pipe passing through partitions, walls and floors.

E. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment.

F. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings.

G. Provide access where valves and fittings are not accessible. Coordinate size and location of access doors with Section 08 31 13.

H. Install non-conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals.

I. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the Work, and isolating parts of completed system.

J. Install piping penetrating roofed areas to maintain integrity of roof assembly.


A. Test domestic water piping system in accordance with 2010 California Plumbing Code.

END OF SECTION



9/12/2013 Page 3


SECTION 23 05 00

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY


1. Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment.

2. Sleeves.

3. Mechanical sleeve seals.

4. Formed steel channel.

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: Submit for piping and equipment identification list of wording, symbols, letter size, and color coding for pipe identification and valve chart and schedule, including valve tag number, location, function, and valve manufacturer's name and model number.

B. Product Data for Pipe and Equipment Identification: Submit for mechanical identification manufacturers catalog literature for each product required.

C. Samples for Pipe and Equipment Identification: Submit two tags, 1-1/2 inches in size. Submit two labels, 2.0 x 0.75 inches in size.


A. Maintain one copy of each submittal document on site.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

A. Plastic Nameplates: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light background color.

B. Plastic Tags: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light background color, minimum 1-1/2 inches diameter.

C. Plastic Pipe Markers: Factory fabricated, flexible, semi-rigid plastic, preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering. Larger sizes may have maximum sheet size with spring fastener. Color and Lettering: Conform to ASME A13.1.

D. Plastic Tape Pipe Markers: Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings. Color and Lettering: Conform to ASME A13.1.



23 05 00 – COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

9/12/2013 Page 1


2.02 SLEEVES

A. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Floors: 18 gage thick galvanized steel.

B. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Beams, Walls, Footings, and Potentially Wet Floors: Steel pipe or 18 gage thick galvanized steel.

C. Sealant: Fire-Rated Acrylic.

2.03 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS

A. Manufacturers:

1. Thunderline Link-Seal, Inc.


B. Product Description: Modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between object and sleeve, connected with bolts and pressure plates causing rubber sealing elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical insulation.

2.04 FORMED STEEL CHANNEL

A. Manufacturers:

1. Allied Tube & Conduit Corp.

2. B-Line Systems.

3. Unistrut Corp.


B. Product Description: Galvanized 12 gage thick steel. With holes 1-1/2 inches on center.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify openings are ready to receive sleeves.

3.02 INSTALLATION - PIPING AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION

A. Install plastic nameplates with adhesive.

B. Install plastic tags with corrosion resistant metal chain.

3.03 INSTALLATION - SLEEVES

A. Exterior watertight entries: Seal with mechanical sleeve seals.



9/12/2013 Page 2


B. Set sleeves in position in forms. Provide reinforcing around sleeves.

C. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction. Provide for continuous insulation wrapping.

D. Extend sleeves through floors and walls1 inch beyond finished floor level or wall edge. Caulk sleeves.

E. Where piping or ductwork penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between pipe or duct and adjacent work with firestopping insulation and caulk airtight. Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration.

F. Install stainless steel escutcheons at finished surfaces.

END OF SECTION




9/12/2013 Page 3


SECTION 23 05 23

GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY


1. Check valves.

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers catalog information with valve data and ratings for each service.

B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit hanging and support methods, joining procedures.

C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.


A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of valves.

B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit installation instructions, spare parts lists, exploded assembly views.


A. Maintain one copy of each submittal and operations and maintenance document on site.

1.05 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum three years documented experience.


A. Convene minimum two weeks prior to commencing work of this section.


A. Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage.

B. Provide temporary protective coating on valves.


23 05 23 – GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING

9/12/2013 Page 1


1.08 WARRANTY

A. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for valves excluding packing.

1.09 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Furnish two packing kits for each size valve.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 SHUT OFF VALVES

A. Gate Valves:

1. Manufacturers:

a. Crane Valve, North America.

b. Hammond Valve.

c. Milwaukee Valve Company.

d. NIBCO, Inc.

e. Stockham Valves & Fittings.

f. Substitutions: Engineer’s approved equal permitted.

B. 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 80, Class 150, bronze body, bronze trim, union bonnet, rising stem, hand-wheel, inside screw with back-seating stem, solid wedge disc, alloy seat rings, solder or threaded ends.

C. 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 70, Class 150, cast iron body, bronze trim, bolted bonnet, rising stem, hand-wheel, outside screw and yoke, solid wedge disc with bronze seat rings, flanged ends. Furnish chain-wheel operators for valves 6 inches and larger mounted over 8 feet above floor.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify piping system is ready for valve installation.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted.

B. Install brass male adapters each side of valves in copper piped system. Solder adapters to pipe.

C. Install valves with clearance for installation of insulation and allowing access.




9/12/2013 Page 2


END OF SECTION



9/12/2013 Page 3


SECTION 23 05 93

TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY


1. Testing, adjusting, and balancing of air systems.

2. Testing, adjusting, and balancing of hydronic systems.

3. Measurement of actual operating condition of HVAC systems.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. Associated Air Balance Council:

1. AABC MN-1 - National Standards for Testing and Balancing Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems.

B. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers:

1. ASHRAE 111 - Practices for Measurement, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Building Heating, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Systems.

C. Natural Environmental Balancing Bureau:

1. NEBB - Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Prior to commencing Work, submit proof of latest calibration date of each instrument.

B. Test Reports: Indicate data on AABC MN-1 National Standards for Total System Balance forms, forms prepared following ASHRAE 111, or NEBB Report forms. Submit data in S.I. units.

C. Field Reports: Indicate deficiencies preventing proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment to achieve specified performance.

D. Prior to commencing Work, submit report forms or outlines indicating adjusting, balancing, and equipment data required. Include detailed procedures, agenda, sample report forms and copy of AABC National Project Performance Guaranty or copy of your NEBB Certificate of Conformance Certification.

E. Submit draft copies of report for review prior to final acceptance of Project.



SECTION 23 05 93 – TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING

9/12/2013 Page 1


F. Furnish reports in soft cover, letter size, 3-ring binder manuals, complete with table of contents

page and indexing tabs, with cover identification at front and side. Include set of reduced drawings with air outlets and equipment identified to correspond with data sheets, and indicating thermostat locations.


A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of balancing valves and rough setting.


A. Perform Work in accordance with AABC MN-1 National Standards for Field Measurement and Instrumentation, Total System Balance, ASHRAE 111, or NEBB Procedural Standards for Testing, Balancing and Adjusting of Environmental Systems.

B. Prior to commencing Work, calibrate each instrument to be used. Upon completing Work, recalibrate each instrument to assure reliability.

1.06 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Agency: Company specializing in testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience certified by AABC or Certified by NEBB.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify systems are complete and operable before commencing work. Verify the following:

1. Systems are started and operating in safe and normal condition.

2. Temperature control systems are installed complete and operable.

3. Proper thermal overload protection is in place for electrical equipment.

4. Final filters are clean and in place. If required, install temporary media in addition to final filters.

5. Duct systems are clean of debris.

6. Fans are rotating correctly.

7. Fire and volume dampers are in place and open.

8. Air coil fins are cleaned and combed.

9. Access doors are closed and duct end caps are in place.

10. Air outlets are installed and connected. Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College



9/12/2013 Page 2


11. Duct system leakage is minimized.

12. Hydronic systems are flushed, filled, and vented.

13. Verify the proper strainer baskets are clean and in place or in normal position. Remove, clean, and reinstall prior to the start of the testing, adjusting, and balancing.

14. Service and balancing valves are open.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Furnish instruments required for testing, adjusting, and balancing operations.

B. Make instruments available to Engineer to facilitate spot checks during testing.

3.03 MEASURING OF ACTUAL OPERATING CONDITIONS

A. Provide recorded data that represents actual measured or observed conditions.

B. Permanently mark settings of valves, dampers, and other adjustment devices allowing settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops.

C. After adjustment, take measurements to verify balance has not been disrupted. If disrupted, verify correcting adjustments have been made.

D. Report defects and deficiencies noted during performance of services, preventing system balance.

E. Leave systems in proper working order, replacing belt guards, closing access doors, closing doors to electrical switch boxes, and restoring thermostats to specified settings.

3.04 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE

A. Make air quantity measurements in main ducts by Pitot tube traverse of entire cross sectional area of duct.

B. Measure air quantities at air inlets and outlets.

C. Adjust distribution system to obtain uniform space temperatures free from objectionable drafts.

D. Use volume control devices to regulate air quantities only to extent adjustments do not create objectionable air motion or sound levels. Effect volume control by using volume dampers located in ducts.

E. Vary total system air quantities by adjustment of fan speeds. Provide sheave drive changes to vary fan speed. Vary branch air quantities by damper regulation.

F. Provide a system schematic with actual air quantities recorded at each outlet or inlet. Number each outlet or inlet and any other location where a measurement was taken. Provide the information in a table per Section 3.6.B. “Report Forms”.




9/12/2013 Page 3


G. Measure static air pressure conditions on air supply units, including filter and coil pressure drops, and total pressure across fan. Make allowances for 50 percent loading of filters.

H. Adjust outside air automatic dampers, outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers for summer design conditions.

I. Measure temperature conditions across outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers to check leakage.

3.05 WATER SYSTEM PROCEDURE

A. Adjust water systems, after air balancing, to obtain existing operating quantities.

B. Use calibrated venturi tubes, orifices, or other metered fittings and pressure gauges to determine flow rates for system balance. Where flow-metering devices are not installed, base flow balance on temperature difference across various heat transfer elements in system.

C. Adjust systems to obtain specified pressure drops and flows through heat transfer elements prior to thermal testing. Perform balancing by measurement of temperature differential in conjunction with air balancing.

D. Effect system balance with automatic control valves fully open or in normal position to heat transfer elements.

E. Effect adjustment of water distribution systems by means of balancing cocks, valves, and fittings. Do not use service or shut-off valves for balancing unless indexed for balance point.

F. Where available pump capacity is less than total flow requirements or individual system parts, simulate full flow in one part by temporary restriction of flow to other parts.

3.06 SCHEDULES

A. Equipment Requiring Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing:

1. Air Handling Units.

2. Air Inlets and Outlets.

B. Report Forms: Provide actual operating conditions for all of the air handlers with the following information.

1. Title Page:

a. Name, address, telephone and fax number, and email address of Testing, Adjusting,and Balancing Agency and the technician performing the testing, adjusting, andbalancing.

b. Project name

c. Project location

d. Project altitude



9/12/2013 Page 4


e. Report date

2. Summary Comments:

a. Existing system performance

b. Notable characteristics of system

c. Description of systems operation sequence

d. Summary of outdoor and exhaust flows to indicate building pressurization

e. Nomenclature used throughout report

f. Test conditions

3. Instrument List:

a. Instrument

b. Manufacturer

c. Model number

d. Serial number

e. Range

f. Calibration date

4. Electric Motors:

a. Manufacturer

b. Model/Frame

c. HP/BHP and kW

d. Phase, voltage, amperage; nameplate, actual, no load

e. RPM

f. Service factor

g. Starter size, rating, heater elements

h. Sheave Make/Size/Bore

5. V-Belt Drive:

a. Identification/location




9/12/2013 Page 5


b. Required driven RPM

c. Driven sheave, diameter and RPM

d. Belt, size and quantity

e. Motor sheave diameter and RPM

f. Center to center distance, maximum, minimum, and actual

6. Cooling Coil Data on Air Handlers:

a. Identification/number

b. Location

c. Service

d. Manufacturer

e. Air flow, design and actual

f. Entering air DB temperature, design and actual

g. Entering air WB temperature, design and actual

h. Leaving air DB temperature, design and actual

i. Leaving air WB temperature, design and actual

j. Water flow, design and actual

k. Water pressure drop, design and actual

l. Entering water temperature, design and actual

m. Leaving water temperature, design and actual

n. Saturated suction temperature, design and actual

o. Air pressure drop, actual

7. Heating Coil Data on Air Handlers:

a. Identification/number

b. Location

c. Service

d. Manufacturer




9/12/2013 Page 6


e. Air flow, design and actual

f. Water flow, design and actual

g. Water pressure drop, design and actual

h. Entering water temperature, design and actual

i. Leaving water temperature, design and actual

j. Entering air temperature, design and actual

k. Leaving air temperature, design and actual

l. Air pressure drop, actual

8. Air Handlers:

a. Location

b. Manufacturer

c. Model number

d. Serial number

e. Arrangement/Class/Discharge

f. Air flow, specified and actual

g. Return air flow, specified and actual

h. Outside air flow, specified and actual

i. Total static pressure (total external), specified and actual

j. Inlet pressure

k. Discharge pressure

l. Sheave Make/Size/Bore

m. Number of Belts/Make/Size

n. Fan RPM

9. Return Air/Outside Air Data:

a. Identification/location

b. Design air flow




9/12/2013 Page 7


c. Actual air flow

d. Design return air flow

e. Actual return air flow

f. Design outside air flow

g. Actual outside air flow

h. Return air temperature

i. Outside air temperature

j. Required mixed air temperature

k. Actual mixed air temperature

l. Design outside/return air ratio

m. Actual outside/return air ratio

10. Exhaust Fan Data:

a. Location

b. Manufacturer

c. Model number

d. Serial number

e. Air flow, specified and actual

f. Total static pressure (total external), specified and actual

g. Inlet pressure

h. Discharge pressure

i. Sheave Make/Size/Bore

j. Number of Belts/Make/Size

k. Fan RPM

11. Duct Traverse:

a. System zone/branch

b. Duct size




9/12/2013 Page 8


c. Area

d. Design velocity

e. Design air flow

f. Test velocity

g. Test air flow

h. Duct static pressure

i. Air temperature

j. Air correction factor

12. Terminal Unit Data:

a. Manufacturer

b. Type, constant, variable, single, dual duct

c. Identification/number

d. Location

e. Model number

f. Size

g. Design air flow

h. Actual air flow

i. Inlet static pressure

13. Air Distribution Test Sheet:

a. Air terminal number

b. Room number/location

c. Terminal type

d. Terminal size

e. Area factor

f. Design air flow

g. Actual air flow




9/12/2013 Page 9


h. Percent of design air flow

END OF SECTION



9/12/2013 Page 10


SECTION 23 07 00

HVAC INSULATION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY


1. HVAC piping insulation, jackets and accessories.

2. HVAC equipment insulation, jackets and accessories.

3. HVAC ductwork insulation, jackets, and accessories.

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit product description, thermal characteristics and list of materials and thickness for each service, and location.

B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit manufacturers published literature indicating proper installation procedures.



A. Test pipe insulation for maximum flame spread index of 25 and maximum smoke developed index of not exceeding in accordance with NFPA 255.

B. Pipe insulation manufactured in accordance with ASTM C585 for inner and outer diameters.

C. Factory fabricated fitting covers manufactured in accordance with ASTM C450.

D. Maintain one copy of each submittal document on site.

1.04 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.

B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience.


A. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.



SECTION 23 07 00 – HVAC INSULATION

9/12/2013 Page 1



A. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification, including product density and thickness.

B. Protect insulation from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and damage, by storing in original wrapping.

1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Install insulation only when ambient temperature and humidity conditions are within range recommended by manufacturer.

B. Maintain temperature before, during, and after installation for minimum period of 24 hours.



1.09 WARRANTY

A. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for man made fiber.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURER

A. Manufacturers for Glass Fiber and Mineral Fiber Insulation Products:

1. CertainTeed.

2. Knauf.

3. Johns Manville.

4. Owens-Corning.


2.02 PIPE INSULATION

A. TYPE P-1: ASTM C547, molded glass fiber pipe insulation.

1. Thermal Conductivity: 0.23 at 75 degrees F.

2. Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 850 degrees F.

3. Vapor Barrier Jacket: ASTM C1136, Type I, factory applied reinforced foil kraft with self-sealing adhesive joints.

4. Jacket Temperature Limit: minus 20 to 150 degrees F.




9/12/2013 Page 2


2.03 PIPE INSULATION JACKETS

A. Vapor Retarder Jacket:

1. ASTM C921, white Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn, bonded to aluminized film.

2. Moisture vapor transmission: ASTM E96; 0.02 perm-inches.

2.04 PIPE INSULATION ACCESSORIES

A. Vapor Retarder Lap Adhesive: Compatible with insulation.

B. Covering Adhesive Mastic: Compatible with insulation.

C. Piping 1-1/2 inches diameter and smaller: Galvanized steel insulation protection shield. MSS SP-69, Type 40. Length: Based on pipe size and insulation thickness.

D. Piping 2 inches diameter and larger: Wood insulation saddle, hard maple. Inserts length: not less than 6 inches long, matching thickness and contour of adjoining insulation.

E. Closed Cell Elastomeric Insulation Pipe Hanger: Polyurethane insert with stainless steel jacket single piece construction with self-adhesive closure. Thickness to match pipe insulation.

2.05 EQUIPMENT INSULATION

A. TYPE E-7: ASTM C533; Type II, hydrous calcium silicate block insulation, asbestos free.


2. Operating Temperature Range: 140 to 1200 degrees F.

2.06 EQUIPMENT INSULATION JACKETS

A. Stainless Steel Equipment Jacket:

1. ASTM A167 Type 304 stainless steel.

2. Thickness: 0.018 inch thick.

3. Finish: Smooth.

4. Metal Jacket Bands: 3/8 inch; 0.010 inch thick stainless steel.

2.07 DUCTWORK INSULATION

A. TYPE D-2: ASTM C612, Type IA or IB, rigid glass fiber, with factory applied reinforced aluminum foil facing meeting ASTM C1136, Type II.


2. Density: 1.6 pound per cubic foot.




9/12/2013 Page 3


2.08 DUCTWORK INSULATION JACKETS

A. Aluminum Duct Jacket:

1. ASTM B209.

2. Thickness: 0.016 inch thick sheet.

3. Finish: Smooth.

4. Joining: Longitudinal slip joints and 2 inch laps.

5. Fittings: 0.016 inch thick die shaped fitting covers with factory attached protective liner.

6. Metal Jacket Bands: 3/8 inch wide; 0.015 inch thick aluminum.

B. Vapor Retarder Jacket:

1. Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film 0.0032 inch vinyl.

2. Moisture vapor transmission: ASTM E96; 1.3 perm.

3. Secure with pressure sensitive tape.

C. Canvas Duct Jacket: UL listed, 6 oz/sq yd, plain weave cotton fabric with fire retardant lagging adhesive compatible with insulation.

2.09 DUCTWORK INSULATION ACCESSORIES

A. Vapor Retarder Tape:

1. Kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film, with pressure sensitive rubber based adhesive.

B. Vapor Retarder Lap Adhesive: Compatible with insulation.

C. Adhesive: Waterproof , ASTM E162 fire-retardant type.

D. Liner Fasteners: Galvanized steel, self-adhesive pad with press-on head.

E. Tie Wire: 0.048 inch stainless steel with twisted ends on maximum 12 inch centers.

F. Lagging Adhesive: Fire resistive to NFPA 255.

G. Impale Anchors: Galvanized steel, 12 gage self-adhesive pad.

H. Adhesives: Compatible with insulation.

I. Membrane Adhesives: As recommended by membrane manufacturer.




9/12/2013 Page 4


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify piping, equipment, and ductwork has been tested before applying insulation materials.

B. Verify surfaces are clean and dry, with foreign material removed.

3.02 INSTALLATION - PIPING SYSTEMS

A. Piping Exposed to View in Finished Spaces: Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations.

B. Continue insulation through penetrations of building assemblies or portions of assemblies having fire resistance rating of one hour or less. Provide intumescent firestopping when continuing insulation through assembly. Finish at supports, protrusions, and interruptions.

C. Piping Systems Conveying Fluids Below Ambient Temperature:

1. Insulate entire system including fittings, valves, unions, flanges, strainers, flexibleconnections, pump bodies, and expansion joints.

2. Furnish factory-applied or field-applied vapor retarder jackets. Secure factory-appliedjackets with pressure sensitive adhesive self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips.Secure field-applied jackets with outward clinch expanding staples and seal staplepenetrations with vapor retarder mastic.

3. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with molded insulation of like material and thickness asadjacent pipe. Finish with glass cloth and vapor retarder adhesive or PVC fitting covers.

D. Hot Piping Systems less than 140 degrees F:

1. Furnish factory-applied or field-applied standard jackets. Secure with outward clinchexpanding staples or pressure sensitive adhesive system on standard factory-appliedjacket and butt strips or both.

2. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness asadjoining pipe. Finish with glass cloth and adhesive or PVC fitting covers.

3. Do not insulate unions and flanges at equipment, but bevel and seal ends of insulation atsuch locations.

E. Hot Piping Systems greater than 140 degrees F:

1. Furnish factory-applied or field-applied standard jackets. Secure with outward clinchexpanding staples or pressure sensitive adhesive system on standard factory-appliedjacket and butt strips or both.

2. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness asadjoining pipe. Finish with glass cloth and adhesive or PVC fitting covers.

3. Insulate flanges and unions at equipment.



9/12/2013 Page 5


F. Inserts and Shields:

1. Piping 1-1/2 inches Diameter and Smaller: Install galvanized steel shield between pipe hanger and insulation.

2. Piping 2 inches Diameter and Larger: Install insert between support shield and piping and under finish jacket.

a. Insert Configuration: Minimum 6 inches long, of thickness and contour matching adjoining insulation; may be factory fabricated.

b. Insert Material: Compression resistant insulating material suitable for planned temperature range and service.

3. Piping Supported by Roller Type Pipe Hangers: Install galvanized steel shield between roller and inserts.

G. Insulation Terminating Points:

1. Coil Branch Piping 1 inch and Smaller: Terminate hot water piping at union upstream of the coil control valve.

2. Chilled Water Coil Branch Piping: Insulate chilled water piping and associated components up to coil connection.

3. Condensate Piping: Insulate entire piping system and components to prevent condensation.

H. High Temperature Pipe Insulation:

1. Install in multiple layers to meet thickness scheduled.

2. Attach each layer with bands. Secure first layer with bands before installing next layer.

3. Stagger joints between layers.

4. Cover with stainless steel jacket with seams located on bottom side of horizontal piping.

I. Pipe Exposed in Mechanical Equipment Rooms or Finished Spaces less than 10 feet above finished floor: Finish with stainless steel jacket.

3.03 INSTALLATION - EQUIPMENT

A. Factory Insulated Equipment: Do not insulate.

B. Exposed Equipment: Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations.

C. Fill joints, cracks, seams, and depressions with bedding compound to form smooth surface. On cold equipment, use vapor retarder cement.

D. Equipment Containing Fluids Below Ambient Temperature:




9/12/2013 Page 6


1. Insulate entire equipment surfaces.

2. Apply insulation close to equipment by grooving, scoring, and beveling insulation. Fasten insulation to equipment with studs, pins, clips, adhesive, wires, or bands.

3. Furnish factory-applied or field-applied vapor retarder jackets. Secure factory-applied jackets with pressure sensitive adhesive self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips. Secure field-applied jackets with outward clinch expanding staples and seal staple penetrations with vapor retarder mastic.

4. Finish insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions.

E. Equipment Containing Fluids 140 degrees F Or Less:

1. Do not insulate flanges and unions, but bevel and seal ends of insulation.

2. Install insulation with factory-applied or field applied jackets, with or without vapor barrier. Finish with glass cloth and adhesive.


F. Equipment Containing Fluids Over 140 degrees F:

1. Insulate flanges and unions with removable sections and jackets.

2. Install insulation with factory-applied or field applied jackets, with or without vapor barrier. Finish with glass cloth and adhesive.


G. Equipment in Mechanical Equipment Rooms or Finished Spaces: Finish with stainless steel jacket.

3.04 INSTALLATION - DUCTWORK SYSTEMS

A. Duct dimensions indicated on Drawings are finished inside dimensions.

B. Insulated ductwork conveying air below ambient temperature:

1. Provide insulation with vapor retarder jackets.

2. Finish with tape and vapor retarder jacket.

3. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, hangers, and other duct penetrations.

4. Insulate entire system.

C. Insulated ductwork conveying air above ambient temperature:

1. Provide with or without standard vapor retarder jacket.




9/12/2013 Page 7


2. Insulate fittings and joints. Where service access is required, bevel and seal ends of

insulation.

D. Ductwork Exposed in Mechanical Equipment Rooms or Finished Spaces below 10 feet above finished floor: Finish with aluminum jacket.

E. External Glass Fiber Duct Insulation:

1. Secure insulation with vapor retarder with wires and seal jacket joints with vapor retarder adhesive or tape to match jacket.

2. Secure insulation without vapor retarder with staples, tape, or wires.

3. Install without sag on underside of ductwork. Use adhesive or mechanical fasteners where necessary to prevent sagging. Lift ductwork off trapeze hangers and insert spacers.

4. Seal vapor retarder penetrations by mechanical fasteners with vapor retarder adhesive.

5. Stop and point insulation around access doors and damper operators to allow operation without disturbing wrapping.

3.05 SCHEDULES

A. Cooling Services Piping Insulation Schedule:

Piping System Insulation

Type

Pipe Size Insulation

Thickness

(Inches)

Chilled Water Supply and Return, 40 to 60 degrees F

P-1 1-1/4 inches and smaller

1-1/2 inches inch and larger

0.5

1.0

Chilled Water Supply and Return less than 40 degrees F

P-1 3/4 inch and smaller

1 inch to 6 inches

8 inches and larger

0.5

1.0

1.5




9/12/2013 Page 8


B. Heating Services Piping Insulation Schedule:

Piping System Insulation

Type

Pipe Size Insulation

Thickness

(Inches)

Heating Water Supply and Return 105 to 140 degrees F


1-1/2 inches and larger

0.5

1.0


P-1 3 inches and smaller

4 inches and larger

1.0

1.5



1-1/2 inches and larger

1.5

2.0

C. Equipment Insulation Schedule:

Equipment Insulation

Type

Insulation

Thickness

(Inches)

Generator Exhaust Piping E-7 4.0

Generator Exhaust Muffler E-7 4.0




9/12/2013 Page 9


D. Ductwork Insulation Schedule:

Ductwork System Insulation

Type

Insulation

Thickness

(Inches)

Outside Air Intake D-2 2

Supply Ducts (externally insulated), Thickness indicated is installed thickness.

D-2 1.5

Return Ducts (externally insulated), Thickness indicated is installed thickness.

D-2 1.5

Supply Air, Return Air, Exhaust Air (exterior to building on roof) D-2 2.0

Exhaust Ducts Within 10 feet of Exterior Openings, Thickness indicated is installed thickness.

D-2 1.5

Exhaust Ducts Exposed to Outdoor Air D-2 2.0

END OF SECTION




9/12/2013 Page 10


SECTION 23 11 23

FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY


1. Natural gas piping above grade.

2. Unions and flanges.

3. Valves.

4. Pipe hangers and supports.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. American National Standards Institute:

1. ANSI Z21.15 - Manually Operated Gas Valves for Appliances, Appliance Connector Valves and Hose End Valves.

B. American Society of Mechanical Engineers:

1. ASME B16.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings.

2. ASME B31.9 - Building Services Piping.

3. ASME Section IX - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code - Welding and Brazing Qualifications.

C. ASTM International:

1. ASTM A53 - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless.

D. American Welding Society:


E. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry:

1. MSS SP 58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manufacturer.

2. MSS SP 69 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application.

3. MSS SP 78 - Cast Iron Plug Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends.

4. MSS SP 89 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Fabrication and Installation Practices. Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College


23 11 23 – FACILITY NATURAL GAS PIPING

9/12/2013 Page 1


5. MSS SP 110 - Ball Valves Threaded, Socket-Welding, Solder Joint, Grooved and Flared

Ends.

F. National Fire Protection Association:

1. NFPA 54 - National Fuel Gas Code.


A. Provide flanges, unions, or couplings at locations requiring servicing. Use unions, flanges, or couplings downstream of valves and at equipment connections. Do not use direct welded or threaded connections to valves, equipment.

B. Use ball valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data:

1. Piping: Submit data on pipe materials, fittings, and accessories. Submit manufacturers catalog information.

2. Valves: Submit manufacturers catalog information with valve data and ratings for each service.

3. Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog information including load capacity.

B. Design Data: Indicate pipe and valve size.

C. Test Reports: Indicate results of piping system pressure test.

D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements.

E. Welders Certificates: Certify welders employed on the Work, verifying AWS qualification within previous 12 months.


A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of valves, piping system, and system components.

B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit for valves, installation instructions, spare parts lists, and exploded assembly views.


A. Perform natural gas Work in accordance with NFPA 54.

B. Perform Work in accordance with ASME B31.9 code for installation of piping systems and ASME Section IX for welding materials and procedures.

C. Furnish shutoff valves complying with ASME B16.33 or ANSI Z21.15. Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College



9/12/2013 Page 2


D. Maintain one copy of each submittal and operations and maintenance document on site.

1.07 QUALIFICATIONS


B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience.




A. Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage.

B. Protect piping and fittings from soil and debris with temporary end caps and closures. Maintain in place until installation. Furnish temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves.



1.11 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate access and shut down of building natural gas system with Owner prior to start of wok.

1.12 WARRANTY



A. Furnish two packing kits for each type and size valve as well as two additional valves of each size.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 NATURAL GAS PIPING, ABOVE GRADE

A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M Schedule 40 black.

1. Fittings: ASME B16.3, malleable iron, or ASTM A234 forged steel welding type.

2. Joints: Threaded for pipe 2 inch and smaller; welded for pipe 2-1/2 inches and larger.

2.02 UNIONS AND FLANGES

A. Unions for Pipe 2 inches and Smaller: Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College



9/12/2013 Page 3


1. Ferrous Piping: Class 150, malleable iron, threaded.

2. Dielectric Connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end, copper solder end, water impervious isolation barrier.

B. Flanges for Pipe 2-1/2 inches and Larger:

1. Ferrous Piping: Class 150, forged steel, slip-on flanges.

2. Gaskets: 1/16 inch thick preformed neoprene gaskets.

2.03 BALL VALVES

A. Manufacturers:

1. Crane Valve, North America.

2. Hammond Valve.

3. Milwaukee Valve.

4. NIBCO, Inc.

5. Stockham Valves & Fittings.


B. 1/4 inch to 1 inch: MSS SP 110, Class 125, two piece, threaded ends, bronze body, chrome plated bronze ball, reinforced teflon seats, blow-out proof stem, lever handle, UL 842 listed for flammable liquids and LPG, full port.

C. 1-1/4 inch to 3 inch: MSS SP 110, Class 125, two piece, threaded ends, bronze body, chrome plated bronze ball, reinforced teflon seats, blow-out proof stem, lever handle, UL 842 listed for flammable liquids and LPG, conventional port.

2.04 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Manufacturers:

1. Carpenter & Paterson Inc.

2. Creative Systems Inc.

3. Flex-Weld, Inc.

4. Glope Pipe Hanger Products Inc.

5. Michigan Hanger Co.

6. Superior Valve Co.

7. Substitutions: Engineer’s approved equal permitted. Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College



9/12/2013 Page 4


B. Wall Support for Pipe 3 inches and Smaller: Cast iron hook.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION

A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe.

B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly.


3.02 INSTALLATION - PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Install hangers and supports in accordance with ASME B31.9 and MSS SP 89.

3.03 INSTALLATION - ABOVE GROUND PIPING SYSTEMS

A. Install natural gas piping in accordance with NFPA 54.

B. Provide non-conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals.

C. Provide clearance for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings.

D. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed. Coordinate size and location of access doors with Section 08 31 13.

E. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted.

F. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the Work, and isolating parts of completed system.


A. Pressure test natural gas piping in accordance with NFPA 54.

B. When pressure tests do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest.

END OF SECTION




9/12/2013 Page 5


SECTION 23 23 00

REFRIGERANT PIPING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY


1. Refrigerant piping.

2. Unions, flanges, and couplings.

3. Refrigerant moisture and liquid indicators.

4. Valves.

5. Refrigerant strainers.

6. Refrigerant pressure regulators.

7. Refrigerant pressure relief valves.

8. Refrigerant filter-driers.

9. Refrigerant solenoid valves.

10. Refrigerant expansion valves.

11. Electronic expansion valves.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute:

1. ARI 495 - Refrigerant Liquid Receivers.

2. ARI 710 - Liquid-Line Driers.

3. ARI 730 - Flow-Capacity Rating and Application of Suction-Line Filters and Filter Dryers.

4. ARI 750 - Thermostatic Refrigerant Expansion Valves.

5. ARI 760 - Solenoid Valves for Use with Volatile Refrigerants.

B. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers:

1. ASHRAE 15 - Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration.

C. American Society of Mechanical Engineers:



23 23 00 – REFRIGERANT PIPING

9/12/2013 Page 1


1. ASME B16.22 - Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings.

2. ASME B16.26 - Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes.

3. ASME B31.5 - Refrigeration Piping.

4. ASME Section VIII - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code - Pressure Vessels.

D. ASTM International:

1. ASTM B88 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube.

2. ASTM B280 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service.

3. ASTM F708 - Standard Practice for Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe Hangers.

E. American Welding Society:

1. AWS A5.8 - Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding.


F. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry:

1. MSS SP 58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manufacturer.

2. MSS SP 69 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application.

3. MSS SP 89 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Fabrication and Installation Practices.

G. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:

1. UL 429 - Electrically Operated Valves.


A. Where more than one piping system material is specified, provide compatible system components and joints. Use non-conducting dielectric connections when joining dissimilar metals in systems.

B. Provide flanges, unions, or couplings at locations requiring servicing. Use unions, flanges, or couplings downstream of valves and at equipment connections. Do not use direct welded or threaded connections to valves or equipment.

C. Provide pipe hangers and supports in accordance with ASME B31.5, MSS SP 69, and MSS SP 89.

D. Flexible Connectors: Use at or near compressors where piping configuration does not absorb vibration if existing is damaged during construction.




9/12/2013 Page 2


1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout of refrigeration piping system, including equipment, critical dimensions, and sizes.

B. Product Data:

1. Piping: Submit data on pipe materials, fittings, and accessories.

2. Valves: Submit manufacturers catalog information with valve data and ratings for each service.

3. Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog information including load capacity.

4. Refrigerant Specialties: Submit manufacturers catalog information including capacity, component sizes, rough-in requirements, and service sizes for the following:

a. Refrigerant moisture and liquid indicators.

b. Refrigerant strainers.

c. Refrigerant pressure regulators.

d. Refrigerant pressure relief valves.

e. Refrigerant filter-driers.

f. Refrigerant solenoid valves.

g. Refrigerant expansion valves.

h. Electronic expansion valves.

C. Design Data: Indicate pipe size. Indicate load carrying capacity of trapeze, multiple pipe, and riser support hangers.

D. Test Reports: Indicate results of refrigerant leak test and piping system pressure test.

E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit hanging and support methods, joining procedures and isolation.

F. Welders Certificates: Certify welders employed on the Work, verifying AWS qualification within previous 12 months.


A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of valves, equipment and refrigerant accessories.

B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit instructions for installation and changing components, spare parts lists, exploded assembly views.




9/12/2013 Page 3



A. Perform Work in accordance with ASME B31.5 code for installation of refrigerant piping systems.

B. Maintain one copy of each submittal and operations and maintenance document on site.

1.07 QUALIFICATIONS


B. Fabricator or Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience.




A. Dehydrate and charge refrigeration components including piping and receivers, seal prior to shipment. Maintain seal until connected into system.

B. Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage.

C. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation.

D. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the Work, and isolating parts of completed system.



1.11 WARRANTY


1.12 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS

A. Furnish two refrigerant oil test kits for each condensing unit, each containing everything required for conducting one test.


A. Furnish two packing kits for each size and valve type if existing is damaged during construction.

B. Furnish two refrigerant filter-dryer cartridges of each type if existing is damaged during construction.




9/12/2013 Page 4


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 REFRIGERANT PIPING

A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B280, Type ACR hard drawn or annealed.

1. Fittings: ASME B16.22 wrought copper.

2. Joints: Braze, AWS A5.8 BCuP silver/phosphorus/copper alloy with melting range 1190 to 1480 degrees F.

B. Copper Tubing to 7/8 inch OD: ASTM B88, Type K, annealed.

1. Fittings: ASME B16.26 cast copper, compression type.

2. Joints: Flared.

2.02 UNIONS, FLANGES, AND COUPLINGS

A. 2 inches and Smaller:

1. Copper Pipe: Bronze, soldered joints.

B. Dielectric Connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end, copper solder end, water impervious isolation barrier.

2.03 REFRIGERANT MOISTURE AND LIQUID INDICATORS

A. Manufacturers:

1. Alco Controls Div, Emerson Electric Co.

2. Parker Hannifin Corp., Refrig. & Air Cond. Div.

3. Sporlan Valve Co.


B. Indicators:

1. Port: Single or Double, match existing if damaged during construction, UL listed.

2. Body: Copper or brass, flared or solder ends.

3. Sight glass: Color-coded paper moisture indicator with removable element cartridge and plastic cap to match existing if damaged during construction.

4. Maximum working pressure: 500 psig.

5. Maximum working temperature: 200 degrees F.




9/12/2013 Page 5


2.04 VALVES

A. Manufacturers:





B. Packed Angle Valves:

1. Forged brass or nickel-plated forged steel, solder or flared ends.

2. Forged brass seal caps with copper gasket, rising stem and seat with back seating, molded stem packing. Match existing if damaged during construction.



C. Ball Valves:

1. Two piece bolted or forged brass body with teflon ball seals and copper tube extensions, brass bonnet and seal cap, chrome plated ball, stem with neoprene ring stem seals, soldered or threaded ends. Match existing if damaged during construction.



D. Service Valves:

1. Forged brass body with copper stubs, brass caps, removable valve core, integral ball check valve, flared or solder ends.


E. Refrigerant Check Valves:

1. Manufacturers:








9/12/2013 Page 6


6. Globe Type:

a. Cast bronze or forged brass body, forged brass cap with neoprene seal, brass guide and disc holder, phosphor-bronze or stainless steel spring, teflon seat disc. Match existing if damaged during construction.

b. Maximum working pressure: 500 psig.

c. Maximum working temperature: 300 degrees F.

7. Straight Through Type:

a. Spring, neoprene seat.

b. Maximum working pressure: 500 psig.

c. Maximum working temperature: 250 degrees F.

2.05 REFRIGERANT STRAINERS

A. Manufacturers:





B. Straight Line or Angle Line Type:

1. Brass or steel shell, steel cap and flange, and replaceable cartridge, with screen of stainless steel wire or monel reinforced with brass. Match existing if damaged during construction.


C. Straight Line, Non-Cleanable Type:

1. Steel shell, copper plated fittings, stainless steel wire screen. Match existing if damaged during construction.

2.06 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE REGULATORS

A. Manufacturers:



3. Sporlan Valve Co. Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College



9/12/2013 Page 7



B. Brass body, stainless steel diaphragm, direct acting, adjustable over 0 to 80 psig range, for maximum working pressure of 450 psig. Match existing if damaged during construction.

2.07 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES

A. Manufacturers:





B. Straight Through or Angle Type: Brass body and disc, neoprene seat, factory sealed and stamped with ASME UV and National Board Certification NB; for standard 450 psigsetting; selected to ASHRAE 15. Match existing if damaged during construction.

2.08 REFRIGERANT FILTER-DRIERS

A. Manufacturers:





B. Replaceable Cartridge Angle Type. Match existing if damaged during construction.:

1. Shell: ARI 710, UL listed, brass, removable cap, for maximum working pressure of 500 psig.

2.09 REFRIGERANT SOLENOID VALVES

A. Manufacturers:





B. Valve: ARI 760, pilot operated, copper or brass body and internal parts, synthetic seat, stainless steel stem and plunger assembly, integral strainer, with flared, solder, or threaded




9/12/2013 Page 8


ends; for maximum working pressure of 500 psig. Stem designed to allow manual operation in case of coil failure. Match existing if damaged during construction.

C. Coil Assembly: UL 429, UL listed, replaceable with molded electromagnetic coil, moisture and fungus proof, with surge protector and color coded lead wires, integral junction box with pilot light.

2.10 REFRIGERANT EXPANSION VALVES

A. Manufacturers:





B. Angle or Straight Through Type: ARI 750; design suitable for refrigerant, brass body, internal or external equalizer, bleed hole, adjustable superheat setting, replaceable inlet strainer, with replaceable capillary tube and remote sensing bulb. Match existing if damaged during construction.

C. Selection: Evaluate refrigerant pressure drop through system to determine available pressure drop across valve. Select valve for maximum load at design operating pressure and minimum 10 degrees F superheat. Select to avoid being undersized at full load and oversized at part load.

2.11 ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVES

A. Manufacturers:





B. Valve:

1. Brass bodies with flared or solder connection, needle valve with floating needle and machined seat, stepper motor drive. Match existing if damaged during construction.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION

A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs.




9/12/2013 Page 9


B. Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly.


D. Keep open ends of pipe free from scale and dirt. Protect open ends with temporary plugs or caps.

3.02 INSTALLATION - PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Install hangers and supports in accordance with ASME B31.5 and MSS SP 89.

B. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work.

C. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow.

D. Install hangers to allow 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe.

E. Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping.

3.03 INSTALLATION - ABOVE GROUND PIPING SYSTEMS

A. Route piping parallel to building structure and maintain gradient.

B. Install piping to conserve building space, and not interfere with use of space.

C. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations.

D. Sleeve pipe passing through partitions, walls and floors.

E. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment.

F. Arrange refrigerant piping to return oil to compressor. Provide traps and loops in piping, and provide double risers as required. Slope horizontal piping 0.40 percent in direction of flow.

G. Flood refrigerant piping system with nitrogen when brazing.

H. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted.

I. Insulate piping; refer to Section 23 07 00.

J. Provide replaceable cartridge filter-dryers, with isolation valves and bypass with valve if existing is damaged during construction.

K. Locate expansion valve sensing bulb immediately downstream of evaporator on suction line if existing is damaged during construction.

L. Provide external equalizer piping on expansion valves with refrigerant distributor connected to evaporator if existing is damaged during construction.




9/12/2013 Page 10


M. Install flexible connectors at right angles to axial movement of compressor, parallel to

crankshaft.

N. Fully charge completed system with refrigerant after testing.

O. Follow ASHRAE 15 procedures for charging and purging of systems and for disposal of refrigerant.

P. Install refrigerant piping in accordance with ASME B31.5.

3.04 INSTALLATION - REFRIGERANT SPECIALTIES

A. Refrigerant Liquid Indicators:

1. Install line size liquid indicators in main liquid line downstream of condenser if existing is damaged during construction.

2. When receiver is provided, install line size liquid indicators in liquid line downstream of receiver.

3. Install line size liquid indicators downstream of liquid solenoid valves if existing is damaged during construction.

B. Refrigerant Valves:

1. Install service valves on compressor suction and discharge if existing is damaged during construction.

2. Install gage taps at compressor inlet and outlet if existing is damaged during construction.

3. Install gage taps at hot gas bypass regulators, inlet and outlet if existing is damaged during construction.

4. Install check valves on compressor discharge if existing is damaged during construction.

5. Install check valves on condenser liquid lines on multiple condenser systems if existing is damaged during construction.

6. Install refrigerant charging valve in liquid line between receiver shut-off valve and expansion valve if existing is damaged during construction.

C. Strainers:

1. Install line size strainer upstream of each automatic valve if existing is damaged during construction.

2. Where multiple expansion valves with integral strainers are used, install single main liquid-line strainer if existing is damaged during construction.

3. Install shut-off valves on each side of strainer if existing is damaged during construction.

D. Filter-Dryers:




9/12/2013 Page 11


1. Install permanent filter-dryers in low temperature systems if existing is damaged during

construction.

2. Install permanent filter-dryer in systems containing hermetic compressors if existing is damaged during construction.

3. Install replaceable cartridge filter-dryer vertically in liquid line adjacent to receivers if existing is damaged during construction.

4. Install replaceable cartridge filter-dryer upstream of each solenoid valve if existing is damaged during construction.


A. Test refrigeration system in accordance with ASME B31.5.

B. Pressure test refrigeration system with dry nitrogen to 200 psig. Perform final tests at 27 inches vacuum and 200 psig using electronic leak detector.

C. Repair leaks.

D. Retest until no leaks are detected.

END OF SECTION




9/12/2013 Page 12


SECTION 23 31 00

HVAC DUCTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY


1. Duct Materials.

2. Flexible ducts.

3. Insulated flexible ducts.

4. Ductwork fabrication.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. National Fire Protection Association:

1. NFPA 90A - Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems.

B. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors:

1. SMACNA - HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual.

2. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standard - Metal and Flexible.

C. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:

1. UL 181 - Factory-Made Air Ducts and Connectors.

1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Variation of duct configuration or sizes other than those of equivalent or lower loss coefficient is not permitted except by written permission. Size round ducts installed in place of rectangular ducts in accordance with ASHRAE table of equivalent rectangular and round ducts.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: Submit duct fabrication drawings, drawn to scale not smaller than inch equals 1 foot, on drawing sheets same size as Contract Documents, indicating:

1. Fabrication, assembly, and installation details, including plans, elevations, sections, details of components, and attachments to other work.

2. Duct layout, indicating pressure classifications and sizes in plan view. For exhaust duct systems, indicate classification of materials handled as defined in this section.

3. Fittings.



SECTION 23 31 00 – HVAC DUCTS

9/12/2013 Page 1


4. Reinforcing details and spacing.

5. Seam and joint construction details.

6. Penetrations through fire rated and other walls.

7. Terminal unit, coil, and humidifier installations.

8. Hangers and supports, including methods for building attachment, vibration isolation, and duct attachment.

B. Product Data: Submit data for duct materials.

C. Test Reports: Indicate pressure tests performed. Include date, section tested, test pressure, and leakage rate, following SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual.

D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit special procedures for glass fiber ducts.

E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify installation of glass fiber ductwork meet or exceed specified requirements.


A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of ducts and duct fittings. Record changes in fitting location and type. Show additional fittings used.


A. Perform Work in accordance with SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and flexible.

B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.07 QUALIFICATIONS





1.09 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Do not install duct sealant when temperatures are less than those recommended by sealant manufacturers.

B. Maintain temperatures during and after installation of duct sealant.




9/12/2013 Page 2




1.11 WARRANTY

A. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for ducts.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 DUCT MATERIALS

A. Galvanized Steel Ducts: ASTM A653/A653M galvanized steel sheet, lock-forming quality, having G60 zinc coating of in conformance with ASTM A90.

B. Fasteners: Rivets, bolts, or sheet metal screws.

C. Hanger Rod: ASTM A36/A36M; steel, galvanized; threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuously threaded.

2.02 FLEXIBLE DUCTS

A. Product Description: Two ply vinyl film supported by helical wound spring steel wire.

1. Pressure Rating: 10 inches wg positive and 1.0 inches wg negative.

2. Maximum Velocity: 4000 fpm.

3. Temperature Range: -10 degrees F to 160 degrees F.

B. Product Description: UL labeled multiple layers of aluminum laminate supported by helical wound spring steel wire.

1. Pressure Rating: 10 inches wg positive and 1.0 inches negative.



2.03 INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCTS

A. Product Description: Two ply vinyl film supported by helical wound spring steel wire; fiberglass insulation; aluminized vapor barrier film.

1. Pressure Rating: 10 inches wg positive and 1.0 inches wg negative.



B. Product Description: Multiple layers of aluminum laminate supported by helical wound spring steel wire; fiberglass insulation; aluminized vapor barrier film.




9/12/2013 Page 3


1. Pressure Rating: 10 inches wg positive and 1.0 inches negative.



2.04 DUCTWORK FABRICATION

A. Fabricate and support rectangular ducts in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible and as indicated on Drawings. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated.

B. Fabricate and support round ducts with longitudinal seams in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible (Round Duct Construction Standards), and as indicated on Drawings. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated.

C. Construct T's, bends, and elbows with minimum radius 1-1/2 times centerline duct width. Where not possible and where rectangular elbows are used, provide turning vanes. Where acoustical lining is indicated, furnish turning vanes of perforated metal with glass fiber insulation.

D. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible; maximum 30 degrees divergence upstream of equipment and 45 degrees convergence downstream.

E. Provide standard 45-degree lateral wye takeoffs. When space does not allow 45-degree lateral wye takeoff, use 90-degree conical tee connections.

2.05 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES

A. Mixing Boxes: Section with factory mounted outside and return air dampers of galvanized steel with vinyl bulb edging and edge seals in galvanized frame, with galvanized steel axles in self-lubricating nylon or brass bearings, in parallel or opposed blade arrangement.

B. Multi-Blade Damper: Fabricate of opposed blade pattern with maximum blade sizes 8 x 72 inch. Assemble center and edge crimped blades in prime coated or galvanized frame channel with suitable hardware.

1. Damper and airflow measurement assembly sized to accommodate 100% economizer outside airflow.

2. Field installed in outside air and return air ducts.

C. Construction:

1. Frame: Extruded aluminum.

2. Blades:

a. Modulating Air Control:




9/12/2013 Page 4


1) Style: Airfoil-shaped, single-piece.

2) Action: Parallel.

3) Orientation: Horizontal.

4) Material: Heavy gage 6063-T5 extruded aluminum.

b. Stationary Sensing:

1) Style: Airfoil-shaped, single-piece.

2) Orientation: Horizontal.

3) Material: Heavy gage 6063-T5 extruded aluminum.

4) Finish: Anodized.

3. Bearings: Self-lubricating molded synthetic sleeve, turning in extruded hole in frame.

4. Seals:

a. Blade: Extruded rubber. Mechanically attached to blade edge.

b. Jamb: Stainless steel, flexible metal compression type.

c. Linkage: Concealed in frame.

d. Axles: Minimum 1/2 inch diameter plated steel, hex-shaped, mechanically attached to blade.

e. Mounting: Vertical.

f. Electric Actuator: 24 V, 60 Hz, modulating, with position feedback.

5. Digital Controller: Application specific controller. Programming logic and calibration in nonvolatile EPROM. Controller uses generic 0 - 10 vdc inputs and outputs for interface to building automation system.

6. Air Straightener Section: 3 inches deep section contained in 5 inch long sleeve attached to damper-airflow monitor frame.

7. Finish: Mill aluminum.

D. Performance Data:

1. Temperature Rating: Withstand -40 to 140 degrees F.

2. Accuracy: Plus or minus 5 percent.

3. Leakage: Maximum of 2.0 cfm per square foot at 1.0 inches wg pressure differential.




9/12/2013 Page 5


4. Measures from 15 percent to 100 percent of unit nominal air flow.

5. Adjusts air flow for temperature variations.

6. Provides 2 to 10 volt DC signal corresponding to actual air flow.

7. Damper Actuators: Furnish field installed electric damper actuators for outside air and return air dampers. Interconnect to existing air handler controls to modulate the outside air and return air accordingly.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify sizes of equipment connections before fabricating transitions.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Install and seal ducts in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible.

B. During construction, install temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering ductwork system.

C. Use crimp joints with or without bead or beaded sleeve couplings for joining round duct sizes 8 inch and smaller.

D. Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports.

E. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with adhesive plus sheet metal screws.

F. Set plenum doors 6 to 12 inches above floor. Arrange door swing so fan static pressure holds door in closed position.

3.03 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS

A. Connect air outlets and inlets to supply ducts with five foot maximum length of flexible duct. Do not use flexible duct to change direction.

3.04 CLEANING

A. Clean duct system and force air at high velocity through duct to remove accumulated dust. To obtain sufficient air flow, clean one half of system completely before proceeding to other half. Protect equipment with potential to be harmed by excessive dirt with temporary filters, or bypass during cleaning.

B. Clean duct systems with high power vacuum machines. Protect equipment with potential to be harmed by excessive dirt with filters, or bypass during cleaning. Install access openings into ductwork for cleaning purposes.

END OF SECTION




9/12/2013 Page 6


SECTION 23 37 00

AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY


1. Registers

2. Roof Hoods

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit sizes, finish, and type of mounting. Submit schedule of outlets and inlets showing type, size, location, application, and noise level.

B. Test Reports: Rating of air outlet and inlet performance.



A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of air outlets and inlets.


A. Test and rate diffuser, register, and grille performance in accordance with ASHRAE 70.

B. Test and rate louver performance in accordance with AMCA 500.

1.05 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience, and with service facilities within 100 miles of Project.



1.07 WARRANTY

A. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for air outlets and inlets.


A. Furnish two extra air inlets.



SECTION 23 37 00 – AIR INLETS

9/12/2013 Page 1


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 CEILING RETURN REGISTERS/GRILLES

A. Manufacturers:

1. Anemostat Air Products.

2. E. H Price Company.

3. Krueger.

4. Nailor Industries, Inc.

5. Titus.

6. Tuttle and Bailey.


B. Type: Streamlined blades, 3/4 inch minimum depth, 3/4 inch maximum spacing, with spring or other device to set blades, horizontal face.

C. Frame: For mounting in t-bar ceiling frame.

D. Fabrication: Steel and aluminum with 20 gage minimum frame, with factory baked enamel finish, white.

E. Damper: Integral, gang-operated, opposed-blade type with removable key operator, operable from face.

2.02 ROOF HOODS

A. Manufacturers:

1. Greenheck.


B. Hood and Base:

1. Material Type: Aluminum or Galvanized

2. Hood Constructed of precision formed, arched panels with interlocking seams

3. Vertical end panels are fully locked into hood end panels

4. Base height is standard of 5 inches

5. Curb cap is six inches larger then throat size

6. Curb cap has pre-punched mounting holes for installation Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College



9/12/2013 Page 2


C. Birdscreen

1. Constructed of ½ inch Galvanized or Aluminum mesh

2. Mounted horizontally across the intake area of the hood

D. Roof Curbs

1. Match curb to hood type.

2. Material: Aluminum or Galvanized.

3. Insulation thickness: 1 inch.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify outlet locations.

B. Verify duct systems are ready for installation.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Install diffusers to ductwork with airtight connection.

B. Install balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffusers, grilles, and registers, whether or not dampers are furnished as part of diffuser, grille, and register assembly.

C. Paint visible portion of ductwork behind air outlets and inlets matte black.


A. Check location of outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to conform to architectural features, symmetry, and lighting arrangement.

END OF SECTION




9/12/2013 Page 3


SECTION 23 40 00

HVAC AIR CLEANING DEVICES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY


1. Washable permanent panel filters.

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: Indicate filter assembly and filter frame dimensions and locations.

B. Product Data: Submit data on filter media, filter performance data, and dimensions.



A. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit instructions for operation, changing, and periodic cleaning.

1.04 QUALIFICATIONS



1.05 WARRANTY

A. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for air cleaning devices.


A. Furnish 4 additional filters for the Physical Education building to be provided to facilities maintenance staff.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 WASHABLE PERMANENT PANEL FILTERS

A. Manufacturers:

1. American Air Filter.

2. Air Guard.



SECTION 23 40 00 – HVAC AIR CLEANING DEVICES

9/12/2013 Page 1


3. Camfil Farr US.


B. Media: 14 mesh aluminum, alternate layers of flat and herringbone crimp, four layers per inch; rod reinforced.

1. Frame: 16 gage Aluminum

2. Nominal Size: See drawings for dimensions. Field verify prior to ordering and installation. Thickness: 1 inch thick.

C. Performance Rating:

1. Initial Resistance at 500 fpm face velocity: 0.12 inch wg.

2. Recommended Final Resistance at 500 fpm face velocity: 0.50 inch wg.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Install filters with felt, rubber, or neoprene gaskets to prevent passage of unfiltered air around filters.

END OF SECTION



SECTION 23 40 00 – HVAC AIR CLEANING DEVICES

9/12/2013 Page 2


SECTION 23 73 00

INDOOR CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section includes modular factory fabricated air-handling units and accessories.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. American Bearing Manufacturers Association:

1. ABMA 9 - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings.

2. ABMA 11 - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings.

B. Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.:

1. AMCA 99 - Standards Handbook.

2. AMCA 210 - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating.

3. AMCA 300 - Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans.

4. AMCA 301 - Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data.

5. AMCA 500 - Test Methods for Louvers, Dampers, and Shutters.

C. Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute:

1. ARI 410 - Forced-Circulation Air-Cooling and Air-Heating Coils.

2. ARI 430 - Central-Station Air-Handling Units.

3. ARI 610 - Central System Humidifiers for Residential Applications.

4. ARI Guideline D - Application and Installation of Central Station Air-Handling Units.

D. National Electrical Manufacturers Association:

1. NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators.

E. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors:

1. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standard - Metal and Flexible.

F. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:

1. UL 900 - Air Filter Units.



23 73 00 – INDOOR CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNIT

9/12/2013 Page 1


2. UL - Fire Resistance Directory.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: Indicate assembly, unit dimensions, weight loading, required clearances, construction details, field connection details, and electrical characteristics and connection requirements.

B. Product Data, Submit the following:

1. Published Literature: Indicate capacities, ratings, gages and finishes of materials, and electrical characteristics and connection requirements.

2. Filters: Data for filter media, filter performance data, filter assembly, and filter frames.

3. Fans: Performance and fan curves with specified operating point plotted, power, RPM.

4. Sound Power Level Data: Fan outlet and casing radiation at rated capacity.

5. Dampers: Include leakage, pressure drop, and sample calibration curves. Indicate materials, construction, dimensions, and installation details.

6. Electrical Requirements: Power supply wiring including wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring. Indicate factory installed and field installed wiring.

C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit.

D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.


A. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit instructions for lubrication, filter replacement, motor and drive replacement, spare parts lists, and wiring diagrams.


A. Maintain one copy of each submittal and operations and maintenance document on site.

1.06 QUALIFICATIONS


B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience approved by manufacturer.






9/12/2013 Page 2



A. Accept units and components on site in factory protective containers, with factory shipping skids and lifting lugs. Inspect for damage.

B. Protect units from weather and construction traffic by storing in dry, roofed location.

1.09 WARRANTY

A. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for air handling units.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 AIR HANDLING UNITS

A. Manufacturers:

1. TRANE.

2. Carrier.


B. Configuration: Fan section fan and coil section plus accessories, including:

1. Cooling coil section.

2. Heating coil.

3. Filter section.

4. Combination filter/mixing box section.

5. Mixing box section.

6. Face and bypass damper section.

2.02 CASING

A. Channel base and drain pan of welded steel. Assemble sections with gaskets and bolts.

B. Outside Casing:

1. Steel or Aluminum.

C. Inside Casing:

1. Galvanized or Stainless Steel or Aluminum.

D. Floor Plate:




9/12/2013 Page 3


1. Galvanized Steel or Stainless Steel.

E. Insulation: Neoprene coated, glass fiber, applied to internal surfaces with adhesive with exposed edges of insulation coated with adhesive.

1. ‘K’ factor at 75 degrees F: Maximum 0.26 Btuh inch/ sq ft/ degrees F.

2. Density: 1 inch thick, 1-1/2 lbs/cu ft.

F. Finish: Baked enamel to protect surfaces, to seal seams and joints, and to provide insulation and sound deadening. Finish: Manufacturers standard paint on exterior].

G. Drain Pans: Single thickness galvanized steel with welded corners. Cross break and pitch to drain connection. Furnish drain pans under the entire unit.

2.03 FANS

A. Type: Forward curved, or Backward inclined, single width, single inlet, centrifugal type fan.

B. Performance Ratings: Conform to AMCA 210 and label with AMCA Certified Rating Seal.

C. Sound Ratings: AMCA 301, tested to AMCA 300 and label with AMCA Certified Sound Rating Seal.

D. Bearings: Self-aligning, grease lubricated, ball or roller bearings with lubrication fittings extended to exterior of casing with aluminum or copper tube and grease fitting rigidly attached to casing.

E. Mounting: Locate fan and motor internally on welded steel base coated with corrosion resistant paint. Factory mount motor on slide rails. Furnish access to motor, drive, and bearings through removable casing panels or hinged access doors. Mount base on vibration isolators.

F. Flexible Connection: Separate unit from connecting ductwork.

2.04 BEARINGS AND DRIVES

A. Bearings: Pillow block type, self-aligning, grease-lubricated ball bearings, with ABMA 9 L-10 life at 50,000 hours.

B. Shafts: Solid, hot rolled steel, ground and polished, with key-way, and protectively coated with lubricating oil.

C. V-Belt Drive: Cast iron or steel sheaves, dynamically balanced, bored to fit shafts, and keyed. Variable and adjustable pitch sheaves for motors 15 hp and under selected so required rpm is obtained with sheaves set at mid-position; fixed sheave for 20 hp and over, matched belts, and drive rated as recommended by manufacturer or minimum 1.5 times nameplate rating of motor.

D. Belt Guard: Fabricate to SMACNA Standard; 0.106 inch thick, 3/4 inch diamond mesh wire screen welded to steel angle frame or equivalent, prime coated. Secure to fan or fan supports




9/12/2013 Page 4


without short circuiting vibration isolation, with provision for adjustment of belt tension, lubrication, and use of tachometer with guard in place.

2.05 COILS

A. Casing with access to both sides of coils. Enclose coils with headers and return bends fully contained within casing. Slide coils into casing through removable end panel with blank off sheets and sealing collars at connection penetrations.

B. Drain Pans: 24 inch downstream of coil and down spouts for cooling coil banks more than one coil high.

C. Air Coils: Certify capacities, pressure drops, and selection procedures in accordance with ARI 410.

D. Fabrication:

1. Tubes: 5/8 inch OD seamless copper expanded into fins, brazed joints.

2. Fins: Aluminum.

3. Casing: Die formed channel frame of galvanized steel.

E. Water Heating Coils:

1. Headers: Cast iron, seamless copper tube, or prime coated steel pipe with brazed joints.

2. Configuration: Drainable, with threaded plugs for drain and vent; serpentine type with return bends on smaller sizes and return headers on larger sizes.

F. Water Cooling Coils:

1. Headers: Cast iron, seamless copper tube, or prime coated steel pipe with brazed joints.

2. Configuration: Drainable, with threaded plugs for drain and vent; threaded plugs in return bends and in headers opposite each tube.

2.06 FILTERS

A. Filter Box: Section with filter guides, access doors from both sides, for side loading with gaskets and blank-off plates.

B. Flat or Angle: 2 inches deep, disposable panel filters.

2.07 DAMPERS

A. Mixing Boxes: Section with factory mounted outside and return air dampers of galvanized steel with vinyl bulb edging and edge seals in galvanized frame, with galvanized steel axles in self-lubricating nylon or brass bearings, in parallel or opposed blade arrangement.

B. Damper Actuators: Furnish factory installed electric damper actuators for outside air and return air dampers.




9/12/2013 Page 5


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Install in accordance with ARI 430.

B. Install flexible connections between unit and inlet and discharge ductwork. Install metal bands of connectors parallel with minimum 1 inch flex between ductwork and fan while running.

C. Install assembled units with vibration isolators. Install isolated fans with resilient mountings and flexible electrical leads. Install restraining snubbers. See structural drawings for additional information on support and restraint.

D. Provide fixed sheaves required for final air balance.

E. Insulate coil headers located outside airflow as specified for piping.

F. Install condensate piping with trap and route from drain pan per drawings.

3.02 INSTALLATION CHILLED WATER COOLING COIL

A. Make connections to coils with unions or flanges.

B. Connect water supply to leaving airside of coil (counter flow arrangement).

C. Locate water supply at bottom of supply header and return water connection at top.

D. Install water coils to allow draining and install drain connection at low points.

E. Install the following piping accessories on chilled water piping connections if existing is damaged during construction.

1. On supply:

a. Thermometer well and thermometer.

b. Well for control system temperature sensor.

c. Shutoff valve.

d. Strainer.

e. Control valve.

f. Pressure gage.

2. On return:






9/12/2013 Page 6


c. Pressure gage.

d. Shutoff valve.

e. Balancing valve.

3.03 INSTALLATION HOT WATER HEATING COIL

A. Make connections to coils with unions or flanges.

B. Connect water supply to leaving airside of coil (counter flow arrangement).

C. Locate water supply at bottom of supply header and return water connection at top.

D. Install water coils to allow draining and install drain connection at low points.

E. Install the following piping accessories on hot water piping connections if existing is damaged during construction.

1. On supply:



c. Shutoff valve.

d. Strainer.

e. Control valve.

f. Pressure gage.

2. On return:



c. Pressure gage.

d. Shutoff valve.

e. Balancing valve.

3.04 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES

A. Furnish initial start-up and shutdown during first year of operation, including routine servicing and checkout.




9/12/2013 Page 7


3.05 CLEANING

A. Vacuum clean coils and inside of unit cabinet.

B. Install temporary filters during construction period. Replace with permanent filters at Substantial Completion.

3.06 DEMONSTRATION

A. Demonstrate unit operation and maintenance.

B. Furnish services of manufacturer's technical representative for one 8 hour day to instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of units. Schedule training with Owner, provide at least 7 days notice to Owner of training date.

3.07 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK

A. Do not operate units until ductwork is clean, filters are in place, bearings lubricated, and fan has been test run under observation.

END OF SECTION




9/12/2013 Page 8


SECTION 26 05 00

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, transportation and perform operations necessary or incidental to the proper execution and completion of the electrical work, whether specifically mentioned or not, and as directly indicated or reasonably implied by the Drawings and Specifications.

B. Work specified in these divisions:

1. Section 260519: 600-Volt Power Conductors and Cables

2. Section 260526: Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems

3. Section 260533: Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems

4. Section 260553: Identification for Electrical Systems

5. Section 262416: 600-Volt Rated Panelboards & CB

6. Section 262726: Wiring Devices

7. Section 263213: Engine Generator Unit

1.02 WORK NOT INCLUDED

A. Refer to the specific Division 26 Sections for a detailed listing of work that is not included in this Contract.

B. In any case, cooperate with the other trades who may or may not be party to this Contract for the purpose of coordinating the electrical requirements and installation of equipment, materials, and furnishings provided by those other trades, including the Owner.

1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS

A. Provide equipment and materials which conform to, and perform the installation thereof in accordance with the following codes and industry standards. The applicable version of each shall be that in effect as of the date of the Contract:

1. California Electrical Code (CEC).

2. Titles 8, 19 and 24 of the California Code of Regulations (CCR).

3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI).

4. California State Fire Marshal (CSFM).



SECTION 26 05 00 – COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL

9/12/2013 Page 1


5. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL).

6. National Electrical Manufacturers' Association (NEMA).

a. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE).

1) National Electrical Safety Code (NESC).

a) Electrical Safety Orders.

b) Other applicable local codes and ordinances.

B. Where the authority-having-jurisdiction makes an interpretation or decision, as is their prerogative in accordance with the Code, such direction shall be considered a part of these Contract Documents as if contained herein. With respect to completing the intent of the Contract Documents, comply with any and all requirements of the authority-having-jurisdiction and utility company field inspectors, at no additional cost.

C. The above referenced codes and standards are considered to be absolute minimum requirements. The Drawings and Specifications shall take precedence over the above referenced codes and standards where materials or workmanship of higher quality or larger size is indicated. Nothing in these Drawings or Specifications shall be construed to allow work not conforming to the applicable codes and standards.

1.04 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. Examine all relevant Contract Documents including Drawings, Specifications, and Shop Drawings in order to become acquainted with the Work of other installers whose activities will adjoin or be affected by the Electrical Work.

1.05 PERMITS, LICENSES, AND FEES

A. Procure and pay for all permits, licenses and fees that are required to carry out and complete the Electrical Work.

B. Pay for building department or utility company imposed inspection fees.

C. Pay utility company charges for normal or after hours shutdowns, service calls, repairs, and cable locating that are directly related to the installation of the Electrical Work.

1.06 SITE VERIFICATION OF INFORMATION

A. Visit the project site prior to submitting a bid and verify the condition, location and dimensions of buildings, equipment, and facilities. Become acquainted with conditions under which the Work is to be performed and which may affect the cost thereof.

B. Verify at the project site, the accuracy of information shown on the Drawings regarding existing equipment, materials, and facilities. This includes but is not limited to: size, type, rating, quality, age, and serviceability. No allowance will be made on behalf of the Contractor for extra expenses resulting from the failure to discover conditions affecting the Work.




9/12/2013 Page 2


1.07 WORKING SPACE

A. Maintain adequate work space around, and access to, electrical and mechanical equipment in strict accordance with the applicable Codes. Verify during the course of construction that sufficient space will be available for the installation equipment, fixtures, etc.

1.08 MATERIALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Materials shall be new, high quality, free from defects, of standard make, and of the brand or grade as shown on the Drawings or specified herein. Specific trade names are used in the Drawings and Specifications in order to establish the standard grade and characteristics of said items. This does not imply the right upon the part of the Contractor to use other materials or methods without the approval of the Architect.

B. Electrical materials and equipment shall bear the label of, or be listed by, the Underwriters’ Laboratories (UL) wherever standards have been established and label service is regularly furnished by that agency. Comply with the installation and application requirements of UL as documented in their published directories.

C. Unless specifically noted, equipment and systems shall be the product of a manufacturer who has been in the manufacture of, and has nationally distributed catalogs covering the ratings and specifications of, said equipment or systems, for a period of not less than five (5) years.

D. Maintain uniformity throughout the Project by making use of only one make or brand of material for each material used.

E. Substitutions of materials or methods will only be allowed if such items are approved in writing by the Engineer as equal in quality and utility to the specified items. Submit a list of proposed substitutions within thirty (30) days of the award of the Contract. Include on the list the original manufacturer’s name and model number, the proposed manufacturer’s name and model number, catalog cut sheets, ratings, sizes, performance curves, shop drawings, and other data as may be required to demonstrate equality to the specified item.

F. The approval of a substitution does not authorize any deviation from the utility, size, function, or durability of the specified item unless specifically pointed out and requested in the proposed substitution list, and said deviation is approved in writing by the Engineer. Responsibility of the Contractor for dimensional considerations or space conflicts is not relieved by the approval of a substitution.

G. If requested by the Engineer, submit samples of materials and equipment for approval prior to installation.

1.09 ELECTRICAL SUBMITTALS

A. See the General Conditions for conditions of submittal approval and general requirements for submission of shop drawings.

B. Submit a minimum of five copies (or more as required by the General Conditions) of electrical shop drawings and manufacturer's cut sheets for equipment and materials as noted in each Division 26 specification section. Bind the submittals as complete volumes according to classification of equipment such as power, lighting, fire alarm, etc. When possible, make all electrical submittals at the same time.




9/12/2013 Page 3


C. Submit shop drawings and supporting data as instruments of the Contractor. Stamp each item

in the submittal documents with the Contractor’s stamp, thereby stating that the equipment meets all requirements and conditions of the Drawings and Specifications. In particular, certify that the items shown on the shop drawings conform to the dimensional, environmental, and space restrictions as pertains to all work under this Contract and the work of other parties in conjunction with this Project.

D. Provide a blank space on the title page of each submittal classification for the Engineers approval stamp and comment field. The minimum size of such space shall be eight inches wide by five inches high.

E. Arrange panelboard submittals to show bussing, circuit numbering, and branch circuit protective devices similar the schedules on the Drawings. Show elevations of switchboards, motor control centers, and distribution centers indicating the layout of devices, meters, handles, etc. Provide device ratings, circuit numbers, and nameplate descriptions in table form. Include terminal strip mounting arrangements on elevations for terminal cabinets.

1.10 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS

A. The data and information contained on the Drawings is as accurate as was reasonably possible at the time they were produced, but absolute accuracy is not guaranteed. Exact locations, distances, elevations, etc., will be dictated by the actual building and the conditions at the site.

B. The layout of electrical equipment, wiring, and accessories is shown in a diagrammatic fashion (not pictorially) in order to achieve clarity and legibility. Although the size and location of electrical equipment is drawn to scale wherever possible, refer to all data in the Contract Documents and field verify this information as the project progresses. Examine architectural, structural, mechanical, and other drawings to determine the exact location of conduits, outlets, fixtures, and equipment and to note any conditions which may affect the electrical work.

C. The Drawings and Specifications may be superseded by later detail drawings and specifications prepared by the Engineer. Conform to such detail drawings, specifications, addenda, change orders, other reasonable changes as if they are contained herein. See the General Conditions for change order cost considerations.

D. Because the Electrical Drawings may be distorted for clarity of representation, it may be necessary to field verify the exact location of electrical outlets, lights, switches, etc. in order to conform to the architectural elements. The Owner reserves the right to make minor changes to the locations of equipment, devices, and wiring shown on the Drawings, at no additional cost, providing the changes are ordered before the rough-in of conduit, boxes, or related items is completed, and no extra material are required.

E. Conduit quantities, sizes, termination points, and wiring are depicted on the Electrical Drawings. However, not all conduit bends or routing details are necessarily shown. Route conduit so as to conform to the structural conditions, avoid obstructing other trades, maintain space restrictions and keep circulation areas and access openings clear.

F. Thoroughly examine the Contract Documents prior to submitting a bid in order to determine electrical requirements which are not necessarily indicated on the Electrical Drawings. Include sufficient allowance in the bid sum to cover the costs of these other requirements.




9/12/2013 Page 4


G. Should the Contractor perceive that the Drawings and Specifications do not sufficiently define

the intent of electrical work, contact the Engineer for clarification or additional information. The absence of such contact will be considered as evidence of understanding, on the part of the Contractor, of the intended Electrical Work and the required installation thereof.

1.11 WORKMANSHIP

A. Constantly supervise the work personally or through an authorized and competent representative. Keep the same foreman or supervisor on the project from commencement through completion.

B. Perform the Electrical work using the highest caliber craftsman available. Workmanship shall be first class and of the best quality available to insure a long and trouble free service life. Allow only experienced and competent workmen on the job.

1.12 COOPERATION AND COORDINATION

A. Consult with the other installers and trades in coordinating the Work so as to avoid conflicts, omissions and delays. Cooperate with other contractors, third parties, and the Owner in order to expedite the project and provide for the proper execution of the building as a whole. Work performed without regard to other trades or the overall project scheme, may necessarily be required to be moved at the Contractor’s expense.

1.13 MANUFACTURER’S DIRECTIONS

A. Adhere to the manufacturer’s directions regarding the proper installation and configuration of electrical equipment where those directions cover points not included in these Drawings and Specifications.

1.14 PROTECTION AND STORAGE

A. Deliver electrical materials to the site new, and in unbroken packages. Provide for the temporary storage of such materials, equipment, and construction tools in accordance with the General Conditions. Protect electrical equipment and materials during transit, storage and handling to prevent damage, soiling and deterioration.

B. During shipping storage and handling protect electrical materials from damage of any type including dust, water, over-spray, and temperature. Avoid damage during construction to the work and materials of other trades as well as the electrical work and material. Repair or replace, at the Contractor’s expense, defective or damaged items such that the entire Work is completed in a condition satisfactory to the Engineer.

1.15 EXCAVATION, CUTTING, PATCHING, AND REPAIR

A. Perform excavation and backfill required for the installation of electrical sub-structures. Restore grounds, walkways, roadways, curbs, walls, and other existing underground facilities to their original condition.

B. Conform to the applicable requirements of Division 2, Earthwork for Utilities, in the selection, placement, and compaction of backfill material and finished surfaces.




9/12/2013 Page 5


C. Cut, core-drill, and demolish existing walls, floors, ceilings and other building surfaces as

required for the installation of Electrical Work. Obtain the approval of the Engineer prior to performing any operation which may affect any structural elements of the building.

D. Patch and repair wood, plaster, tile, or concrete surfaces which have been damaged by the installation of the Electrical Work so that the finished surface matches the surrounding conditions.

1.16 FLASHING, WATERPROOFING AND SEALING

A. In general, install in an approved watertight manner, Electrical Work which pierces exterior walls or waterproofing membranes. Flash and counter-flash roof and wall penetrations in a manner described in other applicable sections of this Specification and as approved by the Engineer.

B. Fit conduits passing through finished walls with steel escutcheon plates of brass, chrome, or painted finish to match the existing color. Grout penetrations of floor slabs, concrete or masonry walls with an approved grout or silicone elastomeric caulk.

1.17 CLEANING, ADJUSTING, AND TOUCH-UP

A. Remove on a daily basis electrical debris, scraps, packaging material and other rubbish. Dispose of such items off-site in an approved manner and debris. Maintain the site free from physical hazards at all times in accordance with OSHA regulations. See the General Conditions for additional requirements.

B. After installation, completely clean electrical equipment, fixtures, and materials of excess paint, over-spray, plaster, cement, insulating products, and other foreign matter. Leave the Electrical Work in a clean, finished, dry, level, like new condition.

C. Touch-up paint scratches and scuffs on electrical equipment and lighting fixtures with paint recommended by the manufacturer and matching the original item finish.

D. Make setting, adjustments, and programming in accordance with the manufactures’ operating and installation instructions. Settings and program variables will be issued by the Owner prior to commissioning of the electrical system.

1.18 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS

A. Throughout the project, maintain accurate and current record documents. Show on the record drawings deviations from the Electrical Drawings, locations of underground conduits and pull-boxes, and concealed equipment which is not readily apparent. Dimension the record drawings using permanent, readily identified benchmarks such as column or wall lines.

B. At the completion of the project, present one clearly legible set of the record drawings to the Owner.

1.19 INSPECTIONS AND TESTING

A. Arrange for the inspection of the Work at various stages of completion by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, utility company representatives, and the Engineer. Comply with all directions and remedial measures issued thereby. Any objections to these orders on the part of the




9/12/2013 Page 6


Contractor must be presented to the Engineer in writing within forty eight (48) hours of the inspection report.

B. Coordinate the installation of the Work so that observation of all rough-in, concealed, or underground Work can take place by the Engineer. Provide a minimum of seventy two (72) hours notice to the Engineer prior to covering up the work. Uncover Work that has not been properly observed and make repairs to restore the Work and adjoining surfaces to their proper condition at no additional cost.

C. Perform tests of the electrical system during the course of the project and at project completion to ensure safe and proper function in accordance with the Contract Documents, manufacturers’ recommendations, and applicable codes. Provide complete documentation of all test results to the Owner prior to project completion. Testing shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following:

1. Test for short circuits, open circuits, neutral leakage, and improper grounds on feeders and branch circuits. Perform this test with mains in disconnect from feeders, branch circuits closed, fixtures and devices permanently connected, lamps removed from sockets and wall switches closed.

2. Provide insulation resistance tests of all phase and neutral circuit conductors using a 500 Volt Megger for circuits of 240 Volt rating and below, and a 1000 Volt Megger for circuits of 277 volts and above. Minimum acceptable insulation resistance is one (1) megohm.

3. Perform a ground resistance test of each main grounding electrode system, ground rod, and supplemental grounding electrode. Utilize a calibrated, direct reading, earth ground test set and make the tests using the “Three-terminal, Fall-of-Potential” method. The maximum allowable earth ground resistance is 25 ohms.

4. Test for proper phase-to-phase and phase-to-neutral operating voltage on the main service and on each separately derived system. Perform this test at full load and at no load. With all circuits at full operating conditions, test the phase and neutral load currents using a clamp-on ammeter.

5. Tests as required by other sections of these Specifications.

6. Tests as prescribed by individual equipment manufacturers whether or not described in these Specifications.

D. At project completion, demonstrate to the Engineer that the entire installation is complete, in proper operation condition and that the Contract has been properly and fully executed. Activate all circuits, lights, devices, and controls under full load and normal operating conditions. Identify faulty items and immediately replace or repair defective equipment, workmanship, and materials to like new condition and retest in the presence of the Engineer.

E. At the completion of the Project, demonstrate to the Engineer that the entire electrical system is free from short circuits and improper grounds, or upon request of the Engineer anytime, make necessary tests under the observation of the Engineer which will ensure that electrical equipment, materials and installation methods are as specified.

1.20 GUARANTEE

A. In accordance with Division 1 requirements. Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College



9/12/2013 Page 7


1.21 WARRANTIES, CERTIFICATES, AND OPERATING MANUALS

A. Properly fill out and deliver to the Owner, all warranties, guarantees, certificates, etc. for equipment and materials that are furnished and installed under this Section of the Work. The effective date on each item shall be the date of acceptance of the work by the Owner.

B. Deliver to the Architect, a minimum of two (2) copies of the manufacturers’ operating and maintenance manuals for major items of equipment.



END OF SECTION




9/12/2013 Page 8


SECTION 26 05 19

600-VOLT POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This section covers all labor, material, tools, equipment and services required to install building wire and cable, service entrance cable, control cables, wiring connectors and connections.


A. Section 260500: Common Work Results for Electrical

B. Section 260526: Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems

C. Section 260533: Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems

D. Section 260553: Identification for Electrical Systems

1.03 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS

A. ASTM B 3 Soft or Annealed Copper Wire

B. ASTM B 496 Compact Round Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors

C. ASTM B 8 Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft

D. ANSI C 2 National Electrical Safety Code – latest edition

E. IEEE 242 Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems

F. IEEE 399 Recommend Practice for Industrial and Commercial Power System Analysis

G. NECA (National Electrical Contractors Association) - Standard of Installation

H. NEMA WC-26 Wire and Cable Packaging

I. NETA ATS National Electrical Testing Association Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems

J. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code – latest edition

K. UL 83 Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables

L. UL 486A Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors



SECTION 26 05 19 – 600-VOLT POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

9/12/2013 Page 1


M. UL 510 Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyethylene and Rubber Insulating Tapes


A. The applications for cable, wire and connectors required, but not limited to, are as follows:

1. Power distribution circuitry.

2. Lighting circuitry.

3. Appliance and equipment circuitry.

4. Wiring for motors of mechanical equipment

5. Wiring from the motor(s) of mechanical equipment to the disconnect switches or junction boxes, including wiring for pushbuttons, pilot lights, interlocks and similar devices as directed, shown, or specified.

6. Wiring from the motors of mechanical equipment to motor starters, including other auxiliary

wiring as may be required, directed, or shown.

7. Line voltage wiring as required by other Divisions 2 thru 15, and interlocking to motor starters.

8. Control wiring for motors, mechanical equipment, relays and switches, and similar mechanical-electrical devices.

9. Line voltage wiring to thermostats, alarm systems and other miscellaneous equipment.

1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. All wire and cables shall be minimum No. 12 AWG copper conductor unless otherwise shown on drawings.

B. All conductor sizes are based on copper.

C. Wire and cable routing shown on Drawings is diagrammatic unless dimensioned.

D. Route wire and cable as required to complement project conditions.

E. The contractor shall be responsible for any and all raceways and raceway/cable supports in accordance with all other sections of these specifications.


A. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL), Electrical Testing Laboratories, Inc. (ETL), or other recognized, acceptable testing and listing agencies as suitable for the purpose specified and shown.

1.07 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data:




9/12/2013 Page 2


1. Submit manufacturer’s catalog cuts and technical data for building wire and cables.

B. Field Test Report:

1. Measure overall insulation resistance to ground. Provide certified test report for Engineer’s Review.


A. Provide project record documents showing actual locations of components and circuits.

B. Submit final certified test reports of all insulation resistance tests.

1.09 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer shall be a Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with a minimum of five (5) years experience.


A. Deliver, store, protect, and handle products on site in accordance with Division 1 requirements.

B. Accept cable and accessories on site in manufacturer's packaging. Inspect for damage.

C. Store and protect cable and accessories from the environment in accordance with manufacturer’s published instructions. Provide adequate heating and ventilation to prevent condensation.

D. Damaged items shall be replaces at no additional cost to Owner.

1.11 COORDINATION

A. Where wire and cable destination is indicated and routing is not shown, determine exact routing and lengths required.

B. Wire and cable routing indicated is approximate unless dimensioned. Include wire and cable lengths within 10 feet of length shown.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Domestic manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of Building Wire and Cable products for at least five (5) years as follows:

1. American Wire and Cable.

2. Cerro Wire and Cable Co.

3. General Cable Corp.

4. Okonite Co.




9/12/2013 Page 3


5. Or Approved Equal.

2.02 BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE

A. Building wire and cable shall be UL83 compliant, insulated, single conductor, copper, solid or stranded, rated for 600-volts AC. The insulation shall be thermoplastic material rated for 90 degrees Celsius dry locations, 75 or 90 degrees Celsius wet locations, THW, THHN/THWN, RHW or XHHW, per ANSI/NFPA 70.

B. For Interior Dry Location: Use only building wire, THHN/THWN insulation rated 90 degree Celsius, in raceway.

C. For Exterior Wet or Dry Locations: Use only XHHW insulation rated for 90 degree Celsius, in raceway.

D. For Underground Dry or Wet Locations: Use only XHHW insulation rated 90 degree Celsius, in raceway.

E. For connections to electrical equipment, coordinate wire type with equipment manufacturer.

2.03 SERVICE ENTRANCE CABLES

A. Service entrance cables shall be insulated, single conductor, copper, stranded, rated for 600-volts AC, type XHHW insulation.

B. Overhead Service entrance cables shall be insulated, single conductor, copper, stranded, rated for 600-volts AC, type SE insulation.

2.04 WIRING CONNECTORS

A. Split Bolt Connectors:

1. FCI Burndy Corp.

2. Cooper Crouse Hinds.

3. O.Z./Gedney Co.

4. Thomas & Betts Co.

5. 3-M Co.

B. Solderless Pressure Connectors:

1. FCI Burndy Corp.

2. Ideal Industries Co.


4. 3-M Co.




9/12/2013 Page 4


C. Spring Wire Connectors:

1. Ideal Industries Co.

2. 3-M Co.

D. Compression Connectors:

1. FCI Burndy Corp.


3. 3-M Co.

2.05 WIRE COLOR CODE

A. Color-code all conductors:

1. Wire sizes No. 10 AWG and smaller shall have integral color-coded insulation.

2. Wire sizes No. 8 AWG and larger may have black insulation but shall be identified by color-coded electrical tape at all junction, splice, pull, or termination points.

3. Color tape shall be applied to at least 3 inches of the conductor at the termination ends and in

junction or pull boxes or where readily accessible.

4. Conductors for all systems shall not change color at splice points.

5. Where there are two or more neutrals in one conduit, each shall be individually identified with the proper circuit.

6. For No. 4 AWG and larger ground conductors, identify with green tape at both ends and all

visible points, included in all junction boxes.

B. Each phase wire shall be uniquely color-coded as indicated below:

1. 120/240-Volts

a. Phase A – Black

b. Phase B – Red

c. Neutral - White

d. Ground - Green

2. 120/208-Volts

a. Phase A – Black

b. Phase B – Red




9/12/2013 Page 5


c. Phase C – Blue

d. Neutral – White

e. Ground – Green

3. 277/480-Volts

a. Phase A - Brown

b. Phase B - Orange

c. Phase C – Yellow

d. Neutral - White or Natural Gray

e. Ground – Green

4. Isolated Grounds: Green with Yellow Stripes

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather.

B. Verify that mechanical work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed.

C. Verify that raceway installation is complete and supported as required by the specifications.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Test raceway with a mandrel and thoroughly swab out to remove foreign material before pulling cables.

B. For conduits sizes less than 3 inches, draw a stiff bristle brush through until conduit is clear of particles of earth, sand and gravel.

C. For conduits sizes 3 inches and larger, draw a flexible testing mandrel approximately 12 inches long with a diameter less than the inside diameter of the conduit through the conduit. Then draw a stiff bristle brush through until conduit is clear of particles of earth, sand and gravel.

3.03 EXISTING WORK

A. Disconnect and remove exposed and/or abandoned wire and cable. Patch surfaces where removed cable pass through building finishes.

B. Disconnect abandoned circuits and remove wire and cable. Remove abandoned boxes if wire and cable servicing them is abandoned and/or removed. Provide blank cover for abandoned boxes that are not removed.




9/12/2013 Page 6


C. Ensure access to existing wiring connections which remain active and which require access. Modify installation or provide access panel as appropriate.

D. Extend existing circuits using materials and methods and compatible with existing electrical installations, or as otherwise specified.

E. Tag and repair existing wire and cable that remain or are being reused.

3.04 INSTALLATION

A. General:

1. Install wire and cable in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NECA “Standard of Installation”.

2. Route wire and cable as required to meet project conditions.

3. Identify and color code wire and cable. Identify each conductor with its circuit number or other designation indicated.

4. Protect exposed cable from damage.

5. Pull all conductors into raceway at same time.

6. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for building wire No. 4 AWG and larger. Lubricant shall not be deleterious to the cable sheath, jacket or outer covering.

7. Do not exceed cable manufacturer’s recommended pulling tension limits when installing wire

or cable.

8. Support cables above accessible ceiling using standard support methods to support cables from structure. Do not rest cable on ceiling panels.

9. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards

B. Cable and Wire Size:

1. Conductor sizes are based on copper unless specifically indicated as aluminum or “AL”.

2. Use conductors no smaller than No. 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits.

3. Use conductors no smaller than No. 14 AWG for control circuits.

4. Use No. 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120-volt branch circuits longer than 75 feet.

5. Use No. 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 277-volt branch circuits longer than 200 feet.

6. Use stranded conductor for all feeders, branch and control circuits.

C. Cable Identification




9/12/2013 Page 7


1. Identify all wires and cables as specified in other Sections of these Specifications.

D. Special Techniques - Wiring Connections:

1. Clean conductor surfaces before installing lugs and connectors. Where an anti-oxidation lubricant is used, apply liberally, coating all exposed conductor surfaces.

2. Use suitable cable fittings and connectors.

3. Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors with no perceptible

temperature rise.

4. Use split bolt connectors for copper conductor splices and taps, No. 8 AWG and larger.

5. Use solderless pressure connectors with insulating covers for copper conductor splices and taps, No. 8 AWG and smaller.

6. Tape un-insulated conductors and connector with two layers of half-lapped rubber insulating

compound tape and two layers of half-lapped, 7-mil electrical tape, Scotch 33+, or equal.

7. Use insulated spring wire connectors with plastic caps for copper conductor splices and taps, No. 10 AWG and smaller.

8. Stranded conductors for control circuits shall have fork or ring terminals crimped on for all

device terminations. Bare stranded conductors shall not be placed directly under the screws.


A. Field inspection and test shall be performed under provisions of NETA ATS section 7.3 (2) - Low Voltage Cables, 600-Volt Maximum as follows.

1. Visual and Mechanical Inspection:

a. Compare cable data with drawings and specifications.

b. Inspect exposed sections of cable for physical damage and correct connection in accordance with single-line diagram.

c. Inspect all bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the following

methods:

1) Use of low-resistance ohm-meter in accordance with NETA section 7.3.2.2 (Electrical Tests).

2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque-wrench method in accordance with manufacturer's published data from NETA ATS Table 10.12.

d. Inspect compression-applied connectors for correct cable match and indentation.

e. Verify cable color coding with applicable specifications and National Electrical Code.




9/12/2013 Page 8


2. Electrical Tests

a. Perform insulation-resistance test on each conductor with respect to ground and adjacent conductors. Applied potential shall be 500 volts dc for 300 volt rated cable and 1000 volts dc for 600 volt rated cable. Test duration shall be one minute.

b. Perform resistance measurements through all bolted connections with low-resistance

ohmmeter, if applicable, in accordance with Section 7.3.2.1 (Visual and Mechanical Inspection).

c. Perform continuity test to insure correct cable connection.

d. Correct malfunctions and/or deficiencies immediately as detected at no additional cost to

the District, including additional verification testing.

e. Subsequent to final wire and cable terminations, energize all circuitry and demonstrate functional adequacy in accordance with system requirements.

3. Test Values

a. Compare bolted connection resistance to values of similar connections.

b. Bolt-torque levels should be in accordance with NETA ATS Table 10.12 unless otherwise specified by the manufacturer.

c. Micro-ohm or milli-volt drop values shall not exceed the high levels of the normal range as

indicated in the manufacturer’s published data. If manufacturer’s data is not available, investigate any values which deviate from similar connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value.

d. Minimum insulation-resistance values should not be less than 50 meg-ohms.

e. Investigate deviations between adjacent phases.

END OF SECTION




9/12/2013 Page 9


SECTION 26 05 26

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This section includes:

1. Furnishing of grounding electrodes and conductors; equipment grounding conductors; bonding methods and materials; conduit and equipment supports; anchors and fasteners; sealing and fireproofing of sleeves and openings between conduits and wall.

2. Inspection and testing of the Grounding and Bonding System; and Ground-Fault Protection Systems.



B. Section 260519: 600-Volt Power Conductors and Cables

C. Section 260533: Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems


E. Section 262416: 600-Volt Rated Panelboards & CB


A. The standards referenced herein, except as modified in the Contract Documents, shall have full force and effect as though included in these Specifications. These standards are not furnished to the Contactor since manufacturers and trades involved are assumed to be familiar with these requirements. The Contractor shall obtain copies of reference standards direct from publication sources as needed for proper performance and completion of the work.

1. ASTM B 187 Specifications for Copper Bus, Rod, and Shapes.

2. ASTM A 653 Standard Specifications for Sheet Steel, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy Coated(Galvannealed) by Hot Dip Process

3. IEEE 142 Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial

Power Systems

4. IEEE 1100 Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic Equipment

5. NECA (National Electrical Contractors Association) – Standard of

Installation



SECTION 26 05 26 – GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

9/12/2013 Page 1


6. NETA ATS Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution

Equipment and Systems 7. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC) - latest edition adopted by the State

of California (CEC)

8. UL 467 Electrical Grounding and Bonding Equipment.


A. Grounding electrode system consist of the following elements:

1. Metal underground water pipe

2. Metal frame of the building

3. Concrete encased electrode

4. Rod electrodes

5. Service equipment

6. Enclosures

7. Separately derived systems.

B. Anchor and fasten electrical products to building elements and finishes as follows:

1. Concrete Structural Elements: Provide preset inserts.

2. Concrete Surfaces: Provide epoxy or expansion anchors.

3. Interior Structural Steel: Provide appropriate size beam clamps.

4. Solid Masonry Walls: Use expansion anchors and preset inserts.

5. Sheet Metal: Provide sheet metal screws.

1.05 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

A. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL), Electrical Testing Laboratories, Inc. (ETL), or other recognized, acceptable testing and listing agencies as suitable for purpose specified and shown.

B. Grounding shall be in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NEC). Where size, type, rating and quantities indicated or specified are in excess of NEC requirements, the more stringent requirements and the greater size, rating, and quantity indications govern.

C. Select materials, sizes, and types of anchors, fasteners, and supports to carry at least twice the loads of equipment and raceway, including weight of wire and cable in raceway.




9/12/2013 Page 2



A. Product Data:

1. Submit product data for grounding electrodes and connections for fastening components; fire stopping material; and fireproofing sealants.

B. Test Report:

1. Grounding & Bonding: Provide certified test report for Engineer’s Review.

2. Ground-Fault Protection System: Provide certified test report for Engineers Review.


A. Record actual locations of components and grounding electrodes.

B. Submit final one (1) electronic copy on CD-ROM and certified, five (5) bound copies of the Power System Study report.

C. Submit final certified five (5) copies of the test reports of all grounding tests and ground-fault protection systems.

1.08 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum five (5) years’ experience.

B. Installer: A firm with at least five (5) years of installation experience on projects with electrical grounding work similar to that required for this project.



B. Field testing shall be performed by a third party testing firm with certification from a recognized testing agency, with a minimum of five (5) years of testing experience.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 GROUNDING SYSTEM

A. Except as indicated elsewhere, provide materials for electrical grounding system, including, but not limited to, cables, wires, connectors, terminals (solderless lugs) and exothermic welds, grounding rods and electrodes, bonding jumper and braided straps, and other items and accessories required for a complete installation. Where more than one type of material or equipment meets indicated requirements, selection shall be at Installer's option. Where materials or components are not otherwise indicated, provide products as recommended by the accessories manufacturers and in compliance with the NEC and established industry standards.




9/12/2013 Page 3


B. All grounding materials required shall be furnished new and undamaged in accordance with

the requirements of these specifications:

2.02 WIRE

A. Service Equipment Grounding Electrode Conductor: Bare, soft-drawn copper, Class AA stranding, ASTM B 8. Size per NEC Table 250-66, unless otherwise noted.

B. Electrical Equipment Grounding Conductor: Insulated, soft-drawn copper, Class B stranding or solid, with green colored polyvinyl chloride insulation per Section 16123. Size per NEC Article 250-122, unless otherwise noted.

2.03 BUS AND BARS

A. Silver plated, soft copper with cross section not less than 1 square inch per 1,000 ampere rating, but in no case less than 1/4-inch thick by 1-inch wide, ASTM B 187. Rating shall be per the NEC, unless otherwise noted.

2.04 EXOTHERMIC WELD CONNECTIONS

A. Exothermic materials, accessories and tools for preparing and making permanent field connections between grounding system components. Molds, cartridges, materials, and accessories as recommended by the manufacturer of the molds for the items to be welded.

B. Manufacturer:

1. Cadweld (Erico Products) "Exolon" Low Emission. Molds and powder shall be furnished by the same manufacturer.

2. Acceptable equal.

2.05 MECHANICAL CONNECTORS

A. Mechanical connectors shall be permitted only when exothermic weld connections are not suitable or recommended by the manufacturer.

B. Bolt-on bronze connectors, suitable for grounding and bonding applications in configurations required for the particular installation.

C. Manufacturer

1. 3-M Co.

2. Anderson

3. Burndy Corp.

4. Panduit

5. Thomas & Betts




9/12/2013 Page 4


2.06 FLUSH GROUND PLATES

A. Cadweld B-162 series, B-164 series, or acceptable equal.

2.07 FLEXIBLE JUMPER STRAP

A. Flexible flat conductor, 480 strands of 30-gauge, bare copper wire; ¾-inch width, 9-1/2-inch-long; 48.25 kcMil, minimum. Protect braid with copper bolt-hole ends with holes sized for 3/8-inch diameter bolts.

2.08 BONDING PLATES, CONNECTIONS, TERMINALS AND CLAMPS

A. Provide electrical bonding plates, connectors, terminals and clamps, and accessories as recommended by the manufacturer for the specific applications. Components shall be high-strength, high-conductivity copper alloy.

2.09 UFER GROUND

A. In accordance with the latest edition of the National Electrical Code.

2.10 ROD ELECTRODES

A. Copper-clad steel, 5/8-inch (16 mm) minimum diameter, 10 feet (3,000 mm) long, coupling type unless otherwise noted.

2.11 GROUNDING WELL COMPONENTS

A. Well Pipe: 8 inches NPS (DN200) by maximum 12 inches (300-mm) long, precast concrete or fiberglass pipe with belled end.

B. Well Cover: Cast iron, high impact traffic rated cover with legend "GROUND" embossed on outer face.

2.12 ANCHORS AND FASTENERS

A. Indoor Locations: Epoxy type anchors and heavy-duty, galvanized steel screws and bolts.

B. Outdoor Locations: Epoxy type or Red Head anchor bolts and stainless steel screws and bolts.

2.13 SUPPORT CHANNEL

A. All conduit and electrical equipment support channels for interior, exterior, wet and corrosive areas shall be galvanized steel.

B. Support channels for free standing electrical equipment such as switchgear, switchboard and motor control centers, shall be:

1. Indoors: galvanized steel channel and hardware, minimum 12 gauge, ASTM A653 Grade 33 sheet steel, zinc coated by hot dip process.

2. Outdoors: 316 Stainless steel Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College



9/12/2013 Page 5


2.14 SEALING AND FIREPROOFING

A. Furnish UL listed products or products tested by a nationally recognized independent testing laboratory. Select products with rating not less than the rating of the wall, ceiling or floor being penetrated.

B. Manufacturers:

1. 3M CP 25WB + Caulk

2. 3M FS 195 wrap or strip with restricting collar

3. 3M CS 195 composite sheets

4. Proset Systems fire rated floor and wall penetrations

5. Dow Corning Fire Stop System

6. Substitutions not permitted.

C. Use stamped steel, chrome plated, hinged, split ring escutcheons or floor/ceiling plates for covering openings in occupied areas where conduit is exposed.

D. In exterior wall openings below grade, use a modular mechanical type seal consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill the annular space between the conduit and the cored opening or a water-stop type wall sleeve.

E. At non-rated interior wall or floor openings use Tremco Fyre-Sil, Sika Corp. Sikaflex la, Sonneborn Sonolastic NPT, or Mameco Vulkem 116 urethane caulk or approved equal.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities.

3.02 EXISTING WORK

A. Modify existing grounding system to maintain continuity to accommodate renovations.

B. Extend existing grounding system using materials and methods as specified.

C. Install temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing grounding systems in service during construction.

D. Perform work on energized equipment or circuits with experienced and trained personnel following all safety rules and procedures.

E. Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction.

F. Repair adjacent construction and finishes that are damaged during demolition and extension work.




9/12/2013 Page 6


G. Remove exposed and/or abandoned grounding and bonding components, fasteners, supports

and electrical identification labels. Cut embedded support elements below surface of walls and floors. Patch surfaces damaged by removal of existing components to match surrounding finishes.

3.03 GROUNDING AND BONDING INSTALLATION:

A. Verify that final backfill and compaction has been completed before driving rod electrodes.

B. Install grounding well with cover at rod locations as indicated on Drawings. Install well top flush with finished grade.

C. Installation:

1. Remove paint, rust, mill-oils, and surface contaminants at connection points.

2. Install grounding electrode conductor and connect to reinforcing steel in slab or foundation.

3. Bond together metal siding not attached to grounded structure; bond to ground.

4. Bond together reinforcing steel and metal accessories.

5. Connect to site grounding system.

6. Install continuous grounding using underground cold water system and building steel as grounding electrode. Where water piping is not available, provide an artificial station ground by means of driven rods or buried electrodes.

7. Permanently ground entire light and power system in accordance with NEC, including service equipment, distribution panels, lighting panel boards, switch and starter enclosures, motor frames, grounding type receptacles, and other exposed non-current carrying metal parts of electrical equipment.

8. Install branch circuits feeding isolated ground receptacles with separate insulated grounding conductor, connected only at isolated ground receptacle, ground terminals, and at ground bus of serving panel in accordance with IEEE 1100.

9. Accomplish grounding of electrical system by installing insulated grounding conductor with each feeder and branch circuit conductor in conduit. Install separate insulated conductor within each feeder and branch circuit raceway. Terminate each end on suitable lug, bus, or bushing. Size grounding conductor in accordance with the NEC.

10. Install grounding conductor from ground bus of serving panel to ground bus of served panel, grounding screw of receptacles, lighting fixture housing, light switch outlet boxes, and metal enclosures of service equipment.

11. Bond all metallic conduits to grounding bus at service panel by means of grounding bushings using minimum No. 12 AWG conductor.




9/12/2013 Page 7


12. Ground electrical system using continuous metal raceway system enclosing circuit

conductors in accordance with NEC. Bond together each metallic raceway, pipe, duct and other metal object entering enclosures and exiting slabs.

13. Permanently bond all equipment, grounding conductors, lightning protection system and grounding system prior to energizing equipment.

3.04 GROUND CONDUCTORS

A. Grounding conductors shall be located and connected as indicated on drawings or as required by Code.

B. Ground conductors under buildings or structures shall be buried with at least 6 inches of earth cover. Buried grounding conductors extending beyond the foundations of buildings or structures shall have at least 18 inches of earth cover.

C. Exposed conductors shall be installed inconspicuously in vertical or horizontal positions on supporting structures. When located on irregular supporting surfaces or equipment, the conductors shall run parallel to or normal to dominant surfaces.

D. Conductors routed over concrete, steel, or equipment surfaces shall be kept in close contact with those surfaces by using fasteners located at intervals not to exceed 3 feet.

E. Conductors passing through floor slabs shall be installed in conduit sleeves that extend above the floor slab, a minimum of 1-1/2 inches to provide protection. Sleeves shall be sealed to maintain fireproof integrity.

F. Provide isolated grounding conductor for circuits supplying equipment and systems as shown on the drawings.

G. Provide a separate equipment-grounding conductor for low voltage distribution systems, single or three phase feeder circuit and each branch circuit with single or three phase protective devices. Install a grounding conductor in conduit with phase and neutral conductors. Single-phase branch circuits for 120 and 277 volt lighting, receptacles, and motors shall have a phase, neutral, and ground conductors installed in the common conduit. Provide suitable bonding jumpers and approved grounding type bushings for flexible conduits used for equipment connection utilized in conjunction with the above branch circuits. Single-phase circuits for equipment and all branch circuits installed in non-metallic or flexible conduits shall be provided with a separate grounding conductor.

H. Ground the neutral of separately derived systems with a bare copper conductor, installed in conduit, from the neutral directly to the building interior cold water pipe or nearest solidly grounded structural reinforcing steel, in accordance with the provisions of NEC Article 250-24. Use bolted accessible connections to the ground system so that the neutral ground can be disconnected for test. Ground the system ground conduit as detailed on drawing. Size the grounding electrode conductors in accordance with the NEC, Table 250-66, or as indicated.

3.05 CONNECTIONS

A. All connections shall be made by the exothermic welding process, except where otherwise indicated. The manufacturer's instructions on the use of exothermic welding materials shall be




9/12/2013 Page 8


followed in all details. Powder and molds shall be kept dry and warm until use. Worn or damaged molds shall not be used.

B. All surfaces to be joined by the welds shall be thoroughly cleaned. Paint, scale, and other deleterious substances shall be removed from surfaces of ungalvanized structural steel members by grinding. Galvanized steel surfaces shall be cleaned with emery paper.

C. All exothermic welded connections shall successfully resist moderate hammer blows. Any connection which fails such test or which, upon inspection, indicates a porous or deformed weld, shall be remade.

D. All exothermic welds shall encompass 100 percent of the ends of the materials being welded. Welds, which do not meet this requirement, shall be remade.

E. Worn, damaged, incorrectly sized, or improperly shaped molds which, in the opinion of the Engineer, do not make satisfactory welds, shall be removed from the jobsite after being physically rendered inoperable.

F. All contact surfaces of bolted and screwed connections shall be thoroughly cleaned and coated with oxide inhibitor before being securely tightened.

3.06 CONDUIT GROUNDING

A. All grounding bushings within all enclosures, including equipment enclosures, shall be wired together and connected internally to the enclosure grounding lug or grounding bus with a bare copper conductor. Grounding bushings shall be grounded with conductors sized in accordance with NEC, but not smaller than No. 8 AWG.

3.07 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING

A. Comply with NEC 250, except where larger sizes or more conductors are indicated.

1. All electrical equipment shall be connected to the grounding system with an insulated, green, stranded or solid copper equipment-grounding conductor.

2. Terminate each end on suitable lug, bus, or bushing. The term "electrical equipment", as used in this article, shall include, but not be limited to, all enclosures containing electrical connections or bare conductors, except that individual devices, such as solenoids, pressure switches, and limit switches, shall be exempt from this requirement, unless the device requires grounding for proper operation.

3. Large equipment, such as metal-clad or metal-enclosed switchgear, will be furnished with a grounding bus that shall be connected to the grounding system.

4. Most other equipment will be furnished with grounding pads and/or grounding lugs which shall be connected to the grounding system. All ground connection surfaces shall be cleaned immediately prior to connection.

5. Contractor shall furnish all grounding material required, if not furnished with the equipment.




9/12/2013 Page 9


B. Install equipment grounding system such that all metallic structures, enclosures, raceways,

junction boxes, outlet boxes, cabinets, machine frames, portable equipment and other conductive items in close proximity with electrical circuits will operate continuously at ground potential and provide a low impedance path for possible ground fault currents.

C. Where grounding system extension stingers are indicated on the drawings to be provided for connection to electrical equipment, the Contractor shall connect the bare grounding conductor to the equipment ground bus, pad, or lug. Except where otherwise indicated on the drawings, all equipment ground conductors that are not an integral part of a cable assembly, shall be sized in accordance with the requirements of NEC. All ground conductors installed in conduit shall be insulated.

D. Suitable grounding facilities, acceptable to the Engineer, shall be furnished on electrical equipment not so equipped. The grounding facilities shall consist of compression type terminal connectors bolted to the equipment frame or enclosure and providing a minimum of joint resistance.

E. The conduit system is not considered to be a grounding conductor, except for lighting fixtures. No grounding conductor shall be smaller in size than No. 12 AWG, unless it is a part of an acceptable cable assembly.

3.08 GROUND SYSTEM RESISTANCE

A. Ground resistance of the system shall be no greater than five (5) ohms.

3.09 ANCHORS, FASTENERS AND SUPPORT

A. Installation:

1. Locate and install anchors, fasteners, and supports in accordance with NECA “Standard of Installation”.

2. Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit.

3. Do not use spring steel clips and clamps.

4. Do not use powder-actuated anchors.

5. Do not drill or cut structural members.

B. Supports:

1. Fabricate supports from structural steel or formed steel members. Rigidly weld members or install hexagon head bolts to present neat appearance with adequate strength and rigidity. Install spring lock washers under nuts.

2. Install surface-mounted cabinets and panel board with minimum of four (4) anchors.

3. Use steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panel boards one (1) inch off wall.

4. Use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panel boards recessed in hollow partitions.




9/12/2013 Page 10


3.10 SEALING AND FIREPROOFING

A. Fire-Rated Surface:

1. Where conduit penetrates fire rated surface, install fire-stopping product in accordance with manufacturer’s published instructions.

2. All openings through fire rated wall, floor, ceiling or roof must be sealed.

3. Install galvanized sheet metal sleeves (minimum 12-gage) through opening and extending beyond minimum of one (1) inch on each side of building element.

4. Pack void between sleeve and building element with backing material.

5. Seal ends of sleeve with UL listed fire-resistive silicone compound to meet fire rating of structure penetrated.

B. Non-Rated Surfaces:

1. Opening through a non-fire rated wall, floor, ceiling or roof must be sealed using an approved type of material.

2. Use galvanized sheet metal sleeves in hollow wall penetrations to provide a backing for the sealant. Grout area around sleeve in masonry construction.

3. Install escutcheons or floor/ceiling plates where raceway, penetrates non-fire rated surfaces in occupied spaces.

4. Install rubber links of mechanical seal tightened in place and sized for the pipe, in exterior wall openings below grade, in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

5. All pipe penetrations at interior partitions and/or walls, laboratory spaces, telephone, data and communication rooms and similar spaces where the room pressure or odor transmission must be controlled, shall be sealed. Sealant shall be applied to both sides of the penetration in such a manner that the annular space between the pipe sleeve and the pipe is completely filled.

3.11 ACCEPTANCE TESTING

A. Grounding and Bonding: Perform inspections and tests as outlined below (NETA ATS, Section 7.13 – Grounding Systems).

1. Visual and Mechanical Inspection

a. Verify ground system is in compliance with drawings and specifications.

b. Electrical Tests

c. Perform fall-of-potential test or alternative in accordance with IEEE Standard 81 “IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potential of a Ground System.” on the main grounding electrode or system. Instrumentation utilized shall be as defined in section 12 of the above guide and shall




9/12/2013 Page 11


be specifically designed for ground impedance testing. Provide sufficient spacing so that the plotted curves flatten in the 62% area of the distance between the item under test and the current electrode.

d. Perform point-to-point tests to determine the resistance between the main grounding system and all major electrical equipment frames, system neutral, and/or derived neutral points.

e. When sufficient spacing of electrodes per Electrical Tests is impractical, perform ground impedance measurements utilizing either the intersecting curves method or the slope method. (Ref. Nos. 40 and 41 in IEEE Std. 81).

f. Utilize two-point method of IEEE Std. 81. Measure between equipment ground being tested and known low-impedance grounding electrode or system.

g. Test shall be performed after a minimum of ten (10) calendar days of dry weather so that the ground in not wet.

2. Test Values

a. The resistance between the main grounding electrode and ground shall be greater than five (5) ohms for commercial or industrial systems and one (1) ohm or less for generating or transmission station grounds unless otherwise specified by the owner. (Reference: ANSI/IEEE Standard 142.) Equipment grounds, depending on size and length of grounding conductor, should be only fractionally higher than system ground.

b. Investigate point-to-point resistance values which exceed 0.5 ohm.

END OF SECTION




9/12/2013 Page 12


SECTION 26 05 33

RACEWAYS AND BOXES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section includes conduit and tubing, surface and buried raceways, wireways, outlet boxes, pull boxes, junction boxes, hand holes and concrete manholes.


A. Section 260500:Common Work Results for Electrical


C. Section 260526: Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems


1.03 REFERENCES - CODES AND STANDARDS

A. ANSI C80.1 Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated

B. ANSI C80.3 Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc Coated

C. ANSI C80.6 American National Standard for Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit

D. ASTM A 48 Standard Specification for Grey Iron Castings

E. NECA (National Electrical Contractor’s Association) – “Standard of Installation”

F. NEMA FB 1 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) – Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit and Cable Assemblies

G. NEMA OS 1 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) – Sheet-steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports

H. NEMA OS 2 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) – Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers and Box Supports

I. NEMA RN 1 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) – Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit.

J. NEMA TC 2 Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Conduit

K. NEMA TC 3 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) – PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Turbine



SECTION 26 05 33 – RACEWAY AND BOXES

9/12/2013 Page 1


L. NEMA TC 6 Non-Metallic Conduit

M. NEMA 250 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) – Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1,000 Volts Maximum)

N. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC). Latest approved edition

O. UL 1 Flexible Metal Conduit

P. UL 6 Rigid Metal Conduit

Q. UL 514B Conduit, Tubing and Cable Fittings

R. UL 651 Rigid Non-Metallic Conduit

S. UL 797 Electrical Metallic Tubing

T. UL 1242 Intermediate Metal Conduit

1.04 CONDUIT APPLICATION

A. Acceptable raceway systems and their limitations of use are summarized in the following table:

Location RSC RNC EMT FMC LFMC

Exterior locations: Wet or subject to physical damage. Yes No No No No

(note 3) Exterior locations: Damp and not subject to physical damage.

Yes No Yes No Yes

Interior locations: Wet or subject to physical damage. Yes No No No No

(note 3) Interior locations: Exposed and not subject to physical damage.

Yes No Yes Yes (note 5) Yes

Interior locations: Totally concealed. Yes No

(note 4) Yes Yes (note 5) Yes

Underground: Yes Yes No No No

B. Notes for Conduit Application Table:

1. RSC = rigid steel conduit, RNC = rigid nonmetallic conduit, EMT = electrical metallic tubing, FMC = flexible metal conduit, LFMC = liquidtight flexible metal conduit.

2. For the purposes of these specifications, locations subject to physical damage include, but are not limited to, those areas less than 6 feet above the finished floor or grade.

3. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit may also be use in wet or damp, exterior or interior locations not subject to physical damage, where used for flexible equipment connections in lengths not exceeding 3 feet.




9/12/2013 Page 2


4. Rigid nonmetallic conduit may also be used above grade, where totally concealed in walls, for transitions from underground up to a height of 24 inches above the concrete sill.

5. The use of flexible metal conduit is limited to lengths not exceeding 6 feet for flexible connections to equipment and lighting fixtures, or where necessitated by structural obstacles and explicitly approved by the Engineer.

1.05 BOX APPLICATION

A. Provide raceway, boxes and manholes located as indicated on drawings and at other locations required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections, and compliance with regulatory requirements and for a complete wiring system.

1.06 CONDUIT SIZE

A. Minimum acceptable conduit sizes are summarized in the following table:

Minimum Size

Underground, site wiring 1”

Underground

• Building wiring

Aboveground

• Equipment or panel feeders

• Telecommunications

3/4”

Aboveground

• Lighting or branch circuit wiring

• Fire alarm

• Security

1/2”

Other 3/4”

1.07 SUBMITTALS

A. Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions: Submit application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency having jurisdiction. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product.

B. Submit detailed conduit routing plan, for review and approval, prior to installation as follows:

1. Exposed and/or concealed in building walls for conduits larger than 2-inch outside diameter. Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College



9/12/2013 Page 3


2. All underground conduits (3/4-inch and larger) in duct bank; concealed in floor slabs,

equipment pads and concrete slabs.

C. Product Data: Submit for the following:

1. Rigid Steel Conduit.

2. PVC Coated galvanized rigid steel conduit.

3. Intermediate steel conduit.

4. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT).

5. Flexible metal conduit.

6. Liquid tight flexible metal conduit.

7. Nonmetallic conduit.

8. Raceway fittings.

9. Conduit bodies.

10. Surface raceway.

11. Pull boxes, junction boxes and manholes.

D. Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions:

1. Submit application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements.

2. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product.


A. Project Record Documents:

1. Record actual routing of conduits. Provide record (as-built) drawings marked in red to show actual routing of the underground raceway and cable when different from the original contract drawings. Prepare on new, clean set of contract drawings.

2. Record actual locations and mounting heights of outlet, pull boxes, junction boxes and manholes.


A. Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide appropriate covering.




9/12/2013 Page 4


B. Protect PVC and PVC-coated metallic conduit from sunlight.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 CONDUIT

A. Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit (GRSC or RGS), couplings and elbows shall be hot-dip galvanized, rigid mild steel in accordance with ANSI C80.1 and UL 6. The conduit interior and exterior surfaces shall have a continuous zinc coating with a transparent overcoat of enamel, lacquer, or zinc chromate. Conduit shall be formed with continuous welded seams with a uniform wall thickness, in minimum 10-foot lengths, with threaded ends.

B. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC). Raceway shall be hot-dipped galvanized mild steel in accordance with ANSI C80.6 and UL 1242 and shall bear the UL label. Conduit shall have same characteristics of rigid steel except for thinner wall.

C. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) coated galvanized rigid steel conduit and intermediate metal conduit shall be in accordance with NEMA RN 1. Coating shall be applied under controlled factory conditions. Prior to coating, conduit shall meet requirements of ANSI C80.1 and UL 6 or ANSI C80.6 and UL 1242 as appropriate. PVC coated conduits shall have ultra-violet (UV) inhibitor in the coating material.

D. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT). Electrical metallic tubing, including elbows and bends, shall be zinc coated, mild steel in accordance with the requirements of ANSI C80.3 and UL 797. The interior and exterior surfaces of the tubing shall have a continuous zinc coating. Conduit shall be formed with a continuous welded seam, with a uniform wall thickness, in minimum 10-foot lengths.

E. Flexible Metal Conduit shall be galvanized steel meeting the requirements of UL 1. Flexible aluminum conduit is not permitted.

F. Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit shall be plastic-jacketed, galvanized steel, "Sealtite" Type EF for general service areas or Type HC for high-temperature when used under raised floor or in air plenums. Conduit shall be UL listed.

G. Non-Metallic Conduit shall be as follows:

1. Schedule 40: Conduit shall be 90 degree Celsius, polyvinyl chloride in conformance with NEMA TC-2 and UL 651 requirements.

2. Spacers used in duct bank installations shall be high impact plastic, interlocking bases, and intermediate type spacers. Place spacers between 6 and 10 feet apart.

H. Rigid aluminum conduits and flexible aluminum or non-metallic conduits are not permitted on this project.

2.02 RACEWAY FITTINGS

A. Couplings and Thread Protectors. Each length of threaded conduit shall be provided complete from the manufacturer with a coupling on one end and a thread protector on the other. The thread protector shall have sufficient mechanical strength to protect the threads during normal handling and storage.




9/12/2013 Page 5


B. Metal Conduit Fittings shall conform to the requirements of UL 514B where this standard applies. Galvanized iron or galvanized steel fittings shall be used with steel conduit. Threaded fittings shall engage a minimum of five threads made up wrench-tight and be compatible with conduit. EMT fittings shall be compression type, UL approved for rain tight applications and setscrew type with insulated throat for indoor applications.

C. Liquid-Tight Flexible Conduit Fittings shall be galvanized steel, T&B 53XX series insulated throat, and shall bear the UL label. Die-cast malleable fittings are not acceptable.

D. Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit Fittings shall be galvanized steel similar to T&B “Tite-Bite”.

E. Non-Metallic Conduit Fittings shall be of same material and strength characteristics as the conduit and shall be solvent welded as recommended by manufacturer. End bells shall be plastic, high impact, tapered to fit. Where conduit transition from non-metallic to metallic is required, provide non-metallic female “terminal” adapter. Non-metallic “male” adapters are not acceptable.

F. Special Fittings. Conduit sealing, explosion proof, dust proof, and other types of special fittings shall be provided as required and shall be consistent with the area and equipment with which they are associated. Fittings installed outdoors or in damp locations shall be sealed and gasketed. Outdoor fittings shall be of heavy cast construction. Hazardous area fittings and conduit sealing shall conform to NEC requirements for the area classification.

G. Bushings shall be provided for the termination of all conduits not terminated in hubs, couplings or insulated throat connectors. Grounding type insulated bushings with insulating inserts in metal housings shall be provided for conduit 1-1/4 inches and larger. Standard bushings shall be galvanized steel or malleable iron in all sizes.

H. Locknuts. One interior and one exterior locknut shall be provided for all conduit terminations not provided with threaded hubs and couplings. Locknuts shall be designed to securely bond with the conduit to the box when tightened. Locknuts shall be so constructed that they will not be loosened by vibration.

I. Unions. Watertight conduit unions shall be Appleton or Crouse-Hinds Type UNF or UNY, or approved equal.

J. Raintight Conduit terminating hubs, where indicated on the drawings or required by these specifications, shall be Meyer’s rigid conduit hubs, or approved equal.

2.03 CONDUIT BODIES

A. Aluminum conduit bodies shall be die-cast copper-free aluminum alloy A360. Aluminum conduit bodies shall be finished with powder-coated paint. Cover shall be die-cast or stamped aluminum or steel.

B. Malleable iron conduit bodies shall be cast malleable iron with tensile strength meeting ASTM A 48, Class 30A requirements. Malleable conduit bodies shall be finished with an epoxy powder coating. Cover shall be malleable iron with captive screws.

C. All conduit bodies’ entrances shall be machined NPT threads with a smooth, rounded, internal conduit stop bushing.




9/12/2013 Page 6


D. All conduit bodies shall be equipped with a sealed and gasketed cover. Cover shall be secured using stainless steel machine screws.

2.04 CONDUIT SUPPORTS

A. Conduit supports shall be furnished and installed in accordance with other section of these specifications. Conduits shall be supported so that fittings are accessible. Support systems shall be limited to electrical conduits only.

B. Hanger rods shall be 3/8-inch diameter galvanized threaded steel rods, minimum. Conduit racks over 18-inch wide, over one level, or supporting 2-inch RSC or larger, shall be 1/2-inch diameter rod minimum.

C. Conduit Clamps. Conduits in single runs or groups of two shall be supported by steel clamps and clamp backs. They shall be galvanized malleable iron or approved equal cast ferrous metal for steel conduit or tubing.

D. Support Channels. Supports for banks of three of more conduits shall be constructed of formed steel support channels (Unistrut, Kindorf, Superstrut, B-Line or approved equal) with associated conduit or tubing clips. Support channels shall be steel, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication with galvanized steel clips for steel conduit or tubing.

E. Wall Penetrations. All conduits, raceways, cables and sleeve penetrations through fire rated and hazardous location walls, shafts, floor, ceilings, etc., shall be sealed with a UL-approved fire stopping system, in accordance with specification Section 16060 – Basic Electrical Materials and Methods.

2.05 OUTLET BOXES AND SWITCH BOXES

A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in the manufacturing of electrical raceways of the types and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 3 years.

B. Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: ANSI/NEMA OS 1, galvanized flat rolled sheet steel outlet wiring boxes of types, shapes and sizes, including box depths, to suit each respective location and installation; construct with stamped knockouts in back and sides, and with threaded screw holes with corrosion-resistant screws for securing box covers and wiring devices.

C. Outlet boxes used in wet outdoor locations, surface mounted shall be cast metal (FS or FD type) with mounting lugs and gasketed covers.

D. Luminaire and Equipment Supporting Boxes: Rated for weight of equipment supported, per NEC requirements.

E. Outlet Box Accessories: Provide outlet box accessories as required for each installation, including mounting brackets, wallboard hangers, extension rings, fixture studs, cable clamps and metal straps for supporting outlet boxes, which are compatible with outlet boxes being used and meeting requirements of individual wiring situations.




9/12/2013 Page 7


2.06 PULL BOXES, JUNCTION BOXES, HANDHOLES AND MANHOLES

A. Sheet Metal Boxes shall be NEMA OS 1, NEMA rating as indicated on drawings. Minimum 16 gauge galvanized steel construction with stainless steel hinged cover and neoprene gasket. Cover shall be secured to the body with a continuous, full length, piano type hinge and stainless steel pin on one side and captive screw on the other side. Door shall be equipped with padlock hasp with sealing hole provisions.

1. Provide #10-32 tapped hole provisions for optional ground lug kit.

2. Provide 0.375-16 collar studs for mounting optional panel.

3. Provide external mounting feet for secure wall mounting.

4. Finish: Wash and phosphate undercoat with ANSI 61 gray polyester power finish.

B. Surface-Mounted Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, NEMA Type 3R or 4 as indicated, flat-flanged, surface- mounted junction box:

1. Material: Cast Iron.

2. Cover: Furnish with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws.

C. Concrete pull boxes, vaults and hand holes for power, lighting, controls and telecommunications shall be pre-cast concrete boxes, sized as indicated on the drawing. Pull boxes shall be equipped with a concrete cover for non traffic rated locations OR cast-in frame, galvanized steel, adjustable, high impact traffic cover (H-20 load rated), sump, lifting lugs, and conduit knock-outs as indicated on the drawings. Knockout location and sizes shall be coordinated with the duct bank for each location. Cover shall be engraved with the words - – “POWER”, “LIGHTING”, “CONTROLS”, COMM/DATA”, “TELEPHONE” or similar as applicable.

D. Concrete manholes and/or pull boxes for buried power (MH-P-xx) and control (MH-C-xx) conduits shall be either cast-in-place or pre-cast concrete vault.

1. Size shall be indicated on the drawings.

2. Pull boxes, Vaults and Manholes shall be equipped with:

a. Galvanized steel covers for non-traffic rated locations and cast-in frame, galvanized steel, adjustable, high impact traffic cover (H-20 load rated) for traffic rated locations.

b. Sump, lifting lugs, conduit knock-outs, pick holes, bolt down holes in cover plate, and pull irons. Knockout location and sizes shall be coordinated with the duct bank for each location. HDG cable racks shall be provided as required to support the cables in the pull box. Cover shall be engraved with the words “POWER”, “LIGHTING”, or “CONTROLS” as applicable.

2.07 CLOSURE FOAM

A. All conduit, raceways, cables and sleeves penetrations through fire rated and hazardous location walls, shafts, floor, ceilings, etc., shall be sealed by closure foam as in Dow Corning #3-6548 silicone RTV, GE RTV 850 silicone foam, or approved equal.




9/12/2013 Page 8


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify outlet locations and routing and termination locations of raceway prior to rough in.

3.02 EXISTING WORK

A. Extend existing raceway and box installations using materials and methods compatible with existing electrical installations, or as specified.

B. Clean and repair existing raceway and boxes to remain or to be reinstalled.

3.03 INSTALLATION OF RACEWAYS

A. Routing

1. Install raceway and boxes in accordance with NECA “Standard of Installation.”

2. Conduit routing shown on drawings is diagrammatic only. Contractor shall field route conduit and raceways between equipment and devices as required to obtain a complete wiring system.

3. All exposed conduits shall be installed parallel or perpendicular to dominant surfaces with right-angle turns made of symmetrical bends or fittings.

4. Conduit shall not be installed on the outside face of exposed columns, but shall be routed on the web or on the inside of a flange of the column.

5. Except where prevented by the location of other work, a single conduit or a conduit group shall be centered on structural members.

6. Conduit shall be located at least 6 inches from hot water or steam pipes and from other hot surfaces

B. Moisture Pockets

1. Moisture pockets shall be eliminated from conduits. If water cannot drain to the natural opening in the conduit system, a hole shall be drilled in the bottom of a pull box or a "C-type" conduit fitting provided in the low point of the conduit run.

C. Couplings and Unions

1. Metal conduit shall be joined by threaded conduit couplings, with the conduit ends butted.

2. The use of running threads, Erickson type couplings, split couplings or similar unions are not permitted.

D. Conduit Bodies




9/12/2013 Page 9


1. Conduit bends shall meet the requirements of NEC, minimum bend radius of the cable installed or as indicated on the drawings, whichever is greater.

2. Conduits or tubing deformed or crushed in any way shall be removed from the job site.

E. Bends and Offsets

1. Changes in direction of conduits shall be made with fittings or bends.

2. Conduit bends shall meet the requirements of NEC, minimum bend radius of the cable installed or as indicated on the drawings, whichever is greater.

3. Bends shall be made using appropriate tools or mechanical equipment. The use of a pipe tee or vise for bending conduit or tubing will not be permitted.

4. For non-metallic conduit or plastic coated steel, approved factory bends and offsets shall be used.

5. Conduits or tubing deformed or crushed in any way shall be removed from the job site.

6. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90 degree bends between boxes or outlets

F. Cutting and Threading

1. The plane of all conduit ends shall be square with the centerline.

2. Where threads are required, they shall be cut and cleaned prior to conduit reaming.

3. The ends of all conduit and tubing shall be reamed to remove all rough edges and burrs.

4. Cutting oil shall be used in threading operations; the dies shall be kept sharp, and provisions shall be made for chip clearance.

5. Threads on conduits and fittings shall be lubricated with conducting and sealing compound.

6. All steel conduits shall be coated after threading with cold-galvanized zinc coating. The Contractor shall supply this protective material and shall apply it in the field prior to installing conduit or fittings.

G. All steel conduit, exposed to weather or in contact with earth, shall be re-galvanized after threading with "Galvanizing Powder M-321" as manufactured by the American Solder and Flux Company of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; "Zincilate 810" as manufactured by Industrial Metal Protectives, Inc., of Dayton, Ohio; "Zinc Rich" coating as manufactured by ZRC Chemical Products Company, Quincy, Massachusetts; or approved equal. The Contractor shall supply this protective material and shall apply it in the field.

H. Connections to Boxes and Cabinets

1. Conduit shall be securely fastened to all boxes and cabinets.

2. Threads on metallic conduit shall project through the wall of the box to allow the bushing to butt against the end of the conduit.




9/12/2013 Page 10


3. The locknuts, both inside and outside, shall then be tightened sufficiently to bond the conduit

securely to the box.

4. Locknuts on connectors shall be tightened securely to bond the connectors.

I. All conduits entering enclosures outdoors or in wet areas shall enter through Meyer’s hubs, or approved equal, or threaded openings.

J. Cleaning

1. Precautions shall be taken to prevent the accumulation of water, dirt, or concrete in the conduit.

2. Conduit in which water or other foreign materials have been permitted to accumulate shall be thoroughly cleaned or, where such accumulation cannot be removed by methods acceptable to the Owner /Engineer, the conduit shall be replaced.

3. For conduits sizes 3 inches and larger, draw a flexible testing mandrel approximately 12 inches long with a diameter less than the inside diameter of the conduit through the conduit. After which, draw a stiff bristle brush through until conduit is clear of particles of foreign materials. For conduits less than 3 inches, draw a stiff bristle brush through until conduit is clear of particles and foreign material.

K. Empty Conduit

1. All conduits installed for future use shall have a polypropylene pull line with a minimum tensile strength of 200 lbs., Jet Line, Cat. No. 232, polyolefin, or approved equal. Pull line shall be secures at both ends to ensure future accessibility.

L. Rooftop Conduits

1. Provide redwood sleepers on waterproof mastic base for all conduit runs exposed on roofs.

M. Identification

1. All conduits shall be identified in accordance with other section of these specifications.

N. Grounding

1. All conduits shall be grounded in accordance with specification Section 16050 – Basic Electrical Materials and Methods.

2. A solid or stranded bare copper or green insulated copper solid or stranded ground wire shall be provided in all conduits and raceways.

O. Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit

1. Galvanized rigid steel conduit shall be installed in areas exposed to weather, vehicle traffic, in hazardous classified areas, for penetrations through foundations, and 10 feet before transition from below grade to 8 feet above grade, unless otherwise noted on the drawings.




9/12/2013 Page 11


2. Steel conduit in contact with earth shall be protected by "Scotchwrap" 10 mil tape applied in

double thickness using 50 percent lap turns to 6 inches above grade and 6 inches beyond transition.

3. Expansion joints shall be used where required.

P. Intermediate Steel Conduit

1. Intermediate steel conduit may be installed in lieu of galvanized rigid steel conduit in all above ground areas where rigid steel conduit is permitted, except for wires over 600- volts, unless otherwise specified.

Q. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduits and Intermediate Steel Conduit

1. PVC -coated, steel conduit and fittings shall be installed where highly corrosive conditions exist, indoors or outdoors.

2. The Contractor shall patch any damaged coating according to the manufacturer's instructions.

R. Electrical Metallic Tubing

1. Electrical metallic tubing shall be installed for all circuits, indoors above concrete slab, where not subject to conditions outlined for rigid galvanized steel conduits.

S. Rigid Aluminum Conduit

1. Not acceptable on this project.

T. Flexible Metal Conduit, Steel or Aluminum

1. Flexible conduit inserts not greater than 30 inches in length, shall be installed in all conduit runs, which are supported by both building steel and by structures subject to vibration or thermal expansion. This shall include locations where conduit supported by building steel enters or becomes supported by isolated structures on separate foundations.

2. Flexible conduit shall be installed in conduit runs, which cross expansion joints.

3. Special areas, such as plant office control rooms in which external noise is to be minimized, shall have flexible conduit in conduit runs where the runs cross from the main building framing to the control room or office framing.

4. Flexible conduit shall be installed adjacent to all equipment and devices, which move in relation to the supply conduit due to vibration, normal operation of the mechanism, or thermal expansion.

5. Conduit shall be connected to pressure switches, thermocouples, solenoids, and similar devices with flexible conduit. Flexible conduit shall be installed adjacent to the motor terminal housing for motors requiring 4-inch and smaller conduit.

6. Flexible metal conduit inserts not greater than 6 feet in length shall be installed for light fixture tap conductors.




9/12/2013 Page 12


U. Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit

1. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit shall be used in place of regular flexible conduit for connections to motors and transformers, in areas exposed to weather, moisture or oil, and under raised floors.

2. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit may be used in place of flexible metal conduit where not otherwise required.

V. Non-Metallic Conduit

1. Schedule 40 shall be used for all power, signal feeders and branch circuits, in earth or enclosed in concrete, unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Conduits must be buried in earth in accordance with the NEC.

W. Conduit Support

1. Fasten conduit supports to building structures and surfaces in accordance with Section 16050 – Basic Electrical Materials and Methods.

2. Support raceway using coated steel or malleable iron straps, lay-in adjustable hangers, clevis hangers, and split hangers.

3. Do not use wire, ceiling support wires or perforated pipe straps to support conduit. Remove any temporary installation support wire.

X. Spacing of Supports

1. All conduit runs shall be rigidly supported, except where buried in concrete.

2. Each conduit shall be supported within one (1) foot of junction boxes and fittings.

3. Spacers used in duct bank installations shall be placed no more than 6 to 10 feet apart.

4. Support spacing along conduit runs shall be as follows. Conduit Size Maximum Distance Between Supports

½ inch through 1-1/4 inch 5 feet

1-1/2 inch and larger 8 feet

Y. Ground and bond raceway and boxes in accordance with Section 16050 – Basic Electrical Materials and Methods.

3.04 CABINET AND BOX INSTALLATION

A. Install electrical boxes as shown on drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections and compliance with regulatory requirements.




9/12/2013 Page 13


B. Locate boxes and conduit bodies so as to ensure ready accessibility of electrical wiring, maintain headroom and to present neat mechanical appearance.

C. Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings and in unfinished areas only. In inaccessible ceiling areas, install outlet and junction boxes no more than 6 inches from ceiling access panel or from removable recessed luminaire.

D. Align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices with each other.

E. Use flush mounting outlet boxes in finished areas.

1. Do not install flush mounting boxes back-to-back in walls.

2. Provide minimum 6-inch separation between adjacent boxes.

3. Provide minimum 24-inch separation in acoustic rated walls.

4. Use stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs.

5. Secure flush mounting box to interior wall and partition studs.

6. Accurately position to allow for surface finish thickness.

7. Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its effectiveness.

8. Use adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box.

F. Support boxes independently of conduits.

G. Use code sized gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not use sectional box. Use code sized gang box with plaster ring for single device outlets.

H. Use cast outlet box in exterior locations where exposed to the weather and wet locations (interior or exterior).

I. Coordinate installation of electrical boxes and fittings with cable and raceway installation work. Provide knockout closures to cap unused knockout holes where blanks have been removed.

J. Avoid using round boxes where conduit must enter box through side of box, which would result in difficult and insecure connections where fastened with a locknut or bushing on rounded surface.

K. Fasten boxes rigidly to substrate or structural surfaces to which they are being mounted, or solidly embed electrical boxes in concrete or masonry as appropriate.

L. Except as prevented by the location of other work, all junction boxes and outlet boxes shall be centered on structures.

M. Conduit openings in boxes shall be made with a hole saw or shall be punched.

N. Cabinets and boxes shall be rigidly mounted.




9/12/2013 Page 14


1. Mounting on concrete shall be secured by self-drilling anchors.

2. Mounting on steel shall be by drilled and tapped screw holes, or by special support channels welded to the steel, or by both.

3. Cabinets shall be leveled and fastened to the mounting surface with not less than ¼-inch air space between the enclosure and mounting surface.

4. All mounting holes in the enclosure shall be used.

O. Large Pull Boxes - Boxes larger than 100 cubic inches in volume or 12 inches in any dimension.

1. Interior Dry Locations - Use hinged enclosure.

2. Other Locations - Use surface mounted box of appropriate location classification.

3.05 ANCHORS

A. Where supports for raceways, boxes, and cabinets are mounted on concrete surfaces, they shall be fastened with self-drilling tubular expansion shell anchors with externally split expansion shells, single-cone expanders, and annular break-off grooved chucking cones. Anchors shall be Phillips "Red Head" or approved equal.

3.06 PULL BOX AND VAULT INSTALLATION

A. Openings or “knockouts” in precast concrete vaults shall be located as shown on the drawings and shall be sized sufficiently to permit passage of the largest dimension of pipe and/or flange.

B. Upon completion of installation, all voids or openings in the vault walls around pipes shall be filled with 3,000 psi non-shrink grout.

C. After the structure and all appurtenances are in place and approved, backfill shall be placed to the original ground line or to the limits designated on the plans.

D. All joints between precast concrete vault sections shall be made watertight. The plastic joint sealing compound shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations to provide a watertight joint which remains impermeable throughout the design life of the structure. The outside of the entire structure shall be coated with an approved water proofing material.

E. Access doors shall be built up such that the hatch is flush with the surrounding surface unless otherwise specified on the drawings or by the District. The Contractor is responsible for placing the cover at the proper elevation where paving is to be installed and shall make all necessary adjustments so that the cover meets these requirements.

F. Ladders shall be installed using Type 316 stainless steel capsule anchors.

G. Ladders shall be attached a minimum of 3 places to the vault wall.

H. Ladder shall be centered under access door opening.




9/12/2013 Page 15


3.07 ADJUSTING

A. Install knockout closures in unused openings in boxes.

3.08 CLEANING

A. Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris, and other material.

B. Clean exposed surfaces and restore manufacturer’s finish.

END OF SECTION




9/12/2013 Page 16


SECTION 26 05 53

IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. The extent of the electrical systems and equipment requiring identification is shown on the drawings, and the extent of identification required is specified herein and in individual sections of work requiring identification. The types of electrical identification specified in this section include the following:

1. Exposed conduit color banding.

2. Buried cable warnings.

3. Cable/conductor identification.

4. Operational instructions and warnings.

5. Danger signs.

6. Equipment/system identification signs.


A. ANSI Z535.1 Safety Color Code

B. APWA ULCC Uniform Color Code for Buried Utilities.

C. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC) - Latest approved edition


A. Label the following electrical equipment with nameplates which clearly identify each item, the function or use of the item, and the circuit identification of the feed to the item:

1. All Enclosed Circuit Breakers, Automatic Transfer Switches, Cam-lock Connection Boxes, Switchboards, Power and Lighting Panels, Terminal Cabinets and all electrical equipment enclosures shall be identified using laminated plastic nameplates. The equipment number, voltage rating, current rating, number of phases, connection type, short circuit interrupting rating, and circuit number shall be shown.

2. Identify all receptacles and lighting switches, by the circuit number shown on the drawings using ¼-inch high white characters on ½-inch wide black stick-on tape placed on the wall directly above the device if the device is wall mounted. Place the tape on the device enclosure if the device is not wall mounted.

3. All motors, starters, disconnect switches, Time Switches, Special Function Pushbuttons and Switches, and miscellaneous control devices shall be identified by function and circuit



SECTION 26 05 53 – IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

9/12/2013 Page 1


number, with ¼-inch high white characters on a ½-inch wide black stick-on tape where installed indoors and engraved plastic nameplates where installed outdoors.

4. All underground raceway or cable shall be marked with buried warning tape along its entire length.

5. All exposed raceway longer than 10 feet in length shall be identified.

6. Panelboard Directories: Furnish all panelboards with a complete 8-1/2-inch by 11-inch typewritten directory mounted in the inner door under a clear plastic cover set in a metal frame.

B. Branch circuits and devices:

1. Label all individual receptacle outlets at the outlet faceplate to indicate the panelboard of origin and branch circuit number. Label modular furniture feeds at the power pole drop in a visible and consistent location. Labels shall be self adhesive, thermal machine printed type such as Brothers, Panduit, or T&B and shall be clear plastic with black lettering.

2. All branch circuits in outlet boxes shall be identified with circuit number using wrap-around labels (T&B, BRADY or 3M).

3. As an alternative to separate nameplates, device plates may be engraved directly with lettering filled with black enamel.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Catalog data for nameplates, labels, and markers.

B. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency specified under regulatory requirements. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation and installation of Product.


A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code.

B. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL), Electrical Testing Laboratories, Inc. (ETL), or other recognized, approved testing and listing agencies as suitable for the purpose specified and shown.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 NAMEPLATES AND LABELS

A. Nameplates

1. Engraved three-layer laminated plastic, white letters on black background for normal power and white letters on red background for emergency power. Communications and control cabinets shall be labeled with white letters on green background.




9/12/2013 Page 2


2. Locations

a. Each electrical distribution and control equipment enclosure.

b. Communication cabinets.

c. Motor control centers, including each combination module.

3. Letter Size

a. Use 1/8-inch letters for identifying individual equipment and loads.

b. Use ¼-inch letters for identifying grouped equipment, loads, panelboards, and transfer switch.

c. Use ½-inch letters for identifying the main switchboard, motor control centers, and large

distribution switchboards.

B. Labels

1. Embossed adhesive tape, with 3/16-inch white letters on colored background to match color scheme of plastic laminate labels in 2.1.1. Use only for identification of individual wall switches and receptacles, control device stations, and multi-outlet devices.

2. Thickness

a. 1/16-inch for units up to 20 square inches or 8-inch length; 1/8-inch for larger units.

2.02 WIRE MARKERS

A. Manufacturers

1. Brady

2. Thomas & Betts

3. 3-M Co.

B. Description: Cloth, tape, split sleeve, or tubing type wire markers, self-adhesive.

C. Locations: Each conductor at panelboard gutters, pull boxes, outlet and junction boxes, control panels, motor controllers and starters, and each load connection.

D. Legend

1. Power and Lighting Circuits: Branch circuit or feeder number indicated on contract drawings.

2. Control Circuits: Control wire number indicated on shop drawings.




9/12/2013 Page 3


3. Neutral Conductors: Clearly indicate the branch circuit or feeder number the neutral serves. In multi-wire circuits where the neutral is shared, mark the neutral with the circuit number of the “A” phase.

2.03 CONDUIT MARKERS

A. Provide manufacturer's standard preprinted, flexible or semi-rigid, permanent, plastic-sheet conduit markers, minimum of 3 mils thick and 1-1/2-inch wide extending 360 degrees around conduits; designed for self-adhesive attachment to conduit. Except as otherwise indicated, provide lettering that indicates the voltage of the conductor(s) in the conduit. Provide 8-inch minimum length for 2-inch and smaller conduit, 12-inch minimum length for larger conduit.

B. Identify conduits containing conductors above 600-volts with the following alternating markers

1. DANGER - HIGH VOLTAGE

2. The voltage, as applicable (i.e. – 12-kV, 4.16-kV, 480-Volts, 240-Volts, etc.)

C. Location: Furnish markers for each conduit longer than 10 feet.

D. Spacing: 20 feet on center.

E. Color: Unless otherwise indicated or required by governing regulation, provide orange markers with black letters.

1. Fire Alarm System: Red w/black letters.

2. Telephone System: Green w/yellow letters.

3. Data/Communication. System: White w/black letters.

4. Emergency System: Orange w/black letters.

F. Legend:

1. 208 Volt System: Normal 208/120-volts.

2. Fire Alarm System: Fire alarm.

3. Telephone System: Telephone.

4. Data/Communication System: Data/communications.

2.04 FASTENERS

A. Secure all labels and nameplates with self-tapping stainless steel screws. Use contact type permanent adhesive where screws cannot or should not penetrate the substrate.




9/12/2013 Page 4


2.05 BAKED ENAMEL DANGER SIGNS

A. Provide manufacturer's standard "DANGER" signs of baked enamel finish on 20 gage steel; of standard red, black and white graphics; 14-inch by 10-inch size except where 10-inch by 7-inch is the largest size which can be applied where needed, and except where larger size is needed for adequate vision; with recognized standard explanation wording (e.g. HIGH VOLTAGE, KEEP AWAY, BURIED CABLE, DO NOT TOUCH SWITCH).

1. At each entry doors of Electrical Rooms: “DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE – KEEP OUT, AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY”

2.06 LETTERING AND GRAPHICS

A. Coordinate names, abbreviations and other designations used in the electrical identification work, with the corresponding designations shown, specified or scheduled. Provide numbers, lettering and wording as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as recommended by manufacturers or as required for proper identification and operation/maintenance of the electrical systems and equipment.

2.07 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE

A. Three-inch minimum width, 5 mil thickness, foil bonded polyethylene tape, detectable type, with suitable continuous warning legend describing buried electrical lines. Tape color shall conform to APWA uniform color code using ANSI Z535.1 safety colors. Text shall be black, 2-inch minimum letters.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION

A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates and labels.

B. Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces that require finish, install identification after completion of painting.

C. Regulations: Comply with governing regulations and the requests of governing authorities for the identification of electrical work.

3.02 APPLICATION

A. Install nameplate and label parallel to equipment lines.

B. Secure nameplate to equipment front using screws, rivets, or adhesive.

C. Secure nameplate to outside moveable surface of door on panelboard.

D. Conduit Identification:

1. Where electrical conduit is exposed in spaces with exposed mechanical piping, which is identified by a color-coded method, apply color-coded identification on the electrical conduit in




9/12/2013 Page 5


a manner similar to the piping identification. Except as otherwise indicated, use orange as the coded color for conduit.

2. Paint red band or provide red tape on each fire alarm conduit longer than 10 feet, minimum 20 feet on center.

E. Cable/Conductor Identification:

1. Apply cable/conductor identification on each cable and conductor in each box/enclosure/cabinet where the wires of more than one circuit or communication/signal system are present, except where another form of identification (such as color-coded conductors) is provided.

2. Match identification with marking system used in panelboards, shop drawings, contract docu-ments, and similar previously established identification for project electrical work.

F. Operational Identification and Warnings

1. Wherever reasonably required to ensure safe and efficient operation and maintenance of the electrical systems, and electrically connected mechanical systems and general systems and equipment, including the prevention of misuse of electrical facilities by unauthorized personnel, install self-adhesive plastic signs or similar equivalent identification, instruction or warnings on switches, outlets and other controls, devices and covers of electrical enclosures. Where detailed instructions or explanations are needed, provide plasticized tags with clearly written messages adequate for the intended purposes.

G. Danger Signs

1. In addition to the installation of danger signs required by governing regulations and authorities, install appropriate danger signs at the locations indicated and at locations subsequently identified by the Installer of electrical work as constituting similar dangers for persons in or about the project.

2. High Voltage

a. Install danger signs wherever it is possible, under any circumstances, for persons to come into contact with electrical power of voltages higher than 110-120 volts.

b. Critical Switches/Controls

c. Install danger signs on switches and similar controls, regardless of whether concealed or locked up, where untimely or inadvertent operation (by anyone) could result in significant danger to persons, or damage to or loss of property.

H. Equipment/System Identification Signs

1. Install an engraved plastic-laminate sign on each major unit of electrical equipment in the building; including the central or master unit of each electrical system and the communication/signal systems, unless the unit is specified with its own self-explanatory identification or signal system.




9/12/2013 Page 6


2. Except as otherwise indicated or specified, provide single line of test, ½-inch high lettering on 1-1/2-inch high sign (2-inch high where two lines are required), white lettering in black field.

3. Provide text matching terminology and numbering of the contract documents and shop drawings.

4. Provide signs for each unit of the following categories of electrical work

a. Major electrical switchboard

b. Electrical substation

c. Motor control center

d. Fire alarm control panel and annunciators.

I. Install signs at locations indicated or, where not otherwise indicated, at location for best convenience of viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. Secure to substrata with fasteners, except use adhesive where fasteners should not or cannot penetrate the substrata.

J. Identify underground conduits using underground warning tape. Install one tape per trench at 3 inches below finished grade.

END OF SECTION




9/12/2013 Page 7


ZSECTION 26 24 16

600-VOLT RATED PANELBOARDS & CIRCUIT BREAKERS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section includes distribution and branch circuit panelboards and circuit breakers.



B. Section 260526: Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems

C. Section 260553: Identification for Electrical Systems


A. ANSI C2 National Electrical Safety Code

B. NECA Standard of Installation

C. NEMA AB 1 Molded Case Circuit Breakers

D. NEMA ICS 6 Enclosures

E. NEMA PB 1 Panelboards

F. NEMA PB 1.1 Instructions for Safe Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less

G. NETA ATS (National Electrical Testing Association) - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems

H. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: Indicate outline and support point dimensions, voltage, main bus ampacity, integrated short circuit ampere rating, circuit breaker and fusible switch arrangement and sizes.

B. Product Data: Submit catalog data showing specified features of standard products.

C. Test Report:

1. Factory Tests:

a. Certified factory test reports shall be submitted for manufacturer performed routine factory tests, including tests required by standards listed in paragraph “References”. Results of



SECTION 26 24 16 – 600-VOLT RATED PANELBOARDS & CIRCUIT BREAKERS

9/12/2013 Page 1


factory tests performed shall be certified by the manufacturer, or an approved testing laboratory, and submitted within 7 days following successful completion of the tests. The manufacturer’s pass-fail criteria for tests specified in paragraph “Field Testing” shall be included.


A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of panelboards and record actual circuiting arrangements.

B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit spare parts listing; source and current prices of replacement parts and supplies; and recommended maintenance procedures and intervals.

1.06 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum five (5) years experience.


A. Furnish two (2) of each panel board key. Panelboards keyed alike to Owner’s current keying system.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 DISTRIBUTION AND BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS

A. Manufacturers:

1. Allen Bradley

2. Cutler Hammer

3. General Electric Co.

4. Siemens.

5. Square D Co.

6. Or Approved Equal.

B. Product Description

1. NEMA PB 1, circuit breaker type distribution, lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboard.

C. Service Conditions:

1. Temperature: 104 degrees F (40 degrees C) ambient

2. Altitude: 100 feet (35 m) above sea level.




9/12/2013 Page 2


D. Panelboard Bus

1. Silver plated copper current carrying components, ratings as indicated on drawings.

2. Main bus ampacity shall be equal to the main circuit breaker frame size rating.

3. Furnish copper ground bus in each panelboard.

E. Minimum integrated short circuit rating

1. Panelboards rated 240-Volts - 10,000 amperes RMS symmetrical

2. Panelboards rated 480-Volts - 42,000 amperes RMS symmetrical

3. Circuit Breaker rating shall match or exceed the panel interrupting rating

4. Series rated circuit breakers are not acceptable

F. Enclosure:

1. Indoor Installation:

a. NEMA PB 1, Type 1, gasketed, steel construction, minimum 6 inches (153 mm) deep, 20 (503 mm) inches wide suitable for flush or surface mounting as indicated on drawings.

b. Flush or surface cabinet front with concealed trim clamps, concealed hinge, metal directory frame, and flush lock keyed alike. Finish in manufacturer's standard gray enamel.

c. Fully hinged door with flush lock and metal directory frame.

d. Finished in manufacturer's standard gray enamel (ANSI 61).

2. Outdoor Installation:

a. Panel shall be housed inside an outer weatherproof, corrosion resistant, NEMA 4X, 316 stainless steel enclosure constructed as follows:

b. Steel support frame with body stiffeners for added strength and minimum 12 gauge 316 stainless steel panels all around.

c. Steel panels shall have seams that are continuously welded and ground smooth with no holes or knockouts.

d. The outer door shall provide two-door protection, isolation of electrical equipment and easy access to the interior section doors and devices.

e. Provide rolled lip around three sides of each outer door and along the top of enclosure opening to channel away liquids and contaminants.

f. Provide oil-resistant door gasket attached with oil resistant adhesive and held in place with steel retaining strips.




9/12/2013 Page 3


g. Provide heavy gauge steel continuous piano hinged, 3-point latch, hasp and staple for

pad-locking.

h. Provide continuous external support channels for floor mounting, leveling and anchoring the assembly.

i. Provide heavy duty removable lifting angles and/or lugs.

j. Provide suitable grounding stud on door and body.

k. Provide adequate cable entry space and conduit fittings approved for NEMA Type 4X enclosure for top or bottom conduit entry as indicated on the drawings.

l. Provide space heaters with thermostat control in each section to prevent condensation.

2.02 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

A. NEMA AB 1, bolt-on type thermal magnetic and instantaneous magnetic trip circuit breaker. Circuit breaker thermal elements shall be of the bimetallic type and shall be capable of withstanding sustained overload and short-circuit currents without injury and without affecting the calibration of the bimetallic element. The thermal element shall have inverse time characteristics. The instantaneous elements shall trip the circuit breaker at the minimum standard trip setting.

B. Provide common trip handle for multiple pole circuit breakers.

C. Provide type SWD for lighting circuits and type HACR circuit breakers for air conditioning equipment circuits.

D. Provide Class A ground fault interrupter circuit breakers as indicated on drawings.

E. Trip rating shall be as indicated on drawings.

F. Minimum integrated short circuit rating

1. Circuit Breakers rated 240-Volts - 10,000 amperes RMS symmetrical

2. Circuit Breakers rated 480-Volts - 42,000 amperes RMS symmetrical

3. Circuit Breaker rating shall match or exceed the panel interrupting rating

4. Series rated breakers are not acceptable

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXISTING WORK

A. Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards. Verify all branch circuits are no longer in use before disconnecting.




9/12/2013 Page 4


B. Maintain access to existing panelboard that remain active and require access. Modify installation or provide access panel.

C. Clean and repair existing panelboards to remain or to be reinstalled.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Install panelboards in accordance with NEMA PB 1.1 and NECA "Standard of Installation", NFPA 70 and IEEE C2.

B. Install panelboards plumb.

C. Install recessed panelboards flush with wall finishes.

D. Mounting height: 6 feet (1,800 mm) to top of panelboard. Install panelboards taller than 6 feet (1,800 mm) with bottom no more than 4 inches (100 mm) above floor.

E. Install filler plates for unused spaces in panelboards.

F. Provide typed circuit directory for each panelboard. Revise directory to reflect circuiting changes to balance phase loads.

G. Install engraved plastic nameplates in accordance with Section 260553.

H. Ground and bond panelboard enclosure according to Section 260526. Connect equipment ground bars of panels in accordance with NEC.


A. Field Inspect and testing shall be in performer under the provisions of NETA ATS 7.6 (1) (1) – Circuit Breaker, Low Voltage, Insulated Case/Molded Case, as outlined below:

1. Visual and Mechanical Inspection:

a. Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings and specifications.

b. Inspect physical and mechanical condition.

c. Inspect circuit breaker for correct mounting.

d. Operate circuit breaker to insure smooth operation.

e. Inspect case for cracks or other defects.

f. Verify appropriate anchorage, required area clearances, physical damage, and correct alignment.

g. Inspect all doors, panels, and sections for corrosion, dents, scratches, fit, and missing hardware.

h. Verify that fuse and/or circuit breaker sizes and types correspond to drawings.




9/12/2013 Page 5


i. Perform circuit breaker inspections and operation test.

3.04 ADJUSTING

A. Rearrange circuits in panelboard to balance phase loads to within 20 percent of each other.

B. Maintain proper phasing for multi-wire branch circuits.

END OF SECTION




9/12/2013 Page 6


SECTION 26 27 26

WIRING DEVICES

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Wiring devices are defined as single discrete units of electrical distribution systems that are intended to carry but not utilize electric energy. The types of general purpose wiring devices required for the project include, but are not limited to the following line voltage devices:

1. Connectors

2. Plugs

3. Receptacles

4. Switches

5. Wall plates




C. Section 260553: Identification for Electrical Systems


A. IEC 529 Degrees of Protection provided by Enclosures

B. NEMA WD 1 General Purpose Wiring Devices

C. NEMA WD 6 Wiring Device Configurations


A. Product Information:

1. Catalog cut of each device showing Manufacturer name, catalog number, voltage and current rating and dimensions.

1.05 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum five (5) years experience.



SECTION 26 72 26 – WIRING DEVICES

9/12/2013 Page 1


B. Installer: A firm with at least five (5) years of successful installation experience on projects with electrical installation work similar to that required for the project.


A. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL), Electrical Testing Laboratories, Inc. (ETL), or other recognized, acceptable testing and listing agencies as suitable for the purpose specified and shown.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

A. Provide factory fabricated wiring devices in the type, color, electrical rating for service indicated, and/or as shown on the drawings.

2.02 MANUFACTURERS

A. Provide products produced by one of the following for each type of wiring device, or acceptable alternate:

1. Appleton

2. Arrow-Hart, Inc.

3. Bryant Electric Co.

4. Crouse-Hinds Co.

5. General Electric Co.

6. Hubbell Wiring Device Division

7. Pass & Seymour

8. Pyle National

9. Russell & Stoll

10. Slater

11. Wiremold (multi-outlet assemblies)

2.03 WALL SWITCHES

A. Provide specification grade, quiet type, flush, 1-pole, 2-pole, three and four-way toggle switches, 20 ampere, 120/277-volts AC, with mounting yoke insulated from mechanism equipped with plaster ears and side wired screw terminals, ivory plastic body with toggle handle, NEMA WD-1.

1. Device Number: #1221, #1222, #1223, #1224

2. Manufacturers: Hubbell, Pass & Seymour, Bryant Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College



9/12/2013 Page 2


2.04 RECEPTACLES

A. Provide specification grade, grounding type, heavy-duty receptacles with ivory plastic body, green hexagonal equipment ground screw terminal and grounding poles internally connected to mounting yoke; metal plaster ears; side wiring NEMA WD-6 as follows:

1. Duplex Receptacle: Two pole, 3 wire, 20-ampere, 125-volt duplex receptacle, NEMA configuration 5-20R unless otherwise indicated.

2. GFCI Receptacle: Two pole, 3 wire, 20-ampere, 125-volt duplex receptacle with integral ground fault circuit interrupter to meet regulatory requirements.

3. Special Purpose: Two pole, 3 wire, 20-ampere, 125-volt single receptacle, twist-lock, NEMA configuration L5-20R as indicated.

4. Two pole, 3 wire, 20-ampere, 250-volt single receptacle, twist-lock, NEMA configuration L6-20R as indicated.





9. Three phase, 4 wire, 20-ampere, 125/250-volt single receptacle, twist-lock, NEMA configuration L14-20R as indicated.

10. Three phase, 4 wire, 20-ampere, 250-volt single receptacle, twist-lock, NEMA configuration L15-20R as indicated.

11. Three phase, 4 wire, 20-ampere, 480-volt single receptacle, twist-lock, NEMA configuration L16-20R as indicated.

12. Three pole, 4 wire, 30-ampere, 125/250-volt single receptacle, twist-lock, NEMA configuration L14-30R as indicated.

13. Three pole, 4 wire, 30-ampere, 250-volt single receptacle, twist-lock, NEMA configuration L15-30R as indicated.

14. Special Purpose Receptacle: Type as required meeting the requirements of this Section and the equipment shown on the drawings and elsewhere specified.

2.05 PLUGS AND CONNECTORS

A. Comply with NEMA Standards Publication No. WD-1. Provide 20 ampere, 125-volts, bakelite body connectors, 3-wire grounding, parallel blades, double wipe contact, with cord clamp.




9/12/2013 Page 3


B. Matching Insulgrip, corrosion resistant nylon plugs, IP20, shall be provided for each twist-lock type receptacles unless indicated otherwise.

C. Manufacturers: Hubbell, Pass & Seymour, Bryant.

2.06 WALL PLATES

A. Decorative Cover Plate: High impact, smooth nylon and smooth satin in finished areas. Color of nylon cover plate shall be ivory unless noted otherwise. Stainless steel cover plate in unfinished areas or where device is embedded in concrete.

B. For areas where two separate power sources are provided, each power source receptacle shall have a different color cover plate such as black, gray, or brown. Emergency power source receptacles shall have a red cover plate.

C. Weatherproof Cover Plate: Gasketed cast metal with hinged gasketed device cover. Cover for duplex devices shall be designed such that each device is independently covered.

2.07 MULTI-OUTLET ASSEMBLIES

A. Provide fixed multi-outlet assemblies consisting of #5362 grounding type, 20 ampere, 125-volt, two poles, three wire receptacles as an integral part, on 12-inch centers, unless otherwise noted.

B. Where more than one circuit is indicated, do not connect adjacent receptacles to the same circuit. Include raceway snap-on covers with punched holes to accurately align receptacles.

2.08 HAZARDOUS RATED AREAS

A. Switches, receptacles and other devices installed in hazardous areas shall be explosion-proof type in accordance with NFPA 70 and as shown on drawings.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify outlet boxes are installed at proper height.

B. Verify wall openings are neatly cut and will be completely covered by wall plates.

C. Verify branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection to wiring devices.

D. Inspect each item of materials or equipment immediately prior to installation, and reject damaged and defective items.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Provide extension rings to bring outlet boxes flush with finished surface, if necessary.

B. Clean debris from all boxes.




9/12/2013 Page 4


3.03 INSTALLATION

A. Install wiring devices where indicated, in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions, the applicable requirements of the NEC and the NECA "Standard of Installation", and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products serve the intended function.

B. Comply with the manufacturer's applicable instructions and recommendations for installation, to whatever extent these are more explicit or more stringent than applicable requirements indicated in the contract documents.

1. Install devices plumb and level. Install switches with OFF position down.

2. Install vertically oriented grounded receptacles with grounding pole on top.

3. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to equipment grounding conductor as specified in Section 16050 – Basic Materials and Methods.

4. Connect isolated ground (IG) receptacle equipment (yoke) grounding terminal only at metallic box with bonding jumper.

5. Install decorative plates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets in finished areas.

6. Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished areas, above accessible ceilings, and on surface mounted outlets in utility areas. (Does not include multi-outlet assemblies, other similar locations).

7. Identify wiring devices as specified in Section 260553 – Electric Equipment Identification.


A. Coordinate locations of outlet boxes to obtain mounting heights compliant with ADA.

B. Install wall switch at 42 inches to top of the maximum reach above finished floor for forward reach applications, 48 inches to top of reach for side reach applications. The lower reach shall be at or above 18 inches for forward reach and for side reach, unless otherwise noted.

C. Install convenience receptacle 18 inches to center above finished floor, unless otherwise noted.

D. Install convenience receptacle 6 inches to center above backsplash of counter, unless otherwise noted.

E. Install dimmer 42 inches to center above finished floor, unless otherwise noted.

F. Install telephone and/or data jacks 18 inches to center above finished floor, unless otherwise noted.

G. Install telephone jack for wall telephone 42 inches to top of reach above finished floor for forward reach applications, and 48 inches above finished floor to top of reach for side reach applications to comply with the ADA. Receiver hook shall not be above 54 inches to its highest point above finished floor.




9/12/2013 Page 5



A. Inspect each wiring device for defects.

B. Operate each wall switch with circuit energized and verify proper operation.

C. Verify that each receptacle device is energized.

D. Test each receptacle device for proper polarity.

E. Test each GFCI receptacle device for proper operation.

F. Verify that each telephone and data jack is properly connected and circuit is operational.

3.06 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush, plumb and level.

END OF SECTION




9/12/2013 Page 6


SECTION 26 32 13

ENGINE GENERATORS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section includes equipment and services necessary for the design, manufacture, factory testing, installation, and site testing of a complete and operable on-site standby generator unit in a weatherproof outdoor enclosure.

1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS

The standards referenced herein, except as modified in the Contract Documents, shall have full force and effect as though included in these Specifications. These standards are not furnished to the Contactor since manufacturers and trades involved are assumed to be familiar with these requirements. The Contractor shall obtain copies of reference standards direct from publication sources as needed for proper performance and completion of the work. General codes, such as the National and State Electric Codes, Building Codes, and Fire Codes are to be followed without specific reference in these specifications. See Section 26050 for additional code references and information.

A. IEC 8528 Control Systems for Generator Sets - Part 4.

B. IEC Standards 801.2, 801.3, and 801.5 for susceptibility, conducted, and radiated electromagnetic emissions.

C. IEEE 446 Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for Commercial and Industrial Applications

D. IEEE 587 Voltage surge resistance.

E. NEMA AB 1 Molded Case Circuit Breakers.

F. NEMA MG 1 Motors and Generators.

G. NEMA 250 Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1,000 Volts Maximum.)

H. NETA ATS Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems.

I. NFPA 30 Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code.

J. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code, 2005 Edition (2007 California Electrical Code).

K. NFPA 110 Emergency and Standby Power Systems.

L. CFC California Fire Code, 2010 Edition

M. SFFC San Francisco Fire Code, 2010 Edition Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College


SECTION 26 32 13 – ENGINE GENERATORS

9/12/2013 Page 1


N. UL 142 Standard for Steel Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and

Combustible Liquids.

O. UL 508 Standard for Industrial Control Equipment

P. UL 2085 Standard for Insulated Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids

Q. UL 2200 Standards for Stationary Engine Generator Assemblies

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings:

1. Electrical characteristics and connection requirements.

2. Plan and elevation views of unit including overall dimensions.

3. Electrical and Natural Gas (NG) piping connection points with dimensions.

4. Natural Gas consumption rates at various loads.

5. Electrical schematic and interconnection diagrams.

6. Overall unit dimensions and seismic anchoring points with dimensions.

7. Emissions report.

B. Product Data:

1. Submit data showing dimensions, weights, ratings, interconnection points, and internal wiring diagrams for the engine, generator, control panel, battery, battery charger, vibration isolators, and radiator.

2. Submit two (2) sets of product data, certification, test reports and other necessary information, for engine-generator unit to the local city Fire Marshall for approval and permit.

3. Submit calculations and enclosure anchoring method (anchor bolt size and assembly details) to meet 2010 California Building Code seismic requirements, site class D.

C. Certification and Test Reports:

1. Provide results of manufacturer’s certification of performance testing. Certification and Test Reports (Includes inspections, findings, and recommendations).

2. Certification that the Engine-Generator unit is designed to meet emission limits and operates correctly for the application.


A. Project Record Documents: Shop Drawings and Product Data as described under Submittals. Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College



9/12/2013 Page 2


B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals (3 complete sets):

1. Instructions and service manuals for normal operation, routine maintenance, oil sampling and analysis for engine wear and engine- maintenance procedures.

2. Manufacturer's standard manuals for EG Unit.

3. “As Built” elementary and schematic drawings; wiring diagrams; and panel drawings, in conformance with construction record.

4. Troubleshooting procedures, with a cross-reference between symptoms and corrective recommendations.

5. Connection data to permit removal and installation of recommended field-replaceable parts.

6. Explanation of the EG unit diagnostics.

7. List special tools, maintenance materials, and replacement parts. Include complete information for tightening of all electrical connections secured with bolts or studs.

1.05 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specialized in manufacturing the products specified in this section with recent minimum five (5) years experience and with service facilities within 100 miles of project site.

B. Supplier: Authorized distributor of specified manufacturer with recent minimum five (5) years experience.

1.06 WARRANTY

A. Furnish three (3) year manufacturer’s warranty from date of substantial completion for defective parts and labor.


A. Furnish one (1) set of tools required for preventive maintenance of engine-generator system. Package tools in adequately sized metal toolbox.

B. Furnish two (2) of each: fuel, oil and air filter elements.


A. Deliver mounted on shipping skids.

B. Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic. Provide space heaters if required, to prevent condensation and keep the equipment dry.




9/12/2013 Page 3



A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 ENGINE

A. Manufacturers:

1. Generac

2. Approved Equal

B. EPA Tier 3 emissions compliant

C. BAAQMD Emissions Permit: Not required for engines below 50hp

D. Product Description: Natural Gas or LP Gas, 4-cycle, air-cooled, spark - ignition internal combustion engine.

E. Fuel System: Natural Gas.

F. Engine speed: 3,600 rpm.

G. Safety Devices: Engine shutdown on high temperature, low oil pressure, over speed, and engine over crank. Limits as selected by manufacturer.

H. Engine Starting: DC starting system with positive engagement, voltage of starter motors in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

I. Engine Accessories: Fuel filter, oil filter, intake air filter. Provide mechanically-operated natural gas pressure gauge and natural gas shut-off valve within 10 feet of natural gas connection to generator.

J. Mounting: Heavy-duty steel base to maintain alignment between components. The base shall incorporate a battery tray with hold-down clamps within the rails. Furnish unit with suitable spring-type vibration isolators. Provide mounting bolts sized for 2010 California Building Code seismic requirements, site class D.

2.02 GENERATOR

A. Product Description: NEMA MG1, single-phase, re-connectable, brushless synchronous generator with brushless exciter.

B. Rating: 10-kW /9-kW (LP Gas / Natural Gas), 240/120 volt, 1-phase, 3-wire, 60 Hz at 3,600 rpm.

C. Insulation Class: H.

D. The generator shall be rated for delivering output kVA at rated frequency and power factor, at any voltage not more than 5% above or below rated voltage.




9/12/2013 Page 4


E. The engine generator unit shall be listed to meet UL 2200 or submit to an independent third

party certification process to verify compliance as installed.

2.03 VOLTAGE REGULATION

A. Generator voltage regulation shall be plus or minus 1 percent from no load to full load.

2.04 GOVERNOR

A. Product Description: Electronic Isochronous governor to maintain engine speed within 0.5 percent, steady state, and 5 percent, no load to full load, with recovery to steady state within 2 seconds following sudden load changes.

2.05 ENGINE GENERATOR SET CONTROL

A. Product Description: Microprocessor-based digital control system, designed to provide governing, voltage regulation, metering, protective relaying, automatic starting, monitoring, and control functions for the generator unit.

B. Control System shall be designed to allow local monitoring and control of the generator unit.

C. Control system shall be mounted on the generator unit. The control shall be vibration isolated and prototype tested to verify the durability of all components in the system under the vibration condition encountered.

D. Control voltage shall be 12 or 24 volts DC. Control system shall withstand DC surge voltage produced by the battery-charging alternator operating at full load when the battery bank is disconnected. Generator set governing, voltage regulation, protection, and control equipment shall be capable of proper operation within the typical battery voltage levels.

E. All switches, lamps and meters shall be oil-tight and dust-tight, and the enclosure door shall be gasketed.

F. All adjustments to the control system shall be made from the generator set control panel, with the aid of a digital readout display integral to the equipment. No rotary pots shall be acceptable for any function of the control system provided for the generator set.

G. The generator set mounted control shall include the following features and functions:

H. Power Source: 120-VAC. Provide 20 amp, single pole, circuit breaker in nearest available switchboard or panelboard. Provide conduit and wire from power source.

2.06 OUTDOOR WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURE

A. The outdoor weather-protective, rodent proof, enclosure shall be designed to allow full-load operation of the generator set, and all of its accessories shall be sized for the exact unit being furnished. Adequate metal screening shall be installed at all engine-generator unit openings to prevent rodents from entering the enclosure.

B. Reinforced steel housing shall allow access to control panels and service points, with lockable doors and panels.




9/12/2013 Page 5


C. Roof shall have a positive camber for moisture runoff. The exhaust outlet(s) shall be supplied

with rain guard(s) to prevent moisture from entering the enclosure.

D. Air openings shall include fixed louvers sized to allow proper airflow.

2.07 ACCESSORIES

A. Batteries: 26R wet cell battery sized as recommended by the engine-generator manufacturer. Match battery voltage to starting system. Furnish cables and clamps.

B. Battery Tray: Treated for electrolyte resistance; constructed to contain spillage.

C. Battery Charger: Solid state to operate with type of batteries furnished. Current limiting type designed to float at 2.17 volts for each cell and equalize at 2.33 volts for each cell.

D. Line Circuit Breaker: NEMA AB 1, molded case circuit breaker on generator output with integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip.

2.08 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Provide shop inspection and testing of completed assembly.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Install engraved plastic nameplates in accordance with these specifications.

B. Ground and bond generator and other electrical system components in accordance with these specifications.

C. Provide Emergency Shutdown procedure and post in a conspicuous location near the engine. Procedure shall indicate location(s) of fuel shutoff valve(s).


A. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, Section 7.22 as follows:




c. Inspect correct anchorage and grounding.

2. Electrical and Mechanical Tests

a. Perform an insulation-resistance test on generator winding with respect to ground in accordance with ANSI/IEEE Standard 43.

b. Calculate polarization index. Measure G-2010 Evergreen Valley College



9/12/2013 Page 6


c. Repair leaks and defects with new materials, and retest system until satisfactory

results are obtained.

d. Test and adjust controls and safeties

3.03 MANUFACTURER’S FIELD SERVICES

A. Engage the services of a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including piping and electrical connections, and to assist in testing. Report results in writing.

B. Testing:

1. Perform field quality control testing under the supervision of the manufacturer’s factory-authorized service representative.

C. Tests: Include the following:

1. Tests recommended by manufacturer.

2. NFPA 110 Acceptance Tests: Perform Single-step full-load pickup test.

D. Coordinate tests for engine-generator with tests for automatic transfer switch, and run them concurrently. Run complete electrical test, including, but not limited to, automatic transfer switch and generator control panel to ensure proper automatic Start-Stop operation.

E. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations, and retest until specified requirements are met.

F. Report results of tests and inspections in writing. Record adjustable relay settings and measured insulation resistances, time delays, and other values and observations. Attach a label or tag to each tested component indicating satisfactory completion of tests. Provide certified copies of field tests approved and signed by the authorized service representative.

3.04 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING

A. Provide four (4) hours of training and instruction for at least four (4) persons, to be conducted at project site. Instruction shall include handouts to all trainees, procedures for the proper operation, adjustments and maintenance of the engine-generator system.

B. Simulate operation of the engine-generator in manual mode, test mode and causing a power outage by interrupting normal source, and demonstrate that system operates to provide engine- power.

3.05 CLEANING

A. Clean engine and generator surfaces. Replace oil and fuel filters with new filters after unit testing and prior to acceptance of the project.

B. On completion of installation, inspect system components. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Repair damaged finish to match original finish. Clean components internally using methods and materials recommended by manufacturer.




9/12/2013 Page 7


END OF SECTION




9/12/2013 Page 8


SECTION 26 36 00

TRANSFER SWITCHES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section includes automatic transfer switches in individual enclosures.

B. Transfer switch shall be provided by the generator manufacturer. OEM products certified and labeled by the manufacturer are acceptable.


A. NEMA ICS 6 Enclosures.

B. NEMA ICS 10 AC Transfer Switch Equipment.

C. NFPA 110 Emergency Standby Power Systems.

D. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code.

E. NETA ATS (International Electrical Testing Association) – Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems.

F. UL 1008 Automatic Transfer Switches.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit catalog sheets showing voltage, switch size, ratings and size of switching and overcurrent protective devices, operating logic, short- circuit ratings, dimensions, and enclosure details.

B. Test Reports: Provide five (5) copies of results of manufacturer’s certification of performance testing.

C. Manufacturer’s Field Report: Indicate inspections, findings, and recommendations.


A. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit instructions and service manuals for normal operation and routine maintenance. List special tools, maintenance materials, and replacement parts.

B. Manufacturer’s Field Report: Indicate inspections, findings, performance and recommendations.

1.05 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company shall specialize in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum five (5) years’ experience and with service facilities within 100 miles of project site.



SECTION 26 36 00 – TRANSFER SWITCHES

9/12/2013 Page 1


B. Supplier: Authorized distributor of specified manufacturer with minimum five (5) years experience.

1.06 MAINTENANCE SERVICE

A. Provide service and maintenance (parts and labor) for a period of two (2) year from Date of Substantial Completion.

1.07 WARRANTY

A. Warranty period shall match that of the engine-generator unit and shall cover defective parts and labor to install the part.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH

A. Product Description: NEMA ICS 10, automatic transfer switch suitable for use in standby systems as described in NFPA 70 and shall conform to NFPA 110. Manual operator conforming to UL 1008 shall be provided and switch shall be designed for safe operations under full load conditions.

B. Configuration: Electrically operated, mechanically held in both operating positions.

C. Rating: Voltage and current rating shall be as indicated on drawings, continuous duty, two (2) poles with solid neutral. Neutral continuous current rating shall not be less than twice the rating of the phase contacts.

D. Interrupting Capacity: 100 percent of continuous rating.

E. Withstand Current Rating: 10,000 RMS symmetrical amperes when used with molded case circuit breaker. Contacts shall be non-welding when used with upstream feeder overcurrent device of available fault current specified.

F. Service Conditions: NEMA ICS 10

1. Temperature: -40 to +50 degrees C

2. Relative Humidity: up to 95 percent

3. Altitude: 500 feet (150 meters) above sea level

G. Product Features:

1. Indicating Lights: Mount on front panel of switchboard to indicate NORMAL SOURCE AVAILABLE, ALTERNATE SOURCE AVAILABLE and switch position.

2. Test Switch: Mount on front panel of switchboard to simulate failure of normal source.

3. Return to Normal Switch Mount on front panel of switchboard to initiate manual transfer from alternate source to normal source.




9/12/2013 Page 2


4. Auxiliary Contacts: Provide the following discrete output signals, rated at no less than 10 amps at 120 volts, 60 Hz.

a. Loss of utility power

b. Preferred source active

c. Alternate source active

d. Any additional control signals as required to control a standby engine generator and as indicated on drawings.

5. Preferred Source Monitor: Monitor normal source voltage and frequency; initiate transfer when voltage drops below 85 percent or frequency varies more than 3 percent from rated nominal value.

6. Alternate Source Monitor: Monitor alternate source voltage and frequency. Inhibit transfer when voltage is below 85 percent or frequency varies more than 3 percent from rated nominal value.

7. In-Phase Monitor: Inhibit transfer until source and load are within 10 electrical degrees.

H. Automatic Sequence of Operation:

1. Initiate Time Delay to Start Alternate Source Engine Generator: Upon initiation by normal source monitor.

2. Time Delay to Start Alternate Source Engine Generator: 0 to 30 seconds, adjustable and factory set at 1 second.

3. Initiate Transfer Load to Alternate Source: Upon initiation by normal source monitor and permission by alternate source monitor.

4. Time Delay before Transfer to Alternate Power Source: 0 to 300 seconds, adjustable, and factory set at 3 seconds.

5. Initiate Retransfer Load to Normal Source: Upon permission by normal source monitor.

6. Time Delay before Transfer to Normal Power: 0 to 30 minutes, adjustable; and factory set at 5 minutes. Time delay shall be automatically defeated in the event of alternate source failure, provide normal source is available.

7. Time Delay before Engine Shutdown: 0 to 30 minutes, adjustable, of unloaded operation factory set at 10 minutes.

8. Engine Exerciser: Provide a generator exerciser timer. Run times shall be user programmable. The exerciser shall be selectable between load transfer and engine run only and shall have a fail-safe feature that will retransfer the switch to preferred source during exercise period. Bypass exerciser control when normal source fails during exercising.

9. Alternate System Exerciser: Transfer load to alternate source during engine exercising period.




9/12/2013 Page 3


I. Enclosure:

1. Outdoor enclosure shall be NEMA 3R, with front door to provide easy access to the internal panel door and devices. The enclosure shall be suitable for mounting as indicated on the drawings.

2. Complete switch assembly shall be suitable for outdoor installation

3. Provide inner-hinged door panel for mounting ATS control devices, selector switches and cluster type LED indicating lights etc. Door shall swing open to provide access to the ATS switch. Inner door panel shall separate the wiring compartment from operator controls.

4. Provide adequate space for conduit entry from the bottom, termination of control cable, device wiring and raceway.

5. Protective barrier shall be provides to prevent accidental contact with current carrying components (120-volt).

J. Finish:

1. Manufacturer’s standard light gray enamel (ANSI 61) over external surfaces. Coat internal surfaces with a minimum of one coat of corrosion-resistant paint, or plate with cadmium or zinc.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Switch shall be installed in accordance with approved manufacturer’s instructions.

3.02 FIELD SERVICES

A. Following completion of switch installation and after making proper adjustments and settings, site tests shall be performed to demonstrate that the switch function as specified.


A. Field inspection and testing shall be performed under provisions of NETA ATS section 7.22 (3) – Automatic Transfer Switches, Emergency Systems, as follows:




c. Confirm correct application of manufacturer’s recommended lubricants.

d. Verify that manual transfer warnings are attached and visible.

e. Verify tightness of all control connections.




9/12/2013 Page 4


f. Inspect all bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the following methods:

1) Use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance with Section 7.22.3.2 (Electrical Tests).

2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque-wrench method in accordance with manufacturer’s published data or NETA ATS Table 10.12.

g. Perform manual transfer operation.

h. Verify positive mechanical interlocking between normal and alternate sources.

2. Electrical Tests

a. Perform a contact-resistance test.

b. Perform resistance measurements through all bolted connections with low-resistance ohmmeter, if applicable, in accordance with NETA ATS Section 7.22.3.1 (Visual and Mechanical Inspection).

c. Perform insulation-resistance on each pole, phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground with switch closed and across each open pole for one minute. Perform tests in both source positions. Test voltage shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data or NETA ATS Table 10.1.

d. Calculate polarization index.

e. Verify settings and operation of control devices.

f. Calibrate and set all relays and timers in accordance with NETA ATS Section 7.9.

g. Perform automatic transfer tests:

1) Simulate loss of normal power.

2) Return to normal power.

3) Simulate loss of emergency power.

h. Verify correct operation and timing of the following functions:

1) Normal source voltage-sensing relays.

2) Engine start sequence.

3) Time delay upon transfer.

4) Alternate source voltage-sensing relays.




9/12/2013 Page 5


5) Automatic transfer operation.

6) Interlocks and limit switch function.

7) Time delay and retransfer upon normal power restoration.

8) Engine cool down and shutdown feature.

3. Test Values

a. Compare bolted connection resistance to values of similar connections.

b. Bolt-torque levels should be in accordance with Table 10.12 unless otherwise specified by manufacturer.

c. Minimum insulation-resistance shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data or Table 10.1.

d. Micro-ohm or milli-volt drop values shall not exceed the high levels of the normal range as indicated in the manufacturer’s published data. If manufacturer’s data is not available, investigate any values which deviate from similar connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value.

3.04 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING

A. Furnish four (4) hours of instruction for four (4) persons, to be conducted at project site with manufacturer’s field service representative. Instruction shall include handouts to all trainees describing the procedures for the proper operation, adjustment and maintenance of the automatic transfer switch. Use approved O&M manuals.

B. Demonstrate operation of transfer switch in normal and emergency modes.

C. Simulate power outage by interrupting the normal source, and demonstrate that system operates to provide emergency power. Coordinate testing and training to coincide with the engine-generator unit testing and training.

END OF SECTION




9/12/2013 Page 6